As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on July 10, 2024

Registration No. 033-13954

811-05141

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Pre-Effective Amendment No.	☐
Post-Effective Amendment No. 169	☒

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940	☐
Amendment No. 170	☒

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

Pacific Select Fund

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

700 Newport Center Drive,

P.O. Box 7500, Newport Beach, CA 92660

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (949) 219-3224

Mark Karpe, Esq.

Pacific Life Insurance Company

700 Newport Center Drive

Newport Beach, CA 92660

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies to:

Anthony H. Zacharski, Esq.

Dechert LLP

1095 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036-6797

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

☐	immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
☐	60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
☒	75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
☐	on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

☐ this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

A registration statement relating to the Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio has been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), but has not yet become effective. The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio may not be sold until the registration statement is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell shares of the Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED.

PACIFIC SELECT FUNDProspectus dated [___]

This Prospectus (“Prospectus”) tells you about certain funds of Pacific Select Fund (each a “Fund,” together the “Funds”). The Prospectus is designed to help you make informed decisions about investment options available under certain variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies (“variable products”). The availability of these Funds as investment options within variable products may vary. You’ll find details about how an annuity contract or life insurance policy works, along with available investment options, in the applicable product prospectus or offering memorandum. Please read these documents carefully and keep them for future reference.

You should consult with your investment professional to determine which Fund or Funds may be suited to your financial needs, investment time horizon and risk comfort level. The investment adviser to Pacific Select Fund (the “Trust”) is Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA” or the “Investment Adviser”). PLFA has retained another portfolio management firm (or “sub-adviser”) to manage a portion of the Funds. More information about PLFA and the sub-adviser (each a “Manager,” together the “Managers”) can be found in the About Management section of this Prospectus.

U.S. Fixed Income Fund (Class I and Class P Shares)

Bond Plus Portfolio

U.S. Equity Funds (Class I and Class P Shares)

Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

QQQ® Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

International Equity Fund (Class I and Class P Shares)

International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

You should be aware that the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) have not approved or disapproved of the securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the disclosure in this Prospectus. It is a criminal offense to say otherwise.

The Funds are only available as underlying investment options for variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts issued or administered by Pacific Life Insurance Company (“Pacific Life”) and Pacific Life & Annuity Company (“PL&A”) and to the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios, the Investment Adviser and certain of its affiliates.

Certain Funds may not be available as an underlying investment option for your variable product, and not all share classes may be available for your variable product. For available investment options, consult a variable product prospectus or offering memorandum, or the separate account annual report. For variable product purchase information, consult a variable product prospectus by contacting your financial professional or visiting www.PacificLife.com.

2

Table of Contents

Fund Summaries	​
U.S. Fixed Income Fund
Bond Plus Portfolio	4
U.S. Equity Funds
Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	8
QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	12
Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	15
International Equity Fund
International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	19
Additional Summary Information	23
Additional Information About Principal Investment Strategies and Principal Risks	23
General Investment Information	23
Bond Plus Portfolio	25
Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	26
QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	28
Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	29
International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	30
Additional Information About Principal Risks	32
Additional Information About Certain Ancillary Risks	37
Additional Information About Fees and Expenses	38
Additional Information About Fund Performance	39
Index Definitions	39
Other Fund Information	40
Fund and Share Class Availability	40
Prevention of Disruptive Trading	40
How Share Prices Are Calculated	41
Dividends and Distributions	43
Distribution and Service Arrangements	43
Trust Organization	43
Tax Matters	44
About Management	45
Financial Highlights	47
Where To Go For More Information	back cover of this Prospectus

3

Bond Plus Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Fund. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and Examples below. The table and Examples below also do not reflect expenses and charges that are imposed under your variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. For information on these expenses and charges, please refer to the applicable contract or policy prospectus. If these fees and expenses were included, the fees and expenses shown would be higher.

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

​	Class I	Class P
Management Fee	0.45%	0.45%
Service Fee	0.20%	0.00%
Other Expenses1	0.05%	0.05%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.70%	0.50%
Less Fee Waiver2	(0.05%)	(0.05%)
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver	0.65%	0.45%

1

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

2

The investment adviser has agreed to waive 0.05% of its management fee through April 30, 2026. Thereafter, the fee waiver agreement renews annually unless terminated by the investment adviser upon at least 30 days written notice prior to the end of the contract term.

Examples

The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other Funds of the Trust or other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 for the time periods indicated, that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s annual operating expenses remain as stated in the previous table for the time periods shown except for the fee waiver which is only reflected for the contractual period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, the Examples show what your costs would be based on these assumptions.

These Examples do not reflect fees and expenses of any variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. If these were included, the expenses (in dollars) shown would be higher. Keep in mind that this is only an estimate; actual expenses and performance may vary.

Your expenses (in dollars) if you buy, sell/redeem or hold all of your shares at the end of each period

​	1 year	3 years
Class I	$66	$219
Class P	$46	$155

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its holdings). This Fund is new and does not yet have a turnover rate. A higher portfolio turnover rate reflects a greater number of securities

being bought or sold, which may indicate higher transaction costs. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to bonds and (2) bonds.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA”), the investment adviser of the Fund, and Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC (“FDS”), sub-adviser to a portion of the Fund, manage the Fund as described further below.

The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

PLFA managed portion:

For the PLFA managed portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to debt securities using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to FDS to manage as described under the “FDS managed portion.”

PLFA seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment goal in this portion of the Fund by gaining passive exposure to debt securities primarily through total return swap agreements on the Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index (the “Index”), a debt securities index that represents the investment grade, U.S. dollar-denominated, fixed rate taxable bond market. PLFA may also enter into total return swap agreements on exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) that seek to track the performance of the Index.

Using derivatives such as total return swaps on the Index or total return swaps on ETFs that track the performance of the Index is a way to obtain investment exposure to debt securities, as represented by the Index, without purchasing all of the securities in the Index. PLFA may also invest in U.S. Treasury futures contracts to gain exposure to debt securities that approximate key risk factors and performance attributes of the Index, such as duration.

PLFA will also seek incremental alpha as it sees investment opportunities. To seek incremental alpha, PLFA may use futures contracts to implement its investment views on risk factors or performance attributes within the debt securities market, as represented by the Index. This could involve, for example, PLFA selling short U.S. Treasury futures contracts to express an investment view for lower duration relative to the Index, or doing the opposite.

FDS managed portion: 

FDS manages its portion of the Fund to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Index returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

4

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between 0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents. 

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in debt securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A securities”).

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

As with any mutual fund, the value of the Fund’s investments, and therefore the value of your shares, may go up or down and you could lose money. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Italicized terms refer to separate Principal Risks that are each defined in the Principal Risks section below.

While the Fund may be subject to various risk exposures at any given time depending on market conditions and other factors impacting holdings and investment strategies, the Fund under normal circumstances is subject to the following principal risks:

PLFA managed portion

•

ETF Market Trading Risk: An ETF faces numerous market trading risks, including the potential lack of an active market for ETF shares, losses from trading in secondary markets, periods of high volatility and disruption in the creation

and/or redemption process of the ETF. Any of these factors, among others, may lead to the ETF’s shares trading above NAV (at a premium) or below NAV (at a discount). Thus, an investor such as the Fund may pay more (or less) than NAV when buying shares of the ETF in the secondary market, and may receive less (or more) than NAV when selling those shares in the secondary market. The portfolio managers cannot predict whether shares will trade at a premium or discount or at NAV.

FDS managed portion

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk: Investing in foreign issuers (companies or other entities) can involve more risks than investing in U.S. issuers, such as risks relating to market, economic, political, regulatory and geopolitical conditions relevant to that market. These factors can make investments in foreign issuers more volatile and less liquid than U.S. investments. Less stringent regulatory, accounting, and disclosure requirements and general supervision for issuers and markets are more common in certain foreign countries. Enforcing legal rights can be difficult, costly, and slow in certain foreign countries, and can be particularly difficult against foreign governments. In addition, foreign markets can react differently to these conditions than the U.S. market. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in, or foreign exchange rates with, another market, country or region.

•

Restricted Securities Risk: Unless registered for sale to the public under applicable federal securities law, restricted securities such as those issued pursuant to Rule 144A can be sold only in private transactions to qualified purchasers pursuant to an exemption from registration. The sale price realized from a private transaction could be less than the Fund’s purchase price for the restricted security. It may be difficult to identify a qualified purchaser for a restricted security held by the Fund and such security could be deemed illiquid. It may also be more difficult to value such securities.

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Debt Securities Risk: Debt securities and other debt instruments are subject to many risks, including interest rate risk and credit risk, which may affect their value.

•

Swap Agreements Risk: Swap agreements are derivative contracts where the parties agree to exchange the returns earned on specific assets, such as the return on, or increase in value of, an amount invested in a particular “basket” of securities representing a certain index. As a derivative, it is subject to derivatives risk, including counterparty risk. Although certain standard swap agreements are centrally cleared through an exchange, which is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to swaps that are privately negotiated, central clearing does not eliminate these risks. In addition, the Fund’s use of total return swaps is subject to market risks based upon changes in the value of the underlying index or reference instrument.

5

•

Derivatives Risk: The use of futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements (each a type of derivative instrument) as a principal investment strategy subjects the Fund to a number of risks, including: counterparty risk, leverage risk, market risk, regulatory risk, liquidity and valuation risk, operational risk, correlation risk, legal risk and premium risk. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments and may increase the Fund’s volatility and risk of loss.

•

Leverage Risk: The Fund may invest in futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements as a principal investment strategy. These derivative investments give rise to a form of leverage. Leverage is investment exposure that exceeds the initial amount invested. The loss on a leveraged investment may far exceed the Fund’s principal amount invested. Leverage can magnify the Fund’s gains and losses and therefore increase its volatility.

•

Credit Risk: An issuer or guarantor of a debt instrument might be unable or unwilling to meet its financial obligations and might not make interest or principal payments on an instrument when those payments are due (“default”). The risk of a default is higher for debt instruments that are non-investment grade and lower for debt instruments that are of higher quality. Defaults may potentially reduce the Fund’s income or ability to recover amounts due and may reduce the value of the debt instrument, sometimes dramatically.

•

Interest Rate Risk: When interest rates rise, the value of debt investments will generally decrease. The Fund may be subject to heightened levels of interest rate risk because the Federal Reserve has raised, and may continue to raise, interest rates. During periods when interest rates are low or there are negative interest rates, the Fund’s yield (and total return) also may be low and the Fund may experience low or negative returns. Debt instruments with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, making them more volatile than debt instruments with shorter durations or floating or adjustable interest rates.

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk: Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain risks affecting the housing market or the market for the assets underlying such securities. These securities are also subject to extension risk (the risk that rising interest rates extend the duration of fixed mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates), interest rate risk (the risk that rising interest rates will cause a decline in the value of a fixed income security), subprime risk (the risk that these securities have exposure to borrowers with lower credit risk, increasing potential default), prepayment risk (when interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected which can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest its assets at lower interest rates), call risk (similar to prepayment risk, an issuer may pay its obligations under a security sooner than expected), U.S. government securities risk (securities backed by different U.S. government agencies are subject to varying levels of credit rating risk), issuer risk

(the risk that a private issuer cannot meet its obligations) and stripped mortgage-related securities risk (these securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates).

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk: Not all U.S. government securities are backed or guaranteed by the U.S. government and different U.S. government securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk. There is a risk that the U.S. government will not make timely payments on its debt or provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if those entities are not able to meet their financial obligations.

•

Active Management Risk: A portfolio manager’s judgments about the potential value or price appreciation of an investment may prove to be incorrect or fail to have the intended results, which could negatively impact the Fund’s performance.

•

Underlying Fund Risk: Because the Fund is available for investment by one or more “fund of funds” of the Trust and thus may have a significant percentage of its outstanding shares held by such fund of funds, a change in asset allocation by the fund of funds could result in large redemptions out of the Fund, causing the sale of securities in a short timeframe and potential increases in expenses to the Fund and its remaining shareholders, both of which could negatively impact performance.

Performance

The Fund commenced operations on [ ] and does not have a full calendar year of performance. Thus, a performance bar chart and table are not included for the Fund. A performance bar chart and table will be included for the Fund once the Fund has a full calendar year of performance, which will provide some indication of the risk of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the performance of the Fund from year to year and showing how the Fund’s returns compare to a broad-based market index.

6

Management

Investment Adviser — Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the PLFA managed portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Investment Adviser	Experience with Fund
Howard T. Hirakawa, CFA, Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Carleton J. Muench, CFA, Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Edward Sheng, PhD, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Samuel S. Park, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Jordan Fettman, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Emily Dai, CFA, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Sub-Adviser — Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the FDS managed portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Sub-Adviser	Experience with Fund
Julian Potenza, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
David DeBiase, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Rob Galusza, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Tax Information, and Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries — For important information about the purchase and sale of fund shares, tax information, and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to the Additional Summary Information section on page [__] of this Prospectus.

7

Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Fund. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and Examples below. The table and Examples below also do not reflect expenses and charges that are imposed under your variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. For information on these expenses and charges, please refer to the applicable contract or policy prospectus. If these fees and expenses were included, the fees and expenses shown would be higher.

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

​	Class I	Class P
Management Fee	0.45%	0.45%
Service Fee	0.20%	0.00%
Other Expenses1	0.03%	0.03%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.68%	0.48%
Less Fee Waiver2	(0.05%)	(0.05%)
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver	0.63%	0.43%

1

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

2

The investment adviser has agreed to waive 0.05% of its management fee through April 30, 2026. Thereafter, the fee waiver agreement renews annually unless terminated by the investment adviser upon at least 30 days written notice prior to the end of the contract term.

Examples

The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other Funds of the Trust or other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 for the time periods indicated, that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s annual operating expenses remain as stated in the previous table for the time periods shown except for the fee waiver which is only reflected for the contractual period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, the Examples show what your costs would be based on these assumptions.

These Examples do not reflect fees and expenses of any variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. If these were included, the expenses (in dollars) shown would be higher. Keep in mind that this is only an estimate; actual expenses and performance may vary.

Your expenses (in dollars) if you buy, sell/redeem or hold all of your shares at the end of each period

​	1 year	3 years
Class I	$64	$213
Class P	$44	$149

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its holdings). This Fund is new and does not yet have a turnover rate. A higher portfolio turnover rate reflects a greater number of securities

being bought or sold, which may indicate higher transaction costs. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market and (2) bonds.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA”), the investment adviser of the Fund, manages the large-cap portion of the Fund while Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC (“FDS”) manages the bond portion of the Fund as sub-adviser to that portion of the Fund.

Large-Cap portion:

The term “large-cap” in the Fund’s name refers to derivative investments used to gain exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market.

For the large-cap portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to the bond portion of the Fund.

These derivatives are primarily total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, futures contracts. PLFA seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment goal in this portion of the Fund by gaining passive exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market primarily through total return swap agreements on the S&P 500 Index (the “Index”), an equity securities index that represents the U.S. large-capitalization equity market.

PLFA generally considers a company to have a large market capitalization or to be a large-cap company if the company has a market capitalization within the range of companies included in the Index, or a comparable index which is generally considered in the financial services industry as representing the large-capitalization segment of the U.S. equity universe. As of September 30, 2024, the market capitalization range for the Index was approximately $[__] billion to $[__] trillion.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in futures contracts on the Index and other U.S. large-cap indices to gain exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market. Using derivatives such as total return swaps and futures contracts is a way to obtain investment exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market, as represented by the particular index, without purchasing all of the securities in the index.

PLFA will also seek incremental alpha as it sees investment opportunities. To seek incremental alpha, PLFA may use total return swaps and/or futures contracts to implement its investment views on sub-asset classes within the overall U.S. large-capitalization equity market, such as large-cap growth or large-cap value. This could involve, for example, buying

8

total return swaps on a large-cap growth index to express a positive view on large-cap growth as a sub-asset class. Another example could be hedging out part of the large-cap growth portion of the Index using derivatives, resulting in an overweight to the large-cap value portion, or doing the opposite.

Bond portion: 

The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

The bond portion of the Fund will be managed by FDS to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Index returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between 0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents.

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use U.S. Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in debt securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A securities”).

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

As with any mutual fund, the value of the Fund’s investments, and therefore the value of your shares, may go up or down and you could lose money. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Italicized terms refer to separate Principal Risks that are each defined in the Principal Risks section below.

While the Fund may be subject to various risk exposures at any given time depending on market conditions and other factors impacting holdings and investment strategies, the Fund under normal circumstances is subject to the following principal risks:

Large-Cap portion

•

Equity Securities Risk: Equity securities tend to go up and down in value, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.

•

Large-Capitalization Companies Risk: Although large-capitalization companies tend to have more stable prices than smaller, less established companies, they are still subject to equity securities risk. In addition, large-capitalization equity security prices may not rise as much as prices of equity securities of small-capitalization companies.

•

Growth Companies Risk: Growth companies are those that a portfolio manager believes have the potential for above average or rapid growth but may be subject to greater price volatility than investments in “undervalued” companies.

•

Value Companies Risk: Value companies are those that a portfolio manager believes are undervalued and trading for less than their intrinsic values. There is a risk that the determination that a stock is undervalued is not correct or is not recognized in the market.

Bond portion

•

Debt Securities Risk: Debt securities and other debt instruments are subject to many risks, including interest rate risk and credit risk, which may affect their value.

•

Credit Risk: An issuer or guarantor of a debt instrument might be unable or unwilling to meet its financial obligations and might not make interest or principal payments on an instrument when those payments are due (“default”). The risk of a default is higher for debt instruments that are non-investment grade and lower for debt instruments that are of higher quality. Defaults may potentially reduce the Fund’s income or ability to recover amounts due and may reduce the value of the debt instrument, sometimes dramatically.

•

Interest Rate Risk: When interest rates rise, the value of debt investments will generally decrease. The Fund may be subject to heightened levels of interest rate risk because the Federal Reserve has raised, and may continue to raise, interest rates. During periods when interest rates are low or there are negative interest rates, the Fund’s yield (and total return) also may be low and the Fund may experience low or negative returns. Debt instruments with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, making them more volatile than debt instruments with shorter durations or floating or adjustable interest rates.

9

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk: Investing in foreign issuers (companies or other entities) can involve more risks than investing in U.S. issuers, such as risks relating to market, economic, political, regulatory and geopolitical conditions relevant to that market. These factors can make investments in foreign issuers more volatile and less liquid than U.S. investments. Less stringent regulatory, accounting, and disclosure requirements and general supervision for issuers and markets are more common in certain foreign countries. Enforcing legal rights can be difficult, costly, and slow in certain foreign countries, and can be particularly difficult against foreign governments. In addition, foreign markets can react differently to these conditions than the U.S. market. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in, or foreign exchange rates with, another market, country or region.

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk: Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain risks affecting the housing market or the market for the assets underlying such securities. These securities are also subject to extension risk (the risk that rising interest rates extend the duration of fixed mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates), interest rate risk (the risk that rising interest rates will cause a decline in the value of a fixed income security), subprime risk (the risk that these securities have exposure to borrowers with lower credit risk, increasing potential default), prepayment risk (when interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected which can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest its assets at lower interest rates), call risk (similar to prepayment risk, an issuer may pay its obligations under a security sooner than expected), U.S. government securities risk (securities backed by different U.S. government agencies are subject to varying levels of credit rating risk), issuer risk (the risk that a private issuer cannot meet its obligations) and stripped mortgage-related securities risk (these securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates).

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk: Not all U.S. government securities are backed or guaranteed by the U.S. government and different U.S. government securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk. There is a risk that the U.S. government will not make timely payments on its debt or provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if those entities are not able to meet their financial obligations.

•

Restricted Securities Risk: Unless registered for sale to the public under applicable federal securities law, restricted securities such as those issued pursuant to Rule 144A can be sold only in private transactions to qualified purchasers pursuant to an exemption from registration. The sale price realized from a private transaction could be less than the Fund’s purchase price for the restricted security. It may be difficult to identify a qualified purchaser for a restricted security held by the Fund and such security could be deemed illiquid. It may also be more difficult to value such securities.

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Swap Agreements Risk: Swap agreements are derivative contracts where the parties agree to exchange the returns earned on specific assets, such as the return on, or increase in value of, an amount invested in a particular “basket” of securities representing a certain index. As a derivative, it is subject to derivatives risk, including counterparty risk. Although certain standard swap agreements are centrally cleared through an exchange, which is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to swaps that are privately negotiated, central clearing does not eliminate these risks. In addition, the Fund’s use of total return swaps is subject to market risks based upon changes in the value of the underlying index or reference instrument.

•

Derivatives Risk: The use of futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements (each a type of derivative instrument) as a principal investment strategy subjects the Fund to a number of risks, including: counterparty risk, leverage risk, market risk, regulatory risk, liquidity and valuation risk, operational risk, correlation risk, legal risk and premium risk. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments and may increase the Fund’s volatility and risk of loss.

•

Leverage Risk: The Fund may invest in futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements as a principal investment strategy. These derivative investments give rise to a form of leverage. Leverage is investment exposure that exceeds the initial amount invested. The loss on a leveraged investment may far exceed the Fund’s principal amount invested. Leverage can magnify the Fund’s gains and losses and therefore increase its volatility.

•

Active Management Risk: A portfolio manager’s judgments about the potential value or price appreciation of an investment may prove to be incorrect or fail to have the intended results, which could negatively impact the Fund’s performance.

•

Underlying Fund Risk: Because the Fund is available for investment by one or more “fund of funds” of the Trust and thus may have a significant percentage of its outstanding shares held by such fund of funds, a change in asset allocation by the fund of funds could result in large redemptions out of the Fund, causing the sale of securities in a short timeframe and potential increases in expenses to the Fund and its remaining shareholders, both of which could negatively impact performance.

Performance

The Fund commenced operations on [ ] and does not have a full calendar year of performance. Thus, a performance bar chart and table are not included for the Fund. A performance bar chart and table will be included for the Fund once the Fund has a full calendar year of performance, which will provide some indication of the risk of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the performance of the Fund from year to year and showing how the Fund’s returns compare to a broad-based market index.

10

Management

Investment Adviser — Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the large-cap portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Investment Adviser	Experience with Fund
Howard T. Hirakawa, CFA, Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Carleton J. Muench, CFA, Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Edward Sheng, PhD, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Samuel S. Park, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Jordan Fettman, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Emily Dai, CFA, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Sub-Adviser — Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the bond portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Sub-Adviser	Experience with Fund
Julian Potenza, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
David DeBiase, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Rob Galusza, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Tax Information, and Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries — For important information about the purchase and sale of fund shares, tax information, and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to the Additional Summary Information section on page [__] of this Prospectus.

11

QQQ® Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Fund. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and Examples below. The table and Examples below also do not reflect expenses and charges that are imposed under your variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. For information on these expenses and charges, please refer to the applicable contract or policy prospectus. If these fees and expenses were included, the fees and expenses shown would be higher.

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

​	Class I	Class P
Management Fee	0.45%	0.45%
Service Fee	0.20%	0.00%
Other Expenses1	0.36%	0.36%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	1.01%	0.81%
Less Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement2,3	(0.35%)	(0.35%)
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement	0.66%	0.46%

1

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

2

The investment adviser has agreed to waive 0.09% of its management fee through April 30, 2026. Thereafter, the fee waiver agreement renews annually unless terminated by the investment adviser upon at least 30 days written notice prior to the end of the contract term.

3

The investment adviser has agreed to limit certain “Other Expenses” incurred by the Fund that exceed an annual rate of 0.10% through April 30, 2026. This agreement will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless the investment adviser provides written notice of the termination of the agreement at least 10 days prior to the beginning of the next one-year term. Prior to the renewal period, the investment adviser may not terminate this agreement without the approval of the Board of Trustees. The investment adviser may recoup from the Fund amounts reimbursed in future periods, not to exceed three years from the date on which the reimbursement took place, provided that the recoupment combined with certain “Other Expenses” would be limited to the lesser of: (i) the expense cap at the time of the reimbursement or (ii) the Fund’s then-current expense cap.

Examples

The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other Funds of the Trust or other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 for the time periods indicated, that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s annual operating expenses remain as stated in the previous table for the time periods shown except for the fee waiver and the expense reimbursement (expense limitation), which are only reflected for the contractual period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, the Examples show what your costs would be based on these assumptions.

These Examples do not reflect fees and expenses of any variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. If these were

included, the expenses (in dollars) shown would be higher. Keep in mind that this is only an estimate; actual expenses and performance may vary.

Your expenses (in dollars) if you buy, sell/redeem or hold all of your shares at the end of each period

​	1 year	3 years
Class I	$67	$287
Class P	$47	$224

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its holdings). This Fund is new and does not yet have a turnover rate. A higher portfolio turnover rate reflects a greater number of securities being bought or sold, which may indicate higher transaction costs. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to the Nasdaq-100 Index and/or the Nasdaq-100 Total Return Index (the “Nasdaq-100 Indices”) and (2) bonds.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA”), the investment adviser of the Fund, manages the “QQQ” portion of the Fund while Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC (“FDS”) manages the bond portion of the Fund as sub-adviser to that portion of the Fund.

QQQ portion:

The term “QQQ” in the Fund’s name refers to derivative investments used to gain exposure to the Nasdaq-100 Indices, large-cap growth equity indices designed to track the performance of 100 of the largest domestic and international non-financial companies listed on the Nasdaq® Stock Market based upon market capitalization. 

For the QQQ portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to the Nasdaq-100 Indices using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to the bond portion of the Fund.

These derivatives are primarily total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, futures contracts. Using derivatives such as total return swaps and futures contracts is a way to obtain the return of the Nasdaq-100 Indices that is the economic equivalent of, but does not involve investing in, all of the securities in those indices.

Bond portion: 

The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

The bond portion of the Fund will be managed by FDS to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Nasdaq-100 Indices

12

returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between 0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents. 

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use U.S. Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in debt securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A securities”).

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

As with any mutual fund, the value of the Fund’s investments, and therefore the value of your shares, may go up or down and you could lose money. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Italicized terms refer to separate Principal Risks that are each defined in the Principal Risks section below.

While the Fund may be subject to various risk exposures at any given time depending on market conditions and other factors impacting holdings and investment strategies, the Fund under normal circumstances is subject to the following principal risks:

QQQ portion

•

Equity Securities Risk: Equity securities tend to go up and down in value, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.

•

Large-Capitalization Companies Risk: Although large-capitalization companies tend to have more stable prices than smaller, less established companies, they are still subject to equity securities risk. In addition, large-capitalization equity security prices may not rise as much as prices of equity securities of small-capitalization companies.

•

Growth Companies Risk: Growth companies are those that a portfolio manager believes have the potential for above average or rapid growth but may be subject to greater price volatility than investments in “undervalued” companies.

Bond portion

•

Debt Securities Risk: Debt securities and other debt instruments are subject to many risks, including interest rate risk and credit risk, which may affect their value.

•

Credit Risk: An issuer or guarantor of a debt instrument might be unable or unwilling to meet its financial obligations and might not make interest or principal payments on an instrument when those payments are due (“default”). The risk of a default is higher for debt instruments that are non-investment grade and lower for debt instruments that are of higher quality. Defaults may potentially reduce the Fund’s income or ability to recover amounts due and may reduce the value of the debt instrument, sometimes dramatically.

•

Interest Rate Risk: When interest rates rise, the value of debt investments will generally decrease. The Fund may be subject to heightened levels of interest rate risk because the Federal Reserve has raised, and may continue to raise, interest rates. During periods when interest rates are low or there are negative interest rates, the Fund’s yield (and total return) also may be low and the Fund may experience low or negative returns. Debt instruments with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, making them more volatile than debt instruments with shorter durations or floating or adjustable interest rates.

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk: Investing in foreign issuers (companies or other entities) can involve more risks than investing in U.S. issuers, such as risks relating to market, economic, political, regulatory and geopolitical conditions relevant to that market. These factors can make investments in foreign issuers more volatile and less liquid than U.S. investments. Less stringent regulatory, accounting, and disclosure requirements and general supervision for issuers and markets are more common in certain foreign countries. Enforcing legal rights can be difficult, costly, and slow in certain foreign countries, and can be particularly difficult against foreign governments. In addition, foreign markets can react differently to these conditions than the U.S. market. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in, or foreign exchange rates with, another market, country or region.

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk: Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain risks affecting the housing market or the market for the assets underlying such securities. These

13

securities are also subject to extension risk (the risk that rising interest rates extend the duration of fixed mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates), interest rate risk (the risk that rising interest rates will cause a decline in the value of a fixed income security), subprime risk (the risk that these securities have exposure to borrowers with lower credit risk, increasing potential default), prepayment risk (when interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected which can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest its assets at lower interest rates), call risk (similar to prepayment risk, an issuer may pay its obligations under a security sooner than expected), U.S. government securities risk (securities backed by different U.S. government agencies are subject to varying levels of credit rating risk), issuer risk (the risk that a private issuer cannot meet its obligations) and stripped mortgage-related securities risk (these securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates).

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk: Not all U.S. government securities are backed or guaranteed by the U.S. government and different U.S. government securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk. There is a risk that the U.S. government will not make timely payments on its debt or provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if those entities are not able to meet their financial obligations.

•

Restricted Securities Risk: Unless registered for sale to the public under applicable federal securities law, restricted securities such as those issued pursuant to Rule 144A can be sold only in private transactions to qualified purchasers pursuant to an exemption from registration. The sale price realized from a private transaction could be less than the Fund’s purchase price for the restricted security. It may be difficult to identify a qualified purchaser for a restricted security held by the Fund and such security could be deemed illiquid. It may also be more difficult to value such securities.

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Swap Agreements Risk: Swap agreements are derivative contracts where the parties agree to exchange the returns earned on specific assets, such as the return on, or increase in value of, an amount invested in a particular “basket” of securities representing a certain index. As a derivative, it is subject to derivatives risk, including counterparty risk. Although certain standard swap agreements are centrally cleared through an exchange, which is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to swaps that are privately negotiated, central clearing does not eliminate these risks. In addition, the Fund’s use of total return swaps is subject to market risks based upon changes in the value of the underlying index or reference instrument.

•

Derivatives Risk: The use of futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements (each a type of derivative instrument) as a principal investment strategy subjects the Fund to a number of risks, including: counterparty risk, leverage risk, market risk, regulatory risk, liquidity and valuation risk, operational risk, correlation risk, legal risk and premium risk. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments and may increase the Fund’s volatility and risk of loss.

•

Leverage Risk: The Fund may invest in futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements as a principal investment strategy. These derivative investments give rise to a form of leverage. Leverage is investment exposure that exceeds the initial amount invested. The loss on a leveraged investment may far exceed the Fund’s principal amount invested. Leverage can magnify the Fund’s gains and losses and therefore increase its volatility.

•

Active Management Risk: A portfolio manager’s judgments about the potential value or price appreciation of an investment may prove to be incorrect or fail to have the intended results, which could negatively impact the Fund’s performance.

Performance

The Fund commenced operations on [ ] and does not have a full calendar year of performance. Thus, a performance bar chart and table are not included for the Fund. A performance bar chart and table will be included for the Fund once the Fund has a full calendar year of performance, which will provide some indication of the risk of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the performance of the Fund from year to year and showing how the Fund’s returns compare to a broad-based market index.

Management

Investment Adviser — Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the QQQ portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Investment Adviser	Experience with Fund
Howard T. Hirakawa, CFA, Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Carleton J. Muench, CFA, Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Edward Sheng, PhD, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Samuel S. Park, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Jordan Fettman, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Emily Dai, CFA, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Sub-Adviser — Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the bond portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Sub-Adviser	Experience with Fund
Julian Potenza, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
David DeBiase, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Rob Galusza, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Tax Information, and Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries — For important information about the purchase and sale of fund shares, tax information, and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to the Additional Summary Information section on page [__] of this Prospectus.

14

Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Fund. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and Examples below. The table and Examples below also do not reflect expenses and charges that are imposed under your variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. For information on these expenses and charges, please refer to the applicable contract or policy prospectus. If these fees and expenses were included, the fees and expenses shown would be higher.

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

​	Class I	Class P
Management Fee	0.45%	0.45%
Service Fee	0.20%	0.00%
Other Expenses1	0.08%	0.08%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.73%	0.53%
Less Fee Waiver2	(0.05%)	(0.05%)
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver	0.68%	0.48%

1

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

2

The investment adviser has agreed to waive 0.05% of its management fee through April 30, 2026. Thereafter, the fee waiver agreement renews annually unless terminated by the investment adviser upon at least 30 days written notice prior to the end of the contract term.

Examples

The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other Funds of the Trust or other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 for the time periods indicated, that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s annual operating expenses remain as stated in the previous table for the time periods shown except for the fee waiver which is only reflected for the contractual period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, the Examples show what your costs would be based on these assumptions.

These Examples do not reflect fees and expenses of any variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. If these were included, the expenses (in dollars) shown would be higher. Keep in mind that this is only an estimate; actual expenses and performance may vary.

Your expenses (in dollars) if you buy, sell/redeem or hold all of your shares at the end of each period

​	1 year	3 years
Class I	$69	$228
Class P	$49	$165

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its holdings). This Fund is new and does not yet have a turnover rate. A higher portfolio turnover rate reflects a greater number of securities

being bought or sold, which may indicate higher transaction costs. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market and (2) bonds.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA”), the investment adviser of the Fund, manages the small-cap portion of the Fund while Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC (“FDS”) manages the bond portion of the Fund as sub-adviser to that portion of the Fund.

Small-Cap portion:

The term “small-cap” in the Fund’s name refers to derivative investments used to gain exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market.

For the small-cap portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to the bond portion of the Fund.

These derivatives are primarily total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, futures contracts. PLFA seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment goal in this portion of the Fund by gaining passive exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market primarily through total return swap agreements on the Russell 2000 Index (the “Index”), an equity securities index that represents the U.S. small-capitalization equity market.

PLFA generally considers a company to have a small market capitalization or to be a small-cap company if the company has a market capitalization within the range of companies included in the Index, or a comparable index which is generally considered in the financial services industry as representing the small-capitalization segment of the U.S. equity universe. As of September 30, 2024, the market capitalization range for the Index was approximately $[__] million to $[__] billion.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in futures contracts on the Index and other U.S. small-cap indices to gain exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market. Using derivatives such as total return swaps and futures contracts is a way to obtain investment exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market, as represented by the particular index, without purchasing all of the securities in the index.

PLFA will also seek incremental alpha as it sees investment opportunities. To seek incremental alpha, PLFA may use total return swaps and/or futures contracts to implement its investment views on sub-asset classes within the overall U.S. small-capitalization equity market, such as small-cap growth or small-cap value. This could involve, for example, buying total

15

return swaps on a small-cap growth index to express a positive view on small-cap growth as a sub-asset class. Another example could be hedging out part of the small-cap growth portion of the Index using derivatives, resulting in an overweight to the small-cap value portion, or doing the opposite.

Bond portion: 

The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

The bond portion of the Fund will be managed by FDS to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Index returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between 0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents. 

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including, buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use U.S. Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in debt securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A securities”).

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

As with any mutual fund, the value of the Fund’s investments, and therefore the value of your shares, may go up or down and you could lose money. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Italicized terms refer to separate Principal Risks that are each defined in the Principal Risks section below.

While the Fund may be subject to various risk exposures at any given time depending on market conditions and other factors impacting holdings and investment strategies, the Fund under normal circumstances is subject to the following principal risks:

Small-Cap portion

•

Equity Securities Risk: Equity securities tend to go up and down in value, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.

•

Small-Capitalization Companies Risk: Small-capitalization companies may be more susceptible to liquidity risk and price volatility and be more vulnerable to economic, market and industry changes than larger, more established companies.

•

Liquidity Risk: Certain holdings may be difficult to purchase, sell and value, particularly during adverse market conditions, because there is a limited market for the investment or there are restrictions on resale. The Fund may not be able to sell a holding quickly at the price it has valued the holding, may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities or may be forced to sell other more desirable, more liquid securities or sell less liquid or illiquid securities at a loss if needed to raise cash to conduct operations, including to meet redemption requests.

•

Growth Companies Risk: Growth companies are those that a portfolio manager believes have the potential for above average or rapid growth but may be subject to greater price volatility than investments in “undervalued” companies.

•

Value Companies Risk: Value companies are those that a portfolio manager believes are undervalued and trading for less than their intrinsic values. There is a risk that the determination that a stock is undervalued is not correct or is not recognized in the market.

Bond portion

•

Debt Securities Risk: Debt securities and other debt instruments are subject to many risks, including interest rate risk and credit risk, which may affect their value.

•

Credit Risk: An issuer or guarantor of a debt instrument might be unable or unwilling to meet its financial obligations and might not make interest or principal payments on an instrument when those payments are due (“default”). The risk of a default is higher for debt instruments that are non-investment grade and lower for debt instruments that are of higher quality. Defaults may potentially reduce the Fund’s income or ability to recover amounts due and may reduce the value of the debt instrument, sometimes dramatically.

16

•

Interest Rate Risk: When interest rates rise, the value of debt investments will generally decrease. The Fund may be subject to heightened levels of interest rate risk because the Federal Reserve has raised, and may continue to raise, interest rates. During periods when interest rates are low or there are negative interest rates, the Fund’s yield (and total return) also may be low and the Fund may experience low or negative returns. Debt instruments with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, making them more volatile than debt instruments with shorter durations or floating or adjustable interest rates.

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk: Investing in foreign issuers (companies or other entities) can involve more risks than investing in U.S. issuers, such as risks relating to market, economic, political, regulatory and geopolitical conditions relevant to that market. These factors can make investments in foreign issuers more volatile and less liquid than U.S. investments. Less stringent regulatory, accounting, and disclosure requirements and general supervision for issuers and markets are more common in certain foreign countries. Enforcing legal rights can be difficult, costly, and slow in certain foreign countries, and can be particularly difficult against foreign governments. In addition, foreign markets can react differently to these conditions than the U.S. market. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in, or foreign exchange rates with, another market, country or region.

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk: Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain risks affecting the housing market or the market for the assets underlying such securities. These securities are also subject to extension risk (the risk that rising interest rates extend the duration of fixed mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates), interest rate risk (the risk that rising interest rates will cause a decline in the value of a fixed income security), subprime risk (the risk that these securities have exposure to borrowers with lower credit risk, increasing potential default), prepayment risk (when interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected which can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest its assets at lower interest rates), call risk (similar to prepayment risk, an issuer may pay its obligations under a security sooner than expected), U.S. government securities risk (securities backed by different U.S. government agencies are subject to varying levels of credit rating risk), issuer risk (the risk that a private issuer cannot meet its obligations) and stripped mortgage-related securities risk (these securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates).

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk: Not all U.S. government securities are backed or guaranteed by the U.S. government and different U.S. government securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk. There is a risk that the U.S. government will not make timely payments on its debt or provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if those entities are not able to meet their financial obligations.

•

Restricted Securities Risk: Unless registered for sale to the public under applicable federal securities law, restricted securities such as those issued pursuant to Rule 144A can be sold only in private transactions to qualified purchasers pursuant to an exemption from registration. The sale price realized from a private transaction could be less than the Fund’s purchase price for the restricted security. It may be difficult to identify a qualified purchaser for a restricted security held by the Fund and such security could be deemed illiquid. It may also be more difficult to value such securities.

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Swap Agreements Risk: Swap agreements are derivative contracts where the parties agree to exchange the returns earned on specific assets, such as the return on, or increase in value of, an amount invested in a particular “basket” of securities representing a certain index. As a derivative, it is subject to derivatives risk, including counterparty risk. Although certain standard swap agreements are centrally cleared through an exchange, which is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to swaps that are privately negotiated, central clearing does not eliminate these risks. In addition, the Fund’s use of total return swaps is subject to market risks based upon changes in the value of the underlying index or reference instrument.

•

Derivatives Risk: The use of futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements (each a type of derivative instrument) as a principal investment strategy subjects the Fund to a number of risks, including: counterparty risk, leverage risk, market risk, regulatory risk, liquidity and valuation risk, operational risk, correlation risk, legal risk and premium risk. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments and may increase the Fund’s volatility and risk of loss.

•

Leverage Risk: The Fund may invest in futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements as a principal investment strategy. These derivative investments give rise to a form of leverage. Leverage is investment exposure that exceeds the initial amount invested. The loss on a leveraged investment may far exceed the Fund’s principal amount invested. Leverage can magnify the Fund’s gains and losses and therefore increase its volatility.

•

Active Management Risk: A portfolio manager’s judgments about the potential value or price appreciation of an investment may prove to be incorrect or fail to have the intended results, which could negatively impact the Fund’s performance.

•

Underlying Fund Risk: Because the Fund is available for investment by one or more “fund of funds” of the Trust and thus may have a significant percentage of its outstanding shares held by such fund of funds, a change in asset allocation by the fund of funds could result in large redemptions out of the Fund, causing the sale of securities in a short timeframe and potential increases in expenses to the Fund and its remaining shareholders, both of which could negatively impact performance.

17

Performance

The Fund commenced operations on [ ] and does not have a full calendar year of performance. Thus, a performance bar chart and table are not included for the Fund. A performance bar chart and table will be included for the Fund once the Fund has a full calendar year of performance, which will provide some indication of the risk of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the performance of the Fund from year to year and showing how the Fund’s returns compare to a broad-based market index.

Management

Investment Adviser — Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the small-cap portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Investment Adviser	Experience with Fund
Howard T. Hirakawa, CFA, Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Carleton J. Muench, CFA, Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Edward Sheng, PhD, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Samuel S. Park, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Jordan Fettman, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Emily Dai, CFA, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Sub-Adviser — Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the bond portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Sub-Adviser	Experience with Fund
Julian Potenza, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
David DeBiase, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Rob Galusza, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Tax Information, and Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries — For important information about the purchase and sale of fund shares, tax information, and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to the Additional Summary Information section on page [__] of this Prospectus.

18

International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Fund. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and Examples below. The table and Examples below also do not reflect expenses and charges that are imposed under your variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. For information on these expenses and charges, please refer to the applicable contract or policy prospectus. If these fees and expenses were included, the fees and expenses shown would be higher.

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

​	Class I	Class P
Management Fee	0.45%	0.45%
Service Fee	0.20%	0.00%
Other Expenses1	0.05%	0.05%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	0.70%	0.50%
Less Fee Waiver2	(0.05%)	(0.05%)
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses after Fee Waiver	0.65%	0.45%

1

“Other Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

2

The investment adviser has agreed to waive 0.05% of its management fee through April 30, 2026. Thereafter, the fee waiver agreement renews annually unless terminated by the investment adviser upon at least 30 days written notice prior to the end of the contract term.

Examples

The Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other Funds of the Trust or other mutual funds. The Examples assume that you invest $10,000 for the time periods indicated, that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s annual operating expenses remain as stated in the previous table for the time periods shown except for the fee waiver which is only reflected for the contractual period. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, the Examples show what your costs would be based on these assumptions.

These Examples do not reflect fees and expenses of any variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. If these were included, the expenses (in dollars) shown would be higher. Keep in mind that this is only an estimate; actual expenses and performance may vary.

Your expenses (in dollars) if you buy, sell/redeem or hold all of your shares at the end of each period

​	1 year	3 years
Class I	$66	$219
Class P	$46	$155

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its holdings). This Fund is new and does not yet have a turnover rate. A higher portfolio turnover rate reflects a greater number of securities

being bought or sold, which may indicate higher transaction costs. These costs, which are not reflected in Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Examples, affect the Fund’s performance.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to the international equity markets and (2) bonds.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA”), the investment adviser of the Fund, manages the international equity portion of the Fund while Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC (“FDS”) manages the bond portion of the Fund as sub-adviser to that portion of the Fund.

International Equity portion:

The term “international equity” in the Fund’s name refers to derivative investments used to gain exposure to the international equity markets.

For the international equity portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to the international equity markets using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to the bond portion of the Fund.

These derivatives are primarily total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, futures contracts. PLFA seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment goal in this portion of the Fund by gaining passive exposure to the international equity markets primarily through total return swap agreements on the MSCI Europe, Australasia and Far East (“EAFE”) Index (the “Index”), an equity securities index that represents the large- and mid-capitalization equity markets across various developed countries, including countries in Europe, Australasia and the Far East, excluding the U.S. and Canada. As of September 30, 2024, the market capitalization range for the Index was approximately $[ ] billion to $[ ] billion.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in futures contracts on the Index and other international equity indices to gain exposure to the international equity markets. Using derivatives such as total return swaps and futures contracts is a way to obtain investment exposure to the international equity market, as represented by the particular index, without purchasing all of the securities in the index.

PLFA will also seek incremental alpha as it sees investment opportunities. To seek incremental alpha, PLFA may use total return swaps and/or futures contracts to implement its investment views on sub-asset classes within the overall international equity markets, such as international growth or international value, or single countries or geographic regions. This could involve, for example, buying total return swaps on an international growth index to express a positive view on international growth as a sub-asset class. Another example could be hedging out part of

19

the international growth portion of the Index using derivatives, resulting in an overweight to the international value portion, or doing the opposite.

Bond portion: 

The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

The bond portion of the Fund will be managed by FDS to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Index returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between 0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents.

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use U.S. Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in debt securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A securities”).

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

As with any mutual fund, the value of the Fund’s investments, and therefore the value of your shares, may go up or down and you could lose money. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Italicized terms refer to separate Principal Risks that are each defined in the Principal Risks section below.

While the Fund may be subject to various risk exposures at any given time depending on market conditions and other factors impacting holdings and investment strategies, the Fund under normal circumstances is subject to the following principal risks:

International Equity portion

•

Equity Securities Risk: Equity securities tend to go up and down in value, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.

•

Growth Companies Risk: Growth companies are those that a portfolio manager believes have the potential for above average or rapid growth but may be subject to greater price volatility than investments in “undervalued” companies.

•

Value Companies Risk: Value companies are those that a portfolio manager believes are undervalued and trading for less than their intrinsic values. There is a risk that the determination that a stock is undervalued is not correct or is not recognized in the market.

Bond portion

•

Debt Securities Risk: Debt securities and other debt instruments are subject to many risks, including interest rate risk and credit risk, which may affect their value.

•

Credit Risk: An issuer or guarantor of a debt instrument might be unable or unwilling to meet its financial obligations and might not make interest or principal payments on an instrument when those payments are due (“default”). The risk of a default is higher for debt instruments that are non-investment grade and lower for debt instruments that are of higher quality. Defaults may potentially reduce the Fund’s income or ability to recover amounts due and may reduce the value of the debt instrument, sometimes dramatically.

•

Interest Rate Risk: When interest rates rise, the value of debt investments will generally decrease. The Fund may be subject to heightened levels of interest rate risk because the Federal Reserve has raised, and may continue to raise, interest rates. During periods when interest rates are low or there are negative interest rates, the Fund’s yield (and total return) also may be low and the Fund may experience low or negative returns. Debt instruments with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, making them more volatile than debt instruments with shorter durations or floating or adjustable interest rates.

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk: Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain risks affecting the housing market or the market for the assets underlying such securities. These securities are also subject to extension risk (the risk that rising

20

interest rates extend the duration of fixed mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates), interest rate risk (the risk that rising interest rates will cause a decline in the value of a fixed income security), subprime risk (the risk that these securities have exposure to borrowers with lower credit risk, increasing potential default), prepayment risk (when interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected which can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest its assets at lower interest rates), call risk (similar to prepayment risk, an issuer may pay its obligations under a security sooner than expected), U.S. government securities risk (securities backed by different U.S. government agencies are subject to varying levels of credit rating risk), issuer risk (the risk that a private issuer cannot meet its obligations) and stripped mortgage-related securities risk (these securities are particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates).

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk: Not all U.S. government securities are backed or guaranteed by the U.S. government and different U.S. government securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk. There is a risk that the U.S. government will not make timely payments on its debt or provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if those entities are not able to meet their financial obligations.

•

Restricted Securities Risk: Unless registered for sale to the public under applicable federal securities law, restricted securities such as those issued pursuant to Rule 144A can be sold only in private transactions to qualified purchasers pursuant to an exemption from registration. The sale price realized from a private transaction could be less than the Fund’s purchase price for the restricted security. It may be difficult to identify a qualified purchaser for a restricted security held by the Fund and such security could be deemed illiquid. It may also be more difficult to value such securities.

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Swap Agreements Risk: Swap agreements are derivative contracts where the parties agree to exchange the returns earned on specific assets, such as the return on, or increase in value of, an amount invested in a particular “basket” of securities representing a certain index. As a derivative, it is subject to derivatives risk, including counterparty risk. Although certain standard swap agreements are centrally cleared through an exchange, which is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to swaps that are privately negotiated, central clearing does not eliminate these risks. In addition, the Fund’s use of total return swaps is subject to market risks based upon changes in the value of the underlying index or reference instrument.

•

Derivatives Risk: The use of futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements (each a type of derivative instrument) as a principal investment strategy subjects the Fund to a number of risks, including: counterparty risk, leverage risk, market risk, regulatory risk, liquidity and valuation risk, operational risk, correlation risk, legal risk and premium risk. Derivatives may be riskier than other types of investments and may increase the Fund’s volatility and risk of loss.

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk: Investing in foreign issuers (companies or other entities) can involve more risks than investing in U.S. issuers, such as risks relating to market, economic, political, regulatory and geopolitical conditions relevant to that market. These factors can make investments in foreign issuers more volatile and less liquid than U.S. investments. Less stringent regulatory, accounting, and disclosure requirements and general supervision for issuers and markets are more common in certain foreign countries. Enforcing legal rights can be difficult, costly, and slow in certain foreign countries, and can be particularly difficult against foreign governments. In addition, foreign markets can react differently to these conditions than the U.S. market. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in, or foreign exchange rates with, another market, country or region.

•

Leverage Risk: The Fund may invest in futures contracts, options (FDS managed portion only) or swap agreements as a principal investment strategy. These derivative investments give rise to a form of leverage. Leverage is investment exposure that exceeds the initial amount invested. The loss on a leveraged investment may far exceed the Fund’s principal amount invested. Leverage can magnify the Fund’s gains and losses and therefore increase its volatility.

•

Active Management Risk: A portfolio manager’s judgments about the potential value or price appreciation of an investment may prove to be incorrect or fail to have the intended results, which could negatively impact the Fund’s performance.

•

Underlying Fund Risk: Because the Fund is available for investment by one or more “fund of funds” of the Trust and thus may have a significant percentage of its outstanding shares held by such fund of funds, a change in asset allocation by the fund of funds could result in large redemptions out of the Fund, causing the sale of securities in a short timeframe and potential increases in expenses to the Fund and its remaining shareholders, both of which could negatively impact performance.

Performance

The Fund commenced operations on [ ] and does not have a full calendar year of performance. Thus, a performance bar chart and table are not included for the Fund. A performance bar chart and table will be included for the Fund once the Fund has a full calendar year of performance, which will provide some indication of the risk of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the performance of the Fund from year to year and showing how the Fund’s returns compare to a broad-based market index.

21

Management

Investment Adviser — Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the international equity portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Investment Adviser	Experience with Fund
Howard T. Hirakawa, CFA, Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Carleton J. Muench, CFA, Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Edward Sheng, PhD, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Samuel S. Park, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Jordan Fettman, CFA, CAIA, Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Emily Dai, CFA, Director and Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Sub-Adviser — Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC. The persons jointly and primarily responsible for day-to-day management of the bond portion of the Fund are:

Portfolio Manager and Primary Title with Sub-Adviser	Experience with Fund
Julian Potenza, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
David DeBiase, CFA, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)
Rob Galusza, Portfolio Manager	Since 2024 (Fund Inception)

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares, Tax Information, and Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries — For important information about the purchase and sale of fund shares, tax information, and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to the Additional Summary Information section on page [__] of this Prospectus.

22

ADDITIONAL SUMMARY INFORMATION

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The Fund is offered at net asset value (“NAV”) and is available as an underlying investment option for variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts (“variable products”) issued by Pacific Life and PL&A. You do not buy, sell or exchange shares of the Fund — you choose investment options through your variable product. The life insurance companies then invest in the Fund if you choose it as an investment option and redeem shares of the Fund if you choose to decrease that investment option. Any minimum initial or subsequent investment requirements and procedures for purchase or redemption of shares of the Fund that apply to your variable product are described in the prospectus for the variable product.

Tax Information

Because the only shareholders of the Fund are the insurance companies offering the variable products and as applicable certain funds of funds of the Trust, no discussion is included here about the federal income tax consequences at the shareholder level. The federal income tax consequences for purchasers of a variable product are described in the prospectus for the variable product.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (“PSD”), the distributor for the Fund and for the variable products, may pay broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries (such as insurance companies) for the sale of the variable products and related services, including shareholder servicing. The Fund’s service fee or distribution/service fee, as applicable, which is paid to PSD, can be used for a part of these payments. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the variable product, a share class and/or the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information. Class P shares do not pay a service or distribution/service fee to PSD.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND PRINCIPAL RISKS

The following provides general investment information that applies to all Funds offered in this Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. For a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ holdings and about each Fund’s non-principal investment strategies and descriptions of securities, see the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

General Investment Information

Each Fund is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), and is classified as diversified under the 1940 Act, unless otherwise noted. Although some of the Funds may have names or investment goals that resemble other mutual funds managed by the same Manager, they may not have the same underlying holdings or performance as those other mutual funds. Each Fund’s investment goal is non-fundamental and may be changed without shareholder approval. Unless a particular investment policy is identified as fundamental in the SAI, the Trust’s board of trustees (“Board”) may change investment policies of a Fund without shareholder approval. Generally, there are changes to a Fund’s investment policies when an existing Manager is replaced, to reflect the new Manager’s investment style and practices.

A Fund may have investment policies on the amount that it can invest in certain kinds of securities, certain countries or credit ratings, or capitalizations of securities. These investment policies apply at the time the investment is made so an actively managed Fund generally may continue to hold positions which met the investment policies at the time of investment but subsequently do not meet such policies. Additionally, an actively managed Fund may continue to invest in investments that move outside such policies for reasons such as dividend reinvestments or corporate actions. A company’s “capitalization” is a measure of its size. Capitalization is calculated by multiplying the current share price by the number of shares outstanding. Since companies’ market capitalizations fluctuate due to price volatility, capitalization ranges of the indices used to determine eligibility may be affected. Therefore, the capitalization ranges may be modified from time to time. Capitalization is determined at time of investment. Accordingly, an actively managed Fund which invests principally in the securities of small-capitalization companies may continue to hold those securities even if they become mid-capitalization companies. Similarly, an actively managed Fund which invests principally in securities of mid-capitalization companies may continue to hold those securities even if they become large-capitalization companies. Conversely, an actively managed Fund which invests principally in the securities of large-capitalization companies may continue to hold those securities even if they become mid-capitalization companies. Many of the indices that are used to give you an idea of the capitalization range for the size of companies in which a Fund may invest are periodically reconstituted by the index provider. When this is done, it is possible that a Fund may hold a significant number of holdings with capitalizations that are no longer within the capitalization range of the reconstituted index.

Some investment policies are in place due to regulatory requirements relating to the name of the particular Fund (“Name Test Policy”) and impose an 80% investment minimum. The Name Test Policy is applied to a Fund’s net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Other than for the Name Test Policy, if net assets are not specified, then percentage limits refer to a Fund’s total assets. Please see the SAI for additional information on the Name Test Policy.

23

Duration is a mathematical measure of a Fund’s or security’s price sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Each year of duration represents an expected 1% change in the net asset value of a Fund or security for every 1% change in interest rates. So the longer a Fund’s or security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. As such, a Fund with a long average duration (generally above 10 years) or intermediate average duration (generally between 3 and 10 years) will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than a Fund with a short average duration (generally less than 3 years). For example, if a Fund has a weighted average duration of 5 years, its net asset value would be expected to fall about 5% when interest rates rise by 1%. Duration is not necessarily equal to maturity. The maturity of a security, another commonly used measure of price sensitivity, measures only the time until final payment is due, whereas duration factors in the pattern of all payments of interest and principal over time, including how these payments are affected by prepayments and by changes in interest rates, as well as the time until an interest rate is reset (in the case of floating rate securities).

Weighted average maturity is the average of the current maturities of all bonds held by a Fund, calculated to weight more heavily those bonds held in higher dollar values by the Fund. Weighted average maturity is important to investors as an indication of a fund’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Usually, the longer the weighted average maturity, the more fluctuation in share price you can expect. Mortgage-related securities are subject to prepayment of principal which can shorten the weighted average maturity of a fund. Therefore, in the case of a Fund which holds mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities and similar types of securities, the weighted average maturity of a Fund is equivalent to its weighted average life. Weighted average life is the weighted average maturity of the cash flows in the securities held by a Fund given certain prepayment assumptions.

All of the Funds in this Prospectus, except the QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, are available for investment (a “Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund”) by the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios, which are funds that invest in other funds of the Trust to seek their investment goals (each a “fund of funds”). Changes to the allocations of a Portfolio Optimization Portfolio can result in the transfer of assets from one Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund to another. The purchase and redemption of Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund shares by a Portfolio Optimization Portfolio may cause the Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund to buy and sell portfolio investments which could result in a higher portfolio turnover rate. In order to gain market exposure efficiently when managing cash flows in connection with allocation changes for a Portfolio Optimization Portfolio (including changes in Managers or their investment personnel, and reorganizations of Funds), a Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund may temporarily use or increase its use of derivatives, such as futures contracts, which (if principally used) can temporarily subject such Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund to derivatives risk and leverage risk. More information about the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios can be found in a separate prospectus which can be obtained as described in the Where to Go For More Information section of this Prospectus.

The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments, investments made on a shorter-term basis or instruments with a maturity of one year or less at the time of investment. Accordingly, a Fund that uses such instruments may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund summary. High portfolio turnover rates may cause a Fund to incur higher levels of brokerage fees and commissions, which may reduce performance. The Funds in this Prospectus are new and do not yet have a turnover rate.

In connection with the commencement of operations for a new Fund or during a change in Manager (including the addition or removal of a co-Manager) for an existing Fund, a Fund may temporarily deviate from investment guidelines (including the use of derivatives, such as futures, as well as holdings in cash and cash equivalents) in order to reasonably and economically obtain market exposure and manage cash flows. As a result of a change in Manager, certain investment strategies of a Fund may change as described in a supplement that will be provided to impacted shareholders in advance of this transition. In order to facilitate these changes, a portion of the Fund’s holdings may be sold and new investments purchased in accordance with recommendations received from the pending new Manager. PLFA, the investment adviser to the Funds, may begin this transitioning prior to the transition effective date if PLFA determines that doing so is in the best interest of Fund shareholders.

Each Fund is impacted by the liquidity of its investments. Liquidity risk for a Fund is defined as the risk that such Fund would not be able to meet requests to redeem shares without the significant dilution of the interests of the remaining investors in that Fund. To address this risk, unless otherwise noted, all Funds may hold some cash or cash equivalents for redemption purposes. The commencement of operations for a new Fund or a change in Manager may also result in a Fund temporarily experiencing a high portfolio turnover rate. A new Fund may also not succeed in achieving an economically viable asset size, which may result in its liquidation.

Each Fund may hold illiquid investments from time to time, depending upon market conditions and events. An illiquid investment is defined as an investment not reasonably expected to be sold or disposed of under current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without significantly changing the value of the investment. An investment, even one that is generally very liquid, may become less liquid or illiquid. A Fund may not acquire illiquid securities if, as a result of such purchases, illiquid holdings would comprise more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. Once the value of a Fund’s illiquid investments exceeds 15%, that Fund may not make any additional purchases of illiquid investments. If, through the appreciation of illiquid securities or the depreciation of liquid securities or other factors (such as the determination of previously liquid securities as illiquid), a Fund’s net assets are in excess of 15% of illiquid investments, PLFA will take appropriate steps to address the liquidity of that Fund in accordance with the Trust’s Liquidity Risk Management Program.

24

The Manager of a Fund that is actively managed may (but is not required to) take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with the Fund’s principal investment strategies in an attempt to respond to adverse market, economic, industry, political or other conditions to try to protect the Fund from potential loss, for redemptions, at start-up of a Fund, in connection with the liquidation of a Fund, or where the sub-adviser or co-sub-adviser of a Fund is no longer managing the Fund. These shifts may alter the risk/return characteristics of a Fund and cause a Fund to miss investment opportunities and not to achieve its investment goal. Temporary defensive positions could detract from investment performance in a period of rising market prices, but may reduce the severity of losses in a period of falling market prices and provide liquidity for making additional investments or for meeting redemptions. Furthermore, such investment decisions may not anticipate market trends successfully. For further information on the types of investments that a Fund may make while assuming a temporary defensive position, see the Trust’s SAI, which can be obtained as described in the Where to Go For More Information section of this Prospectus.

All risks described in this Additional Information About Principal Investment Strategies and Principal Risks section are listed alphabetically for reader ease and not by importance of the risk to the Funds as they are in the Fund Summaries sections. The following provides additional information about the principal investment strategies and principal risks described in the Fund Summaries sections at the beginning of this Prospectus.

Bond Plus Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to bonds and (2) bonds.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA”), the investment adviser of the Fund, and Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC (“FDS”), sub-adviser to a portion of the Fund, manage the Fund as described further below.

The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

PLFA managed portion: For the PLFA managed portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to debt securities using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to FDS to manage as described under the “FDS managed portion.”

PLFA seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment goal in this portion of the Fund by gaining passive exposure to debt securities primarily through total return swap agreements on the Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index (the “Index”), a debt securities index that represents the investment grade, U.S. dollar-denominated, fixed rate taxable bond market. PLFA may also enter into total return swap agreements on ETFs that seek to track the performance of the Index. The total return swap agreements in which the Fund invests are typically with large financial institutions that meet PLFA’s minimum credit standards and usually short term (under 18 months in length).

Using derivatives such as total return swaps on the Index or total return swaps on ETFs that track the performance of the Index is a way to obtain investment exposure to debt securities, as represented by the Index, without purchasing all of the securities in the Index. PLFA may also invest in U.S. Treasury futures contracts to gain exposure to debt securities that approximate key risk factors and performance attributes of the Index, such as duration.

PLFA will also seek incremental alpha for its portion of the Fund as it sees investment opportunities. To seek incremental alpha, PLFA may use futures contracts to implement its investment views on risk factors or performance attributes within the debt securities market, as represented by the Index. This could involve, for example, PLFA selling short U.S. Treasury futures contracts to express an investment view for lower duration relative to the Index, or doing the opposite.

FDS managed portion: FDS manages its portion of the Fund to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Index returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between 0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

25

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents (defined as securities that have an effective duration under one year, a weighted average life of less than one year, and spread duration less than one year).

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in Rule 144A securities.

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

The following principal risks are described in the Additional Information About Principal Risks section of this Prospectus.

PLFA managed portion

•

ETF Market Trading Risk

FDS managed portion

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk

•

Restricted Securities Risk

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Active Management Risk

•

Credit Risk

•

Debt Securities Risk

•

Derivatives Risk

•

Interest Rate Risk

•

Leverage Risk

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk

•

Swap Agreements Risk

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk

•

Underlying Fund Risk

Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market and (2) bonds.

PLFA, the investment adviser of the Fund, manages the large-cap portion of the Fund while FDS manages the bond portion of the Fund as sub-adviser to that portion of the Fund.

Large-Cap portion: The term “large-cap” in the Fund’s name refers to derivative investments used to gain exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market.

For the large-cap portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to the bond portion of the Fund.

These derivatives are primarily total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, futures contracts. PLFA seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment goal in this portion of the Fund by gaining passive exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market primarily through total return swap agreements on the S&P 500 Index (the “Index”), an equity securities index that represents the U.S. large-capitalization equity market. The total return swap agreements in which the Fund invests are typically with large financial institutions that meet PLFA’s minimum credit standards and usually short term (under 18 months in length).

PLFA generally considers a company to have a large market capitalization or to be a large-cap company if the company has a market capitalization within the range of companies included in the Index, or a comparable index which is generally considered in the financial services industry as representing the large-capitalization segment of the U.S. equity universe. As of September 30, 2024, the market capitalization range for the Index was approximately $[__] billion to $[__] trillion.

26

This portion of the Fund may also invest in futures contracts on the Index and other U.S. large-cap indices to gain exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market. Using derivatives such as total return swaps and futures contracts is a way to obtain investment exposure to the U.S. large-capitalization equity market, as represented by the particular index, without purchasing all of the securities in the index.

PLFA will also seek incremental alpha for this portion of the Fund as it sees investment opportunities. To seek incremental alpha, PLFA may use total return swaps and/or futures contracts to implement its investment views on sub-asset classes within the overall U.S. large-capitalization equity market, such as large-cap growth or large-cap value. This could involve, for example, buying total return swaps on a large-cap growth index to express a positive view on large-cap growth as a sub-asset class. Another example could be hedging out part of the large-cap growth portion of the Index using derivatives, resulting in an overweight to the large-cap value portion, or doing the opposite.

Bond portion: The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

The bond portion of the Fund will be managed by FDS to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Index returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between 0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents (defined as securities that have an effective duration under one year, a weighted average life of less than one year, and spread duration less than one year).

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use U.S. Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in Rule 144A securities.

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

The following principal risks are described in the Additional Information About Principal Risks section of this Prospectus.

Large-Cap portion

•

Equity Securities Risk

•

Growth Companies Risk

•

Large-Capitalization Companies Risk

•

Value Companies Risk

Bond portion

•

Credit Risk

•

Debt Securities Risk

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk

•

Interest Rate Risk

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk

•

Restricted Securities Risk

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Active Management Risk

•

Derivatives Risk

•

Leverage Risk

•

Swap Agreements Risk

•

Underlying Fund Risk

27

QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to the Nasdaq-100 Index and/or the Nasdaq-100 Total Return Index (the “Nasdaq-100 Indices”) and (2) bonds.

PLFA, the investment adviser of the Fund, manages the “QQQ” portion of the Fund while FDS manages the bond portion of the Fund as sub-adviser to that portion of the Fund.

QQQ portion: The term “QQQ” in the Fund’s name refers to derivative investments used to gain exposure to the Nasdaq-100 Indices, large-cap growth equity indices designed to track the performance of 100 of the largest domestic and international non-financial companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market based upon market capitalization.

For the QQQ portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to the Nasdaq-100 Indices using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to the bond portion of the Fund.

These derivatives are primarily total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, futures contracts. Using derivatives such as total return swaps and futures contracts is a way to obtain the return of the Nasdaq-100 Indices that is the economic equivalent of, but does not involve investing in, all of the securities in those indices. The total return swap agreements in which the Fund invests are typically with large financial institutions that meet PLFA’s minimum credit standards and usually short term (under 18 months in length).

Bond portion: The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

The bond portion of the Fund will be managed by FDS to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Nasdaq-100 Indices returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between 0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents (defined as securities that have an effective duration under one year, a weighted average life of less than one year, and spread duration less than one year).

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use U.S. Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in Rule 144A securities.

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

The following principal risks are described in the Additional Information About Principal Risks section of this Prospectus.

QQQ portion

•

Equity Securities Risk

•

Growth Companies Risk

28

•

Large-Capitalization Companies Risk

Bond portion

•

Credit Risk

•

Debt Securities Risk

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk

•

Interest Rate Risk

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk

•

Restricted Securities Risk

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Active Management Risk

•

Derivatives Risk

•

Leverage Risk

•

Swap Agreements Risk

Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market and (2) bonds.

PLFA, the investment adviser of the Fund, manages the small-cap portion of the Fund while FDS manages the bond portion of the Fund as sub-adviser to that portion of the Fund.

Small-Cap portion: The term “small-cap” in the Fund’s name refers to derivative investments used to gain exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market.

For the small-cap portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to the bond portion of the Fund.

These derivatives are primarily total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, futures contracts. PLFA seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment goal in this portion of the Fund by gaining passive exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market primarily through total return swap agreements on the Russell 2000 Index (the “Index”), an equity securities index that represents the U.S. small-capitalization equity market. The total return swap agreements in which the Fund invests are typically with large financial institutions that meet PLFA’s minimum credit standards and usually short term (under 18 months in length).

PLFA generally considers a company to have a small market capitalization or to be a small-cap company if the company has a market capitalization within the range of companies included in the Index, or a comparable index which is generally considered in the financial services industry as representing the small-capitalization segment of the U.S. equity universe. As of September 30, 2024, the market capitalization range for the Index was approximately $[__] million to $[__] billion.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in futures contracts on the Index and other U.S. small-cap indices to gain exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market. Using derivatives such as total return swaps and futures contracts is a way to obtain investment exposure to the U.S. small-capitalization equity market, as represented by the particular index, without purchasing all of the securities in the index.

PLFA will also seek incremental alpha for this portion of the Fund as it sees investment opportunities. To seek incremental alpha, PLFA may use total return swaps and/or futures contracts to implement its investment views on sub-asset classes within the overall U.S. small-capitalization equity market, such as small-cap growth or small-cap value. This could involve, for example, buying total return swaps on a small-cap growth index to express a positive view on small-cap growth as a sub-asset class. Another example could be hedging out part of the small-cap growth portion of the Index using derivatives, resulting in an overweight to the small-cap value portion, or doing the opposite.

Bond portion: The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

The bond portion of the Fund will be managed by FDS to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Index returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between

29

0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents (defined as securities that have an effective duration under one year, a weighted average life of less than one year, and spread duration less than one year).

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including, buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use U.S. Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in Rule 144A securities.

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

The following principal risks are described in the Additional Information About Principal Risks section of this Prospectus.

Small-Cap portion

•

Equity Securities Risk

•

Growth Companies Risk

•

Liquidity Risk

•

Small-Capitalization Companies Risk

•

Value Companies Risk

Bond portion

•

Credit Risk

•

Debt Securities Risk

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk

•

Interest Rate Risk

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk

•

Restricted Securities Risk

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Active Management Risk

•

Derivatives Risk

•

Leverage Risk

•

Swap Agreements Risk

•

Underlying Fund Risk

International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Investment Goal

This Fund seeks capital appreciation.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, this Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a combination of (1) derivatives that provide exposure to the international equity markets and (2) bonds.

PLFA, the investment adviser of the Fund, manages the international equity portion of the Fund while FDS manages the bond portion of the Fund as sub-adviser to that portion of the Fund.

International Equity portion: The term “international equity” in the Fund’s name refers to derivative investments used to gain exposure to the international equity markets.

For the international equity portion of the Fund, PLFA seeks to gain exposure to the international equity markets using derivatives in a notional amount (i.e., the face value amount of a derivatives contract) approximately equal to the Fund’s net assets. Because fewer assets are generally required to gain investment exposure using derivatives than with securities directly, PLFA allocates the remaining assets to the bond portion of the Fund.

These derivatives are primarily total return swaps and, to a lesser extent, futures contracts. PLFA seeks to achieve the Fund’s investment goal in this portion of the Fund by gaining passive exposure to the international equity markets primarily through total return swap agreements on the MSCI EAFE Index (the “Index”), an equity securities index that represents the large- and mid-capitalization equity

30

markets across various developed countries, including countries in Europe, Australasia and the Far East, excluding the U.S. and Canada. As of September 30, 2024, the market capitalization range for the Index was approximately $[ ] billion to $[ ] billion. The total return swap agreements in which the Fund invests are typically with large financial institutions that meet PLFA’s minimum credit standards and usually short term (under 18 months in length).

This portion of the Fund may also invest in futures contracts on the Index and other international equity indices to gain exposure to the international equity markets. Using derivatives such as total return swaps and futures contracts is a way to obtain investment exposure to the international equity market, as represented by the particular index, without purchasing all of the securities in the index.

PLFA will also seek incremental alpha for this portion of the Fund as it sees investment opportunities. To seek incremental alpha, PLFA may use total return swaps and/or futures contracts to implement its investment views on sub-asset classes within the overall international equity markets, such as international growth or international value, or single countries or geographic regions. This could involve, for example, buying total return swaps on an international growth index to express a positive view on international growth as a sub-asset class. Another example could be hedging out part of the international growth portion of the Index using derivatives, resulting in an overweight to the international value portion, or doing the opposite.

Bond portion: The term “bond” in the Fund’s name refers to debt securities and derivatives that provide exposure to debt securities.

The bond portion of the Fund will be managed by FDS to seek to contribute to returns in excess of the Index returns (or “alpha”), to earn income to offset the cost of the Fund’s derivatives investments, and to maintain collateral for the Fund’s derivatives exposure.

This portion of the Fund will be invested primarily in investment grade debt securities, including U.S. debt and U.S. dollar-denominated debt issued by foreign entities in developed markets, and repurchase agreements for those securities. Under normal circumstances, this portion of the Fund is expected to maintain an average credit quality of A- or higher and a weighted average duration that is between 0 and 2.75 years. Duration is often used to measure a bond’s sensitivity to interest rates. The longer this portion of the Fund’s duration, the more sensitive it is to interest rate risk. The shorter this portion of the Fund’s duration, the less sensitive it is to interest rate risk.

When selecting investments for this portion of the Fund, FDS evaluates sectors of the bond market and individual securities within these sectors. FDS selects U.S. dollar-denominated bonds from several sectors including: U.S. and foreign developed market government securities (including agencies); investment grade corporate bonds; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; and cash equivalents (defined as securities that have an effective duration under one year, a weighted average life of less than one year, and spread duration less than one year).

In addition, FDS may use derivatives, including buying or selling options or futures contracts on a debt security or an index of debt securities, or entering into credit default swaps and interest rate swaps, including options thereon (i.e., swaptions), primarily to manage risks of the debt security investments by increasing or decreasing the exposure to risk factors associated with those investments or as a substitute for investing in the debt securities directly. For example, FDS could use U.S. Treasury futures contracts to manage interest rate risk or credit default swaps to manage credit risk of corporate bonds or gain exposure to debt security investments in a certain sector.

This portion of the Fund may also invest in Rule 144A securities.

FDS may purchase or sell investments for this portion of the Fund for a variety of reasons, such as to adjust the Fund’s average maturity, duration, or credit quality or to shift assets into and out of higher yielding or lower yielding securities or different sectors.

Principal Risks

The following principal risks are described in the Additional Information About Principal Risks section of this Prospectus.

International Equity portion

•

Equity Securities Risk

•

Growth Companies Risk

•

Value Companies Risk

Bond portion

•

Credit Risk

•

Debt Securities Risk

•

Interest Rate Risk

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk

•

Restricted Securities Risk

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk

Risks for both portions of the Fund

•

Active Management Risk

•

Derivatives Risk

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk

•

Leverage Risk

31

•

Swap Agreements Risk

•

Underlying Fund Risk

Additional Information About Principal Risks

Risk is the chance that you will lose money on an investment, or that it will not earn as much as you would expect. Every mutual fund has some degree of risk depending on its investments and strategies. The following provides additional information about the principal risks of the Funds identified in the Fund Summaries section.

Performance of a Fund will vary — Performance is affected by changes in the economy and financial markets. The value of a Fund changes as its asset values go up or down. The value of your shares will fluctuate, and when redeemed, may be worth more or less than the original cost. The timing of your investment may also affect performance.

•

Active Management Risk: A portfolio manager’s judgments about the potential value or price appreciation of an investment may prove to be incorrect or fail to have the intended results, which could negatively impact a Fund’s performance and cause it to underperform relative to other funds with similar investment goals or relative to its index, or not to achieve its investment goal. A portfolio manager’s investment strategies are also discretionary and there can be no assurance that their investment strategies will be advantageous for a Fund. From time to time, the activities of a portfolio manager’s firm (and/or its affiliates) may be limited because of regulatory restrictions and/or their own internal policies or market, liquidity or other issues which may limit the investment opportunities for a Fund managed by such firm. Investments held for cash management or temporary defensive investing purposes can fluctuate in value and are subject to risk, including market and regulatory, interest rate and credit risks. Uninvested cash will be subject to the credit risk of the depositary institution holding the cash, in which case it is possible that no income would be earned on the cash and yield would go down. If significant assets are used for cash management or defensive investing purposes, investment goals may not be met.

•

Credit Risk: An issuer or guarantor of a debt instrument might be unable or unwilling to meet its financial obligations and might not make interest or principal payments on an instrument when those payments are due (“default”). The risk of a default is higher for debt instruments that are non-investment grade and lower for debt instruments that are of higher quality. Defaults may potentially reduce a Fund’s income or ability to recover amounts due and may reduce the value of the debt instrument, sometimes dramatically. The credit quality of securities can change rapidly in certain market environments, particularly during volatile markets or periods of economic uncertainty or downturn, and the default of a single holding could cause significant net asset value (“NAV”) deterioration. A debt security’s issuer (or a borrower or counterparty to a repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase agreement) may not be able to meet its financial obligations (e.g., may not be able to make principal and/or interest payments when they are due or otherwise default on other financial terms) and/or may go bankrupt. This is also sometimes described as counterparty risk.

Even though certain securities (such as loans) may be collateralized, there is no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral would satisfy interest and/or principal payments due to a Fund on such securities, or that such collateral could be easily liquidated in the event of a default. Such collateral may be difficult to identify and/or value, and if the value of the underlying collateral depreciates, recovery upon default may be difficult to realize. A Fund’s debt investments (also known as debt securities, debt obligations and debt instruments) may range in quality from those rated in the lowest category in which it is permitted to invest to those rated in the highest category by a rating agency, or, if unrated, determined by the Manager to be of comparable quality. High Quality Debt Instruments are those rated in one of the two highest rating categories (the highest category for commercial paper) or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. Investment Grade Debt Instruments are those rated in one of the four highest rating categories or, if unrated, deemed comparable by the Manager. Non-investment Grade (High Yield/​High Risk) Debt Instruments (sometimes called “junk bonds”) are those rated lower than Baa by Moody’s, BBB by S&P or Fitch and comparable securities. They are considered predominantly speculative and are more likely to default with respect to the issuer’s ability to repay principal and interest than higher rated securities. Ratings of CCC for Fitch and S&P, or Caa for Moody’s, indicate a current vulnerability for default (“stressed”). Ratings below those levels indicate a higher vulnerability to default (“distressed”) or default itself. A rating of D for S&P indicates that the security has defaulted.

Ratings are provided by credit rating agencies which specialize in evaluating credit risk, but there is no guarantee that a highly rated debt instrument will not default or be downgraded due to adverse market events or other developments affecting the issuer or counterparty, such as a sharp rise in prevailing short-term interest rates or adverse developments in the banking industry. Each agency applies its own methodology in measuring creditworthiness and uses a specific rating scale to publish its ratings opinions. Ratings tables for three of the most commonly used Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“Rating Agencies”) and each of their categories of investment grade debt and non-investment grade debt are described in the following table. For further information regarding ratings, please see Appendix A of the Trust’s SAI.

32

Credit Ratings Chart

​	​	Standard & Poor’s1,3	Moody’s2	Fitch1,3
Long-term ratings	Investment grade debt categories	AAA	Aaa	AAA
		AA	Aa	AA
		A	A	A
		BBB	Baa	BBB
	Non-investment grade debt (sometimes called “junk bonds”) categories	BB	Ba	BB
		B	B	B
		CCC	Caa	CCC
		CC	Ca	CC
		C	C	C
		D	—	—
Short-term ratings	Highest three ratings	A-1	P-1	F1
		A-2	P-2	F2
		A-3	P-3	F3
	Other ratings	B	NP	B
		B-1	​	C
		B-2	​	RD
		B-3	​	D
		C	​	​
		D	​	​

1

Long-term ratings by Standard & Poor’s and Fitch from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories. For example, BBB- is the lowest investment grade; BB+ is the highest non-investment grade.

2

Moody’s adds numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic bond rating classification from ‘Aa’ through ‘Caa’. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. For example, Baa3 is the lowest investment grade; Ba1 is the highest non-investment grade.

3

Short-term ratings within the A-1 and F1 categories may be designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

•

Debt Securities Risk: Debt securities and other debt instruments are subject to many risks, including but not limited to interest rate risk and credit risk, which may affect their value. Many debt securities give the issuer the right to redeem (“call”) the security prior to maturity. If an issuer calls a security in which a Fund has invested, the Fund may not recoup the full amount of its initial investment in the security and may be forced to reinvest prepayment proceeds at a time when yields on securities available in the market are lower than the yield on the called security.

•

Derivatives Risk: A Fund’s use of futures contracts, options or swap agreements (types of derivative instruments) as a principal investment strategy subjects the Fund to a number of risks, including: counterparty risk, leverage risk, market risk, regulatory risk, liquidity and valuation risk, operational risk, correlation risk, legal risk and premium risk. These risks are different from, and may be greater than, the risks involved if the Fund were to invest directly in the asset (e.g., a security, currency or index) underlying the derivative (the underlying Reference asset). The use of these instruments may, in some cases, cause a Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains and ordinary income (generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if the Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

◦

Counterparty Risk — Derivative transactions that are privately negotiated in the “over-the-counter” market, such as most swap agreements, involve the risk that the party with whom the Fund has entered into the transaction (the counterparty) will be unable to fulfill its obligation to pay the Fund and the risk that the Fund will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the counterparty. Because these instruments are privately negotiated, unlike exchange-traded contracts, they are subject to a greater risk of default or bankruptcy by a counterparty, which could result in adverse market impact, expenses or delays in connection with the purchase or sale of the underlying Reference asset. For derivatives traded on an exchange or through a central clearinghouse, such as futures contracts and most options, counterparty risk is still present with the Fund’s clearing broker, or the clearinghouse itself.

◦

Leverage Risk — A futures contract, option or swap agreement provides exposure to potential gain or loss from a change in the level of the market price of the underlying Reference asset (such as a security, currency, index or basket of securities) in a notional amount that exceeds the amount of cash or assets required to establish or maintain the Fund’s position. The use of leverage could result in increased return but also creates the possibility for greater loss on the investment (including larger swings in value for the Fund). In some instances, the loss can exceed the net assets of the Fund.

◦

Market Risk — Market risk generally refers to risk from potential adverse market movements in relation to a Fund’s derivatives positions, or the risk that markets could experience a change in volatility that adversely impacts Fund returns. Price volatility of an investment refers to the variation of changes in that investment’s value over time as a result of market movements. Thus, an investment with higher price volatility is likely to have greater price swings over shorter time periods than an investment with

33

lower price volatility, and a Fund that invests in more volatile investments may see its value also go up or down rapidly or unpredictably. Price volatility can be caused by many factors, including changes in the economy or financial markets or for reasons specific to a particular issuer. Adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying Reference asset, which the Fund may not directly own, can result in a loss to the Fund substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. In addition, changes in the value of a derivative may create margin delivery or settlement payment obligations for the Fund and may be more sensitive to market factors than the underlying Reference asset so that the Fund may lose more than the initial amount invested. Market risk may also impact a Fund’s obligations and exposures.

◦

Regulatory Risk — Governmental and regulatory actions relating to a mutual fund’s use of derivatives (such as futures contracts, options and swap agreements) and related instruments, including tax law changes, may limit a Fund’s ability to invest or remain invested in derivatives, increase the costs of the Fund’s derivatives transactions and/or adversely affect the value of derivatives and the Fund’s performance. The Funds are subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act regarding the use of derivatives, and have adopted a derivatives risk management program for certain derivatives users as well as policies and procedures to implement the requirements of the rule.

◦

Liquidity and Valuation Risk — Where an active secondary market for an over-the-counter derivative instrument (such as options and most swap agreements) is lacking, a Fund may be unable to exercise, sell or otherwise close its position in the instrument, which could expose the Fund to losses and make the position more difficult for the Fund to value accurately. In these circumstances, a Fund may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities or may be forced to sell other more desirable, more liquid securities or sell less liquid or illiquid securities at a loss if needed to raise cash to conduct operations, including to meet redemption requests. Less liquidity also means that more subjectivity may be used in establishing the value of the position. For example, if market quotations are not readily available or reliable for these investments, the investments will be valued by a method that reflects fair value. Valuations determined in this manner may require subjective inputs about the value of these investments.

◦

Operational Risk — A Fund that engages in derivatives transactions will be subject to risks related to potential operational issues, including documentation issues, settlement issues, systems failures, inadequate controls and human error (including manual processes).

◦

Correlation Risk — The value of a futures contract, option or swap agreement may not correlate precisely with the value of its respective underlying Reference asset, and the Fund could therefore lose more than it invested. When used for hedging, the change in value of a derivative may not correlate as expected with the currency, security or other risk being hedged.

◦

Legal Risk — Legal risks related to documentation/agreements, capacity or authority of a counterparty, or issues regarding the legality or enforceability of a contract, may limit a Fund’s ability to invest or remain invested in derivatives.

◦

Premium Risk — A Fund that utilizes options is subject to the risk of losing the premium it paid to purchase an option if the price of the underlying Reference asset decreases or remains the same (for a call option) or increases or remains the same (for a put option). If a call or put option that a Fund purchased were allowed to expire without being sold or exercised, its premium would be a loss to the Fund.

•

ETF Market Trading Risk: An ETF faces numerous market trading risks, including the potential lack of an active market for ETF shares, losses from trading in secondary markets, periods of high volatility and disruption in the creation and/or redemption process of the ETF. Any of these factors, among others, may lead to the ETF’s shares trading above NAV (at a premium) or below NAV (at a discount). Thus, an investor such as the Fund may pay more (or less) than NAV when buying shares of the ETF in the secondary market, and may receive less (or more) than NAV when selling those shares in the secondary market. The portfolio managers cannot predict whether shares will trade at a premium or discount or at NAV.

•

Equity Securities Risk: Stock markets are volatile. Equity securities tend to go up and down in value, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably, in response to many factors, including a company’s historical and prospective earnings, the value of its assets, general economic conditions, interest rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity. Income from equity securities may be reduced by changes in the dividend policies of issuers and there is no guarantee that issuers will distribute dividends in the future or that dividends will remain at current levels or increase over time. Due to the complexities of markets, events in one market or sector may adversely impact other markets or sectors.

•

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Markets Risk: Investments in securities of foreign issuers and securities of companies with significant foreign exposure, including securities denominated in foreign currencies, can involve additional risks relating to market, economic, political, regulatory, geopolitical, or other conditions of the relevant foreign market. Political, social, and economic instability, the impact of economic sanctions, the imposition of currency or capital controls, or the expropriation or nationalization of assets in a particular country can cause dramatic declines in a country’s economy. Less stringent regulatory, accounting, and disclosure requirements and general supervision for issuers and markets are more common in certain foreign countries. Foreign countries may also have different auditing standards than the U.S. Enforcing legal rights can be difficult, costly, and slow in certain foreign countries, and can be particularly difficult against foreign governments. If the United States imposes economic sanctions against a foreign government or issuers, a Fund’s investments in issuers subject to such sanctions may be frozen, prohibiting the Fund from selling or otherwise transacting in these investments, and a Fund may be prohibited from investing in such issuers or may be required to divest its holdings in such issuers, which may result in losses to the Fund. Additional risks of foreign investments include trading, settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and withholding and other taxes. These factors can make investments

34

more volatile and less liquid than U.S. investments. In addition, foreign markets can react differently to market, economic, political, regulatory, geopolitical, or other conditions than the U.S. market. Markets and economies throughout the world are becoming increasingly interconnected, and conditions or events in one market, country or region may adversely impact investments or issuers in, or foreign exchange rates with, another market, country or region. Depositary Receipts, including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and similar securities that represent interests in a foreign (non-U.S.) company’s securities that have been deposited with a bank or trust and that trade on a U.S. exchange or over-the-counter are subject to the same risks of investments in securities of foreign issuers and securities of companies with significant foreign exposure described above. In addition, these securities may be less liquid or may trade at a lower price than the underlying securities of the issuer. The underlying issuers of certain depositary receipts, particularly unsponsored or unregistered depositary receipts, may not have any obligation to distribute shareholder communications to the holders of such receipts, or to pass through to them any voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.

Among the foreign markets in which a Fund may invest are those countries that are members of the European Union (“EU”). Some of the countries of the EU are currently experiencing financial difficulties and have depended on, and may continue to be dependent on, the assistance from others such as the European Central Bank or other governments or institutions. The failure of such countries to implement reforms as a condition of assistance could have a significant adverse effect on the value of investments in those countries and other countries within this “Eurozone.” In addition, certain EU countries that have adopted the euro are subject to fiscal and monetary controls that could limit the ability to implement their own economic policies, to the point where such countries could voluntarily abandon, or be forced out of, the euro. These events could globally impact the market values of securities and currencies, cause redenomination into less valuable local currencies and create more volatile and illiquid markets. Any of these events and other socio-political or geo-political issues that are not currently known could have a significant adverse effect on global markets and economies, which in turn could negatively impact the value of a Fund’s investments.

•

Growth Companies Risk: Growth companies are those that a portfolio manager believes have the potential for above average or rapid growth but may be subject to greater price volatility than “undervalued” companies, for example. A smaller company with a promising product and/or operating in a dynamic field may have greater potential for rapid earnings growth than a larger one. Additionally, many companies in certain market sectors like health care and technology are faster-growing companies with limited operating histories and greater business risks, and their potential profitability may be dependent on regulatory approval of their products or developments affecting those sectors, which increases the volatility of these companies’ securities prices and could have an adverse impact upon the companies’ future growth and profitability.

•

Interest Rate Risk: When interest rates rise, the value of debt investments will generally decrease. A Fund may be subject to heightened levels of interest rate risk because the Federal Reserve has raised, and may continue to raise, interest rates. Many factors can cause interest rates to rise, such as central bank monetary policies, inflation rates, general economic conditions and expectations about the foregoing. The negative impact on debt instruments from interest rate increases could be swift and significant, including falling market values, increased redemptions and reduced liquidity. Substantial redemptions from bond and other income funds may worsen that impact. Additionally, regulations applicable to and changing business practices of broker-dealers that make markets in debt instruments may result in those broker-dealers restricting their market making activities for certain debt instruments, which may reduce the liquidity and increase the volatility of such debt instruments. Certain countries have experienced negative interest rates on certain debt securities. Negative or very low interest rates could magnify the risks associated with changes in interest rates. In general, changing interest rates, including rates that fall below zero, could have unpredictable effects on markets and may expose debt and related markets to heightened volatility. During periods when interest rates are low or there are negative interest rates, a Fund’s yield (and total return) also may be low and the Fund may experience low or negative returns.

Debt instruments with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, making them more volatile than debt instruments with shorter durations or floating or adjustable (also known as variable) interest rates. Floating or adjustable rate instruments (such as most loans) typically have less exposure to interest rate fluctuations and their exposure to interest rate fluctuations will generally be limited to the period of time until the interest rate on the security is reset. There is a risk of lag in the adjustment of interest rates between the periods when these interest rates are reset. An interest rate reset may not completely offset changes in interest rates. Resets that may be tied to an index may not reflect the prevailing interest rate changes. There is a risk of a lag between interest rate and index changes.

•

Large-Capitalization Companies Risk: Large-capitalization companies tend to have more stable prices than small- or mid-capitalization companies, but are still subject to equity securities risk. Large-capitalization equity security prices may not rise as much as prices of equity securities of small-capitalization companies.

•

Leverage Risk: A Fund’s investment in futures contracts, options or swap agreements, including taking short positions using certain derivatives, as a principal investment strategy gives rise to a form of leverage. Reverse repurchase agreement transactions also subject a Fund to leverage risk because the proceeds raised from the securities sold may be used to purchase other investments for that Fund. Leverage is investment exposure that exceeds the initial amount invested. The loss on a leveraged investment may far exceed a Fund’s principal amount invested. Leverage can magnify a Fund’s gains and losses and therefore increase its volatility. There is no guarantee that a Fund will use leverage, or when it does, that a Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful or produce a high return on an investment.

35

•

Liquidity Risk: Generally, a security or investment is considered illiquid if it is not reasonably expected to be sold or disposed of in current market conditions within seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the security. Certain holdings may be difficult to purchase, sell and value, particularly during adverse market conditions, because there is a limited market for the investment or there are restrictions on resale. A Fund may not be able to sell a holding quickly at the price it has valued the holding, may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities or may be forced to sell other more desirable, more liquid securities or sell less liquid or illiquid securities at a loss if needed to raise cash to conduct operations, including to meet redemption requests. Liquid investments may become less liquid or illiquid, and thus more difficult to sell, over time or suddenly and unexpectedly. This may occur, for example, as a result of adverse market or economic conditions or investor perceptions, which may be independent of any adverse changes to the particular issuer. Less liquidity also means that more subjectivity may be used in establishing the value of the securities or other investments. For example, if market quotations are not readily available or reliable for these investments, the securities or other investments will be valued by a method that reflects fair value. Valuations determined in this manner may require subjective inputs about the value of these investments. Some securities (such as loans) may have no active trading market and may be subject to restrictions on resale. The markets in which such securities trade may be subject to irregular trading, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair a Fund’s ability to sell the holding at the price it has valued the holding causing a decline in the Fund’s net asset value. Investments in companies in turn-around, distress or other similar situations may be or become less liquid than other investments, particularly when the economy is not robust or during market downturns. Reduced liquidity resulting from these situations may impede a Fund’s ability to meet unusually high or unanticipated levels of redemption requests. If needed, each Fund (other than a fund of funds of the Trust) may draw upon a line of credit facility that is intended to provide the Fund with a temporary source of cash to be used to meet redemption requests by a Fund shareholder or purchase and sell investments for the Fund; however, these actions may increase expense to a Fund (such as borrowing cost) or may not always be adequate, particularly during periods of market stress.

•

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities Risk: Mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are subject to certain risks. The value of these securities will be influenced by the factors affecting the housing market or the market for the assets underlying such securities. As a result, during periods of declining asset value, difficult or frozen credit markets, swings in interest rates, or deteriorating economic conditions, these securities may decline in value, become difficult to value, become more volatile and/or become illiquid.

◦

Extension Risk — Generally, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of fixed rate mortgage-backed or other asset-backed securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates and making any Fund holding such securities more volatile. This is because when interest rates rise, the issuer of a security held by a Fund may make principal payments on that security on a delayed basis. Such delayed principal payments decrease the value of the security. In addition, as payments are received later than agreed upon, a Fund may miss or postpone the opportunity to reinvest in higher yielding investments.

◦

Interest Rate Risk — When interest rates rise, borrowers with variable interest rate loans may not be able to repay their loans at the higher interest rates. This could cause an increase in defaults and decrease the value of certain mortgage-related or other asset-backed securities.

◦

Subprime Risk — Mortgage-related securities may have exposure to subprime loans and subprime mortgages, which are loans or mortgages made to borrowers with lower credit ratings. An unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may adversely affect the value of a mortgage-backed security. The risk of such defaults is generally higher in the case of mortgage pools that include subprime mortgages. In addition, holdings in non-investment grade (high yield/high risk) asset-backed securities, including mortgage pools with exposure to subprime loans or mortgages, have a greater risk of being or becoming less liquid than other debt securities, especially when the economy is not robust, during market downturns, or when credit is tight. Other asset-backed securities may also be subject to exposure resulting from loans to borrowers with lower credit ratings, who pose a higher level of default risk.

◦

Prepayment Risk — In addition, adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-related or other asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk. When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their mortgages (or other debt obligations) sooner than expected. This can reduce a Fund’s returns because it may have to reinvest that money at the lower prevailing interest rates.

◦

Call Risk — Similarly, debt obligations with call features have the risk that an issuer will exercise the right to pay an obligation (such as a mortgage-backed security) earlier than expected. This call risk typically occurs when interest rates are declining.

◦

U.S. Government Securities Risk — Mortgage-backed securities may be issued by the U.S. government, which are subject to U.S. government securities risk.

◦

Issuer Risk — Mortgage-backed securities offered by non-governmental issuers, such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers are subject to additional risks. Timely payment of interest and principal of non-governmental issuers is supported by various forms of private insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance purchased by the issuer, and there can be no assurance that these private insurers can meet their obligations under the policies.

◦

Stripped Mortgage-Related Securities Risk — Stripped mortgage-related securities can be particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates. Stripped mortgage-related securities are made up of Interest Only (“IO”) and Principal Only (“PO”) components. IOs present a heightened risk of total loss of investment.

36

•

Restricted Securities Risk: Unless registered for sale to the public under applicable federal securities law, restricted securities such as those issued pursuant to Rule 144A can be sold only in private transactions to qualified purchasers pursuant to an exemption from registration. The sale price realized from a private transaction could be less than a Fund’s purchase price for the restricted security. It may be difficult to identify a qualified purchaser for a restricted security held by a Fund and such security could be deemed illiquid. It may also be more difficult to value such securities.

•

Small-Capitalization Companies Risk: Small-capitalization companies may be more susceptible to liquidity risk and price volatility and be more vulnerable to economic, market and industry changes than larger, more established companies. Small-capitalization companies may have fewer financial resources, limited product and market diversification, greater potential for volatility in earnings and business prospects, and greater dependency on a few key managers. Small-capitalization companies, particularly those in their developmental stages, may have a shorter history of operations, more limited ability to raise capital, inexperienced management, and more speculative prospects for future growth or sustained earnings or market share than larger companies. In addition, these companies may be more susceptible to the underperformance of a sector in which it belongs and therefore, may be riskier and more susceptible to price changes. It may be difficult or impossible to liquidate a small-capitalization position at an acceptable time and price because of the potentially less frequent trading of stocks of smaller market capitalizations.

•

Swap Agreements Risk: Swap agreements are derivative contracts where the parties agree to exchange the returns earned on specific assets, such as the return on, or increase in value of, an amount invested in a particular “basket” of securities representing a certain index. As a derivative, it is subject to derivatives risk, including counterparty risk. Although certain standard swap agreements are centrally cleared through an exchange, which is expected to decrease counterparty risk and increase liquidity compared to swaps that are privately negotiated, central clearing does not eliminate these risks. In addition, the Fund’s use of total return swaps is subject to market risks based upon changes in the value of the underlying index or reference instrument.

•

Underlying Fund Risk: Certain Funds in this Prospectus (each a “Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund”) are available for investment by the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios, which are each a “fund of funds.” As a result, a significant percentage of a Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund’s outstanding shares may be held by the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios, and a change in asset allocation by the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios could result in large redemptions out of the Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund, causing potential increases in expenses to the Portfolio Optimization Underlying Fund and sale of securities in a short timeframe, both of which could negatively impact performance.

•

U.S. Government Securities Risk: Not all U.S. government securities are backed or guaranteed by the U.S. government and different U.S. government securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk. There is a risk that the U.S. government will not make timely payments on its debt or provide financial support to U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises if those entities are not able to meet their financial obligations. Some U.S. government securities are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency, which depends entirely on its own resources to repay the debt. Although there are many types of U.S. government securities, such as those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and Federal Home Loan Banks that may be chartered or sponsored by Acts of Congress, their securities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and, therefore, are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government securities may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future. Pursuant to the authorities of the U.S. Treasury Department and the Federal Housing Finance Administration (“FHFA”), Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have been in a conservatorship under FHFA since September 2008. Should Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac exit the conservatorship, the effect this will have on the entities’ debt and equities, and on securities guaranteed by the entities, is unclear.

•

Value Companies Risk: Value companies are those that a portfolio manager believes are undervalued and trading for less than their intrinsic values. There is a risk that the determination that a stock is undervalued is not correct or is not recognized in the market. These companies may be subject to lower price volatility than companies considered to be “growth” companies. In value investing, the principal belief is that the market overreacts to good and bad news, resulting in stock price movements that do not correspond with a company’s long-term fundamentals. In that case, the result is an opportunity for value investors to profit by buying when the price is deflated. However, the intrinsic value of a company is subjective, meaning there is no empirically “correct” intrinsic value. A portfolio manager’s processes for determining value will vary. There is a risk that a portfolio manager’s determination that a stock is undervalued is not correct or is not recognized in the market.

Additional Information About Certain Ancillary Risks

The following provides information about certain ancillary risks of the Funds. While the likelihood of these risks adversely affecting the Funds’ net asset value, yield and/or total return under normal circumstances is lower than the Funds’ principal risks, they could nevertheless negatively impact Fund performance should the situations described below materialize.

•

Active and Frequent Trading Risk: All Funds may engage in active and frequent trading which could result in higher trading costs and reduce performance. In addition, asset allocation changes may result in the purchase and sale of Fund securities, which can increase portfolio turnover and trading costs, potentially reducing a Fund’s performance.

37

•

Cybersecurity Risk: The Funds’ and/or their service providers’ use of the internet, technology and information systems may expose the Funds to risks associated with attack, damage or unauthorized access. Such risks may include the theft, loss, ransom, misuse, improper release, corruption and/or destruction of, manipulation of, or unauthorized access to, confidential or restricted data relating to the Funds or variable product owners, and the compromise, delay or failure of systems, networks, devices and applications relating to Fund operations, such as systems used to enter trades for the Funds’ investments, accounting and valuation systems, or compliance testing systems used to monitor the Funds’ investments. These events could result in losses to the Funds and variable product owners and disrupt the Funds’ day-to-day operations and the portfolio management of the Funds, as well as damage the conduct of business among the Funds, variable product owners, the Funds’ service providers and/or financial intermediaries. While measures have been developed that are designed to reduce cybersecurity risks and to mitigate or lessen resulting damages, there is no guarantee that those measures will be effective, particularly because the Funds do not directly control the cybersecurity defenses or plans of their service providers, financial intermediaries and other parties with which the Funds transact.

•

Investment Style Risk: Each Fund has its own investment style or overall investment strategy (e.g., large-capitalization growth investment style). A Fund’s investment style may shift in and out of favor for reasons including market conditions and investor sentiment.

•

Issuer Risk: The value of a security or instrument may decline for reasons directly related to the issuer of the security or instrument, such as management, performance, financial leverage, changes in markets in which the issuer offers goods or services, and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods or services.

•

Market and Regulatory Risk: Events in the financial markets and economy may cause volatility and uncertainty and adversely affect performance. Such adverse effect on performance could include a decline in the value and liquidity of securities held by a Fund, unusually high and unanticipated levels of redemptions, an increase in portfolio turnover, a decrease in NAV, and an increase in Fund expenses. It may also be unusually difficult to identify both investment risks and opportunities for actively managed funds, in which case investment goals may not be met. Market events may affect a single issuer, industry, sector, or the market as a whole. In addition, because of interdependencies between markets, events in one market may adversely impact markets or issuers in which a Fund invests in unforeseen ways. Traditionally liquid investments may experience periods of diminished liquidity. During a general downturn in the financial markets, multiple asset classes may decline in value and a Fund may lose value, regardless of the individual results of the securities and other instruments in which a Fund invests. It is impossible to predict whether or for how long such market events will continue, particularly if they are unprecedented, unforeseen or widespread events or conditions. Therefore, it is important to understand that the value of your investment may fall, sometimes sharply and for extended periods, and you could lose money. Governmental and regulatory actions, including tax law changes, may also impair portfolio management and have unexpected or adverse consequences on particular markets, strategies, or investments. Future market or regulatory events may impact a Fund in unforeseen ways, such as causing a Fund to alter its existing strategies or potentially, to liquidate and close.

•

Natural Disasters Risk: Natural disasters occur throughout the world and include events such as blizzards and ice storms, earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, pandemics, tidal waves, tornadoes, tsunamis, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, and wildfires. Although specific types of natural disasters may occur more frequently in certain geographic locations, such events are by their nature unpredictable and may cause sudden, severe and widespread damage that negatively impacts issuers, regions and economies in which a Fund invests. Should a Fund hold significant investments in, or have significant exposure to, an issuer, region or economy affected by a natural disaster, the Fund may lose money. Due to the interconnectedness of the global economy, natural disasters in one location may negatively impact issuers in other locations.

•

Price Volatility Risk: The values of all of a Fund’s investments have the potential to be volatile. Price volatility of an investment refers to the variation of changes in that investment’s value over time. Thus, an investment with higher price volatility is likelier to have greater price swings over shorter time periods than an investment with lower price volatility and a fund that invests in more volatile investments may see its price also go up or down rapidly or unpredictably. Price volatility can be caused by many factors, including changes in the economy or financial markets or for reasons specific to a particular issuer.

•

Redemption Risk: A Fund could experience a loss when selling securities, including securities of other investment companies, to meet redemption requests by shareholders if the redemption requests are unusually large or numerous, occur in times of market turmoil or declining prices for the securities sold, or when the securities to be sold are illiquid. Such redemptions may also increase expenses to the Fund and cause the sale of securities in a short timeframe, both of which could negatively impact performance.

•

Sector Risk: A Fund may be invested more heavily from time to time (e.g., over 25% of its assets) in a particular sector (which is more broadly defined than an industry classification). If a Fund is invested more heavily in a particular sector, its performance will be more sensitive to risks and developments that affect that sector. Individual sectors may rise and fall more than the broader market. In addition, issuers within a sector may all react in the same way to economic, political, regulatory or other events. For more information on a Fund’s sector holdings, please refer to its annual report or semi-annual report, which can be obtained as described in the Where to Go For More Information section of this Prospectus.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT FEES AND EXPENSES

The following provides additional information about the “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” in the Fund Summaries section of this Prospectus.

38

Operating expenses incurred by each Fund are borne by shareholders through their investment in such Fund. Your actual cost of investing in a Fund may be higher than the total expenses shown in the “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” section for a variety of reasons, for example, if average net assets decrease. In addition, certain expenses, such as brokerage costs, are not required to be disclosed in fee table and expense examples.

For Funds with a management fee waiver agreement in place as described in the Fund’s Annual Fund Operating Expenses table, there is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after the expiration date of the fee waiver agreement referenced therein.

Operating Expense Reimbursements

For all Funds: To help limit expenses, PLFA has contractually agreed to reimburse each Fund for certain operating expenses that exceed an annual rate of 0.10% of a Fund’s average daily net assets through April 30, 2026. To the extent these operating expenses exceed 0.10% for a Fund, thus triggering the reimbursement provisions in the expense limitation agreement for that Fund as described above, the effect of the expense reimbursement would be shown in the Annual Fund Operating Expenses table for that Fund. Funds where these operating expenses do not exceed 0.10% do not show the effect of an expense reimbursement in their Annual Fund Operating Expenses tables. These operating expenses include but are not limited to: organizational expenses; domestic custody expenses; expenses for accounting, audit, tax and certain legal services; preparation, printing, filing, and distributing to existing shareholders prospectuses, shareholder reports and other regulatory documents, as applicable; independent trustees’ fees and expenses; and establishing, overseeing and administering the Fund’s compliance program. These operating expenses do not include: management fees; distribution and/or service fees; dividends on securities sold short; acquired fund fees and expenses; additional costs associated with foreign investing (including foreign taxes on dividends, interest, or gains); interest (including commitment fees); taxes; brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses; extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses, liquidation expenses, reorganization expenses and other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of each Fund’s business; and expenses of counsel or other persons or services retained by the Fund’s Independent Trustees.

There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue to cap expenses for a Fund upon the expiration of the expense limitation agreement. In addition, for any expense reimbursements made, PLFA may recoup from the Fund amounts reimbursed in future periods, not to exceed three years from the date on which the reimbursement took place, provided that the recoupment, along with the other expenses subject to the expense cap, would be limited to the lesser of: (i) the expense cap in effect at the time of the reimbursement, or (ii) the expense cap in effect at the time of the recoupment. Any amounts repaid to PLFA will have the effect of increasing such expenses of the applicable Funds, but not above the expense cap.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT FUND PERFORMANCE

Index Definitions

The following provides definitions of the indices presented in the Fund Summaries section of the Prospectus. The indices have inherent performance advantages over the Funds because they hold no cash and incur no expenses. An investor cannot invest directly in an index. The performance of an index does not reflect the deduction of expenses associated with a Fund, such as management fees.

Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index measures the performance of the investment grade, U.S. dollar-denominated, fixed-rate taxable bond market, which includes Treasuries, government-related and corporate securities, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. Results include the reinvestment of all distributions.

MSCI Europe, Australasia and Far East (“EAFE”) Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that is designed to measure the equity market performance of developed markets, excluding the U.S. & Canada. As of September 30, 2024, the MSCI EAFE Index consisted of securities from the following developed market countries: [Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom]. Results include the reinvestment of dividends after the deduction of withholding tax, applying the tax rate to non-resident individuals who do not benefit from double taxation treaties.

Nasdaq-100 Index is a large-cap growth equity index designed to track the performance of 100 of the largest non-financial companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market® based upon market capitalization. Results include only capital appreciation and do not include the reinvestment of all distributions.

Nasdaq-100 Total Return Index is the Nasdaq-100 Index, but with total return results, which includes the reinvestment of all distributions.

Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the small-capitalization segment of the U.S. equity universe. The Russell 2000 Index is a subset of the Russell 3000 Index representing approximately 10% of the total market capitalization of that index. It includes approximately 2,000 of the smallest securities based on a combination of their market capitalization and current index membership.

39

The Russell 2000 Index is constructed to provide a comprehensive and unbiased small-capitalization barometer and is completely reconstituted annually to ensure larger stocks do not distort the performance and characteristics of the true small-capitalization opportunity set. Results include the reinvestment of all distributions.

Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the largest 3,000 U.S. companies representing approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market. The Russell 3000 Index is constructed to provide a comprehensive, unbiased, and stable barometer of the broad market and is completely reconstituted annually to ensure new and growing equities are reflected. Results include the reinvestment of all distributions.

S&P 500 Index is a capitalization-weighted index of 500 stocks. The Index is designed to measure performance of the broad domestic economy through changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks representing all major industries. Results include the reinvestment of all distributions.

Russell® and the Russell indices are trademarks of Frank Russell Company (“Russell”), a company of the London Stock Exchange Group plc, and have been licensed for use by the Trust. The SAI contains additional information on the limited relationship between Russell and the Trust.

Nasdaq® and QQQ® are registered trademarks of Nasdaq, Inc. (which with its affiliates are referred to as the “Corporations”) and are licensed for use by the Trust. The QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio (the “Product”) has not been passed on by the Corporations as to its legality or suitability. The Product is not issued, endorsed, sold, or promoted by the Corporations. THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO WARRANTIES AND BEAR NO LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. The SAI contains additional information on the limited relationship between the Corporations and the Trust.

All other third-party trademarks and service marks belong to their respective owners.

OTHER FUND INFORMATION

Fund and Share Class Availability

The share classes of each Fund in this Prospectus are offered at NAV and are available as an underlying investment option for certain eligible variable products issued or administered by Pacific Life and PL&A. These life insurance companies will own the shares of the applicable Funds. You do not buy, sell or exchange shares of the Funds — you choose investment options through your variable annuity contract or variable life insurance policy. The life insurance companies then invest in the share class(es) of the Fund(s) according to the available investment options you’ve chosen. Certain Funds may not be available as an investment option for your variable product, and not all share classes may be available for your variable product. For available investment options and share classes, consult a variable product prospectus or offering memorandum, or the separate account annual report.

In addition to being available as an underlying investment option for eligible variable products, Class P shares of the Funds in this Prospectus, except for the QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, are available for investment by the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios. In addition, all share classes of the Funds are available for investment by the Investment Adviser and certain of its affiliates.

It is possible that due to the differences in tax treatment or other considerations, the interests of various contract/policy owners participating in the Fund might at some time be in conflict. The Trust’s Board will monitor for any material conflicts and determine what action, if any, should be taken.

Prevention of Disruptive Trading

The Funds are intended for long-term investment through variable products; not as short-term trading vehicles. Accordingly, organizations or individuals that use market timing investment strategies and make frequent transfers should not choose the Funds as investment options under their variable contracts/variable policies. The Trust relies on any insurance company that participates in the Trust (including Pacific Life and PL&A) to enforce the Trust’s limitations on transfers by passing through the limitations and applying them to the insurer’s variable annuity contract owners and variable life insurance policy holders as if they were investing directly in the Funds of the Trust.

Frequent, short-term trading can disrupt the management of the Trust and its Funds and can raise expenses through increased trading and transaction costs, forced and unplanned portfolio turnover, lost opportunity costs, and large asset swings that decrease the Funds’ ability to provide maximum investment return to all shareholders. In addition, certain trading activity that attempts to take advantage of inefficiencies in the valuation of the Funds’ securities holdings may dilute the interests of the remaining contract owners. This in turn can have an adverse effect on the Funds’ performance. While these issues can occur in connection with any of the Funds, Funds holding securities that are subject to market pricing inefficiencies could be more susceptible to abuse. For example, holding international securities may be more susceptible to time-zone arbitrage which seeks to take advantage of pricing discrepancies occurring between the time of the closing of the market on which the security is traded and the time of pricing the Funds. The Trust has retained a pricing service to assist in the valuation of certain foreign securities, which may reduce the ability of shareholders to engage in such arbitrage, although there is no assurance that this measure will be effective in reducing arbitrage opportunities.

40

The Trust’s Board adopted a policy with respect to limitations on transfers for all Funds of the Trust. The limitations specified below apply to all variable annuity contract owners and variable life insurance policy holders (“Investors”), whether natural persons, partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies, trusts or any other type of entity, but do not apply directly to the insurance company in its capacity as record shareholder:

1.

An Investor may not make more than 25 (twenty-five) transfers per calendar year.

2.

Once the 25 transfer limit is reached, one “safe harbor” transfer is permitted out of the Trust (to the extent permitted under the terms of the applicable variable product).

3.

For purposes of the limits specified in 1 and 2 above, multiple transfers among the Funds of the Trust on the same day count as one transfer.

4.

Transfers to or from a Fund cannot be made before the seventh calendar day following the last transfer to or from the same Fund. If the seventh calendar day is not a business day, then a transfer may not occur until the next business day. The day of the last transfer is not considered a calendar day for purposes of meeting this requirement. For example, if you make a transfer into the International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio on a Monday that is a business day, you may not make any transfers to or from that Fund before the following Monday.

5.

Insurance companies that participate in the Trust may exclude certain transactions from the above limitations, including but not limited to: Fund rebalancing, approved asset allocation service transactions, approved corporate owned life insurance policy rebalancing programs, dollar cost averaging, earnings sweep, loan payments and repayments, and such other transactions as the participating insurance companies determine are appropriate and disclose such exclusions in their product prospectuses and/or offering documents. Variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies may have other restrictions on buying and selling shares. See applicable prospectus and contract terms for details.

6.

Purchases and sales by any Fund that seeks to achieve its investment goal by primarily investing in other funds (a “fund of funds”) are exempt from all of the above limitations.

The trading activity of Investors is generally not identified to the Trust; and therefore, the ability of a Fund to monitor exchanges made by Investors is limited. The Trust relies principally on Pacific Life or PL&A as the issuers or administrator of the variable products to monitor frequent, short-term trading within a Fund by Investors. However, the Trust may request information from the insurance companies regarding an Investor’s transfer activity to oversee the monitoring of such short-term trading activity.

Pacific Life and PL&A attempt to discourage frequent trading by imposing transaction limitations on variable product owners and by monitoring certain large transaction activity through the variable products. Variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies may have other restrictions on buying and selling shares. Please see the product prospectus or offering memorandum of the relevant variable products for more information about these policies. There is no guarantee that Pacific Life and PL&A will be able to identify all individual Investors who may be making frequent, short-term, or other disruptive or dilutive trades or to curtail their trading activity.

How Share Prices Are Calculated

Valuation Policy

The Trust’s Board has adopted a policy (“Valuation Policy”) for determining the value of the investments of each Fund each business day. Under the Valuation Policy and pursuant to regulatory authority, the Board has designated PLFA as its “valuation designee” for fair valuation determinations. PLFA’s Valuation Oversight Committee (“VOC”) values the Funds’ investments in accordance with the Valuation Policy. The methodologies used to value the Funds’ investments are described in greater detail in the Investment Valuation subsection below.

Determination of Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

Each Fund of the Trust is divided into shares and share classes, if applicable. The price per share of each class of a Fund’s shares is called its NAV, which is determined by taking the total value of its investments and other assets, subtracting any liabilities, and dividing by the total number of shares outstanding.

The NAVs are calculated once per day on each day that the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open, including days when foreign markets and/or bond markets are closed. Each NAV is generally determined as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on days that the NYSE is open. Information that becomes known to the Trust or its agents after the determination of a NAV on a particular day will not normally be used to retroactively adjust the price of a Fund’s investment or the NAV determined earlier that day. Such information may include late dividend notifications, legal or regulatory matters, corporate actions, and corrected/adjusted last sales prices or official closing prices from an exchange.

The NAVs will not be calculated on days when the NYSE is closed. There may be a delay in calculating the NAV if: (i) the NYSE is closed on a day other than a NYSE scheduled holiday or weekend, (ii) trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, (iii) an emergency exists (as determined by the SEC), making the sale of investments or determinations of NAV not practicable, or (iv) the SEC permits a delay for the protection of shareholders.

41

Based on information obtained from the NYSE, it is anticipated that the NYSE will be closed when the following annual holidays are observed: New Year’s Day; Martin Luther King, Jr. Day; Washington’s Birthday; Good Friday; Memorial Day; Juneteenth; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; and Christmas Day. The NYSE is normally closed on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. In addition, the NYSE typically closes early (usually 1:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on the day after Thanksgiving Day and the day before Christmas Day. Although the Trust expects the same holidays to be observed in the future, the NYSE may modify its holiday schedule or hours of operation at any time.

Certain Funds may hold investments that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges. Because those investments trade on weekends or other days when the Funds do not calculate their NAVs, the value of those investments may change on days when a shareholder will not be able to purchase or redeem shares of those Funds.

In the event the NYSE closes prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, whether due to a scheduled or unscheduled early close, certain other markets or exchanges may remain open. Generally, the valuation of the securities in those markets or exchanges will follow the valuation procedures described below, which may be after the official closing time of the NYSE.

Investment Valuation

The value of each security or other investment is the amount which a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for the investment upon its current sale in the ordinary course of business. For purposes of calculating the NAV, the value of investments held by each Fund is based primarily on pricing data obtained from various sources approved by the VOC.

•

Domestic Equity Investments. For Domestic Equity Investments (including exchange-traded funds), the Funds generally use the official closing price or last reported sale price from an exchange and do not normally take into account trading, clearances or settlements that take place after the close of the NYSE. Investments with no official closing or last reported sales price are generally valued at the mean between the most recent bid and ask prices obtained from approved pricing services, established market makers, or from broker-dealers.

•

Foreign Equity Investments. For Foreign Equity Investments, the Funds generally use the official closing price or last reported sale price from the principal foreign exchanges. The Trust may adjust for market events occurring between the close of certain foreign exchanges and the close of the NYSE. The Trust has retained an independent statistical analysis service approved by the VOC to assist in determining the value of certain foreign equity investments. This service utilizes proprietary computer models based on historical performance of markets and other considerations to determine adjustments for market events. Quotations of foreign investments in foreign currencies and those valued using forward currency rates are converted into U.S. dollar equivalents using a foreign exchange quotation from an approved source.

•

Over-the-Counter (“OTC”) Investments. OTC Investments (including swap agreements and option contracts) are generally valued by approved pricing services that use evaluated prices from various observable market and other factors. Certain OTC swap contracts are valued using industry pricing models, broker quotes or other methodologies pursuant to the Valuation Policy. Forward foreign currency contracts are generally valued using the mean between broker-dealer bid and ask quotations, and foreign currency exchange rates are gathered from approved pricing services.

•

Domestic and Foreign Debt Investments. Debt Investments, including short-term debt, are generally valued using the mean between bid and ask prices provided by approved pricing and quotation services which are based upon evaluated prices determined from various observable market and other factors. Certain debt investments are valued by using a benchmark, matrix, or other pricing methodology approved pursuant to the Valuation Policy. Generally, the prices are obtained from approved pricing sources or services as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

•

Exchange Traded Futures Contracts, Options and Swap Agreements. Exchange traded futures contracts, options and swap agreements are generally valued using the settlement price determined by the relevant exchange. Exchange traded futures contracts, options and swap agreements for which no settlement price is reported, are valued at the mean between the most recent bid and ask prices obtained from approved pricing services, established market makers, or from broker-dealers.

Investment Values Determined by Methodologies Approved by the Valuation Oversight Committee

The Trust’s Valuation Policy also includes methodologies approved for valuing investments in circumstances where pricing data from approved sources is not readily available or deemed to be unreliable. In such circumstances, the Valuation Policy provides that the value of such investments may be determined in accordance with VOC approved formulas and methodologies (“PLFA Pre-Approved Fair Valuation Methodologies”). Under the Valuation Policy, these PLFA Pre-Approved Fair Valuation Methodologies may include, among others, amortized cost, the use of broker quotes, the use of purchase prices, last reported sale/trade prices, benchmark, proxy and matrix pricing. In the event pricing data from approved sources or PLFA Pre-Approved Fair Valuation Methodologies are not readily available or are determined to be unreliable, the value of the investments will be determined in good faith by the VOC or its delegate pursuant to the Valuation Policy. Valuations determined by the VOC or its delegate may require subjective inputs about the value of such investments. While these valuations are intended to estimate the value a Fund might reasonably expect to receive upon the current sale of the investments in the ordinary course of business, such values may differ from the value that a Fund would actually realize if the investments were sold or values that would be obtained if a different valuation methodology had been used.

42

Processing Orders for Fund Shares

The Funds process orders every day the NYSE is open, including days when foreign markets and/or bond markets are closed. Each Fund’s shares are purchased, sold or exchanged at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after a request to buy, sell or exchange shares is received by Pacific Life or PL&A in proper form. Thus, orders received prior to the NYSE close receive that day’s NAV; orders received after the NYSE close receive the following business day’s NAV. This order acceptance cut-off also applies when the NYSE has a scheduled or unscheduled early close. The insurance companies pay for shares they purchase in cash. Similarly, when shares are sold or exchanged, the Trust generally pays the insurance companies for the shares in cash.

Dividends and Distributions

Currently each of the Funds in the Trust is treated as a partnership (each a “Partnership Fund” and together the “Partnership Funds”) for federal income tax purposes only. The Partnership Funds are not required to distribute taxable income and capital gains for federal income tax purposes. Each of the partners (Pacific Life and PL&A through their respective separate accounts) is required to report its respective share of income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of each Partnership Fund. Under the Trust’s dividend and distributions policy, no dividend and capital gains distributions will be made by any Funds.

Distribution and Service Arrangements

Revenue Sharing Payments

As noted previously, the Trust serves as an investment vehicle for variable annuity and variable life insurance products issued or administered by Pacific Life and PL&A. While there is no sales load on shares of the Trust (to the extent permitted by SEC and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) rules and other applicable laws and regulations), Pacific Life or its affiliates, on behalf of PSD, principal underwriter and distributor of Pacific Life’s variable insurance products, pays substantial cash and non-cash compensation to broker-dealers that solicit applications for variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies issued by Pacific Life and PL&A. Some of the arrangements between PSD and the broker-dealers may be referred to as “revenue sharing” arrangements. These revenue sharing arrangements are paid out of the assets of Pacific Life or its affiliates on behalf of PSD and are not paid directly by the Funds.

In consideration for revenue sharing, a broker-dealer firm may be encouraged to render services to variable annuity contract and variable life insurance policy owners and may feature certain products in its sales system or give preferential access to members of its sales force or management to the detriment of other products or investment options. Refer to the product prospectus or the offering memorandum for a description of the incentives for broker-dealers, including those arising from revenue sharing arrangements with respect to the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies and a further discussion of the conflicts of interest that may be created by this compensation.

In addition, PSD may pay all or a portion of the servicing fees it receives from the Funds under the Service Plan (described below) to broker-dealers. Not all broker-dealer firms receive additional compensation, and the amount of compensation varies and revenue sharing arrangements may vary. These payments could be significant to a firm. PSD has informed the Trust that it hopes that its affiliates will benefit from compensation arrangements to broker-dealers including revenue sharing arrangements, and it hopes such arrangements will increase the Trust’s net assets. If this is the case, this could benefit the Trust and its Funds, but would also result in additional management and other fees for PLFA (the investment adviser) and its affiliates.

Service Plans

The Trust has adopted a non-12b-1 service plan (“Service Plan”) pursuant to which Class I shares of each applicable Fund pay a service fee at an annual rate of 0.20% of the average daily net assets attributed to Class I shares of the Fund. The service fees are paid to PSD, the Trust’s distributor, in connection with services rendered or procured for shareholders of the Trust or their variable product owners. These services may include, but are not limited to: providing electronic, telephonic, and technological servicing support in connection with existing investments in the Funds; answering questions regarding the Trust, the Funds, its Managers and/or other service providers; responding to inquiries regarding this Prospectus and the SAI, and supplements thereto, reports, notices, proxies and proxy statements and other information regarding the Trust; payment of compensation to broker-dealers, including PSD itself, and other financial institutions and organizations which assist in providing any of the services; and other services. The amounts paid under the Service Plan are intended to be treated as service fees under the applicable rule of FINRA regarding asset-based sales charges for investment companies. The Service Plan is not adopted as a distribution or “12b-1 plan” under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

The Service Plan may be terminated at any time by vote of the majority of the Board of Trustees. Because service fees are paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, they will increase the cost of your investment over time. See the SAI for additional details.

Trust Organization

The Trust is organized as a Delaware statutory trust. Its business and affairs are managed by its Board. The Trust is comprised of multiple Funds, some of which are offered in this Prospectus and others of which are offered in separate prospectuses. The Trust may discontinue offering shares of any Fund at any time or may offer shares of a new Fund.

43

Tax Matters

The Trust currently intends that each Fund will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. A Fund that elects to be treated as a partnership is not subject to income tax; and any income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Fund would instead be taken into account by its partners which would include the insurance companies whose separate accounts invest in the Fund, and retain the same character for federal income tax purposes.

Each Fund also intends to comply with the requirements of Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including diversification regulations and investor control provisions that apply to mutual funds underlying variable products.

You’ll find more information about taxation in the SAI. Since the sole shareholders of the Funds will be the separate accounts of Pacific Life and PL&A, and as applicable certain funds of funds of the Trust, no discussion is included here concerning the federal income tax consequences at the shareholder level. Owners of variable life insurance policies or variable annuity contracts investing in the Funds through a separate account should consult their own tax advisers with regard to the federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Trust shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country, or other taxing jurisdiction. For information about the federal income tax consequences to purchasers of variable products, see the applicable prospectus or offering memorandum.

44

ABOUT MANAGEMENT

This section provides information about Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC, the investment adviser to the Trust, and the sub-adviser that manages the Funds offered in this Prospectus. Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC and the sub-adviser are each a “Manager” and together the “Managers.”

PLFA

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA”), a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Pacific Life, is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660. Established in 2007, PLFA is an experienced investment management organization that manages multi-asset class investment strategies.

In its role as investment adviser, PLFA, subject to the review of the Trust’s Board, also supervises the management of the Funds. PLFA directly manages the Funds offered in this Prospectus. PLFA has also retained another management firm as a sub-adviser which has worldwide market presence and extensive research capabilities. PLFA has the ultimate responsibility, subject to the review of the Trust’s Board, to oversee and monitor the performance of the sub-adviser and recommends their hiring, termination and replacement.

PLFA also oversees and monitors the nature and quality of the services provided by the sub-adviser, including investment performance and execution of investment strategies. PLFA conducts due diligence on the sub-adviser to evaluate their investment processes, adherence to investment styles, strategies and techniques, and other factors that may be relevant to the services provided to the Funds. For all Funds, PLFA also performs compliance monitoring services to help maintain compliance with applicable laws and regulations. PLFA also provides services related to, among others, the valuation of Fund securities, risk management, and oversight of trade execution and brokerage services.

SEC Exemptive Orders

Under an exemptive order from the SEC, PLFA and the Trust can enter into and materially amend agreements with sub-advisers (except, as a general matter, sub-advisers affiliated with PLFA) without shareholder approval in accordance with the conditions specified by the order (the “Manager of Managers Order”). The Funds operate under a manager of managers structure in reliance on this order. To manage the investments of these Funds, PLFA has retained other management firms as sub-advisers. PLFA has the ultimate responsibility, subject to the review of the Trust’s Board, to oversee and monitor the performance of these sub-advisers and recommends their hiring, termination and replacement. Prior to, or within 90 days of the effective date of any new sub-advisory agreement, shareholders of the affected Fund will be sent an “information statement” about the sub-adviser. In 2016, the Trust’s shareholders approved PLFA and the Trust to apply for an expanded order from the SEC to (i) permit changing and materially amending sub-advisory agreements with affiliated sub-advisers (in addition to unaffiliated sub-advisers) without shareholder approval, (ii) provide access to an information statement on the Trust’s web site rather than mailing it to shareholders, (iii) permit flexibility regarding the method of providing notice of an information statement, and (iv) amend the content of the information included in an information statement. This approval allows PLFA and the Trust to seek expanded relief on any or all of these items in the future.

Under a separate exemptive order from the SEC, the Board of Trustees can approve new sub-advisory agreements and material amendments to existing sub-advisory agreements for the Trust without convening in person, in accordance with all of the terms of the existing Manager of Managers Order by any means of communication that allows participating Board members to hear each other simultaneously during the meeting (i.e., by telephonic conference call, by video conference, etc.) rather than holding an in-person meeting.

Management Fee

Each Fund pays PLFA a management fee for the services it provides as investment adviser. PLFA also uses part of the management fee to pay for the services of the sub-advisers. Because the Funds in this Prospectus had not commenced operations as of December 31, 2023, its management fee rate payable to PLFA is set out in the table below. Each Fund also pays its pro-rata share of the costs of its operations including, among others, the costs of custody, audit and legal, as well as for other support services provided through a support services agreement. A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the investment advisory agreement and sub-advisory agreements for the Funds in this Prospectus will be available in the Trust’s Financial Statements Disclosure Document and Form N-CSR for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

Fund	Management Fee Payable
Bond Plus Portfolio	​	0.45%
International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	​	0.45%
Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	​	0.45%
QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	​	0.45%
Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	​	0.45%

The table that follows provides information about each management firm and individual team members responsible for making investment decisions for the Funds (i.e., portfolio managers), including their primary title with the Manager (or affiliate) and business experience for the past five years. Each of the portfolio managers listed in the following table is jointly and primarily responsible for the

45

day-to-day management of the respective Fund, unless there is only one portfolio manager listed which indicates that he or she is primarily responsible for that Fund. For each portfolio manager listed, the SAI provides additional information about compensation, other accounts managed and information about the portfolio manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund(s) (if any). The portfolio managers for a Fund may change at the Manager’s discretion.

Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC
245 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02110 Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC (“FDS”) is an SEC registered investment adviser. As of March 31, 2024, FDS had approximately $3.1 billion in assets under management worldwide. FDS is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR LLC.
BOND PLUS PORTFOLIO INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PLUS BOND ALPHA PORTFOLIO LARGE-CAP PLUS BOND ALPHA PORTFOLIO QQQ PLUS BOND ALPHA PORTFOLIO SMALL-CAP PLUS BOND ALPHA PORTFOLIO	​
Julien Potenza, CFA	Portfolio Manager of FDS since 2017. Mr. Potenza began his investment career in 2003 and has a BS from Boston College.
David DeBiase, CFA	Portfolio Manager of FDS since 2017. Mr. DeBiase began his investment career in 2000 and has a BS from Bentley University and an MBA from Boston College.
Rob Galusza	Portfolio Manager of FDS since 1995. Mr. Galusza began his investment career in 1985 and has a BS from Babson College and an MS from Boston College.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC
700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660 Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA”) is the investment adviser to the Trust.
BOND PLUS PORTFOLIO INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PLUS BOND ALPHA PORTFOLIO LARGE-CAP PLUS BOND ALPHA PORTFOLIO QQQ PLUS BOND ALPHA PORTFOLIO SMALL-CAP PLUS BOND ALPHA PORTFOLIO	​
Howard T. Hirakawa, CFA	Senior Vice President of Pacific Life and PLFA since 2014, Vice President of Pacific Select Fund since 2006, and Portfolio Manager since 2003. Mr. Hirakawa is responsible for the investment oversight relating to Pacific Select Fund and asset allocation services. He began his investment career in 1999 and has a BS from San Diego State University and an MBA from Claremont Graduate School.
Carleton J. Muench, CFA	Vice President of Pacific Life and PLFA since 2014, Assistant Vice President of Pacific Select Fund since 2006, and Portfolio Manager since 2006. Mr. Muench is responsible for the investment oversight relating to Pacific Select Fund and asset allocation services. He began his investment career in 1998 and has a BS and an MS from Northeastern University.
Edward Sheng, PhD, CFA, CAIA	Portfolio Manager of PLFA since 2021, Assistant Vice President of Pacific Life and Head of Asset Allocation of PLFA since 2022, Director of Pacific Life and Director of Quantitative Research of PLFA since 2018 and Quantitative Researcher of PLFA since 2016. Mr. Sheng is responsible for designing advanced quantitative models that help guide the asset allocation decisions for Pacific Select Fund. He is also responsible for strategic asset allocation investment decisions. He began his investment career in 2013 and has a Ph.D. from Arizona State University, an MS degree from the University of California, Los Angeles, and a BS from Nanjing University.

46

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC
Samuel S. Park	Director of Pacific Life and Director of fundamental research of PLFA since 2017, and Portfolio Manager since 2013. Mr. Park is responsible for managing the asset allocation function related to Pacific Select Fund. He began his investment career in 1999 and has a BA from Boston University.
Jordan Fettman, CFA, CAIA	Assistant Vice President of Pacific Life and PLFA since 2023, Director of Pacific Life from 2021 to 2023, Head of Portfolio Construction and Manager Research of PLFA since 2022, Portfolio Manager since 2021 and Investment Consultant of PLFA from 2017 to 2021. Mr. Fettman is responsible for overseeing and allocating to external investment managers as well as participating in asset allocation decisions for the Pacific Select Fund. He began his investment career in 2007 and has a BS from the University of Colorado, Boulder and an MBA from the Anderson School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles.
Emily Dai, CFA	Portfolio Manager of PLFA since 2023, Director of Pacific Life and Director of Fundamental Research of PLFA since 2022. Prior to joining Pacific Life, Ms. Dai worked for Edward Jones from 2017 to 2022 as a Senior Portfolio Manager. Ms. Dai is responsible for fundamental research that help guide the asset allocation decisions for Pacific Select Fund. Ms. Dai has a BS from Beijing Technology and Business University, and has an MBA and an MA from the University of Iowa.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Because the Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio did not commence operations prior to December 31, 2023, no audited financial highlights are available for these Funds.

47

WHERE TO GO FOR MORE INFORMATION

The Funds are available only to people who own certain variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies. You will find out how an annuity contract or life insurance policy works in the product prospectus or offering memorandum. You can find more information about the Funds in the following documents:

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports and Financial Statements

The Trust’s annual and semi-annual tailored shareholder reports for the Funds included in this Prospectus and the Trust’s Form N-CSR, once available, will provide additional information about each Fund’s investments. Each Fund’s annual tailored shareholder report includes a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year. In the Form N-CSR, you will find the Fund’s annual and semi-annual financial statements. The holdings of each Fund, financial statements, financial highlights and related notes will also be contained in the Trust’s Financial Statements Disclosure Document, which will be available on the Trust’s website and can be delivered upon request as noted below, while the annual and semi-annual tailored shareholder reports will be delivered to shareholders by Fund and by share class as well as made available on the Trust’s website.

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

The SAI contains detailed information about each Fund’s investments, strategies and risks and a full description of the Trust’s policies and procedures regarding disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings. The SAI is considered to be part of this Prospectus because it is incorporated herein by reference.

Information Statements

When there is a change of sub-adviser, an information statement about the new sub-adviser will be sent to shareholders and posted to the Trust’s website within 90 days of the effective date of the new sub-advisory agreement.

How to Obtain Documents

The prospectuses, the SAI, information statements, shareholder reports and other regulatory documents of the Trust, once filed, are available, free of charge, on the Trust’s website (www.pacificlife.com/pacificselectfund.html). You may also call the telephone number(s) or send an email request to the email address provided below in “How to Contact the Trust” for a free copy of these documents.

Portfolio Holdings Information

Each Fund’s unaudited portfolio holdings information can be found at www.PacificLife.com/PacificSelectFundMonthlyHoldings.html. Month-end portfolio holdings for Funds are generally posted approximately three to five business days following month end. There may be an additional delay for certain Funds as indicated on the website. The investment adviser reserves the right to post holdings for any Fund more frequently than monthly but may resume posting monthly at its discretion. Holdings information will remain available on the website until the next period’s information is posted or longer if required by law.

How to Contact the Trust

If you have questions about the Funds or would like to obtain a copy of any of the documents noted above at no cost, you may send an email request to PSFdocumentrequest@pacificlife.com or contact:

Pacific Life Annuity Contract Owners: 1‑800‑722‑4448 6 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time, Monday through Friday Pacific Life Insurance Policy Owners: 1‑800‑347‑7787 5 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time, Monday through Friday	Pacific Life Annuity Financial Professionals: 1‑800‑722‑2333 6 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time, Monday through Friday Pacific Life Insurance Financial Professionals: 1‑800‑347‑7787 5 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time, Monday through Friday
PL&A Annuity Contract Owners: 1‑800‑748‑6907 6 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time, Monday through Friday PL&A Insurance Policy Owners: 1‑888‑595‑6997 5 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time, Monday through Friday	PL&A Annuity Financial Professionals: 1‑800‑722‑2333 6 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time, Monday through Friday PL&A Insurance Financial Professionals: 1‑888‑595‑6997 5 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time, Monday through Friday
Website: www.PacificLife.com

How to Contact the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

You may also access reports and other information about a Fund on the EDGAR Database on the Commission’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov and copies of this information may be obtained, after paying a duplication fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

Form No.

[ ]
[ ]

SEC file number 811-05141

A registration statement relating to the Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio has been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), but has not yet become effective. The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. The Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio may not be sold until the registration statement is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell shares of the Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. THE INFORMATION IN THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED.

PACIFIC SELECT FUND STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Dated [___], 2024 for the Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and dated May 1, 2024 for all other Funds

Pacific Select Fund (the “Trust”) is an open-end investment management company that is comprised of the following funds (each a “Fund,” together the “Funds”).

U.S. Fixed Income Funds (Class I and Class P Shares)

Bond Plus Portfolio

Core Income Portfolio

Diversified Bond Portfolio

Floating Rate Income Portfolio

High Yield Bond Portfolio

Inflation Managed Portfolio

Intermediate Bond Portfolio

Managed Bond Portfolio

Short Duration Bond Portfolio

International Fixed Income Fund (Class I and Class P Shares)

Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio

U.S. Equity Funds (Class I and Class P Shares)

Dividend Growth Portfolio

Equity Index Portfolio

Focused Growth Portfolio

Growth Portfolio

Hedged Equity Portfolio

Large-Cap Core Portfolio

Large-Cap Growth Portfolio

Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Large-Cap Value Portfolio

Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio

Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio

QQQ® Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Small-Cap Equity Portfolio

Small-Cap Growth Portfolio

Small-Cap Index Portfolio

Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Small-Cap Value Portfolio

Value Portfolio

Value Advantage Portfolio

International Equity Funds (Class I and Class P Shares)

Emerging Markets Portfolio

International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

International Growth Portfolio

International Large-Cap Portfolio

International Small-Cap Portfolio

International Value Portfolio

Sector Funds (Class I and Class P Shares)

Health Sciences Portfolio

Real Estate Portfolio*

Technology Portfolio*

Asset Allocation/Balanced Funds (Class I, Class P, Class D Shares)^

ESG Diversified Portfolio

ESG Diversified Growth Portfolio

PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio+

Pacific Dynamix — Conservative Growth Portfolio

Pacific Dynamix — Moderate Growth Portfolio

Pacific Dynamix — Growth Portfolio

Pacific Dynamix — Aggressive Growth Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds (Class P Shares)

PD 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Portfolio

PD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio

PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio

PD High Yield Bond Market Portfolio

PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio

PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio

PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio

PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio

PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio

PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio

*

Classified as a non-diversified Fund. All other Funds are classified as diversified.

^

Unless otherwise noted, offers Class I and Class P shares only

+

Offers Class D and Class P shares only

The Trust’s investment adviser is Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA” or “Adviser”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pacific Life Insurance Company (“Pacific Life”). This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) has been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement and is intended to supplement the information provided to investors in the Trust’s prospectuses and summary prospectuses (as applicable) dated [ ], 2024 for the Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio and dated May 1, 2024 for all other Funds and any supplements thereto (“Prospectus” or “Prospectuses”). Investors should note, however, that this SAI is not itself a prospectus and should be read carefully in conjunction with the Prospectuses and retained for future reference. The audited financial statements and financial highlights of each Fund that commenced operations prior to December 31, 2023 as set forth in the Trust’s Annual Report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 (https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/813900/000119312524059175/d600021dncsr.htm), including the notes thereto, are incorporated into this SAI by reference. Beginning for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, the audited financial statements and financial highlights of each Fund will be set forth in the Trust’s annual Financial Statements Disclosure Document, which will be available on the Trust’s website and can be delivered upon request. The entire content of this SAI is incorporated by reference into the Prospectuses. A copy of the Trust’s Annual Report dated December 31, 2023 and/or the Prospectuses may be obtained free of charge from the Trust at the Internet website address or telephone numbers listed below.

Distributor: Pacific Select Distributors, LLC 700 Newport Center Drive P.O. Box 9000 Newport Beach, CA 92660	Adviser: Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC 700 Newport Center Drive P.O. Box 9000 Newport Beach, CA 92660
Pacific Life Annuity Contract Owners: 1-800-722-4448 Pacific Life Annuity Financial Professionals: 1-800-722-2333 Pacific Life Insurance Policy Owners: 1-800-347-7787 Pacific Life Insurance Financial Professionals: 1-800-347-7787	Pacific Life & Annuity Company (“PL&A”) Annuity Contract Owners: 1‑800‑748‑6907 PL&A Annuity Financial Professionals: 1-800-722-2333 PL&A Insurance Policy Owners: 1-888-595-6997 PL&A Insurance Financial Professionals: 1-888-595-6997

Website: www.PacificLife.com/PacificSelectFund.html

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION	1
ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE FUNDS	1
Bond Plus Portfolio	2
Core Income Portfolio	2
Diversified Bond Portfolio	2
Floating Rate Income Portfolio	2
High Yield Bond Portfolio	2
Inflation Managed Portfolio	3
Intermediate Bond Portfolio	3
Managed Bond Portfolio	3
Short Duration Bond Portfolio	3
Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio	3
Dividend Growth Portfolio	3
Equity Index Portfolio	4
Focused Growth Portfolio	4
Growth Portfolio	4
Hedged Equity Portfolio	4
Large-Cap Core Portfolio	5
Large-Cap Growth Portfolio	5
Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	5
Large-Cap Value Portfolio	5
Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio	5
Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio	5
Mid-Cap Value Portfolio	6
QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	6
Small-Cap Equity Portfolio	6
Small-Cap Growth Portfolio	6
Small-Cap Index Portfolio	6
Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	7
Small-Cap Value Portfolio	7
Value Portfolio	7
Value Advantage Portfolio	7
Emerging Markets Portfolio	7
International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio	8
International Growth Portfolio	8
International Large-Cap Portfolio	8
International Small-Cap Portfolio	8
International Value Portfolio	8
Health Sciences Portfolio	8
Real Estate Portfolio	9
Technology Portfolio	9
ESG Portfolios	9
PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio	9
Pacific Dynamix Portfolios	10
Portfolio Optimization Portfolios	10
PD 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Portfolio	10
PD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio	10
PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio	10
PD High Yield Bond Market Portfolio	10
PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio	11
PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio	11
PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio	11
PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio	11

PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio	12
PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio	12
Diversification Versus Non-Diversification	12
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON UNDERLYING FUNDS	12
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN SECURITIES, INVESTMENTS AND RISKS	13
Equity Securities	14
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)	14
Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) and Secondary Offering	15
Special Purpose Acquisition Company (“SPAC”)	15
U.S. Government Securities	15
Inflation-Indexed Bonds	16
Mortgages and Mortgage-Related Securities	16
Mortgages (Directly Held)	16
Mortgage Pass-Through Securities	17
GNMA Certificates	17
FNMA and FHLMC Mortgage-Backed Obligations	18
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”)	18
FHLMC Collateralized Mortgage Obligations	18
Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”)	19
Adjustable Rate Mortgage-Backed Securities (“ARMBSs”)	19
Other Mortgage-Related Securities	19
CMO Residuals	19
Planned Amortization Class Certificates (“PACs”) and Support Bonds	19
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (“SMBS”)	20
Mortgage Dollar Rolls	20
Other Asset-Backed Securities	20
Collateralized Bond Obligations (“CBOs”), Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”) and other Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”)	20
Linked Securities	21
Equity-Linked, Debt-Linked and Index-Linked Securities	21
Currency-Indexed Securities	21
Event-Linked Bonds	21
Zero Coupon, Deferred Interest, Step Coupon and Payment In Kind (“PIK”) Bonds	22
High Yield/High Risk Bonds	22
Obligations of Stressed, Distressed and Bankrupt Issuers	22
Participation on Creditor’s Committees	23
Bank Obligations	23
Exchange Traded Notes (“ETNs”)	24
Trust Preferred Securities	24
Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities	25
Loan Participations and Assignments	25
Junior Loans	27
Covenant Lite Loans	27
Municipal Securities	28
Corporate Debt Securities	28
Tender Option Bonds	28
Variable and Floating Rate Securities	28
Transition Bonds	29
Green Bonds	29
Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates	29
Commercial Paper	29
Convertible Securities	30
Contingent Convertible Securities (“CoCos”)	30
Duration	31

Repurchase Agreements	32
Borrowing and Leveraged Transactions	32
Reverse Repurchase Agreements	32
Sale-Buybacks	33
Forward Commitment Agreements and When-Issued or Delayed Delivery Securities	33
Forward Volatility Agreements.	33
Standby Commitment Agreements	33
Short Sales	33
Short Sales Against the Box	34
Restricted and Unregistered Securities	34
Small-Capitalization Stocks	34
Foreign Securities	34
Emerging Markets	35
Frontier Markets	36
Supranational Entities	36
Eurozone Risk	36
Passive Foreign Investment Companies (“PFICs”)	37
Investments in Other Investment Company Securities	37
Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”)	37
Business Development Company (“BDC”)	37
Money Market Funds	38
Derivatives	38
Foreign Currency Transactions and Forward Foreign Currency Contracts	39
Transaction Hedge	39
Position Hedge	40
Cross Hedge	40
Proxy Hedge	40
Non-Hedged Exposure	40
Options	40
Purchasing and Writing Options on Securities	40
Purchasing and Writing Options on Stock Indices	41
Risks of Options Transactions	42
Spread Transactions	42
Yield Curve Options	42
Options on Foreign Currencies	42
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts	43
Futures on Securities	44
Interest Rate Futures	44
Stock Index Futures	44
Currency Futures	44
Futures Options	44
Options on Currency Futures	45
Risks Associated with Futures and Futures Options	45
Foreign Currency Futures and Options Thereon	46
Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements	46
Risks of Swap Agreements	47
Structured Investments and Hybrid Instruments	47
Credit-Linked Securities	48
Commodity-Linked Notes	48
Structured Notes and Indexed Securities	48
Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”)	48
Warrants and Rights	49
Voluntary Actions	49
Roll Transactions	49

Indirect Exposure to Cryptocurrencies Risk	49
Cybersecurity Risk	49
Operational Risk and Business Continuity Plan	50
Regulatory and Legal Risk	50
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS	50
Fundamental Investment Restrictions	50
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions	51
THIRD PARTY DISCLAIMERS	52
ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST	53
Management Information	53
Interested Persons	53
Independent Trustees	53
Board of Trustees	55
The Role of the Board	55
Board Structure, Leadership	56
Board Oversight of Risk Management	56
Information about Each Trustee’s Qualification, Experience, Attributes or Skills	56
Committees	57
Deferred Compensation Plan	57
Management Ownership	57
Beneficial Interest of Trustees	58
Compensation	58
Investment Adviser	58
Investment Advisory Fee Schedules	59
Investment Advisory Fees Paid or Owed	62
Other Expenses of the Trust	64
Distribution and/or Service Plans	64
INFORMATION ABOUT THE MANAGERS	65
Management Firms	65
Compensation Structures and Methods	68
Other Accounts Managed	82
Material Conflicts of Interest	89
Beneficial Interest of Portfolio Managers	103
DISTRIBUTION OF TRUST SHARES	103
Marketing Support Arrangements	103
PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS	103
EXCHANGES AMONG THE FUNDS	104
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE	104
Investment Decisions	104
Brokerage and Research Services	104
Portfolio Turnover	108
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings	109
NET ASSET VALUE (“NAV”)	110
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION	111
TAXATION	111
Distributions	112
OTHER INFORMATION	112
Capitalization	112
Shareholder and Trustee Liability	112
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities	112
Voting Rights	117
Custodian and Transfer Agency and Dividend Disbursing Services	117
Financial Statements	118
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	118

Counsel	118
Code of Ethics	118
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures	129
How shares will be voted by the Funds of Funds	118
Registration Statement	119
APPENDICES	120
Appendix A: Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings	120
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures for each of the following Managers	123
American Century	123
Aristotle Pacific	129
BlackRock	132
Boston Partners	142
ClearBridge	144
DIFA	145
FDS	146
FIAM	152
Franklin	158
Geode	164
Invesco	171
Janus	183
JPMorgan	193
Loomis	198
MFS	202
PIMCO	208
PLFA	211
PGI and Principal REI	214
SSGA FM	218
T. Rowe Price	221
Wellington	225

INTRODUCTION

This SAI is designed to elaborate upon information contained in the Prospectuses and provides additional information about the Funds and the Trust. The more detailed information contained herein is intended for investors who have read the Prospectuses and are interested in additional information about the Funds and the Trust. Terms defined herein may have previously been defined in the Prospectuses.

ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE FUNDS

The investment goal and principal investment strategies of each Fund are described in the Prospectuses. The following descriptions and the information in the “Investment Restrictions” section provide more detailed information on additional investment policies and investment strategies for each Fund and are intended to supplement the information provided in the Prospectuses. The Adviser may, in consultation with the relevant sub-adviser management firm (“sub-adviser”), revise investment policies, strategies and restrictions for a Fund other than fundamental policies of a Fund. Any percentage limitations noted, unless otherwise specified, are based on market value at the time of investment. If net assets are not specified, then percentage limits refer to total assets. Net assets are assets in each Fund, minus any liabilities. Total assets are equal to the fair value of securities owned, cash, receivables, and other assets before deducting liabilities. The Adviser and each sub-adviser (each a “Manager” and together the “Managers”) may rely on existing or future laws, rules, exemptive orders, and no-action or interpretive positions adopted by the SEC staff (or Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) or other regulatory or self-regulatory agency) in determining whether their actions are in compliance with applicable laws and rules.

The funds in which the ESG Portfolios, PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, Pacific Dynamix Portfolios and Portfolio Optimization Portfolios (each, a “Fund of Funds” and together, the “Funds of Funds”) invest are each generally referred to as an “Underlying Fund” or collectively as “Underlying Funds” in this SAI. When referring only to those Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios invest, the term “Portfolio Optimization Underlying Funds” is used. When referring only to those Underlying Funds in which the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios invest, the term “Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds” is used. When referring only to those Underlying Funds in which the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio may invest (which are not Funds of the Trust), the term “Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds” is used. When referring only to those Underlying Funds in which the ESG Portfolios may invest (which are not Funds of the Trust), the term “ESG Underlying Funds” is used.

Unless otherwise noted, a Fund may invest in other types of securities and investments and/or the Adviser or Manager may use other investment strategies in managing the Funds, which include those securities, investments and investment techniques not specifically noted or prohibited in the Prospectuses or this SAI that the Adviser or Manager reasonably believes are compatible with the investment goals and policies of that Fund.

Unless otherwise noted, a Fund may lend up to 33⅓% of its assets to broker-dealers and other financial institutions to earn income, may borrow money for administrative or emergency purposes, may invest in restricted securities, and may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments.

A Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in privately issued mortgage-related securities (i.e., mortgage-related securities which are issued by parties other than the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities). A Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in other privately issued asset-backed securities (excluding privately issued mortgage-related securities, which are included in the limitation on privately issued mortgage-related securities).

Each Manager may, in addition to other permissible investments, invest in money market funds, including those it manages, as a means of return on cash, as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) and rules promulgated thereunder.

In general, if a Fund takes a temporary defensive position as described in the General Investment Information section of the Prospectuses, it may assume a temporary defensive position that is inconsistent with its principal investment objective(s) and/or strategies by temporarily investing (partially or extensively) in U.S. government securities (such as U.S. Treasuries), high quality corporate debt securities/debt obligations, money market instruments (short-term high-quality instruments) and/or cash equivalents (including overnight investments). The Prospectuses and this SAI may include limitations on the types of investments or include additional investments a Fund may utilize for temporary defensive position purposes.

The following is a list of defined terms used in this Additional Investment Strategies of the Funds section:

ADRs: American Depositary Receipts
CBOs: Collateralized Bond Obligations
CDOs: Collateralized Debt Obligations
CLOs: Collateralized Loan Obligations
CMBS: Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities
CMOs: Collateralized Mortgage Obligations
EDRs: European Depositary Receipts
ETFs: Exchange Traded Funds
Fitch: Fitch, Inc.
GDRs: Global Depositary Receipts
IPOs: Initial Public Offerings
MLPs: Master Limited Partnerships
Moody’s: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
NYSE: New York Stock Exchange
OPALS: Optimized Portfolios as Listed Securities
OTC: Over-the-Counter
PIK: Payment-In-Kind
REITs: Real Estate Investment Trusts

1

REMICs: Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits
REOCs: Real Estate Operating Companies
SPAC: Special Purpose Acquisition Company
SPDRs: Standard & Poor’s Depositary Receipts
Standard and Poor’s: Standard and Poor’s Rating Services
TIPS: U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities

Bond Plus Portfolio

FDS managed portion :In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, this portion of the Fund may invest non-principally in CLOs; foreign currency-denominated securities (including forward foreign currency contracts); obligations of supra-national organizations; municipal bonds (both taxable and tax-exempt issues); covered bonds; and CMOs.

Core Income Portfolio

For more information on the Fund’s principal investments in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.”

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may also invest non-principally in: CMOs; CMBS; convertible securities; preferred stocks; trust preferreds; credit default swaps; debt instruments of developed markets denominated in a foreign currency; emerging market debt instruments denominated in U.S. dollars; commercial paper; money market instruments; and municipal securities. The Fund may also invest up to 5% of its assets in common stocks.

Diversified Bond Portfolio

For more information on the Fund’s principal investments in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.”

Core Plus Full Discretion managed portion: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, this portion of the Fund may invest non-principally in: equity securities, including common stocks and preferred stocks; and contingent convertible securities.

Core Plus Relative Return managed portion: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, this portion of the Fund may invest non-principally in: foreign currency-denominated securities; bank loans; and CLOs.

Core Plus Full Discretion and Core Plus Relative Return common non-principal investments: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: municipal securities; ADRs; CBOs; CDOs; securities issued by other investment companies; zero coupon and PIK securities; and commercial paper. The Fund may also invest up to 5% of its assets in each of the following: short sales and short sales against the box.

Floating Rate Income Portfolio

For more information on the Fund’s principal investments in floating rate loans and its investments in other types of debt instruments or securities including non-investment grade (high yield/high risk, sometimes called “junk bonds”) debt instruments, or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussions under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds” and “Loan Participations and Assignments.”

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: investment grade debt securities; warrants and equity securities in connection with the Fund’s investments in senior loans or other debt instruments; senior loans, of which the interest rates are fixed and do not float or vary periodically based upon a benchmark indicator, a specified adjustment schedule or prevailing interest rate; senior subordinated bridge loans, senior secured bonds, senior unsecured bonds and unsecured or subordinated bonds, all of varying qualities and maturities, and all of which may be fixed or floating rate; other floating rate debt instruments, such as notes and asset-backed securities (including special purpose trusts investing in bank loans); loans or other debt instruments that pay-in-kind, which are loans or other debt instruments that pay interest through the issuance of additional securities; credit default swaps; other investment companies, including ETFs and closed-end funds which invest in floating rate instruments; and emerging market investments denominated in U.S. dollars. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by investment companies in which it invests in addition to the advisory fee paid by the Fund.

High Yield Bond Portfolio

For more information on the Fund’s principal investments in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.”

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: U.S. government securities (including securities of U.S. agencies and instrumentalities); bank obligations; loan participations and assignments; floating rate loans; commercial paper; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; ADRs; rights; repurchase agreements; reverse repurchase agreements; and debt securities of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies, foreign government and international agencies, including emerging market countries, and foreign branches of U.S. banks. The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets in common stocks (including warrants and including up to 5% in non-dividend paying

2

common stocks). In seeking a high level of current income, managing the Fund’s duration, or reducing principal volatility, the Fund may non-principally purchase and sell put and call options on securities; purchase or sell interest rate futures contracts and options thereon; enter into interest rate, interest rate index, credit default, and currency exchange rate swap agreements; and invest up to 5% of its assets in spread transactions. The Fund will only enter into futures contracts and futures options which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity.

Inflation Managed Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: contingent convertible securities; bank obligations; when-issued securities; and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The Fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in event-linked bonds. The Fund may also invest up to 5% of its assets in municipal securities. The Fund may also non-principally engage in short sales and short sales against the box, as part of its overall portfolio management strategies to offset a potential decline in the value of a security. In addition, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in preferred stock.

Intermediate Bond Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: TIPS; ADRs; EDRs; GDRs; total return swaps; equity securities; preferred stocks; CBOs; CDOs; CLOs; securities issued by other investment companies; zero coupon and PIK securities; commercial paper and other short term investments; structured notes; loan participations and assignments; bank obligations; repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The Fund expects to invest no more than 10% of its assets in “sub-prime” mortgage-related securities.

Managed Bond Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: contingent convertible securities; bank obligations; and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements. The Fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in event-linked bonds. The Fund may also invest up to 5% of its assets in municipal securities. The Fund may also non-principally engage in short sales and short sales against the box, as part of its overall portfolio management strategies to offset a potential decline in the value of a security. In addition, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in equity related securities and preferred stock (equity-related securities share characteristics of both debt and equity). The Fund also may invest up to 10% of its assets in securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk, sometimes called “junk bonds”) or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets in debt securities of issuers based in emerging market economies (whether U.S. dollar or foreign currency-denominated). For more information on such securities, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.”

Short Duration Bond Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: REMICs; zero coupon bonds; PIK bonds; preferred stock; and non-U.S. dollar-denominated foreign debt instruments. The Fund may also engage in short sales against the box and invest up to 5% of its assets in each of the following: foreign denominated securities and municipal securities. The Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.” The Fund may non-principally purchase and write (covered) put and call options on any security in which it may invest, on any securities index consisting of securities in which it may invest, on yield curves and on futures contracts, foreign currencies, and swap agreements.

The Fund may also engage in foreign currency transactions and forward currency contracts; options on foreign currencies; and foreign currency futures and options thereon, to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to investments in securities of foreign issuers. The Fund may also use foreign currency options and forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another, and use interest rate swaps to adjust interest rate exposures and/or as a substitute for the physical security.

Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio

For more information on the Fund’s principal investments in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.”

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: bank capital securities and obligations; commercial paper; convertible securities; credit-linked trust certificates; delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities; equity securities, including securities of other investment companies (such as ETFs and other pooled investment vehicles); floating rate bank loans and debt instruments; hybrid instruments; illiquid investments; inflation-indexed bonds; preferred stock; warrants; when-issued and delayed delivery transactions; zero-coupon bonds; and step-ups and PIK securities. The Fund may also invest non-principally in participation notes, short sales and credit spread trades.

Dividend Growth Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: U.S. dollar-denominated corporate debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers; convertible securities; preferred stock; U.S. government securities; bank obligations; warrants; when-issued securities; commercial paper; repurchase agreements; reverse repurchase agreements; and IPOs.

3

The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts to provide equity exposure. The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets in other investment company securities (including ETFs). The Fund may not invest in variable and floating rate securities.

Equity Index Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: stock index futures that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure. The Fund may use these derivatives to implement any allocation changes for a Portfolio Optimization Portfolio (including changes due to periodic rebalancing, changes in Managers or their investment personnel, and reorganizations of Funds) by obtaining exposure to desired investments. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if the Fund uses such instruments it may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in foreign equity securities if U.S. exchange listed; ADRs; convertible securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; reverse repurchase agreements; other investment companies, including ETFs; and up to 5% in rights. The Fund may also invest in warrants; however, not more than 5% of the market value of its assets (at the time of purchase) may be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities. The Fund may temporarily invest up to 10% of its cash balances, maintained for liquidity purposes or pending investment, in short-term high quality debt instruments, including: commercial paper; variable and floating rate securities; repurchase agreements; bank obligations; and U.S. government securities, its agencies and instrumentalities. The Fund may not invest in restricted securities (including private placements).

Focused Growth Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: commercial paper; certificates of deposit; repurchase agreements; or other short-term debt obligations; pass-through securities (such as mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and participation interests); municipal obligations; variable and floating rate securities; standby commitments; tender option bonds; inverse floaters; strip bonds; reverse repurchase agreements; up to 10% of its assets in zero coupon, PIK and step coupon bonds; and securities of other investment companies. The Fund is also permitted to invest up to 10% of its assets collectively in: ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and in debt securities, including bonds that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “High Yield/High Risk Bonds” section as well as Appendix A for more information on debt ratings. The Fund may also engage in short sales against the box.

In addition to the derivatives and other techniques described in the Prospectus, the Fund may non-principally purchase and sell futures contracts on securities, interest rate, index, and foreign currency, and options thereon, including eurodollar instruments. The Fund may also non-principally enter into interest rate swaps, caps and floors on either an asset-based or a liability-based basis. The Fund may also non-principally engage in forward contracts, forward foreign currency contracts and foreign currency transactions and purchase and write options on foreign currencies. The Fund may also non-principally engage in the purchase and writing of put and call options on securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and OTC. The Fund may non-principally purchase and write options on the same types of securities that the Fund may purchase directly.

Growth Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: warrants, however, not more than 10% of the market value of its assets may be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities; preferred stocks; certificates of deposit; mortgage-related and asset-backed securities; commercial paper; U.S. government securities; rights; bank obligations (including certain foreign bank obligations); U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign governments, foreign government agencies and international agencies; convertible securities; variable and floating rate securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; repurchase agreements; stock, warrants, and other securities of a SPAC or similar special purpose entities that pool funds to seek potential acquisition or merger opportunities; and reverse repurchase agreements. The Fund may also invest non-principally in small-capitalization stocks; U.S. dollar-denominated corporate debt securities of domestic issuers and debt securities of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies that are rated investment grade, or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets in bonds that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.” The Fund may non-principally purchase securities on margin and may engage in the purchase and writing of put and call options on securities, stock indices, and foreign currencies. In addition, the Fund may non-principally purchase and sell interest rate, stock index, and foreign currency futures contracts and options thereon. The Fund may non-principally trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts not only on U.S. domestic markets, but also on exchanges located outside of the U.S. The Fund may also engage in forward foreign currency contracts and foreign currency transactions. The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets collectively in: ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and other types of receipts evidencing ownership of the underlying foreign securities.

Hedged Equity Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: bank obligations; borrowings; commercial paper; common stock warrants and rights; convertible securities; ETFs; foreign investments; IPOs; investment company securities, MLPs; mid-capitalization companies; preferred stock; private placements, restricted securities and other unregistered securities; REITs; repurchase agreements; reverse repurchase agreements; securities issued in connection with reorganizations and corporate restructurings; short-term funding agreements; treasury receipts; and when-issued securities, delayed delivery securities and forward commitment agreements.

4

Large-Cap Core Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: common stocks of small-capitalization companies; preferred stocks; convertible bonds; repurchase agreements; equity-linked and index-linked securities; rights; futures contracts; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; warrants; other investment companies, including ETFs; and other debt securities including, but not limited to, U.S. dollar-denominated corporate debt securities of domestic issuers, foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies or U.S. dollar, and high yield/high risk debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “High Yield/High Risk Bonds” section as well as Appendix A for more information on debt ratings.

To invest temporary cash balances, to maintain liquidity to meet redemptions or expenses, or for temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may invest non-principally in: money market instruments, including U.S. government securities and short-term bank obligations rated in the highest two rating categories by Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s or Fitch, or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager; certificates of deposit; time deposits; loans or credit agreements; bankers’ acceptances; short-term debt obligations of savings and loan institutions; and commercial paper and corporate obligations, including variable and floating rate securities that are issued by U.S. and foreign issuers and that are rated in the highest two rating categories by Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s or Fitch, or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager.

Large-Cap Growth Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: U.S. government securities, its agencies and instrumentalities; bank and corporate debt securities, which may be denominated in any currency; repurchase agreements; reverse repurchase agreements; private placements; securities issued by other investment companies, including ETFs; convertible securities; warrants; rights; depositary receipts, including ADRs, EDRs, GDRs and other types of receipts evidencing ownership of the underlying foreign securities; exchange-traded index securities; short sales against the box; loan participations; when-issued securities; mortgage-backed securities; and asset-backed securities. The Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in each of the following: forward currency contracts to hedge against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to investments in securities of foreign issuers; limited partnerships that are publicly traded on a securities exchange; preferred stock; IPOs; restricted securities and other unregistered securities. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts to provide equity exposure.

Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Bond portion: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, this portion of the Fund may invest non-principally in CLOs; foreign currency-denominated securities (including forward foreign currency contracts); obligations of supra-national organizations; municipal bonds (both taxable and tax-exempt issues); covered bonds; and CMOs.

Large-Cap Value Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: short-term debt securities — including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, U.S. government securities (including securities of agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government), bank obligations, and cash or cash equivalents — to meet operating expenses, to serve as collateral in connection with certain investment techniques, or to meet anticipated redemption requests. The Fund may also invest non-principally in: mortgage-related securities; small-capitalization stocks; variable and floating rate securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; illiquid investments; debt securities and securities that can be converted into equity securities. The Fund may also invest non-principally in high yield/high risk convertible securities, and may, from time to time, invest up to 5% of its net assets in high yield/high risk non-convertible debt securities. Subject to the immediately prior sentence, the Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.” The Fund may also engage in short sales against the box. The Fund may also enter into futures contracts to provide equity exposure.

Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in CDOs, including CLOs. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in foreign currency-denominated securities of foreign issuers, which will be hedged back to U.S. dollars. The Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in debt securities (other than asset-backed securities such as mortgage-backed securities) with one or more non-investment grade ratings, so long as those securities have at least one investment grade rating – these securities will be considered to have the higher rating. For more information on credit ratings and debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”), see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.”

Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: large-capitalization companies; small-capitalization companies; short-term instruments; commercial paper; U.S. government securities; variable and floating rate securities; repurchase agreements; and corporate debt securities. The Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “High Yield/High Risk Bonds” section as well as Appendix A for more information on debt ratings.

5

The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets collectively in: futures, options, forward contracts and swaps to seek to enhance investment returns, hedge existing positions, provide equity exposure, as a substitute for securities, or to increase or reduce market or credit exposure. The Fund may also invest non-principally in ETFs as a means of gaining exposure to a particular segment of the market.

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: initial public offerings; when-issued securities; forward commitment agreements; rights; and warrants. The Fund may also invest non-principally in each of the following: U.S. government securities and securities issued by other investment companies (including ETFs).

QQQ® Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Bond portion: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, this portion of the Fund may invest non-principally in CLOs; foreign currency-denominated securities (including forward foreign currency contracts); obligations of supra-national organizations; municipal bonds (both taxable and tax-exempt issues); covered bonds; and CMOs.

Small-Cap Equity Portfolio

BlackRock managed portion: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, this portion of the Fund may invest non-principally in: stock index futures that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index. This portion of the Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure. This portion of the Fund may use these derivatives to implement any allocation changes for a Portfolio Optimization Portfolio (including changes due to periodic rebalancing, changes in Managers or their investment personnel, and reorganizations of Funds) by obtaining exposure to desired investments. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if this portion of the Fund uses such instruments, the Fund may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

This portion of the Fund may also invest non-principally in foreign equity securities if U.S. exchange listed; ADRs; foreign securities including EDRs and GDRs; convertible securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; reverse repurchase agreements; and up to 5% in rights. This portion of the Fund may also invest non-principally in warrants; however, not more than 5% of the market value of its assets (at the time of purchase) may be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities. This portion of the Fund may temporarily invest cash balances, maintained for liquidity purposes or pending investment, in short-term high quality debt instruments, including: commercial paper; variable and floating rate securities; repurchase agreements; bank obligations; and U.S. government securities, its agencies and instrumentalities. This portion of the Fund may not invest in restricted securities (including private placements).

Franklin managed portion: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, this portion of the Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in structured notes, trade claims, rights or warrants of which up to 2% can be in warrants not listed on the NYSE or NYSE American.

BlackRock and Franklin common non-principal investments: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: investments in other investment companies (including ETFs); debt securities including but not limited to U.S. government securities; zero coupon bonds; step coupon bonds; PIKs; mortgage-related securities (including stripped mortgage-backed securities) as well as lower quality debt securities; asset-backed securities; CMOs; forward commitment agreements and when-issued securities. The Fund may also non-principally engage in short sales and short sales against the box; repurchase agreements; reverse repurchase agreements; emerging market countries; and equity IPOs. The Fund may also non-principally enter into index futures and index options contracts (derivatives) to provide equity exposure.

Small-Cap Growth Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: high-quality money market instruments; mortgage-related and asset-backed securities; convertible securities; repurchase agreements; stock, warrants, and other securities of SPACs or similar special purpose entities that pool funds to seek potential acquisition or merger opportunities; reverse repurchase agreements; U.S. government securities and securities of U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities; U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign governments, foreign government agencies and international agencies; forward commitment agreements; warrants and rights; when-issued securities; IPOs; ETFs; and illiquid and restricted securities. The Fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets collectively in: U.S. dollar-denominated corporate debt securities of domestic issuers, U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers, and debt securities of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies that are rated investment grade, or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on debt ratings, see Appendix A. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures or options contracts to provide equity exposure.

Small-Cap Index Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: stock index futures that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure. The Fund may use these derivatives to implement any allocation changes for a Portfolio

6

Optimization Portfolio (including changes due to periodic rebalancing, changes in Managers or their investment personnel, and reorganizations of Funds) by obtaining exposure to desired investments. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if the Fund uses such instruments it may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in foreign equity securities if U.S. exchange listed; ADRs; convertible securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; reverse repurchase agreements; other investment companies, including ETFs; and up to 5% in rights. The Fund may also invest non-principally in warrants; however, not more than 5% of the market value of its assets (at the time of purchase) may be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities. The Fund may temporarily invest cash balances, maintained for liquidity purposes or pending investment, in short-term high quality debt instruments, including: commercial paper; variable and floating rate securities; repurchase agreements; bank obligations; and U.S. government securities, its agencies and instrumentalities. The Fund may not invest in restricted securities (including private placements).

Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Bond portion: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, this portion of the Fund may invest non-principally in CLOs; foreign currency-denominated securities (including forward foreign currency contracts); obligations of supra-national organizations; municipal bonds (both taxable and tax-exempt issues); covered bonds; and CMOs.

Small-Cap Value Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: preferred stock; convertible securities; ETFs; IPOs; secondary offerings; warrants; and rights. The Fund may also invest non-principally in derivatives (including futures contracts, forward commitments, and swap agreements) for hedging and investment purposes, and to manage cash flows. The Fund may also invest non-principally in securities of foreign issuers, including issuers in emerging market countries and ADRs.

Value Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: small and mid-capitalization companies; foreign securities (including depositary receipts); REITs; MLPs; ETFs; IPOs and secondary offerings; forward foreign currency contracts; commercial paper; certificates of deposit; repurchase agreements; or other short-term debt obligations. The Fund may also enter into futures contracts to provide equity exposure. The Fund may also invest non-principally in high quality short-term debt securities and investment grade corporate debt securities to provide liquidity.

Value Advantage Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: derivatives, including futures and swaps; convertible securities; trust preferred stock; debt instruments, including Treasury receipts, U.S. government obligations, bank obligations, short-term funding agreements, and commercial paper; specific equity-related investments (including warrants and rights, initial public offerings, and preferred stock); investment company securities including master limited partnerships and ETFs; illiquid and restricted securities (such as private placements); securities issued in connection with reorganizations and corporate restructurings; debt instruments, including corporate debt securities, high yield/high risk bonds, inflation-indexed bonds, variable and floating rate instruments, zero coupon bonds, loan participations and assignments; repurchase agreements; reverse repurchase agreements; municipal securities; inverse floating rate instruments (i.e., inverse floaters); demand features; and other asset-backed securities and may engage in short sales and short sales against the box.

Emerging Markets Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: U.S. government securities; high quality debt securities; money market obligations; and cash to meet cash flow needs or if the U.S. government ever imposes restrictions on foreign investing. Such money market obligations may include short-term corporate or U.S. government obligations and bank certificates of deposit. The Fund may also invest non-principally in: non-convertible debt securities denominated in foreign currencies; equity index swap agreements; equity-linked securities; GDRs, EDRs, or securities convertible into equity securities of U.S. or foreign issuers; variable and floating rate securities; other equity securities or “equity equivalents,” such as warrants; rights; preferred stock; convertible securities; securities issued in connection with reorganizations and corporate restructurings; domestic securities; corporate debt securities of foreign companies in developed and developing countries; debt securities of foreign governments in developed and developing countries; restricted securities and unregistered securities; repurchase agreements; reverse repurchase agreements; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; and illiquid or thinly traded securities (including securities that are subject to resale restrictions such as those contained in Rule 144A). The Fund is also permitted to invest non-principally in other investment companies, including OPALS. The debt securities (including commercial paper, foreign government, and international agencies) and money market obligations in which the Fund may also invest non-principally may be issued by U.S. and foreign issuers and may be denominated in U.S. dollars or foreign currencies. The Fund may also non-principally invest directly in certain eligible China A shares. The Fund may also invest non-principally in U.S. corporate and government debt securities, for defensive and liquidity purposes, that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”) (although it may not invest in securities rated C or lower), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.” The Fund may also non-principally use derivatives (including options, futures contracts and forward foreign currency contracts) to attempt to hedge against the overall level of investment and currency risk associated with its investments. Derivatives are also used to increase returns, to try to hedge against changes in interest rates or market declines, or to otherwise help achieve the Fund’s investment goal.

7

International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

Bond portion: In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, this portion of the Fund may invest non-principally in CLOs; foreign currency-denominated securities (including forward foreign currency contracts); obligations of supra-national organizations; municipal bonds (both taxable and tax-exempt issues); covered bonds; and CMOs.

International Growth Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: when-issued securities; indexed securities; municipal obligations (including participation interests); zero coupon bonds or PIK bonds; floating and variable rate obligations; OTC common and preferred stocks; exchange-traded preferred stock; warrants and rights; securities convertible into equity securities; securities of other investment companies and REITs; and derivatives (including options and futures) to provide equity exposure.

International Large-Cap Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: preferred stock; convertible securities; warrants and rights; repurchase agreements; other investment companies (open-end and/or closed-end funds); and short-term instruments, including U.S. government securities; commercial paper and bank obligations. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts to provide equity exposure and invest in foreign currency futures, forwards or options, which are purchased or sold to hedge against currency fluctuations, or to otherwise help achieve the Fund’s investment goal.

International Small-Cap Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: cash and repurchase agreements; short-term instruments, including U.S. government securities and U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities of domestic issuers with maturities of one year or less for liquidity and reserves only; commercial paper; bank obligations; securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock; depositary receipts (such as ADRs). The Fund may also invest non-principally in securities issued by other investment companies. On a non-principal basis, the Fund may also use various techniques, such as buying and selling futures contracts and exchange traded funds, to increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to changing security prices or other factors that affect security values.

International Value Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: convertible securities; GDRs and EDRs; rights and warrants; instruments of supranational entities denominated in foreign currencies; semi-governmental securities; non-convertible debt securities denominated in foreign currencies; purchases or sales on a delayed delivery basis; small-capitalization stocks; variable and floating rate securities; U.S. government securities; bank obligations; currency swaps and currency futures contracts; and repurchase agreements. The Fund may non-principally engage in foreign currency transactions. The Fund may also invest up to 5% of its assets in each of the following: preferred stock, 144A securities, short sales and short sales against the box. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts to provide equity exposure and invest in foreign currency options, which are purchased or sold to hedge against currency fluctuations and may use currency forwards to gain or increase exposure to various currency markets, including for the purpose of managing the Fund’s currency exposures relative to its benchmark’s currency exposures. The Fund may also invest non-principally in U.S. dollar-denominated corporate debt securities of domestic issuers and foreign issuers, and debt securities of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies that are rated investment grade, or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. In addition, the Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.”

Health Sciences Portfolio

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: debt securities; repurchase agreements; reverse repurchase agreements; U.S. government securities; mortgage-related securities; asset-backed securities; commercial paper; SPDRs; when-issued or delayed delivery securities; convertible and preferred securities; warrants; and rights. The Fund may non-principally engage in short sales and short sales against the box. The Fund may also invest non-principally in U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances issued by U.S. and foreign banks. The Fund limits its investments in bank obligations to U.S. domestic banks which have more than $5 billion in assets and that otherwise meet the Fund’s credit rating requirements, and in foreign banks which have more than $10 billion in assets with branches or agencies in the U.S. The Fund may also invest non-principally in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”) (although it may not invest in securities rated lower than Caa by Moody’s or CCC by Standard & Poor’s or Fitch), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “High Yield/High Risk Bonds” section as well as Appendix A for more information on debt ratings. The Fund may also invest up to 5% of its assets in options contracts, which the Manager may use to seek to enhance the return to the Fund. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts to provide equity exposure. The Fund may also invest non-principally in private securities; various business ventures, including partnerships and joint ventures; IPOs; ETFs; structured notes; and money market instruments. The Fund may also non-principally borrow money; purchase shares of affiliated investment companies; lend its securities to others for cash management purposes; and hold illiquid investments.

8

Real Estate Portfolio

The Fund is “non-diversified.”

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in warrants; however, not more than 10% of the market value of its assets (at the time of purchase) may be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities; and up to 10% of its assets in foreign securities (which may include EDRs and GDRs) including: U.S. dollar-denominated corporate debt securities, certain foreign bank obligations, and foreign government and international agencies. The Fund may also invest non-principally in the following: ADRs; bank obligations; U.S. government securities; convertible securities; commercial paper; variable and floating rate securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; preferred stock; and repurchase agreements. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts to provide equity exposure.

Because of the Fund’s policy of concentrating its investments in securities of issuers of REITs and in industries related to real estate, the Fund is significantly impacted by the performance of the real estate industry. In addition to general market conditions, the value of the Fund will be affected by the strength of the real estate markets, and is also subject to the risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate, including: declines in the value of real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; overbuilding; extended vacancies of properties; increased competition; increases in property taxes and operating expenses, including insurance; changes in laws, including zoning law; losses due to costs resulting from the clean-up of environmental problems; liabilities to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; limitations on rents; changes in neighborhood values and the appeal of properties to tenants; and changes in interest rates.

Real property investments are subject to varying degrees of risk. The yields available from investments in real estate depend on the amount of income and capital appreciation generated by the properties. Income and real estate values may also be adversely affected by such factors as applicable laws (e.g., the Americans with Disabilities Act and tax laws), interest rate levels and the availability of financing. If the properties do not generate sufficient income to meet operating expenses, including, where applicable, debt service, ground lease payments, tenant improvements, third-party leasing commissions and other capital expenditures, the income and ability of the real estate company to make payments of any interest and principal on its debt securities will be adversely affected. In addition, real property may be subject to the quality of credit extended and defaults by borrowers and tenants. The performance of the economy in each of the regions in which the investments owned by the Fund are located affects occupancy, market rental rates and expenses and, consequently, has an impact on the income from such properties and their underlying values. The financial results of major local employers may also have an impact on the cash flow and value of certain properties. In addition, real estate investments are relatively illiquid and, therefore, the ability of REITs and REOCs to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions is limited. A REIT or REOC may also have joint venture investments in certain of its properties and, consequently, its ability to control decisions relating to such properties may be limited.

In addition, properties are likely to be adversely affected if a significant tenant ceases operation, voluntarily or otherwise. Certain commercial properties may require their owner to expend significant amounts of capital for general and continuing capital improvements. The value and successful operation of certain commercial properties may be affected by a number of factors such as the location of the property, the ability of management to provide adequate maintenance and insurance, types of services provided by the property, the level of mortgage rates, presence of competing properties, the relocation of tenants to new projects with better amenities and adverse economic conditions in the locale.

Technology Portfolio

The Fund is “non-diversified.”

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: stock, warrants, and other securities of SPACs or similar special purpose entities that pool funds to seek potential acquisition or merger opportunities; IPOs; U.S. government securities; convertible and preferred securities; and illiquid investments.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk debt instruments, sometimes called “junk bonds”) (although it may not invest in securities rated lower than Caa by Moody’s or CCC by Standard & Poor’s or Fitch), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. For more information on such securities, see the “High Yield/High Risk Bonds” section as well as Appendix A for more information on debt ratings.

The Fund may invest non-principally in derivatives (including futures contracts, forward commitments, options and swap agreements) primarily to increase or decrease exposure to a particular market, segment of the market or security.

ESG Portfolios

The ESG Diversified Portfolio and ESG Diversified Growth Portfolio (together, the “ESG Portfolios”) will generally limit their investments to shares of the ESG Underlying Funds, U.S. government securities and short-term debt instruments, although the Funds may invest in securities such as money market instruments and other unaffiliated investment companies for temporary defensive purposes or otherwise as deemed advisable by the Adviser to the extent permissible under existing or future rules, orders or guidance of the SEC.

PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio

The Fund will generally limit its investments to shares of the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds, U.S. government securities and short-term debt instruments, although the Fund may invest in securities such as money market instruments and other unaffiliated investment companies for temporary defensive purposes or otherwise as deemed advisable by the Adviser to the extent permissible under existing or future rules, orders or guidance of the SEC. The Fund may also invest non-principally (through its investments in Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds) in: securities of issuers in emerging markets; and securities of issuers in real estate (such as REITs).

9

Pacific Dynamix Portfolios

The Pacific Dynamix — Conservative Growth, Pacific Dynamix — Moderate Growth, Pacific Dynamix — Growth and Pacific Dynamix — Aggressive Growth Portfolios (together, the “Pacific Dynamix Portfolios”) will generally limit their investments to Class P shares of the Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds, U.S. government securities, and short-term debt instruments, although the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios may invest in securities such as money market instruments and unaffiliated investment companies for temporary defensive purposes or otherwise as deemed advisable by the Adviser to the extent permissible under existing or future rules, orders or guidance of the SEC. The Pacific Dynamix Portfolios may also invest non-principally (through its investments in the Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds) in: securities of issuers in emerging markets; common stock of small-capitalization companies; and forward commitment agreements.

Portfolio Optimization Portfolios

The Portfolio Optimization Conservative, Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative, Portfolio Optimization Moderate, Portfolio Optimization Growth and Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolios (together, the “Portfolio Optimization Portfolios”) will generally limit their investments to Class P shares of the Portfolio Optimization Underlying Funds, although the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios may invest in securities such as U.S. government securities, short-term debt instruments, money market instruments and unaffiliated investment companies for temporary defensive purposes, or otherwise as deemed advisable by the Adviser to the extent permissible under existing or future rules, orders or guidance of the SEC.

PD 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: variable and floating rate debt securities that are not components of the Corporate Bond Index; zero coupon, PIK and deferred payment securities; money market instruments including short-term obligations of foreign sovereign governments, supranational obligations, bank obligations, commercial paper and repurchase agreements. The Fund may also invest non-principally in money market funds, including those managed by SSGA FM, as a means of return on cash as permitted by the 1940 Act and rules promulgated thereunder.

PD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: obligations of industrial, banking and other financial issuers; municipal bonds and notes; CMOs and REMICs; variable and floating rate debt securities; asset-backed securities (other than those noted in the prospectus); zero coupon, PIK and deferred payment securities; money market instruments including short-term obligations of foreign sovereign governments, supranational obligations and bank obligations. Money market instruments also include commercial paper, repurchase agreements and forward commitment agreements. The Fund may also invest non-principally in money market funds, including those managed by SSGA FM, as a means of return on cash as permitted by the 1940 Act and rules promulgated thereunder.

PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may non-principally use various investment techniques such as buying and selling futures contracts, swaps and ETFs to increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to changing security prices or other factors that affect security values. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if the Fund uses such instruments it may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in stock index futures contracts that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index, and are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure.

PD High Yield Bond Market Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

For more information on the Fund’s principal investments in debt securities that are rated non-investment grade (high yield/high risk, sometimes called “junk bonds”), or if unrated, are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager, see the “Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings” in Appendix A and the discussion under “High Yield/High Risk Bonds.”

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: investment grade debt securities (including corporate debt securities, medium term notes and 144A securities), or if unrated, securities which are of comparable quality as determined by the Manager. In addition, the Fund may invest non-principally in: U.S. government securities (including securities of U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities); mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities; debt of trusts collateralized with bonds; trusts collateralized with leveraged loans; traded loans; participation certificates; sovereign and supranational debt; and repurchase agreements. The Fund may also invest non-principally in money market funds, including those managed by SSGA FM, as a means of return on cash as permitted by the 1940 Act and rules promulgated thereunder. The Fund may invest non-principally in debt securities convertible into equity securities, including REIT common stock and depositary shares. The Fund may also non-principally directly hold equity securities, including common stock, REIT common stock, ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, preferred stock and warrants.

10

PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may non-principally use various investment techniques such as buying and selling futures contracts, swaps and ETFs to increase or decrease the Fund’s exposure to changing security prices or other factors that affect security values. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if the Fund uses such instruments it may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in stock index futures contracts that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index, and are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure.

PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: stock index futures that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure. The Fund may use these derivatives to implement any allocation changes for a Pacific Dynamix Portfolio (including changes due to periodic rebalancing, changes in Managers or their investment personnel, and reorganizations of Funds) by obtaining exposure to desired investments. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if the Fund uses such instruments it may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in foreign equity securities if U.S. exchange listed; ADRs; convertible securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; reverse repurchase agreements; other investment companies, including ETFs; and up to 5% in rights. The Fund may temporarily invest cash balances, maintained for liquidity purposes or pending investment, in short-term high quality debt instruments, including: commercial paper; variable and floating rate securities; repurchase agreements; bank obligations; and U.S. government securities, its agencies and instrumentalities. The Fund may not invest in restricted securities (including private placements).

PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: stock index futures that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure. The Fund may use these derivatives to implement any allocation changes for a Pacific Dynamix Portfolio (including changes due to periodic rebalancing, changes in Managers or their investment personnel, and reorganizations of Funds) by obtaining exposure to desired investments. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if the Fund uses such instruments it may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in foreign equity securities if U.S. exchange listed; ADRs; convertible securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; reverse repurchase agreements; other investment companies, including ETFs; and up to 5% in rights. The Fund may temporarily invest cash balances, maintained for liquidity purposes or pending investment, in short-term high quality debt instruments, including: commercial paper; variable and floating rate securities; repurchase agreements; bank obligations; and U.S. government securities, its agencies and instrumentalities. The Fund may not invest in restricted securities (including private placements).

PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: stock index futures that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index. The Fund may non-principally enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure. The Fund may use these derivatives to implement any allocation changes for a Pacific Dynamix Portfolio (including changes due to periodic rebalancing, changes in Managers or their investment personnel, and reorganizations of Funds) by obtaining exposure to desired investments. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if the Fund uses such instruments it may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in foreign equity securities if U.S. exchange listed; ADRs; convertible securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; reverse repurchase agreements; other investment companies, including ETFs; and up to 5% in rights. The Fund may also invest non-principally in warrants; however, not more than 5% of the market value of its assets (at the time of purchase) may be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities. The Fund may temporarily invest cash balances, maintained for liquidity purposes or pending investment, in short-term high quality debt instruments, including: commercial paper; variable and floating rate securities; repurchase agreements; bank obligations; and U.S. government securities, its agencies and instrumentalities. The Fund may not invest in restricted securities (including private placements).

11

PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: stock index futures that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure. The Fund may use these derivatives to implement any allocation changes for a Pacific Dynamix Portfolio (including changes due to periodic rebalancing, changes in Managers or their investment personnel, and reorganizations of Funds) by obtaining exposure to desired investments. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if the Fund uses such instruments it may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in foreign equity securities if U.S. exchange listed; ADRs; convertible securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; reverse repurchase agreements; other investment companies, including ETFs; and up to 10% in rights. The Fund may also invest non-principally in warrants; however, not more than 10% of the market value of its assets (at the time of purchase) may be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities. The Fund may temporarily invest cash balances, maintained for liquidity purposes or pending investment, in short-term high quality debt instruments, including: commercial paper; variable and floating rate securities; repurchase agreements; bank obligations; and U.S. government securities, its agencies and instrumentalities. The Fund may not invest in restricted securities (including private placements).

PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio

This Fund is only available for investment by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates.

In addition to the principal investment strategies described in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest non-principally in: stock index futures that are based on stock indices which the Fund attempts to track, or which tend to move together with stocks included in the index. The Fund may also non-principally enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade, or similar entity to provide equity exposure. The Fund may use these derivatives to implement any allocation changes for a Pacific Dynamix Portfolio (including changes due to periodic rebalancing, changes in Managers or their investment personnel, and reorganizations of Funds) by obtaining exposure to desired investments. The portfolio turnover rate excludes the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments. Accordingly, if the Fund uses such instruments it may have a higher portfolio turnover rate than as disclosed in its Fund Summary in its Prospectus.

The Fund may also invest non-principally in foreign equity securities if U.S. exchange listed; ADRs; convertible securities; forward commitment agreements; when-issued securities; reverse repurchase agreements; other investment companies, including ETFs; and up to 10% in rights. The Fund may also invest non-principally in warrants; however, not more than 10% of the market value of its assets (at the time of purchase) may be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities. The Fund may temporarily invest cash balances, maintained for liquidity purposes or pending investment, in short-term high quality debt instruments, including: commercial paper; variable and floating rate securities; repurchase agreements; bank obligations; and U.S. government securities, its agencies and instrumentalities. The Fund may not invest in restricted securities (including private placements).

Diversification Versus Non-Diversification

The cover of this SAI sets out which Funds are classified as “diversified” and which are classified as “non-diversified,” as described further below. Each non-diversified fund reserves the right to become a diversified fund by limiting the investments in which more than 5% of the Fund’s assets are invested.

Diversified. The term “diversified” under the 1940 Act generally means that a Fund may not purchase the securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies, whether registered or excluded from registration under Section 3(c) of the 1940 Act) if immediately after such investment (i) more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in such issuer or (ii) more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be owned by the Fund, except that up to 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to such 5% and 10% limitations.

Non-diversified. A “non-diversifed” fund under the 1940 Act is one that is not “diversifed.” This means that the proportion of a Fund’s assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act. However, there are certain federal tax diversification requirements applicable to all Funds (for more information, see the “Taxation” section). Because a non-diversified fund may invest in a smaller number of companies than a diversified fund, an investment in a non-diversified fund may, under certain circumstances, present greater risk to an investor than an investment in a diversified fund. This risk includes greater exposure to potential poor earnings or default of fewer issuers than would be the case for a more diversified fund. Being classified as non-diversified does not prevent a Fund from being managed as though it were diversified. If a non-diversified Fund is managed in a diversified manner for three consecutive years, such Fund will be reclassified as diversified, and thereafter shareholder approval will be required to reserve freedom of action to operate that Fund as non-diversified.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON UNDERLYING FUNDS

The following provides additional information regarding the Underlying Funds of the ESG Portfolios, PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, Pacific Dynamix Portfolios and Portfolio Optimization Portfolios.

The ESG Underlying Funds in which the ESG Portfolios may invest are:

12

•

Aristotle ESG Core Bond Fund

•

BlackRock Sustainable Advantage Emerging Markets Equity Fund

•

Calvert Green Bond Fund

•

Calvert High Yield Bond Fund

•

Calvert Small-Cap Fund

•

Calvert U.S. Mid-Cap Core Responsible Index Fund

•

Fidelity® International Sustainability Index Fund

•

Fidelity® U.S. Sustainability Index Fund

•

PIMCO Low Duration ESG Fund

None of the investment advisers or distributors to the ESG Underlying Funds, or the ESG Underlying Funds themselves, make any representations regarding the advisability of investing in the ESG Portfolios. BlackRock is a registered trademark of BlackRock, Inc., or its subsidiaries (“BlackRock”). Fidelity® is a registered trademark of FMR LLC. All third-party trademarks and service marks disclosed in the Prospectus and SAI belong to their respective owners.

The Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds in which the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio may invest are:

•

American Century® Diversified Bond Fund

•

American Century® Diversified Corporate Bond ETF

•

American Century® Short Duration Fund

•

American Century® Small Cap Growth Fund

•

American Century® Ultra Fund

•

Avantis® Core Fixed Income ETF

•

Avantis® Emerging Markets Equity ETF

•

Avantis® International Equity ETF

•

Avantis® Real Estate ETF

•

Avantis® Short-Term Fixed Income ETF

•

Avantis® U.S. Equity ETF

•

Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Equity ETF

•

Avantis® U.S. Large Cap Value ETF

•

Avantis® U.S. Small Cap Equity ETF

•

Avantis® U.S. Small Cap Value ETF

•

Vanguard Russell 1000 Growth ETF

Neither the investment advisers nor the distributors to the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds, or the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds themselves, make any representations regarding the advisability of investing in the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds. American Century® and Avantis® are registered trademarks of American Century Proprietary Holdings, Inc.

The Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds in which each of the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios may invest are:

•

PD 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Portfolio

•

PD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio

•

PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio

•

PD High Yield Bond Market Portfolio

•

PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio

•

PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio

•

PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio

•

PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio

•

PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio

•

PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio

The Portfolio Optimization Underlying Funds in which each of the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios may invest are:

•

Bond Plus Portfolio

•

Core Income Portfolio

•

Diversified Bond Portfolio

•

Dividend Growth Portfolio

•

Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio

•

Emerging Markets Portfolio

•

Equity Index Portfolio

•

Floating Rate Income Portfolio

•

Focused Growth Portfolio

•

Growth Portfolio

•

High Yield Bond Portfolio

•

Inflation Managed Portfolio

•

Intermediate Bond Portfolio

•

International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

•

International Growth Portfolio

•

International Large-Cap Portfolio

•

International Small-Cap Portfolio

•

International Value Portfolio

•

Large-Cap Core Portfolio

•

Large-Cap Growth Portfolio

•

Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

•

Large-Cap Value Portfolio

•

Managed Bond Portfolio

•

Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio

•

Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

•

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio

•

Real Estate Portfolio

•

Short Duration Bond Portfolio

•

Small-Cap Equity Portfolio

•

Small-Cap Growth Portfolio

•

Small-Cap Index Portfolio

•

Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio

•

Small-Cap Value Portfolio

•

Value Portfolio

•

Value Advantage Portfolio

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN SECURITIES, INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

Below are descriptions of certain securities and investments that the Funds may use, subject to a particular Fund’s investment restrictions and other limitations, and their related risks as well as other risks to which a Fund may be exposed. Unless otherwise stated in the Prospectuses, many investment strategies, including various hedging techniques and techniques which may be used to help add incremental income, are discretionary. That means Managers may elect to engage or not to engage in the various techniques at their sole

13

discretion. Hedging may not be cost-effective, hedging techniques may not be available when sought to be used by a Manager, or Managers may simply elect not to engage in hedging and have a Fund assume full risk of the investments. Investors should not assume that a Fund will be hedged at all times or that it will be hedged at all; nor should investors assume that any particular discretionary investment technique or strategy will be employed at all times, or ever employed.

The investment strategies described below may be pursued directly by the Underlying Funds. As a general matter, the Funds of Funds do not invest directly in securities. However, the Funds of Funds are subject to the risks described below indirectly through their investment in their respective Underlying Funds.

Equity Securities

Common and preferred stocks represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire an ownership interest, in an issuer.

The value of a company’s stock may fall as a result of factors directly related to that company, such as decisions made by its management or lower demand for the company’s products or services. A stock’s value also may fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but also companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of a company’s stock also may be affected by changes in financial markets that are less directly related to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates.

Preferred stock generally has a greater priority to a company’s earnings and assets. A company generally pays dividends only after the company invests in its own business and makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt, and dividends on preferred stock are paid before common stock. For this reason, the value of a company’s common stock will usually react more strongly than its bonds and other debt and preferred stock to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or outlook. Stocks of companies that the portfolio managers believe are fast-growing may trade at a higher multiple of current earnings than other stocks. The value of such stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks.

Common and preferred stocks generally provide different voting rights. Common stock typically entitles the owner to vote on matters related to the company while preferred stock does not typically carry voting rights.

Common and preferred stocks have different priority in the event of the bankruptcy and/or insolvency of the company. In the event the issuer declares bankruptcy or is otherwise insolvent, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of bonds and other debt take precedence over the claims of those who own common and preferred stock. For this reason, the value of common and preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or outlook. Preferred stock may entitle the owner to receive, in preference to the holders of common stock, a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company.

Common and preferred stocks also generally provide different dividend rights. Common stock owners are typically entitled to receive dividends declared and paid on such shares. Preferred stock, unlike common stock, often has a stated dividend rate payable from the company’s earnings. Preferred stock dividends may pay out at fixed or adjustable rates of return, and can be cumulative or non-cumulative, participating or non-participating. Cumulative dividend provisions require all or a portion of prior unpaid dividends to be paid before dividends can be paid to the company’s common stock, while a dividend on non-cumulative preferred stock that has not been paid on the stated dividend period is typically lost forever. Participating preferred stock may be entitled to a dividend exceeding the declared dividend in certain cases, while non-participating preferred stock is limited to the stated dividend. Adjustable rate preferred stock pays a dividend that is adjustable on a periodic basis, generally based on changes in certain interest rates. If interest rates rise, a fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of such stocks to decline. Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as provisions allowing the stock to be called or redeemed, which can limit the benefit of a decline in interest rates. Preferred stock is subject to many of the risks to which common stock are subject, including issuer-specific and market risks, but is also subject to many of the risks to which debt securities are subject, such as interest rate risk. The risks of equity securities are generally magnified in the case of equity investments in distressed companies.

Equity-related securities share certain characteristics of equity securities and may include depositary receipts, convertible securities and warrants. These instruments are discussed elsewhere in the Prospectuses and this SAI. Equity-related securities are subject to many of the same risks, although possibly to different degrees.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”). A REIT is a type of equity security that pools investors’ funds for investment primarily in income-producing real estate or in loans or interests related to real estate and often trades on exchanges like a stock. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to its shareholders or unit holders if it complies with a regulatory requirement that it distributes to its shareholders or unit holders at least 90% of its taxable income for each taxable year. Generally, REITs can be classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest a majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Equity REITs are further categorized according to the types of real estate securities they own (e.g., apartment properties, retail shopping centers, office and industrial properties, hotels, health-care facilities, manufactured housing and mixed-property types). Mortgage REITs invest a majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from income payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs.

REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders or unit holders, and may be subject to changes in the value of their underlying properties, defaults by borrowers, and self-liquidations. Some REITs may have limited diversification and may be subject to risks inherent in investments in a limited number of properties, in a narrow geographic area, or in a single property type. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in underlying property values. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills and incur management expenses. In addition, the performance of a REIT may be affected by its failure to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code of

14

1986, as amended (the “Code”), or its failure to maintain an exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. REITs also involve risks such as refinancing, changes in interest rates, changes in property values, general or specific economic risk on the real estate industry, dependency on management skills, and other risks similar to small company investing.

Although a Fund is not allowed to invest in real estate directly, it may acquire real estate as a result of a default on the REIT securities it owns. A Fund, therefore, may be subject to certain risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate including difficulties in valuing and trading real estate, declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, limitation on rents, changes in neighborhood values, the appeal of properties to tenants and increases in interest rates. Also, real estate can be destroyed by human activities, including criminal acts, or other events such as natural disasters.

Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) and Secondary Offering. An IPO is the first sale of stock by a private company to the public. IPOs are often issued by smaller, newer companies seeking capital financing to expand, but can also be done by large privately-owned companies looking to become publicly traded. The volume of IPOs and the levels at which the newly issued stocks trade in the secondary market are affected by the performance of the stock market overall. If IPOs are brought to the market, availability may be limited and a Fund may not be able to buy any shares at the offering price, or if a Fund is able to buy shares, it may not be able to buy as many shares at the offering price as it would like. The values of securities involved in IPOs are subject to greater volatility and unpredictability than more established stocks. For newer companies, there is often little historical data with which to analyze the company, making it more difficult to predict what the stock will do on its initial day of trading and in the near future. Also, most IPOs are done by companies going through transition, and are therefore subject to additional uncertainty regarding their future value. A secondary offering is the issuance of new stock to the public by a company that has already made its IPO. Secondary offerings are usually made by companies seeking to refinance or raise capital for growth.

Special Purpose Acquisition Company (“SPAC”). The Funds may invest in stock, warrants, and other securities of a SPAC or similar special purpose entity that pool funds to seek potential acquisition or merger opportunities. A SPAC is typically a publicly traded company that raises funds through an initial public offering for the purpose of acquiring or merging with an unaffiliated company to be identified subsequent to the SPAC’s IPO. SPACs are often used as a vehicle to transition a company from private to publicly traded. The securities of a SPAC are often issued in “units” that include one share of common stock and one right or warrant (or partial right or warrant) conveying the right to purchase additional shares or partial shares. Unless and until a transaction is completed, a SPAC generally invests its assets (less a portion retained to cover expenses) in U.S. government securities, money market fund securities and cash. To the extent the SPAC is invested in cash or similar securities, this may impact a Fund’s ability to meet its investment objective. If an acquisition or merger that meets the requirements for the SPAC is not completed within a pre-established period of time, the invested funds are returned to the SPAC’s shareholders, less certain permitted expenses, and any rights or warrants issued by the SPAC will expire worthless. Because SPACs and similar entities have no operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the entity’s management to identify and complete a suitable transaction. Some SPACs may pursue acquisitions or mergers only within certain industries or regions, which may further increase the volatility of their securities’ prices. In addition to purchasing publicly traded SPAC securities, a Fund may invest in SPACs through additional financings via securities offerings that are exempt from registration under the federal securities laws (restricted securities). No public market will exist for these restricted securities unless and until they are registered for resale with the SEC, and such securities may be considered illiquid and/or be subject to restrictions on resale. It may also be difficult to value restricted securities issued by SPACs.

An investment in a SPAC is subject to a variety of risks, including that: a significant portion of the funds raised by the SPAC for the purpose of identifying and effecting an acquisition or merger may be expended during the search for a target transaction; an attractive acquisition or merger target may not be identified and the SPAC will be required to return any remaining invested funds to shareholders; attractive acquisition or merger targets may become scarce if the number of SPACs seeking to acquire operating businesses increases; any proposed merger or acquisition may be unable to obtain the requisite approval, if any, of SPAC shareholders and/or antitrust and securities regulators; an acquisition or merger once effected may prove unsuccessful and an investment in the SPAC may lose value; the warrants or other rights with respect to the SPAC held by the Fund may expire worthless or may be repurchased or retired by the SPAC at an unfavorable price; the Fund may be delayed in receiving any redemption or liquidation proceeds from a SPAC to which it is entitled; an investment in a SPAC may be diluted by subsequent public or private offerings of securities in the SPAC or by other investors exercising existing rights to purchase securities of the SPAC; SPAC sponsors generally purchase interests in the SPAC at more favorable terms than investors in the IPO or subsequent investors on the open market; no or only a thinly traded market for shares of or interests in a SPAC may develop, leaving the Fund unable to sell its interest in a SPAC or to sell its interest only at a price below what the Fund believes is the SPAC security’s value; and the values of investments in SPACs may be highly volatile and may depreciate significantly over time.

U.S. Government Securities

All Funds may invest in U.S. government securities. U.S. government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies, or instrumentalities. Treasury bills, notes, and bonds are direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury and they differ with respect to certain items such as coupons, maturities, and dates of issue. Treasury bills have a maturity of one year or less. Treasury notes have maturities of one to ten years and Treasury bonds generally have a maturity of greater than ten years. Securities guaranteed by the U.S. government include federal agency obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Treasury (such as Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) certificates (described below) and Federal Housing Administration debentures). With

15

guaranteed securities, the payment of principal and interest is guaranteed by the U.S. government. Direct obligations of and securities guaranteed by the U.S. government are subject to variations in market value due to, among other factors, fluctuations in interest rates and changes to the financial condition or credit rating of the U.S. government.

Securities issued by U.S. government instrumentalities and certain federal agencies are neither direct obligations of, nor guaranteed by, the U.S. Treasury. However, they involve federal sponsorship in one way or another: some are backed by specific types of collateral; some are supported by the issuer’s right to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; some are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Treasury to purchase certain obligations of the issuer; others are supported only by the credit of the issuing government agency or instrumentality. These agencies and instrumentalities include, but are not limited to Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Land Banks, Farmers Home Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Financing Bank, Farm Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds

Inflation-indexed bonds are debt securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) accruals as part of a semi-annual coupon. Although inflation-indexed bonds may be somewhat less liquid than Treasury Securities, they are generally as liquid as most other government securities.

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury (or “TIPs”) have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. A Fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

Mortgages and Mortgage-Related Securities

Mortgage-related securities are interests in pools of residential or commercial mortgage loans, including mortgage loans made by savings and loan institutions, mortgage banks, commercial banks, and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related, and private organizations. Subject to its investment strategies, a Fund may invest in mortgage-related securities as well as debt securities which are secured with collateral consisting of mortgage-related securities, and in other types of mortgage-related securities. For information concerning the characterization of mortgage-related securities (including collateralized mortgage obligations) for various purposes including the Trust’s policies concerning diversification and concentration, see the “Diversification versus Non-Diversification” and “Fundamental Investment Restrictions” sections.

Mortgages (Directly Held). Mortgages are debt instruments secured by real property. Unlike mortgage-backed securities, which generally represent an interest in a pool of mortgages, direct investments in mortgages involve prepayment and credit risks of an individual issuer and real property. Consequently, these investments require different investment and credit analysis by the Manager.

The directly placed mortgages in which the Funds invest may include residential mortgages, multifamily mortgages, mortgages on cooperative apartment buildings, commercial mortgages, and sale-leasebacks. These investments are backed by assets such as office buildings, shopping centers, retail stores, warehouses, apartment buildings and single-family dwellings. In the event that a Fund forecloses on any non-performing mortgage, and acquires a direct interest in the real property, such Fund will be subject to the risks generally associated with the ownership of real property. There may be fluctuations in the market value of the foreclosed property and its occupancy

16

rates, rent schedules and operating expenses. There may also be adverse changes in local, regional or general economic conditions, deterioration of the real estate market and the financial circumstances of tenants and sellers, unfavorable changes in zoning, building environmental and other laws, increased real property taxes, rising interest rates, reduced availability and increased cost of mortgage borrowings, the need for unanticipated renovations, unexpected increases in the cost of energy, environmental factors, acts of God and other factors which are beyond the control of the Funds or the Managers. Hazardous or toxic substances may be present on, at or under the mortgaged property and adversely affect the value of the property. In addition, the owners of property containing such substances may be held responsible, under various laws, for containing, monitoring, removing or cleaning up such substances. The presence of such substances may also provide a basis for other claims by third parties. Costs or clean up or of liabilities to third parties may exceed the value of the property. In addition, these risks may be uninsurable. In light of these and similar risks, it may be impossible to dispose profitably of properties in foreclosure.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. These are securities representing interests in “pools” of mortgages in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made periodically, in effect “passing through” periodic payments made by the individual borrowers on the residential mortgage loans which underlie the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). Early repayment of principal on mortgage pass-through securities (arising from prepayments of principal due to sale of the underlying property, refinancing, or foreclosure, net of fees and costs which may be incurred) may expose a Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through securities may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (such as securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association, or “GNMAs”); other securities may be guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government such as Fannie Mae, formerly known as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Mortgage pass-through securities created by non-governmental issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers, and other secondary market issuers) may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers, or the mortgage poolers. Transactions in mortgage pass-through securities occur through standardized contracts for future delivery in which the exact mortgage pools to be delivered are not specified until a few days prior to settlement, referred to as a “to-be-announced transaction” or “TBA Transaction.” A TBA Transaction is a method of trading mortgage-backed securities. In a TBA Transaction, the buyer and seller agree upon general trade parameters such as issuer, settlement date, par amount and price. The actual pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to the settlement date.

GNMA Certificates. GNMA certificates are mortgage-backed securities representing part ownership of a pool of mortgage loans on which timely payment of interest and principal is guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. GNMA is a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks, and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”). GNMA certificates differ from typical bonds because principal is repaid monthly over the term of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity. Because both interest and principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage loans are passed through to the holder of the certificate, GNMA certificates are called “pass-through” securities.

Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a periodic payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the periodic payments made by the individual borrowers on the residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Mortgage-related securities issued by GNMA are described as “modified pass-through” securities. These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment. Although GNMA guarantees timely payment even if homeowners delay or default, tracking the “pass-through” payments may, at times, be difficult. Expected payments may be delayed due to the delays in registering the newly traded paper securities. The custodian’s policies for crediting missed payments while errant receipts are tracked down may vary. Other mortgage-backed securities such as those of FHLMC and FNMA trade in book-entry form and are not subject to the risk of delays in timely payment of income.

Although the mortgage loans in the pool will have maturities of up to 30 years, the actual average life of the GNMA certificates typically will be substantially less because the mortgages will be subject to normal principal amortization and may be prepaid prior to maturity. Early repayments of principal on the underlying mortgages may expose a Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Prepayment rates vary widely and may be affected by changes in market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the actual average life of the GNMA certificates. Conversely, when interest rates are rising, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the actual average life of the GNMA certificates. Accordingly, it is not possible to accurately predict the average life of a particular pool. Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or lower rates than the original yield on the certificates. Due to the prepayment feature and the need to reinvest prepayments of principal at current rates, GNMA certificates can be less effective than typical bonds of similar maturities at “locking in” yields during periods of declining interest rates, although they may have comparable risks of decline in value during periods of rising interest rates.

17

FNMA and FHLMC Mortgage-Backed Obligations. Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government) include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA, a federally chartered and privately-owned corporation, issues pass-through securities representing interests in a pool of conventional mortgage loans. FNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest but this guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. FNMA is a government sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and the U.S. Treasury. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally-chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions, and mortgage bankers. FHLMC, a federally chartered and privately-owned corporation, was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”) which represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC’s national fund. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal and maintains reserves to protect holders against losses due to default, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. As is the case with GNMA certificates, the actual maturity of and realized yield on particular FNMA and FHLMC pass-through securities will vary based on the prepayment experience of the underlying pool of mortgages.

In September 2008, FNMA and FHLMC were each placed into conservatorship by the U.S. government under the authority of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), an agency of the U.S. government, with a stated purpose to preserve and conserve FNMA’s and FHLMC’s assets and property and to put FNMA and FHLMC in a sound and solvent condition. No assurance can be given that the purposes of the conservatorship and related actions under the authority of FHFA will be met.

FHFA has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment if FHFA determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and the repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. FHFA has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of FNMA or FHLMC. FHFA also has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent, although FHFA has stated that is has no present intention to do so. In addition, holders of mortgage-backed securities issued by FNMA and FHLMC may not enforce certain rights related to such securities against FHFA, or the enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). A CMO is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, semi-annually. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their income streams.

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, generally is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.

In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (issuer) issues multiple series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (“Bonds”). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (“Collateral”). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the series A, B, or C Bond currently being paid off. When the series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the series Z Bond begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their loan funds.

FHLMC Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. FHLMC CMOs are debt obligations of FHLMC issued in multiple classes having different maturity dates which are secured by the pledge of a pool of conventional mortgage loans purchased by FHLMC. Unlike FHLMC PCs, payments of principal and interest on the CMOs are made semi-annually, as opposed to monthly. The amount of principal payable on each semi-annual payment date is determined in accordance with FHLMC’s mandatory sinking fund schedule, which, in turn, is equal to approximately 100% of FHA prepayment experience applied to the mortgage collateral pool. All sinking fund payments in the CMOs are allocated to the retirement of the individual classes of bonds in the order of their stated maturities. Payment of principal on the mortgage loans in the collateral pool in excess of the amount of FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund obligation for any payment date are paid to the holders of the CMOs as additional sinking fund payments. Because of the “pass-through” nature of all principal payments received on the collateral pool in excess of FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund requirement, the rate at which principal of the CMOs is actually repaid is likely to be such that each class of bonds will be retired in advance of its scheduled maturity date.

If collection of principal (including prepayments) on the mortgage loans during any semi-annual payment period is not sufficient to meet FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund obligation on the next sinking fund payment date, FHLMC agrees to make up the deficiency from its general funds.

Criteria for the mortgage loans in the pool backing the CMOs are identical to those of FHLMC PCs. FHLMC has the right to substitute collateral in the event of delinquencies and/or defaults.

18

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”). CMBS include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. Many of the risks of investing in CMBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. CMBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage-Backed Securities (“ARMBSs”). ARMBSs have interest rates that reset at periodic intervals. Acquiring ARMBSs permits a Fund to participate in increases in prevailing current interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of mortgages underlying the pool on which ARMBSs are based. Such ARMBSs generally have higher current yield and lower price fluctuations than is the case with more traditional debt securities of comparable rating and maturity. In addition, when prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, a Fund can reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at rates higher than those at which they were previously invested. Mortgages underlying most ARMBSs, however, have limits on the allowable annual or lifetime increases that can be made in the interest rate that the mortgagor pays. Therefore, if current interest rates rise above such limits over the period of the limitation, a Fund, when holding an ARMBS, does not benefit from further increases in interest rates. Moreover, when interest rates are in excess of coupon rates (i.e., the rates being paid by mortgagors) of the mortgages, ARMBSs behave more like debt securities and less like adjustable rate securities and are subject to the risks associated with debt securities. In addition, during periods of rising interest rates, increases in the coupon rate of adjustable rate mortgages generally lag current market interest rates slightly, thereby creating the potential for capital depreciation on such securities.

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers, and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers, and the mortgage poolers. Such insurance and guarantees and the creditworthiness of the issuers thereof will be considered in determining whether a mortgage-related security meets a Fund’s investment quality standards. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. A Fund may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees, if, in an examination of the loan experience and practices of the originator/​servicers and poolers, the Adviser or Manager determines that the securities meet a Fund’s quality standards. Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid, securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable. It is expected that governmental, government-related, or private entities may create mortgage loan pools and other mortgage-related securities offering mortgage pass-through and mortgage collateralized investments in addition to those described above. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, the Adviser or Manager will, consistent with a Fund’s investment goals, policies, and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of mortgage-related securities.

CMO Residuals. CMO residuals are derivative mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing. CMO residuals are risky, volatile and typically unrated.

The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See “Mortgages and Mortgage-Related Securities — Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.” In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.

CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. CMO residuals may or, pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under such Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a Fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid investments.

Planned Amortization Class Certificates (“PACs”) and Support Bonds. PACs are parallel-pay real estate mortgage investment conduit (“REMIC”) certificates that generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more

19

classes of REMIC certificates, even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the mortgage assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of the PAC certificate. In order to create PAC Tranches, generally one or more tranches must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying mortgage assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than other PAC classes.

Any CMO or multi-class pass through structure that includes PAC securities must also have support tranches — known as support bonds, companion bonds or non-PAC bonds — which lend or absorb principal cash flows to allow the PAC securities to maintain their stated maturities and final distribution dates within a range of actual prepayment experience. These support tranches are subject to a higher level of maturity risk compared to other mortgage-related securities, and usually provide a higher yield to compensate investors. If principal cash flows are received in amounts outside a pre-determined range such that the support bonds cannot lend or absorb sufficient cash flows to the PAC securities as intended, the PAC securities are subject to heightened maturity risk. Consistent with its investment objectives and policies, a Fund may invest in various tranches of CMO bonds, including support bonds.

A PAC IO is a PAC bond that pays an extremely high coupon rate, such as 200%, on its outstanding principal balance, and pays down according to a designated PAC schedule. Due to their high-coupon interest, PAC IO’s are priced at very high premiums to par. Due to the nature of PAC prepayment bands and PAC collars, the PAC IO has a greater call (contraction) potential and thus would be impacted negatively by a sustained increase in prepayment speeds.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (“SMBS”). SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.

Although SMBS are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, secondary markets for these securities may not be as developed or have the same volume as markets for other types of securities. These securities, therefore, may have more limited liquidity and may at times be illiquid and subject to a Fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid investments.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. Mortgage “dollar rolls” are contracts in which a Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, a Fund loses the right to receive principal and interest paid on the securities sold. However, a Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase or fee income plus the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date for the forward purchase. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of a Fund. For financial reporting and tax purposes, a Fund treats mortgage dollar rolls as two separate transactions; one involving the purchase of a security and a separate transaction involving a sale. Funds do not currently intend to enter into mortgage dollar rolls that are accounted for as financing and do not treat them as borrowings.

Other Asset-Backed Securities

Other asset-backed securities are securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation interest in or are secured by and payable from a stream of payments generated by particular assets such as automobile loans or installment sales contracts, home equity loans, computer and other leases, credit card receivables, or other assets. Generally, the payments from the collateral are passed through to the security holder. Due to the possibility that prepayments (on automobile loans and other collateral) will alter cash flow on asset-backed securities, generally it is not possible to determine in advance the actual final maturity date or average life of many asset-backed securities. Faster prepayment will shorten the average life and slower prepayment will lengthen it. However, it may be possible to determine what the range of that movement could be and to calculate the effect that it will have on the price of the security. Other risks relate to limited interests in applicable collateral. For example, credit card debt receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts on credit card debt thereby reducing the balance due. Additionally, holders of asset-backed securities may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying sales contracts are not realized. The securities market for asset-backed securities may not, at times, offer the same degree of liquidity as markets for other types of securities with greater trading volume.

Collateralized Bond Obligations (“CBOs”), Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”) and other Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”). CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is often backed by a diversified pool of high risk, non-investment grade debt securities. The collateral can be from many different types of debt securities such

20

as high yield/high risk debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated non-investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Other CDOs are trusts backed by other types of assets representing obligations of various parties. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.

For CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since they are partially protected from defaults, senior tranches from a CBO trust, CLO trust or trust of another CDO typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO, CLO or other CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO, CLO or other CDO securities as a class.

The risks of an investment in a CBO, CLO or other CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the instrument in which a Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs may be characterized as illiquid investments, however an active dealer market may exist for CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs allowing them to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with debt securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Prospectuses (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs carry additional risks including, but are not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) investments may be made in CBOs, CLOs or other CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Linked Securities

Linked securities are debt securities whose value at maturity or interest rate is linked to currencies, interest rates, equity securities, indices, commodity prices or other financial indicators. Among the types of linked securities in which a Fund can invest include:

Equity-Linked, Debt-Linked and Index-Linked Securities. Equity-linked, debt-linked and index-linked securities are privately issued securities whose investment results are designed to correspond generally to the performance of a specified stock index or “basket” of stocks, or sometimes a single stock. To the extent that a Fund invests in an equity-linked, debt-linked or index-linked security whose return corresponds to the performance of a foreign securities index or one or more foreign stocks, investing in these securities will involve risks similar to the risks of investing in foreign securities. For more information concerning the risks associated with investing in foreign securities, see the “Foreign Securities” section. In addition, a Fund bears the risk that the issuer of these securities may default on its obligation under the security. These securities are often used for many of the same purposes as, and share many of the same risks with, derivative instruments such as stock index futures, warrants and swap agreements. For more information concerning the risks associated with investing in stock index futures, warrants and swap agreements, see “Stock Index Futures” under “Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts,” “Risks of Swap Agreements” under “Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements,” and “Warrants and Rights.”

Currency-Indexed Securities. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term or intermediate-term debt securities. Their value at maturity or the rates at which they pay income are determined by the change in value of the U.S. dollar against one or more foreign currencies or an index. In some cases, these securities may pay an amount at maturity based on a multiple of the amount of the relative currency movements. This type of index security offers the potential for increased income or principal payments but at a greater risk of loss than a typical debt security of the same maturity and credit quality.

Event-Linked Bonds. Event-linked bonds are debt securities, for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomenon. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” They may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or off-shore entities. If a trigger event occurs and causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, a Fund investing in the bond may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the Fund will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company-wide losses, index-portfolio losses, industry indices, or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. Often the event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds may also expose a Fund to certain unanticipated risks including but not limited to issuer (credit) default, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations, and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked bonds may also be subject to liquidity risk.

Event-linked bonds are a relatively new type of financial instrument. As such, there is no significant trading history of these securities, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market in these instruments will develop. Lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transaction costs and the possibility that a Fund may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. Event-linked bonds are typically rated, and a Fund will only invest in catastrophe bonds that meet the credit quality requirements for the Fund.

21

Zero Coupon, Deferred Interest, Step Coupon and Payment-In-Kind (“PIK”) Bonds

Zero coupon and deferred interest bonds are issued and traded at a discount from their face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the first interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. While zero coupon bonds do not require periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. Step coupon bonds trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is low for an initial period and then increases to a higher coupon rate thereafter. The discount from the face amount or par value depends on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. PIK bonds normally give the issuer an option to pay cash at a coupon payment date or give the holder of the security a similar bond with the same coupon rate and a face value equal to the amount of the coupon payment that would have been made.

PIK bonds and other securities that make “in-kind” payments, or do not make regular cash payments (such as zero coupon or deferred interest bonds), may experience greater volatility in response to interest rate changes and other market factors, as well as issuer-specific developments. These securities generally carry higher interest rates compared to bonds that make cash payments of interest but may involve significantly greater credit risk. Even if accounting conditions are met for accruing income payable at a future date under a PIK bond, the issuer could still default when the collection date occurs at the maturity of or payment date for the PIK bond. If the issuer of a Zero Coupon, Deferred Interest, Step Coupon or PIK security defaults, a Fund may lose the entire value of its investment. In addition, these securities may be difficult to value because they involve ongoing judgments as to the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral.

High Yield/High Risk Bonds

High yield/high risk bonds (“high yield bonds”) are non-investment grade high risk debt securities (high yield bonds are commonly referred to as “junk bonds”).

In general, high yield bonds are not considered to be investment grade, and investors should consider the risks associated with high yield bonds before investing in the pertinent Fund. Investment in such securities generally provides greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and principal and income risk.

Investment in high yield bonds involves special risks in addition to the risks associated with investments in higher rated debt securities. High yield bonds are regarded as predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Certain Brady Bonds may be considered high yield bonds. For more information on Brady Bonds, see “Foreign Securities.” A severe economic downturn or increase in interest rates might increase defaults in high yield securities issued by highly leveraged companies. An increase in the number of defaults could adversely affect the value of all outstanding high yield securities, thus disrupting the market for such securities. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of debt securities that are high yield bonds may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality debt securities, and the ability of a Fund to achieve its investment goal may, to the extent of investment in high yield bonds, be more dependent upon such creditworthiness analysis than would be the case if the Fund were investing in higher quality bonds.

High yield bonds may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade bonds. The prices of high yield bonds have been found to be less sensitive to interest-rate changes than higher-rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual corporate developments. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in high yield bond prices because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of a highly leveraged company to make principal and interest payments on its debt securities. If an issuer of high yield bonds defaults, in addition to risking payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, a Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery.

A Fund may purchase defaulted securities only when the Manager believes, based upon analysis of the financial condition, results of operations and economic outlook of an issuer, that there is potential for resumption of income payments and the securities offer an unusual opportunity for capital appreciation. Notwithstanding the Manager’s belief about the resumption of income, however, the purchase of any security on which payment of interest or dividends is suspended involves a high degree of risk.

In the case of high yield bonds structured as zero-coupon or PIK securities, their market prices are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than securities which pay interest periodically and in cash.

The secondary market on which high yield bonds are traded may be less liquid than the market for higher grade bonds. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which a Fund could sell a high yield bond, and could adversely affect and cause large fluctuations in the daily NAV of the Fund’s shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield bonds, especially in a thinly-traded market. When secondary markets for high yield bonds are less liquid than the market for higher grade bonds, it may be more difficult to value the securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is less reliable, objective data available. See Appendix A for more information on ratings.

There are also certain risks involved in using credit ratings for evaluating high yield bonds. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield bonds. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to timely reflect events and circumstances since a security was last rated.

Obligations of Stressed, Distressed and Bankrupt Issuers

A Fund may invest in securities and other obligations of stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default and equity securities of such issuers. Such debt obligations generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be

22

repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative.

There are a number of significant risks inherent in the bankruptcy process: (i) many events in a bankruptcy are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors are generally given an opportunity to object to significant actions, there can be no assurance that a bankruptcy court in the exercise of its broad powers would not approve actions that would be contrary to the interests of a Fund; (ii) a bankruptcy filing by an issuer may adversely and permanently affect the issuer. The issuer may lose its market position and key employees and otherwise become incapable of restoring itself as a viable entity. If for this or any other reason the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment; (iii) the duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays while the plan of reorganization is being negotiated, approved by the creditors and confirmed by the bankruptcy court and until it ultimately becomes effective; (iv) the administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high, for example, if a proceeding involves protracted or difficult litigation, or turns into a liquidation, substantial assets may be devoted to administrative costs and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors; (v) bankruptcy law permits the classification of “substantially similar” claims in determining the classification of claims in a reorganization, and because the standard for classification is vague, there exists the risk that a Fund’s influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations it owns can be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in that class or by different classification and treatment; (vi) in the early stages of the bankruptcy process it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made; (vii) in the case of investments made prior to the commencement of bankruptcy proceedings, creditors can lose their ranking and priority if they exercise “domination and control” over a debtor and other creditors can demonstrate that they have been harmed by such actions; and (viii) certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.

In any investment involving securities and other obligations of stressed, distressed and bankrupt issuers, there exists the risk that the transaction involving such securities or obligations will be unsuccessful, take considerable time or will result in a distribution of cash or a new security or obligation in exchange for the stressed or distressed securities or obligations, the value of which may be less than a Fund’s purchase price of such securities or obligations. Furthermore, if an anticipated transaction does not occur, a Fund may be required to sell its investment at a loss. Given the substantial uncertainties concerning transactions involving stressed and distressed securities or obligations in which a Fund invests, there is a potential risk of loss by a Fund of its entire investment in any particular investment. Additionally, stressed and distressed securities or obligations of government and government-related issuers are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts.

Investments in companies operating in workout modes or under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code are also, in certain circumstances, subject to certain additional liabilities which may exceed the value of a Fund’s original investment in a company. For example, under certain circumstances, creditors who are deemed to have inappropriately exercised control over the management and policies of a debtor may have their claims subordinated or disallowed or may be found liable for damages suffered by parties as a result of such actions. A Manager’s active management style may present a greater risk in this area than would a more passive approach. In addition, under certain circumstances, payments to a Fund and distributions by a Fund or payments on the debt may be reclaimed if any such payment is later determined to have been a fraudulent conveyance or a preferential payment.

Participation on Creditor’s Committees

A Fund may from time to time participate on committees formed by creditors to negotiate with the management of financially troubled issuers of securities held by a Fund. Such participation may subject a Fund to expenses such as legal fees and may make a Fund an “insider” of the issuer for purposes of the federal securities laws, and therefore may restrict such Fund’s ability to trade in or acquire additional positions in a particular security when it might otherwise desire to do so. Participation by a Fund on such committees also may expose the Fund to potential liabilities under the federal bankruptcy laws or other laws governing the rights of creditors and debtors. Participation on such committees is also increasingly prone to litigation and it is possible that a Fund could be involved in lawsuits related to such activities, which could expose a Fund to additional liabilities that may exceed the value of a Fund’s original investment in the company. See the “Obligations of Stressed, Distressed and Bankrupt Issuers” section above. A Fund will participate on such committees only when a Manager believes that such participation is necessary or desirable to enforce a Fund’s rights as a creditor or to protect the value of securities held by a Fund.

Bank Obligations

Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, fixed time deposits, loans or credit agreements and bank capital securities. Each Fund may also hold funds on deposit with its sub-custodian bank in an interest-bearing account for temporary purposes.

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. See the “Restricted and Unregistered Securities” section regarding limitations of certain bank obligations.

23

A Fund may purchase loans or participation interests in loans made by U.S. banks and other financial institutions to large corporate customers. Loans are made by a contract called a credit agreement. Loans are typically secured by assets pledged by the borrower, but there is no guarantee that the value of the collateral will be sufficient to cover the loan, particularly in the case of a decline in value of the collateral. Loans may be floating rate or amortizing. See the “Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities,” “Loan Participations and Assignments” and “Variable and Floating Rate Securities” sections below for more information. Some loans may be traded in the secondary market among banks, loan funds, and other institutional investors.

Unless otherwise noted, a Fund will not invest in any security or bank loan/credit agreement issued by a commercial bank unless: (i) the bank has total assets of at least U.S. $1 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, or, in the case of domestic banks which do not have total assets of at least U.S. $1 billion, the aggregate investment made in any one such bank is limited to an amount, currently U.S. $250,000, insured in full by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”); (ii) in the case of U.S. banks, it is a member of the FDIC; and (iii) in the case of foreign banks, the security is, in the opinion of the Adviser or the Manager, of an investment quality comparable with other debt securities of similar maturities which may be purchased by a Fund. These limitations do not prohibit investments in securities issued by foreign branches of U.S. banks, provided such U.S. banks meet the foregoing requirements.

Obligations of foreign banks involve somewhat different investment risks than those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, including: (i) the possibilities that their liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments; (ii) their obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks; (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations; (iv) foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized; (v) foreign governmental restrictions, such as exchange controls, may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations; and (vi) the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks or the accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any U.S. government agency or instrumentality.

Unless otherwise noted, a Fund may invest in short-term debt obligations of savings and loan associations provided that the savings and loan association issuing the security (i) has total assets of at least $1 billion, or, in the case of savings and loan associations which do not have total assets of at least $1 billion, the aggregate investment made in any one savings and loan association is insured in full, currently up to $250,000, by the FDIC; (ii) the savings and loan association issuing the security is a member of the FDIC; and (iii) the institution is insured by the FDIC.

The Funds may invest in bank capital securities. Bank capital securities are issued by banks to help fulfill their regulatory capital requirements. There are two common types of bank capital: Tier I and Tier II. Bank capital is generally, but not always, of investment grade quality. Tier I securities often take the form of trust preferred securities. Tier II securities are commonly thought of as hybrids of debt and preferred stock, are often perpetual (with no maturity date), callable and, under certain conditions, allow for the issuer bank to withhold payment of interest until a later date.

Exchange Traded Notes (“ETNs”)

ETNs are notes representing debt of an issuer, usually a financial institution. The performance of an ETN is based on the performance of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indices as well as the market for that ETN.

An ETN includes features similar to both an ETF and debt securities. Similar to ETFs, ETNs are listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market. However, unlike an ETF, an ETN can be held until the ETN’s maturity, at which time the issuer will pay a return generally linked to the performance of the specific asset, index or rate (“reference instrument”) to which the ETN is linked. An ETN that is tied to a reference instrument may not exactly replicate the performance of the reference instrument, and they incur certain expenses not incurred by their applicable reference instrument. Unlike some debt securities, ETNs do not make periodic interest payments, and its principal is not protected. ETNs are meant to be held until maturity, and thus may have restrictions on their redemption and secondary market illiquidity.

A Fund bears the risk that the issuer of these securities may default on its obligation under the security, and the value of an ETN could be influenced by the credit rating of the issuer despite no changes in the underlying reference instrument. The value of an ETN may also be impacted by the following: time to maturity; market volatility (for the ETN and/or its underlying reference instrument); market liquidity; changes in the applicable interest rates; the performance of the reference instrument; changes in the issuer’s credit rating; and any impact that economic, legal, political or geographic events may have on the reference instrument. Some ETNs that use leverage can, at times, be relatively illiquid and, thus, they may be difficult to purchase or sell at a current price. ETNs that use leverage allows for greater potential return, but the potential for loss is also greater. Additional losses may be incurred if the investment loses value because, in addition to the money lost on the investment, the note itself may still need to be repaid.

Trust Preferred Securities

Trust preferred securities have the characteristics of both subordinated debt and preferred stock. Generally, trust preferred securities are issued by a trust that is wholly-owned by a financial institution or other corporate entity, typically a bank holding company. The financial institution creates the trust and owns the trust’s common securities. The trust uses the sale proceeds of its common securities to purchase subordinated debt issued by the financial institution. The financial institution uses the proceeds from the subordinated debt sale to increase its capital while the trust receives periodic interest payments from the financial institution for holding the subordinated debt. The trust uses the funds received to make dividend payments to the holders of the trust preferred securities. The primary advantage of this structure is that the trust preferred securities are treated by the financial institution as debt securities for tax purposes and as equity for the calculation of capital requirements.

24

Trust preferred securities typically bear a market rate coupon comparable to interest rates available on debt of a similarly rated issuer. Typical characteristics include long-term maturities, early redemption by the issuer, periodic fixed or variable interest payments, and maturities at face value. Holders of trust preferred securities have limited voting rights to control the activities of the trust and no voting rights with respect to the financial institution. The market value of trust preferred securities may be more volatile than those of conventional debt securities. Trust preferred securities may be issued in reliance on Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, and subject to restrictions on resale. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of trust preferred securities and the ability of holders, such as a Fund, to sell their holdings. In identifying the risks of the trust preferred securities, a Manager will look to the condition of the financial institution as the trust typically has no business operations other than to issue the trust preferred securities. If the financial institution defaults on interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to holders of its securities, such as a Fund.

Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities

A Fund may enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make up loans to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). A Fund, at all times, will not commit to advance additional funds in excess of applicable borrowing limits.

A Fund may invest in delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, a Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. The Funds currently intend to treat delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities for which there is no readily available markets as illiquid for purposes of the Trust’s limitation on illiquid investments. For a further discussion of the risks involved in investing in loan participations and other forms of direct indebtedness see the “Loan Participations and Assignments” section. Participation interests in revolving credit facilities will be subject to the limitations discussed in the “Loan Participations and Assignments” section. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Trust’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by a Fund.

Loan Participations and Assignments

A Fund may invest in floating rate senior loans of domestic or foreign borrowers (“Senior Loans”) primarily by purchasing participations or assignments of a portion of a Senior Loan. Floating rate loans are those with interest rates which float, adjust or vary periodically based upon benchmark indicators, specified adjustment schedules or prevailing interest rates. Senior Loans often are secured by specific assets of the borrower, although a Fund may invest in Senior Loans that are not secured by any collateral.

Senior Loans are loans that are typically made to business borrowers to finance leveraged buy-outs, recapitalizations, mergers, stock repurchases, and internal growth. Senior Loans generally hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are usually secured by liens on the assets of the borrowers, including tangible assets such as cash, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, common and/or preferred stock of subsidiaries, and intangible assets including trademarks, copyrights, patent rights and franchise value.

By virtue of their senior position and collateral, Senior Loans typically provide lenders with the first right to cash flows or proceeds from the sale of a borrower’s collateral if the borrower becomes insolvent (subject to the limitations of bankruptcy law, which may provide higher priority to certain claims such as, for example, employee salaries, employee pensions, and taxes). This means Senior Loans are generally repaid before unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, subordinated debt, trade creditors, and preferred or common stockholders.

Senior Loans typically pay interest at least quarterly at rates which equal a fixed percentage spread over a base reference rate such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). For example, if the base rate was 1.00% and the borrower were paying a fixed spread of 3.50%, the total interest rate paid by the borrower would be 4.50%. Base rates and, therefore, the total rates paid on Senior Loans float, i.e., they change as market rates of interest change. Although a base rate such as SOFR can change every day, loan agreements for Senior Loans typically allow the borrower the ability to choose how often the base rate for its loan will change. Such periods can range from one day to one year, with most borrowers choosing monthly or quarterly reset periods. During periods of rising interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose longer reset periods, and during periods of declining interest rates, borrowers will tend to choose shorter reset periods. The fixed spread over the base rate on a Senior Loan typically does not change.

Until recently, the standard base rate utilized for Senior Loans has been the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it will no longer compel the banks to continue to submit the daily rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021 and warned that LIBOR may cease to be available or appropriate for use beyond 2021. After the global financial crisis, regulators globally determined that existing interest rate benchmarks should be reformed based on concerns that LIBOR and other Interbank Offered Rates (“IBORs”) were susceptible to manipulation. Replacement rates for various IBORs have been identified and include the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, which is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR and measures the cost of overnight borrowings through repurchase agreement transactions collateralized with U.S. Treasury securities.

While various regulators and industry bodies are working globally on transitioning to selected alternative rates and although the transition process away from LIBOR has become increasingly well-defined in advance of the discontinuation dates, there remains uncertainty regarding the future utilization of LIBOR and other IBORs, including the transition to, and nature of, any selected replacement rates as well as on the impact on investments that currently utilize LIBOR. The transition process away from LIBOR may involve, among

25

other things, increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that currently rely on LIBOR. The transition process may also result in a reduction in the value of certain instruments held by a Fund or reduce the effectiveness of related Fund transactions such as hedges. Volatility, the potential reduction in value, and/or the hedge effectiveness of financial instruments may be heightened for financial instruments that do not include fallback provisions that address the cessation of LIBOR. Any potential effects of the transition away from LIBOR on any of the Funds or on financial instruments in which a Fund invests, as well as other unforeseen effects, could result in losses to a Fund.

Alteration of the terms of a debt instrument or a modification of the terms of other types of contracts to replace LIBOR or another IBOR with a new reference rate could result in a taxable exchange and the realization of income and gain/loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has issued final regulations regarding the tax consequences of the transition from LIBOR to a new reference rate in debt instruments and non-debt contracts. Under the final regulations, alteration or modification of the terms of a debt instrument to replace an operative rate that uses a discontinued LIBOR with a qualified rate (as defined in the final regulations) including true up payments equalizing the fair market value of contracts before and after such LIBOR transition, to add a qualified rate as a fallback rate to a contract whose operative rate uses a discontinued LIBOR or to replace a fallback rate that uses a discontinued LIBOR with a qualified rate would not be taxable. These federal income tax consequences would apply only to the shareholders of the Funds (the insurance companies offering the variable products and as applicable certain funds of funds of the Trust), but there would not be federal income tax consequences to the contract holders of the variable products. The IRS may provide additional guidance, with potential retroactive effect.

Senior Loans generally are arranged through private negotiations between a borrower and several financial institutions or lending syndicates represented by an agent who is usually one of the originating lenders. In larger transactions, it is common to have several agents; however, generally only one such agent has primary responsibility for ongoing administration of a Senior Loan. Agents are typically paid fees by the borrower for their services. The agent is primarily responsible for negotiating the loan agreement which establishes the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan and the rights of the borrower and the lenders. The agent also is responsible for monitoring collateral and for exercising remedies available to the lenders such as foreclosure upon collateral. The agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan, a Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund may have to rely on the agent or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a borrower. The Manager will also monitor these aspects of a Fund’s investments and, where a Fund owns an assignment, will be directly involved with the agent and the other lenders regarding the exercise of credit remedies.

A financial institution’s employment as agent might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent, and assets held by the agent under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent for the benefit of a Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Senior Loan and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions (e.g., an insurance company or governmental agency) similar risks may arise.

The risks associated with Senior Loans are similar to the risks of “junk” securities. A Fund’s investments in Senior Loans are typically non-investment grade and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a loan may decline in value or lose all its value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the loan’s value. Economic and other events, whether real or perceived, can reduce the demand for certain Senior Loans or Senior Loans generally, which may reduce market prices and cause a Fund’s NAV per share to fall. The frequency and magnitude of such changes cannot be predicted.

Senior Loans and other debt securities are also subject to the risk of price declines and to increases in prevailing interest rates, although floating rate debt instruments are less exposed to this risk than fixed rate debt instruments. Conversely, the floating rate feature of Senior Loans means the Senior Loans will not generally experience capital appreciation in a declining interest rate environment. Declines in interest rates may also increase prepayments of debt obligations and require a Fund to invest assets at lower yields.

Although Senior Loans in which a Fund will invest will often be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of a default or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a borrower, a Fund could experience delays or limitations in its ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a Senior Loan. A Fund may also invest in Senior Loans that are not secured.

Senior Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the Manager believes to be a fair price. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining a Fund’s NAV than if that value were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variations in a Fund’s daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. As the market for different types of indebtedness develops, the liquidity of these instruments is expected to improve. In addition, a Fund currently intends to treat indebtedness for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of the Fund’s limitation on illiquid investments.

Interests in Senior Loans generally are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and no active market may exist for many of the Senior Loans in which a Fund may invest. If a secondary market exists for certain of the Senior Loans in which a Fund invests, such market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. To the extent that legislation or state or federal regulators impose additional requirements or restrictions with respect to the ability of financial institutions to make loans in connection with highly leveraged transactions, the availability of Senior Loan interests for investment by a Fund may be adversely affected.

26

A Fund may have certain obligations in connection with a loan, such as, under a revolving credit facility that is not fully drawn down, to loan additional funds under the terms of the credit facility.

A Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees in connection with its activities in buying, selling and holding loans. These fees are in addition to interest payments received, and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When a Fund buys a loan, it may receive a facility fee, and when it sells a loan, it may pay a facility fee. A Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of a loan, or, in certain circumstances, a Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee on the prepayment of a loan by a borrower.

A Fund is not subject to any restrictions with respect to the maturity of Senior Loans it holds, and Senior Loans usually will have rates of interest that are redetermined either daily, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Investment in Senior Loans with longer interest rate redetermination periods may increase fluctuations in a Fund’s NAV as a result of changes in interest rates. As short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to a Fund from its investments in Senior Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to a Fund from its investments in Senior Loans should decrease. The amount of time required to pass before a Fund will realize the effects of changing short-term market interest rates on its portfolio will vary depending on the interest rate redetermination period of the Senior Loan.

A Fund may acquire interests in Senior Loans that are designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. A borrower’s use of a bridge loan involves a risk that the borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

A Fund’s investment in loans may take the form of a participation or an assignment. Loan participations typically represent direct participation in a loan to a borrower, and generally are offered by financial institutions or lending syndicates. A Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, a Fund assumes the credit risk associated with the borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed financial intermediary. The participation interest and assignments in which a Fund intends to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service. A Fund may invest in loan participations and assignments with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments.

When a Fund is a purchaser of an assignment, it succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning bank or other financial intermediary and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning bank or other financial intermediary. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, a Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, a Fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, a Fund will rely on the Manager’s research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect the Fund.

When a Fund is a primary lender, it will have a direct contractual relationship with the borrower, may enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement and may under contractual arrangements among the lenders have rights with respect to any funds acquired by other lenders through set-off. A lender also has full voting and consent rights under the applicable loan agreement. Action subject to lender vote or consent generally requires the vote or consent of the holders of a majority or some greater specified percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Loan. Certain decisions, such as reducing the amount or increasing the time for payment of interest on or repayment of principal of a Senior Loan, or releasing collateral therefor, frequently require the unanimous vote or consent of all lenders affected. When a Fund is a primary lender originating a Senior Loan, it may share in a fee paid by the borrower to the primary lenders. A Fund will not act as the agent, originator, or principal negotiator or administrator of a Senior Loan, except as otherwise described in this SAI.

Some Funds limit the amount of assets that will be invested in any one issuer or in issuers within the same industry (see the “Investment Restrictions” section). For purposes of these limits, a Fund generally will treat the borrower as the “issuer” of indebtedness held by the Fund. In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between a Fund and the borrower, if the participation does not shift to the Fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the borrower, SEC interpretations require the Fund to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as “issuers” for the purposes of determining whether the Fund has invested more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer or more than 25% of its assets in a particular industry. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict a Fund’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries. Investments in loan participations and assignments are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Trust’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by a Fund.

Junior Loans. A Fund may invest in secured and unsecured subordinated loans, second lien loans and subordinated bridge loans (“Junior Loans”). Second lien loans are generally second in line in terms of repayment priority. A second lien loan may have a claim on the same collateral pool as the first lien or it may be secured by a separate set of assets, such as property, plants, or equipment. Second lien loans generally give investors priority over general unsecured creditors in the event of an asset sale. Junior Loans are subject to the same general risks inherent to any loan investment, including credit risk, market and liquidity risk, and interest rate risk. Due to their lower place in the Borrower’s capital structure and possible unsecured status, Junior Loans involve a higher degree of overall risk than Senior Loans of the same Borrower. A Fund may purchase Junior Loan interests either in the form of an assignment or a loan participation (see discussion above about “Loan Participations and Assignments”).

Covenant Lite Loans. As compared to a loan instrument that contains numerous covenants that allow lenders the option to force the borrowers to negotiate terms if risks became elevated, the majority of new loans that are issued are “covenant lite” loans which tend to have fewer or no financial maintenance covenants and restrictions. A covenant lite loan typically contains fewer clauses which allow an investor

27

to proactively enforce financial covenants or prevent undesired actions by the borrower/issuer, including the ability to make an acquisition, pay dividends or issue additional debt if they have met certain loan terms. Covenant lite loans also generally provide fewer investor protections if certain criteria are breached, such as permitting an investor to declare a default (and therefore receive collateral), or to force restructurings and other capital changes on struggling borrowers/issuers. A Fund may experience losses or delays in enforcing its rights on its holdings of covenant lite loans.

Municipal Securities

Municipal securities consist of bonds, notes and other instruments issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States (including the District of Columbia) and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities, the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax. Municipal securities are often issued to obtain funds for various public purposes. Municipal securities also include residual interest bonds and “private activity bonds” or industrial development bonds, which are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds for privately operated facilities, such as airports and waste disposal facilities, and, in some cases, commercial and industrial facilities.

The yields and market values of municipal securities are determined primarily by the general level of interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuers of municipal securities and economic and political conditions affecting such issuers. Due to their tax exempt status, the yields and market prices and liquidity of municipal securities may be adversely affected by changes in tax rates and policies, which may have less effect on the market for taxable debt securities. Moreover, certain types of municipal securities, such as housing revenue bonds, involve prepayment risks which could affect the yield on such securities.

Investments in municipal securities are subject to the risk that the issuer could default on its obligations. Such a default could result from the inadequacy of the sources or revenues from which interest and principal payments are to be made or the assets collateralizing such obligations. Revenue bonds, including private activity bonds, are backed only by specific assets or revenue sources and not by the full faith and credit of the governmental issuer.

When a Fund purchases municipal securities, the Fund may acquire stand-by agreements from banks and broker-dealers with respect to those municipal securities. A stand-by commitment may be considered a security independent of the municipal security to which it relates. The amount payable by a bank or broker-dealer during the time a stand-by commitment is exercisable, absent unusual circumstances, would be substantially the same as the market value of the underlying municipal security. As with many principal OTC transactions, there is counterparty risk of default which could result in a loss to the Fund.

From time to time, legislation restricting or limiting the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities is introduced in Congress. There is a risk that changes in the law could result in the municipal security losing its federal income tax exempt status.

Corporate Debt Securities

The debt securities in which a Fund may invest are limited to corporate debt securities (corporate bonds, debentures, notes, and other similar corporate debt instruments) which meet the minimum ratings criteria set forth for that particular Fund, or if unrated, are in the Manager’s opinion, comparable in quality to corporate debt securities in which a Fund may invest. In the event that a security owned by a Fund is downgraded to below the Fund’s respective minimum ratings criteria, the Fund may nonetheless retain the security.

The investment return on corporate debt securities reflects interest earnings and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of corporate debt obligations may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates generally. There also exists the risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

Tender Option Bonds. Tender option bonds are generally long-term securities that are coupled with the option to tender the securities to a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution at periodic intervals and receive the face value of the bond. This type of security is commonly used as a means of enhancing the security’s liquidity.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

Variable and floating rate securities provide for a periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on obligations. The terms of such obligations must provide that interest rates are adjusted periodically based upon an appropriate interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective obligations. The adjustment intervals may be regular, and range from daily to annually, or may be event based, such as based on a change in the prime rate.

The interest rate on a floating rate debt instrument (floater) is a variable rate which is tied to another interest rate, such as a money market index or Treasury bill rate. The interest rate on a floater resets periodically, typically every six months. While, because of the interest rate reset feature, floaters provide Funds with a certain degree of protection against rises in interest rates, Funds investing in floaters will participate in any declines in interest rates as well.

The interest rate on a leveraged inverse floating rate debt instrument (inverse floater) resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Accordingly, duration of an inverse floater may exceed its stated final maturity. Certain inverse floaters may be deemed to be illiquid investments for purposes of a Fund’s limitations on investments in such securities.

28

A super floating rate collateralized mortgage obligation (super floater) is a leveraged floating-rate tranche in a CMO issue. At each monthly reset date, a super floater’s coupon rate is determined by a slated formula. Typically, the rate is a multiple of some index minus a fixed-coupon amount. When interest rates rise, a super floater is expected to outperform regular floating rate CMOs because of its leveraging factor and higher lifetime caps. Conversely, when interest rates fall, a super floater is expected to underperform floating rate CMOs because its coupon rate drops by the leveraging factor. In addition, a super floater may reach its cap as interest rates increase and may no longer provide the benefits associated with increasing coupon rates.

Transition Bonds

Transition bonds are debt instruments whose proceeds are exclusively used to finance projects aimed at helping the issuer transition to a more environmentally sustainable way of doing business. Transition bonds are typically issued by industries of a lower ESG rating or industries whose operations tend to have adverse environmental consequences such as mining (especially for materials in a technology-focused environment like lithium), heavy industry (such as cement, aluminum, iron, steel and chemicals), utilities and transportation.

Green Bonds

Green bonds are debt instruments whose proceeds are used principally to promote environmentally beneficial projects, such as the development of clean, sustainable or renewable energy sources, commercial and industrial energy efficiency or the conservation of natural resources. Green bonds are typically asset-linked and backed by the issuer’s balance sheet and generally carry a similar credit rating as the issuer’s other debt instruments. Green bonds may be subject to additional risks relative to “non-green” bonds, such as the risk of a decrease in government support for environmental initiatives, which may impact the revenue sources relied upon for repayment.

Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates

Custodial receipts and trust certificates which may be underwritten by securities dealers or banks, representing interests in securities held by a custodian or trustee. The securities may include U.S. government securities, municipal securities or other types of securities in which a Fund may invest. The custodial receipts or trust certificates are underwritten by securities dealers or banks and may evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on the underlying securities, or, in some cases, the payment obligation of a third party that has entered into an interest rate swap or other arrangement with the custodian or trustee. For certain securities laws purposes, custodial receipts and trust certificates may not be considered obligations of the U.S. Government or other issuer of the securities held by the custodian or trustee. As a holder of custodial receipts and trust certificates, a Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses charged to the custodial account or trust. A Fund may also invest in separately issued interests in custodial receipts and trust certificates.

Although under the terms of a custodial receipt or trust certificate a Fund would be typically authorized to assert their rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, a Fund could be required to assert through the custodian bank or trustee those rights as may exist against the underlying issuers. Thus, in the event an underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, a Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying securities have been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying securities would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.

Certain custodial receipts and trust certificates may be synthetic or derivative instruments that have interest rates that reset inversely to changing short-term rates and/or have embedded interest rate floors and caps that require the issuer to pay an adjusted interest rate if market rates fall below or rise above a specified rate. Because some of these instruments represent relatively recent innovations, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of instruments, it is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Also, because these instruments may be leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of debt instruments and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. The possibility of default by an issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. In some cases, it may be difficult to determine the fair value of a derivative instrument because of a lack of reliable objective information and an established secondary market for some instruments may not exist. In many cases, the IRS has not ruled on the tax treatment of the interest received on the derivative instruments and, accordingly, purchases of such instruments are based on the opinion of counsel to the sponsors of the instruments.

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper obligations may include variable amount master demand notes. These are obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between a Fund, as lender, and the borrower. These notes permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The lender has the right to increase the amount under the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note agreement, or to decrease the amount, and the borrower may prepay up to the full amount of the note without penalty. Because variable amount master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, it is not generally contemplated that such instruments will be traded and there is no secondary market for these notes. However, they are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at face value, plus accrued interest, at any time. In connection with master demand note arrangements, the Adviser or Manager will monitor, on an ongoing basis, the earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity ratios of the borrower and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand. The Adviser or Manager also will consider the extent to which the variable amount master demand notes are backed by bank letters of credit. These notes generally are not rated by a rating agency; a Fund may invest in them only if the Adviser or Manager believes that at the time of investment the notes are of comparable quality to the other commercial paper in which that Fund may invest. See Appendix A for a description of ratings applicable to commercial paper.

29

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities are debt securities which may be converted or exchanged at a stated exchange ratio into underlying shares of common stock. The exchange ratio for any particular convertible security may be adjusted from time to time due to stock splits, dividends, spin-offs, other corporate distributions, or scheduled changes in the exchange ratio. Convertible bonds and convertible preferred stocks, until converted, have general characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. Although to a lesser extent than with debt securities generally, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion or exchange feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stocks, and, therefore, also will react to variations in the general market for equity securities. A unique feature of convertible securities is that as the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible securities tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and so may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the prices of the convertible securities tend to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. While no securities investments are without risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in common stock of the same issuer.

As debt securities, convertible securities are investments which provide for a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than common stocks. Of course, like all debt securities, there can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default in their obligations. Convertible securities, however, generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality because of the potential for capital appreciation.

A convertible security, in addition to providing fixed income, offers the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock. In selecting the securities for a Fund, the Adviser or Manager gives substantial consideration to the potential for capital appreciation of the common stock underlying the convertible securities. However, there can be no assurance of capital appreciation because securities prices fluctuate.

Convertible securities generally are subordinated to other similar but non-convertible securities of the same issuer although convertible bonds, as corporate debt obligations, enjoy seniority in right of payment to all equity securities, and convertible preferred stock is senior to common stock, of the same issuer. However, because of the subordination feature, convertible bonds and convertible preferred stock typically have lower ratings than similar non-convertible securities.

A “synthetic convertible” is created by combining distinct securities which possess the two principal characteristics of a true convertible, i.e., fixed income (debt component) and the right to acquire equity securities (convertibility component). This combination is achieved by investing in non-convertible debt securities (non-convertible bonds and preferred stocks) and in warrants, granting the holder the right to purchase a specified quantity of securities within a specified period of time at a specified price.

However, the synthetic convertible differs from the true convertible security in several respects. Unlike a true convertible, which is a single security having a unitary market value, a synthetic convertible is comprised of two distinct securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the “market value” of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its debt component and its convertibility component. For this reason, the value of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security will respond differently to market fluctuations.

More flexibility is possible in the assembly of a synthetic convertible than in the purchase of a convertible security in that its two components may be purchased separately. For example, a Manager may purchase a warrant for inclusion in a synthetic convertible but temporarily hold short-term investments while postponing purchase of a corresponding bond pending development of more favorable market conditions.

A holder of a synthetic convertible faces the risk that the price of the stock underlying the convertibility component will decline, causing a decline in the value of the warrant; should the price of the stock fall below the exercise price and remain there throughout the exercise period, the entire amount paid for the warrant would be lost. Since a synthetic convertible includes the debt component as well, the holder of a synthetic convertible also faces the risk that interest rates will rise, causing a decline in the value of the debt instrument.

Contingent Convertible Securities (“CoCos”). CoCos are a form of hybrid debt security that either convert into common stock of the security’s issuer or have their principal written down upon the occurrence of certain “triggers.” These triggers are generally linked to capital thresholds required by the regulator of the issuer or regulatory actions calling into question the issuer’s continued viability as a going concern (such as where the issuer receives specified levels of extraordinary governmental support). CoCos’ equity conversion or principal write-down features are specific to the issuer and its regulatory requirements, and therefore vary depending upon the issuer of the CoCo. In addition, certain CoCos have a set stock conversion rate that triggers an automatic write-down of capital if the price of the issuer’s stock is below a predetermined price on the conversion date. Under these circumstances, the liquidation value of the CoCos may be adjusted downward to below the original par value. This downward adjustment would occur automatically and would not entitle the holders of the CoCos to seek bankruptcy of the issuer. In certain circumstances, CoCos may write down to zero and an investor could lose the entire value of its investment, even if the issuer remains a going concern. Further, CoCos may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price.

Some additional risks associated with CoCos may include, but are not limited to:

•

Loss absorption risk.   CoCos have fully discretionary coupons. This means coupons can potentially be deferred or cancelled at the issuer’s discretion or at the request of the relevant regulatory authority in order to help the issuer absorb losses.

•

Reduced Income or Loss of Income.   Upon conversion of CoCos into common stock, investors in the CoCos could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero, because the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend.

30

•

Subordinated instruments.   CoCos will, in the majority of circumstances, be issued in the form of subordinated debt instruments in order to provide the appropriate regulatory capital treatment prior to a conversion. Accordingly, in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of an issuer prior to a conversion having occurred, the rights and claims of the holders of the CoCos, such as the Funds, against the issuer in respect of or arising under the terms of the CoCos shall generally rank junior to the claims of all holders of unsubordinated obligations of the issuer, worsening the holder’s standing in a bankruptcy. In addition, if the CoCos are converted into the issuer’s underlying equity securities following a conversion event (i.e., a “trigger”), each holder will be subordinated due to their conversion from being the holder of a debt instrument to being the holder of an equity instrument, again worsening the holder’s standing in a bankruptcy.

•

Market value will fluctuate based on unpredictable factors.   The value of CoCos is unpredictable and will be influenced by many factors including, without limitation: (i) the creditworthiness of the issuer and/or fluctuations in such issuer’s applicable capital ratios; (ii) supply and demand for the CoCos; (iii) general market conditions and available liquidity; and (iv) economic, financial and political events that affect the issuer, its particular market or the financial markets in general.

Duration

Duration is a measure of the average life of a bond on a present value basis, which was developed to incorporate a bond’s yield, coupons, final maturity and call features into one measure. Duration is one of the fundamental tools used by the Adviser or Manager in debt security selection. In this discussion, the term “bond” is generally used to connote any type of debt instrument.

Most notes and bonds provide interest (coupon) payments in addition to a final (par) payment at maturity. Some obligations also feature call provisions. Depending on the relative magnitude of these payments, debt obligations may respond differently to changes in the level and structure of interest rates. Traditionally, a debt security’s “term to maturity” has been used as a proxy for the sensitivity of the security’s price to changes in interest rates (which is the “interest rate risk” or “volatility” of the security). However, “term to maturity” measures only the time until a debt security provides its final payment, taking no account of the pattern of the security’s payments prior to maturity.

Duration is a measure of the average life of a debt security on a present value basis. Duration takes the length of the time intervals between the present time and the time that the interest and principal payments are scheduled or, in the case of a callable bond, expected to be received, and weights them by the present values of the cash to be received at each future point in time. For any debt security with interest payments occurring prior to the payment of principal, duration is always less than maturity. In general, all other things being the same, the lower the stated or coupon rate of interest of a debt security, the longer the duration of the security; conversely, the higher the stated or coupon rate of interest of a debt security, the shorter the duration of the security.

Although frequently used, the “term of maturity” of a bond may not be a useful measure of the longevity of a bond’s cash flow because it refers only to the time remaining to the repayment of principal or corpus and disregards earlier coupon payments. Stated alternatively, the term of maturity does not provide a prospective investor with a clear understanding of the time profile of cash flows over the life of a bond. Thus, for example, three bonds with the same maturity may not have the same investment characteristics (such as risk or repayment time). One bond may have large coupon payments early in its life, whereas another may have payments distributed evenly throughout its life. Some bonds (such as zero coupon bonds) make no coupon payments until maturity. To assess the value of these bonds, not only the final payment or sum of payments on the bond, but also the timing and magnitude of payments, are important to consider.

Another way of measuring the longevity of a bond’s cash flow is to compute a simple average time to payment, where each year is weighted by the number of dollars the bond pays that year. This concept is termed the “dollar-weighted mean waiting time,” indicating that it is a measure of the average time to payment of a bond’s cash flow. A shortcoming of this approach is that it assigns equal weight to each dollar paid over the life of a bond, regardless of when the dollar is paid. Since the present value of a dollar decreases with the amount of time which must pass before it is paid, a better method might be to weight each year by the present value of the dollars paid that year. This calculation puts the weights on a comparable basis and creates a definition of longevity which is known as duration.

A bond’s duration depends upon three variables: (i) the maturity of the bond; (ii) the coupon payments attached to the bond; and (iii) the bond’s yield to maturity. Yield to maturity, or investment return as used here, represents the approximate return an investor purchasing a bond may expect if he holds that bond to maturity. In essence, yield to maturity is the rate of interest which, if applied to the purchase price of a bond, would be capable of exactly reproducing the entire time schedule of future interest and principal payments.

Increasing the size of the coupon payments on a bond, while leaving the maturity and yield unchanged, will reduce the duration of the bond. This follows because bonds with higher coupon payments pay relatively more of their cash flows sooner. Increasing the yield to maturity on a bond (e.g., by reducing its purchase price), while leaving the term to maturity and coupon payments unchanged, also reduces the duration of the bond. Because a higher yield leads to lower present values for more distant payments relative to earlier payments, and, to relatively lower weights attached to the years remaining to those payments, the duration of the bond is reduced.

There are some situations where the standard duration calculation does not properly reflect the interest rate exposure of a security. For example, floating and variable rate securities often have final maturities of ten or more years; however, their interest rate exposure corresponds to the frequency of the coupon reset. Another example where the interest rate exposure is not properly captured by duration is mortgage pass-throughs. The stated final maturity is generally 30 years but current prepayment rates are more critical in determining the securities’ interest rate exposure. In these and other similar situations, the Adviser or Manager of a Fund may use other analytical techniques which incorporate the economic life of a security into the determination of its interest rate exposure.

Futures, options, and options on futures have durations which, in general, are closely related to the duration of the securities which underlie them. Holding long futures or call option positions will lengthen the duration if interest rates go down and bond prices go up by approximately the same amount that holding an equivalent amount of the underlying securities would.

31

Short futures or put option positions have durations roughly equal to the negative duration of the securities that underlie those positions, and have the effect of reducing duration if interest rates go up and bond prices go down by approximately the same amount that selling an equivalent amount of the underlying securities would.

Repurchase Agreements

Repurchase agreements entail a Fund’s purchase of a fund eligible security from a bank or broker-dealer that agrees to repurchase the security at the Fund’s cost plus interest within a specified time (normally one day). Repurchase agreements permit an investor to maintain liquidity and earn income over periods of time as short as overnight. The term of such an agreement is generally quite short, possibly overnight or for a few days, although it may extend over a number of months (up to one year) from the date of delivery. The repurchase price is in excess of the Fund’s purchase price by an amount which reflects an agreed upon market rate of return, effective for the period of time a Fund is invested in the security. This results in a fixed rate of return protected from market fluctuations during the period of the agreement. This rate is not tied to the coupon rate on the security subject to the repurchase agreement.

If the party agreeing to repurchase should default and if the value of the underlying securities held by a Fund should fall below the repurchase price, a loss could be incurred. A Fund also might incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating the securities. Repurchase agreements will be entered into only where the underlying security is a type of security in which the Fund may invest, as described in the Prospectuses and in this SAI.

Under the 1940 Act, repurchase agreements are considered to be loans by the purchaser collateralized by the underlying securities. Repurchase agreements are commonly used to earn a return on cash held in a Fund. When a repurchase agreement is entered into for the purposes of earning income, the Adviser or Manager to a Fund monitors the value of the underlying securities at the time the repurchase agreement is entered into and during the term of the agreement to ensure that its daily marked-to-market value always equals or exceeds the agreed upon repurchase price to be paid to a Fund. The Adviser or Manager, in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, also evaluates the creditworthiness and financial responsibility of the banks and brokers or dealers with which a Fund enters into repurchase agreements. For a Fund that is eligible to sell securities short, as described in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, repurchase agreements may also be used to affect the short sale of a security. When using a repurchase agreement to affect the short sale of a security, the Adviser or Manager of the Fund monitors the value of the underlying securities at the time the repurchase agreement is entered into and during the term of the agreement to ensure that the daily marked-to-market value of the underlying securities always equals or exceeds at least 95% of the agreed upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund.

A Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement having more than seven days remaining to maturity if, as a result, such agreements, together with any other securities which are not readily marketable, would exceed 15% of the net assets of a Fund.

Borrowing and Leveraged Transactions

Each Fund may borrow money to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended. Under the 1940 Act, a Fund may not borrow money from a bank if, as a result of such borrowing, the total amount of all money borrowed by a Fund exceeds 33⅓% of the value of its total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings. This means that the 1940 Act requires a Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% of the amount borrowed. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, a Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment strategy perspective to sell those holdings at that time. Except as otherwise provided in this SAI or the Prospectuses, each Fund also may borrow money for temporary purposes in an amount not to exceed 5% of a Fund’s total assets. This borrowing may be secured or unsecured. Borrowing may exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund. The cost of borrowing may reduce a Fund’s return. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs which may or may not be recovered by appreciation of the securities purchased. A Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with a borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.

The SEC takes the position that other transactions in which a Fund may enter into that have a leveraging effect on the capital structure of the Fund can be viewed as a form of “senior security” of the Fund for purposes of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, which generally prohibits mutual funds from issuing senior securities unless the Fund complies with Rule 18f-4 which requires certain prescriptive limitations and monitoring of derivatives risks. These transactions may include selling securities short, buying and selling certain derivatives (such as futures contracts, options, forward contracts, or swap agreements), engaging in when-issued, delayed-delivery, forward-commitments (such as mortgage dollar rolls), reverse repurchase agreements or sale-buybacks and other investment strategies or techniques that have a leveraging effect on the capital structure of a Fund or may be viewed as economically equivalent to borrowing. For more information on Rule 18f-4 and the Trust’s Derivatives Risk Management Program, see the “Derivatives” section.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

Reverse repurchase agreements, among the forms of borrowing if not “covered,” involve the sale or pledge of a debt security held by a Fund to another party, such as a bank or broker-dealer, with an agreement by that Fund to repurchase the security at a stated pre-agreed-upon repurchase price, date and interest payment. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund continues to receive any principal and interest payments on the underlying security as beneficial owner during the term of the agreement.

A Fund can use the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement to purchase other securities for that Fund. This use of reverse repurchase agreements by a Fund creates leverage, which increases a Fund’s investment risk. If the income and gains on securities purchased with the proceeds of reverse repurchase agreements exceed the cost of the agreements, a Fund’s earnings or net asset value will increase faster than otherwise would be the case; conversely, if the income and gains fail to exceed the costs, earnings or net asset value would decline faster than otherwise would be the case. A Fund will typically enter into a reverse repurchase agreement when it anticipates

32

the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction will be greater than the interest expense of the transaction incurred by the Fund. However, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of securities sold or pledged by the Fund declines below the pre-agreed-upon repurchase price by the Fund. Reverse repurchase agreements also subject a Fund to counterparty risk (e.g., the risk that the counterparty is unable to satisfy its obligations under the reverse repurchase agreement).

Sale-Buybacks

Sale-buybacks are similar in their function and operation to a reverse repurchase agreement, both of which consist of a sale of a security by a Fund to the counterparty with a simultaneous agreement to repurchase the same or substantially the same security at an agreed-up price and date. The principal difference is that in a sale-buyback the counterparty, and not the Fund, is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the repurchase of the underlying security, which are recorded as an interest expense to the Fund. As with reverse repurchase agreements, a sale-buyback is a financing transaction that is considered a form of borrowing if not “covered.”

Forward Commitment Agreements and When-Issued or Delayed Delivery Securities

Forward commitment agreements (also referred to as forward contracts or forwards) are agreements for the purchase of securities at an agreed upon price on a specified future date. A Fund may purchase new issues of securities on a “when-issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, whereby the payment obligation and interest rate on the instruments are fixed at the time of the transaction or in some cases may be conditioned on a subsequent event. Such transactions might be entered into, for example, when the Adviser or Manager to a Fund anticipates a decline in the yield of securities of a given issuer and is able to obtain a more advantageous yield by committing currently to purchase securities to be issued or delivered later.

Liability for the purchase price — and all the rights and risks of ownership of the securities — accrue to a Fund at the time it becomes obligated to purchase such securities on a forward commitment, when-issued or delayed delivery basis, although delivery and payment occur at a later date. Accordingly, if the market price of the security should decline, the effect of the agreement would be to obligate the Fund to purchase the security at a price above the current market price on the date of delivery and payment. Delayed delivery, when-issued and forward commitments purchases involve a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date.

When a Fund sells a security on a forward commitment, when-issued or delayed delivery basis, the Fund does not participate in future gains or losses with respect to the security. If the other party to the transaction fails to pay for the security, the Fund could suffer a loss. Additionally, when selling a security on a forward commitment, when-issued or delayed delivery basis without owning the security, a Fund will incur a loss if the security’s price appreciates in value above the agreed upon price on the settlement date.

Forward Volatility Agreements. Forward volatility agreements are a type of forward commitment agreement in which two parties agree to the purchase or sale of an option straddle (a combination of a simultaneous call and put) on an underlying exchange rate at the expiration of the agreement. On the day of the trade, the parties determine the expiration date and the volatility rate. On the expiration date, the amount settled is determined based on an options pricing model (typically Black Scholes), the then-current spot exchange rate, interest rates and the agreed upon implied volatility. Changes in the value of the forward volatility agreement are recorded as unrealized gains or losses. The primary risks associated with forward volatility agreements are a change in the volatility of the underlying exchange rate and changes in the spot price of the underlying exchange rates.

Standby Commitment Agreements

Standby commitment agreements are agreements that obligate a party, for a set period of time, to purchase a certain amount of a security that may be issued and sold at the option of the issuer. The price of a security purchased pursuant to a standby commitment agreement is set at the time of the agreement. In return for its promise to purchase the security, the purchaser receives a commitment fee based upon a percentage of the purchase price of the security. The purchaser receives this fee whether or not it is ultimately required to purchase the security.

When a Fund enters into a standby commitment agreement, there is no guarantee that the securities subject to such agreement will be issued and, if such securities are issued, that the value of the securities on the date of issuance may be more or less than the purchase price. A Fund will limit its investments in standby commitment agreements with remaining terms exceeding seven days pursuant to the limitation on investments in illiquid investments.

Short Sales

A short sale is a transaction in which a Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price. Even during normal or favorable market conditions, a Fund may make short sales in an attempt to maintain portfolio flexibility and facilitate the rapid implementation of investment strategies if the Manager believes that the price of a particular security or group of securities is likely to decline.

When a Fund makes a short sale, a Fund must arrange through a broker or other institution to borrow the security to deliver to the buyer; and, in so doing, a Fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. A Fund may have to pay a premium and other transaction costs to borrow the security, which would increase the cost of the security sold short. A Fund must also pay any dividends or interest payable on the security until the Fund replaces the security.

The Fund must normally repay to the lender an amount equal to any dividends or interest that accrues while the loan is outstanding. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. Also, the lender of a security may terminate the loan at a time when the Fund is unable to borrow the same security for delivery. In that case, the Fund would need to purchase a replacement security at the then current market price “buy in” by paying the lender an amount equal to the cost of purchasing the security.

33

While derivative instruments are excluded from the definition of a short sale, a Fund that may enter into short sales on derivative instruments with a counterparty will be subject to counterparty risk (i.e., the risk that the Fund’s counterparty will not satisfy its obligation under the particular derivative contract), in addition to risks relating to derivatives and short sales.

Short sales also involve counterparty risk to the extent that the broker or other institution fails to return the Fund’s collateral. However, since the market value of the security borrowed is marked-to-market daily, the Fund’s exposure would be limited to the difference between the amount of collateral posted by the Fund (as adjusted daily based upon market price) and the market value of the security borrowed by the Fund to close out its open short position.

Short Sales Against the Box

A short sale is “against the box” when a Fund enters into a transaction to sell a security short as described above, while at all times during which a short position is open, maintaining an equal amount of such securities, or owning securities giving it the right, without payment of future consideration, to obtain an equal amount of securities sold short. The Fund’s obligation to replace the securities sold short is then completed by purchasing the securities at their market price at time of replacement.

Restricted and Unregistered Securities

The securities in which certain Funds may invest could be unregistered and/or have restrictions or conditions attached to their resale.

Restricted securities may be sold only in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act, or in a transaction that is exempt from such registration such as certain privately negotiated transactions. For example, restricted securities issued in reliance on Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“144A securities”) are subject to restrictions on resale but can be purchased by certain “qualified institutional buyers” without the necessity for registration of the securities.

Some unregistered securities may require registration. Where registration is required, a Fund (as a registrant) could be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time a Fund is permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to sell.

In a typical Private Investment in Public Equity (“PIPE”) transaction, the issuer sells shares of common stock at a discount to current market prices to a Fund and may also issue warrants enabling a Fund to purchase additional shares at a price equal to or at a premium to current market prices. Because the shares issued in a PIPE transaction are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws, a Fund cannot freely trade the securities until the issuer files a registration statement to provide for the public resale of the shares, which typically occurs after the completion of the PIPE transaction and the public registration process with the SEC is completed, a period which can last many months. PIPEs may contain provisions that the issuer will pay specified financial penalties to a Fund if the issuer does not publicly register the restricted equity securities within a specified period of time, but there is no assurance that the securities will be publicly registered, or that the registration will be maintained.

Small-Capitalization Stocks

Investments in larger companies present certain advantages in that such companies generally have greater financial resources, more extensive research and development, manufacturing, marketing and service capabilities, more stability and greater depth of management and technical personnel. Investments in smaller, less seasoned companies may present greater opportunities for growth but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with more established companies. The securities of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent upon a limited management group. Their securities may be traded only in the OTC market or on a regional securities exchange and may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of trading on a major securities exchange. As a result, the disposition by a Fund of securities to meet redemptions, or otherwise, may require a Fund to sell these securities at a discount from market prices or to sell during a period when such disposition is not desirable or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

Foreign Securities

Foreign securities may be listed or traded in the form of depositary receipts including, but not limited to, ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) and non-voting depositary receipts (collectively “Depositary Receipts”). ADRs are dollar-denominated receipts issued generally by domestic banks and represent the deposit with the bank of a security of a foreign issuer. ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or OTC in the United States. EDRs, IDRs and GDRs are receipts evidencing an arrangement with a foreign bank similar to that for ADRs and are designed for use in the foreign (non-U.S.) securities markets. EDRs and GDRs are not necessarily quoted in the same currency as the underlying security. Non-voting depositary receipts (“NVDRs”) have similar financial rights as common stocks but do not have voting rights.

Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign transactions, the possibility of expropriation, nationalization, or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, trade restrictions, political instability (which can affect U.S. investments in foreign countries), the impact of economic sanctions, and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. It may be more difficult to obtain and enforce judgments against foreign entities. The United States and other countries have imposed, and may impose additional, economic sanctions against certain countries, entities and/or individuals. Economic sanctions and other similar actions could, among other things, prohibit or otherwise limit a Fund’s ability to purchase or sell certain foreign securities and significantly delay or prevent the settlement of securities transactions. Such actions could decrease the value and liquidity of securities held by a Fund and may require a Fund to sell or otherwise dispose of all

34

or a portion of the impacted securities at inopportune times or prices. Sanctions could also result in retaliations or countermeasures, which may adversely impact a Fund’s investments or operations. Although it is not possible to predict the impact that any sanctions or retaliatory actions may have on a Fund, such events could significantly harm a Fund’s performance.

Additionally, income (including dividends and interest) and capital gains from foreign securities may be subject to foreign taxes, including foreign withholding taxes, and other foreign taxes may apply with respect to securities transactions. Transactions on foreign exchanges or OTC markets may involve greater time from the trade date until settlement than for domestic securities transactions and, if the securities are held abroad, may involve the risk of possible losses through the holding of securities in custodians and depositories in foreign countries. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and therefore may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Investing in Depositary Receipts involves many of the same risks associated with investing in securities of foreign issuers.

There is generally less publicly available information about foreign companies comparable to reports and ratings that are published about companies in the United States. Foreign companies are also generally not subject to uniform accounting and auditing and financial reporting standards, practices, and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies.

Semi-governmental securities are securities issued by entities owned by either a national, state or equivalent government or are obligations of one of such government jurisdictions that are not backed by its full faith and credit and general taxing powers. Eurobonds are bonds denominated in U.S. dollars or other currencies and sold to investors outside the country whose currency is used. Yankee bonds are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign issuers. Yankee bonds are subject to certain sovereign risks.

It is contemplated that most foreign securities will be purchased in OTC markets or on stock exchanges located in the countries in which the respective principal offices of the issuers of the various securities are located, if that is the best available market. Foreign stock markets are generally not as developed or efficient as those in the United States. While growing in volume, they usually have substantially less volume than the NYSE, and securities of some foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Similarly, volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets is less than in the United States and at times, volatility of price can be greater than in the United States. Fixed commissions on foreign stock exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although the Funds will endeavor to achieve the most favorable net results on their transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of stock exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than in the United States.

With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, limitations on the removal of funds or other assets of a Fund, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments which could affect United States investments in those countries. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the United States’ economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, and balance of payments position.

The dividends and interest payable on certain of a Fund’s foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, thus reducing the net amount of income available for distribution.

Investment in foreign securities also involves the risk of possible losses through the holding of securities in custodian banks and securities depositories in foreign countries. (See the “Custodian and Transfer Agency and Dividend Disbursing Services” section for more information concerning the Trust’s custodian and foreign sub-custodian.) No assurance can be given that expropriation, nationalization, freezes, or confiscation of assets, which would impact assets of a Fund, will not occur, and shareholders bear the risk of losses arising from these or other events.

There are frequently additional expenses associated with maintaining the custody of foreign investments. Expenses of maintaining custody of Fund investments are paid by each Fund. This may lead to higher expenses for Funds that have foreign investments.

Unless otherwise noted, an issuer of a security may be deemed to be located in or economically tied to a particular country if it meets one or more of the following criteria: (i) the issuer or guarantor of the security is organized under the laws of, or maintains its principal place of business in, such country; (ii) the currency of settlement of the security is the currency of such country; (iii) the principal trading market for the security is in such country; (iv) during the issuer’s most recent fiscal year, it derived at least 50% of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in such country or has at least 50% of its assets in that country; or (v) the issuer is included in an index that is representative of that country. In the event that an issuer may be considered to be located in or economically tied to more than one country based on these criteria (for example, where the issuer is organized under the laws of one country but derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold in another country), the Manager may classify the issuer in its discretion based on an assessment of the relevant facts and circumstances.

Emerging Markets. The risks of investing in foreign countries discussed above are intensified with respect to investments in emerging market countries, which tend to have less diverse and less mature economic structures, less stable political systems, more restrictive foreign investment policies, smaller-sized securities markets and low trading volumes.

Each of the emerging market countries, including those located in Latin America, the Middle East, Asia and Eastern Europe, may be subject to a substantially greater degree of economic, political and social instability and disruption than is the case in the U.S., Japan and most developed market countries. This instability may result from, among other things: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision making, including changes or attempted changes in governments through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic or social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection or conflict; and (vi) the absence of developed legal structures governing foreign private investments and private property. Such economic, political and social instability

35

could disrupt the financial markets in which a Fund may invest and adversely affect the value of a Fund’s assets, potentially making the Fund’s emerging market investments illiquid. In addition, the value of a Fund’s emerging market investments could become more volatile and experience abrupt and severe price declines as a result of an increase in taxes or political, economic or diplomatic developments, including economic sanctions. Investment opportunities within certain emerging markets, such as countries in Eastern Europe, may be considered “not readily marketable” for purposes of the limitation on illiquid investments set forth above. In February 2022, Russia launched a large-scale invasion of Ukraine. The extent and duration of this military action, and resulting market and economic disruption and uncertainty, is difficult to accurately predict. The United States and other countries have imposed significant sanctions against Russia and could impose additional sanctions or other measures. As a result, there are significant risks and uncertainties to investment in Eastern Europe and Russia.

Included among the emerging market debt obligations in which a Fund may invest are “Brady Bonds,” which are created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructuring under a plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Bonds are not considered U.S. government securities and are considered speculative. They may be collateralized or uncollateralized, or have collateralized or uncollateralized elements, and issued in various currencies (although most are U.S. dollar-denominated), and they are traded in the OTC secondary market.

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which a Fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause a Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

A Fund may also invest in ADRs that represent the deposit with the issuing bank of a security of an emerging market issuer. These investments involve many of the same risks associated with investing in emerging market securities.

Frontier Markets. Frontier markets are those emerging markets in the earlier stage of development and are typically located in Latin America, the Middle East, Africa, Asia and Eastern Europe countries whose markets are considered by the Trust to be among the smallest and least mature investment markets. Investments in frontier markets generally are less liquid and subject to greater price volatility than investments in more mature emerging markets. This is due to, among other things, smaller economies, less developed capital markets, more market volatility, lower trading volume, greater political or economic instability, less robust regulatory agencies, and more governmental limitations on foreign investments such as trade barriers than typically found in more mature emerging markets or in developed markets.

Supranational Entities. Supranational entities are entities designated or supported by national governments to promote economic reconstruction, development or trade amongst nations. Examples of supranational entities include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”) and the European Investment Bank. Obligations of supranational entities are subject to the risk that the governments on whose support the entity depends for its financial backing or repayment may be unable or unwilling to provide that support. Obligations of a supranational entity that are denominated in foreign currencies will also be subject to the risks associated with investments in foreign currencies.

Eurozone Risk. The European Economic and Monetary Union, often referred to as the “Eurozone,” is a group of member countries that have adopted the euro as their official currency and, as a result, are subject to the monetary policies of the European Central Bank (“ECB”). As a Eurozone member, a country’s ability to address any budgetary and economic issues may be limited due to the restrictions on public debt, inflation and deficits that are placed on member countries, or due to political or fiscal policy considerations.

Certain countries have required financial assistance from other Eurozone countries and may continue to be dependent on the assistance from others such as the ECB, the International Monetary Fund, or other governments and institutions to address those issues. There is no assurance that such financial assistance will be provided to the same or additional countries in the future. The economic difficulties of a Eurozone country may negatively impact other Eurozone countries and euro-denominated securities that are not directly tied to that country.

As a result of economic difficulties, one or more Eurozone countries might abandon the euro and return to a national currency. The effects of such an event might have significant negative impacts on that country, the rest of the European Union, and global markets, including the United States. The abandonment of the euro by any one country would likely have a destabilizing effect on all Eurozone countries and may result in other Eurozone countries returning to a national currency, resulting in further market turmoil. In the event a country abandoned the euro, there may be difficulties determining the valuation of a Fund’s investments in that country. There would also likely be operational difficulties related to the settlement of trades of a Fund’s euro-denominated holdings, including derivatives, in that country, and a Fund’s euro-denominated holdings may be redenominated in another currency. Under such circumstances, investments denominated in euros or redenominated in replacement currencies may be difficult to value, the ability to operate an investment strategy in connection with euro-denominated securities may be significantly impaired, and the value of euro-denominated investments may decline significantly and unpredictably.

In addition, if a country were to leave the European Union (voluntarily or involuntarily), the effect of such an event has the potential to significantly impact local and/or global markets and economies, as well as trade agreements, regulations and treaties. For example, the Funds may face potential risks associated with the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union (“EU”) and the European Economic Area on January 31, 2020 (commonly known as “Brexit”). Following withdrawal from the EU, the United Kingdom entered into a transition period, during which period EU law continued to apply in the United Kingdom. New EU legislation that took effect before the end of the transition period also applies in the United Kingdom. The transition period ended on December 31, 2020. On December 30,

36

2020, the EU and United Kingdom signed an agreement on the terms governing certain aspects of the EU’s and the United Kingdom’s relationship following the end of the transition period, the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement (the “TCA”). Notwithstanding the TCA, following the transition period, there is likely to be considerable uncertainty as to the United Kingdom’s post-transition framework, and in particular as to the arrangements which will apply to the United Kingdom’s relationships with the EU and with other countries, which is continuing to develop to date. This uncertainty may, at any stage, adversely affect the Funds and their investments. There may be detrimental implications for the value of a Fund’s investments and/or its ability to implement its investment program. This may be due to, among other things: increased uncertainty and volatility in the United Kingdom, the EU and other financial markets; fluctuations in asset values; fluctuations in exchange rates; increased illiquidity of investments located, traded or listed within the United Kingdom, the EU or elsewhere; changes in the willingness or ability of financial and other counterparties to enter into transactions or the price and terms on which other counterparties are willing to transact; and/or changes in legal and regulatory regimes to which Fund investments are or become subject. Any of these events, as well as an exit or expulsion of an EU member state other than the United Kingdom from the EU, could negatively impact Fund returns. The ultimate effects of these events and other socio-political or geo-political issues are not known but could profoundly affect global economies and markets.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies (“PFICs”). Certain Funds may invest in the stock of foreign corporations, which may be classified under the Code, as PFICs. In general, a foreign corporation is categorized as a PFIC if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income is from passive income (as defined in Section 1297 of the Code), or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets either produce or are held for the production of passive income.

PFICs are subject to complicated and strict tax guidelines imposed by the IRS. For additional information, see the “Taxation” section.

Investments in Other Investment Company Securities

Under the 1940 Act, subject to certain exceptions, a Fund (other than the ESG Portfolios, PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, Portfolio Optimization Portfolios and Pacific Dynamix Portfolios) may not own more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of an investment company, invest more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, or invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of investment companies. Such investments may include open-end investment companies, closed-end investment companies, unaffiliated variable insurance trusts (“VITs”), unit investment trusts (“UITs”) and ETFs. These limitations do not apply to investments in securities of companies that are excluded from the definition of an investment company under the 1940 Act, such as hedge funds or private investment funds. Underlying Funds may not invest in securities of other investment companies in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) of the 1940 Act, or any successor provisions. In some instances, a Fund may invest in an investment company, including an unregistered investment company, in excess of these limits. This may occur, for instance, when a Fund invests collateral it receives from loaning its portfolio securities. As the shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. Such expenses are in addition to the expenses a Fund pays in connection with its own operations.

Despite the possibility of greater fees and expenses, investments in other investment companies may be attractive for several reasons, especially in connection with foreign investments. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, investing indirectly in such countries (by purchasing shares of another fund that is permitted to invest in such countries) may be the most practical and efficient way for a Fund to invest in such countries. In other cases, when a Manager desires to make only a relatively small investment in a particular country, investing through another fund that holds a diversified portfolio in that country may be more effective than investing directly in issuers in that country.

Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”). Individual investments in ETFs generally are not redeemable, but are instead purchased and sold on a secondary market, such as an exchange, similar to a share of common stock. Large quantities of ETFs, also known as “Creation Units,” are redeemable directly from the ETF. The liquidity of small holdings of ETFs, therefore, will depend upon the existence of a secondary market.

The price of an ETF is based upon the securities held by the ETF. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of an ETF is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of the securities held by the ETF. ETFs include, among others, SPDRs, OPALs and iShares. ETFs generally acquire and hold securities of all of the companies, or a representative sampling, that are components of a particular index. ETFs may also be actively managed similar to other types of investment companies. Typically, ETFs are intended to provide investment results that, before fees and expenses, generally correspond to the price and yield performance of the target index, and the value of their shares should, under normal circumstances, closely track the value of that index’s underlying component securities. Because an ETF has operating expenses and transaction costs, while a market index does not, ETFs that track particular indices typically will be unable to exactly match the performance of the index. As a security listed on an exchange and traded in the secondary market, ETF shares may trade at a premium or discount to their NAV, and trading in ETF shares may be suspended or halted by its listing exchange.

Business Development Company (“BDC”). One type of closed-end investment company available for Fund investment is a BDC. BDCs are registered investment vehicles regulated by the 1940 Act. BDCs typically invest in small and medium sized companies which may be privately owned and may not have access to public equity markets for capital raising purposes. BDCs frequently make available managerial assistance to the issuers of such securities.

Investments in BDCs include risks associated with their holdings of smaller issuers and private companies. Generally, public information for BDC holdings is limited and there is a risk that investors may not be able to make fully informed investment decisions. BDC holdings of small and mid-sized companies are speculative, and generally involve a greater risk than established publicly-traded companies with larger market capitalization. Companies in their developmental stages may have a shorter history of operations, a more

37

limited ability to raise capital, inexperienced management and limited product lines, and more speculative prospects for future growth or sustained earnings or market share than larger, more established companies. Holdings of a BDC may be more adversely affected by economic or market conditions, with greater market volatility risk.

BDCs may also invest in the debt of a company, which involves risk that the company may default on its payments or declare bankruptcy. Many of the debt investments in which a BDC may invest will not be rated by a credit rating agency and may be non-investment grade quality. Some BDCs invest substantially, or even exclusively, in one sector or industry group. As a result of this concentration, a BDC will be more susceptible to adverse economic, business, regulatory or other developments affecting an industry or group of related industries, which in turn will increase the risk and volatility of a BDC. A BDC with a smaller number of holdings will have greater exposure to those holdings which could increase potential price volatility as compared to other investment companies with a greater number of holdings. A BDC may utilize leverage to gain additional investment exposure. The loss on a leveraged investment may far exceed the principal amount invested, magnifying gains and losses and therefore increase price volatility. The use of leverage may result in a BDC having to liquidate holdings when it may not be advantageous to do so.

Investments in BDCs are also subject to management risk, as managers of BDCs may be entitled to compensation based on the BDC’s performance, which could result in the manager making riskier or more speculative investments in an effort to maximize incentive compensation and receive higher fees. A BDC’s investments are generally less liquid than publicly traded securities and are subject to restrictions on their resale. The illiquidity of a BDC’s holdings may make it difficult for the BDC to sell such investments if the need arises, and thus the BDC may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities or it may be forced to sell illiquid investments at a loss if it is required to raise cash for operations. Some BDCs are listed and trade on an exchange and other BDCs are not traded on an exchange and trade only in private transactions BDCs that are not traded on an exchange may be less liquid. BDC shares may trade at a discount to the BDC’s NAV.

Money Market Funds. A money market fund (also called a money market mutual fund) is an open-end investment company that typically invests in cash, short-term debt securities such as U.S. Treasury bills, repurchase agreements, commercial paper, bank time deposits, certificates of deposits and other cash equivalents. Money market funds in the United States are subject to regulatory limits on the quality, maturity and diversity of their investments. Certain money market funds seek to maintain a stable NAV, usually at $1.00 per share. However, there is no assurance that these money market funds will be successful in maintaining a stable NAV. Certain other money market funds have a NAV that will fluctuate (or “float”) in value. As a result, when a Fund sells the shares of money market funds that it owns, they may be worth more or less than what the Fund originally paid for them. In addition, a money market fund may have the ability to impose liquidity fees or temporary redemption suspensions, thus impacting the liquidity of the fund. It is possible to lose money by investing in money market funds.

Derivatives

Derivatives are investments whose values are tied to the value of an underlying security or asset, a group of assets, interest rates, exchange rates, currency or an index. Some forms of derivatives, such as exchange-traded futures and options on securities, commodities, or indices, are traded on regulated exchanges. These types of derivatives which are traded on exchanges have standardized contracts and can generally be bought and sold easily, and their market values are determined and published daily. Non-standardized derivatives (such as swap agreements), tend to be more specialized and more complex, and may be harder to value. Derivatives may create leverage, enhance returns and be useful in hedging portfolios. Some common types of derivatives include futures, options, forward currency exchange contracts, forward contracts on securities and securities indices, linked securities and structured products, collateralized mortgage obligations, stripped securities, warrants, swap agreements and swaptions.

Each Manager may use derivatives for a variety of reasons, including for example, (i) to enhance a Fund’s returns; (ii) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for a Fund resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations (i.e., to hedge); (iii) to protect a Fund’s unrealized gains reflected in the value of its portfolio securities, (iv) to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes; (v) to reduce transaction costs; (vi) to equitize cash; and/or (vii) to manage the effective maturity or duration of a Fund. The Managers may use derivatives as a substitute for taking a position in the underlying asset and/or as part of a strategy designed to reduce exposure to other risks, such as interest rate or currency risk.

The use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional securities. The use of derivatives can lead to losses because of adverse movements in the price or value of the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate, which may be magnified by certain features of the derivatives. These risks are heightened when a Fund uses derivatives to enhance its return or as a substitute for a position or security, rather than solely to hedge or offset the risk of a position or security held by a Fund. The use of derivatives to leverage risk also may exaggerate loss, potentially causing a Fund to lose more money than if it had invested in the underlying security, or limit a potential gain. The success of a Manager’s derivative strategies will depend on its ability to assess and predict the impact of market or economic developments on the underlying security, asset, index or reference rate and the derivative itself, without necessarily having had the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in the Prospectuses and this SAI, such as price volatility risk, foreign investment risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk and management risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation and the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate well with the security for which it is substituting. Other risks arise from a Fund’s potential inability to terminate or sell its derivatives positions as a liquid secondary market for such positions may not exist at times when a Fund may wish to terminate or sell them. OTC instruments (investments not traded on the exchange) may be less liquid or illiquid, and transactions in derivatives traded in the OTC are subject to the risk that the counterparty will not meet its obligations.

38

A Fund may use any or all of the above investment techniques and may purchase different types of derivative instruments at any time and in any combination. In addition, a Fund may receive warrants or other derivatives in connection with corporate actions. There is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique over another, as the use of derivatives is a function of numerous variables, including market conditions. There can be no assurance that the use of derivative instruments will benefit the Funds.

Changes in regulation relating to a registered investment company’s use of derivatives could potentially limit or impact the ability of a Fund to invest or remain invested in derivatives and adversely affect the value or performance of derivatives and the Funds. For example, Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act regulates a registered investment company’s use of derivatives and certain related instruments. Under Rule 18f-4, a Fund’s trading of derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations is limited through a value-at-risk test and requires the adoption and implementation of a derivatives risk management program for certain derivatives users. Additionally, subject to certain conditions, certain Funds of the Trust may be considered limited derivatives users (as defined in Rule 18f-4) and, therefore, are not subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4. In addition, under the rule, a Fund is permitted to invest in a security on a when-issued or forward-settling basis, or with a non-standard settlement cycle, and the transaction will be deemed not to involve a senior security (as defined under Section 18(g) of the 1940 Act), provided that, (i) the Fund intends to physically settle the transaction and (ii) the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date (the “Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision”). A Fund may otherwise engage in when-issued, forward-settling and non-standard settlement cycle securities transactions that do not meet the conditions of the Delayed-Settlement Securities Provision so long as the Fund treats any such transaction as a “derivatives transaction” for purposes of compliance with the rule. Furthermore, under the rule, the Fund is permitted to enter into an unfunded commitment agreement, and such unfunded commitment agreement will not be subject to the asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act, if the Fund reasonably believes, at the time it enters into such agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all such agreements as they come due. These requirements could limit a Fund’s ability to engage in certain derivatives transactions and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions, which could adversely affect the value or performance of the Funds.

PLFA is a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”) and is registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator on behalf of the Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio, Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Bond Plus Portfolio and QQQ Plus Alpha Bond Portfolio. These Funds are considered commodity pools under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and operate subject to CFTC and NFA regulation in addition to SEC regulation. For a Fund operating subject to CFTC and NFA regulation that is managed or co-managed by a sub-adviser, copies of derivatives trading documentation (including trade confirmations/acknowledgements, purchase and sale statements, and monthly statements) received by the sub-adviser from a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or swap dealer are maintained at the offices of the sub-adviser. For a Fund managed or co-managed directly by PLFA, derivatives documentation received by PLFA from a futures commission merchant, retail foreign exchange dealer or swap dealer is maintained by the offices of PLFA or an eligible third-party record-keeper. All other records related to a Fund’s derivative investments are maintained at the offices of the Trust’s custodian. PLFA, on behalf of all other Funds, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of a commodity pool operator under CFTC Regulation 4.5 and, therefore, is not subject to regulation under the CEA for these Funds. In order for PLFA to claim the exclusion, these Funds are limited in their ability to invest in commodity futures, options on commodities or commodity futures and swaps. To the extent PLFA, on behalf of any Fund, becomes no longer eligible to claim an exclusion from CFTC regulation, such Fund may consider steps, such as substantial investment strategy changes, in order to continue to qualify for exclusion from CFTC regulation, or PLFA may determine that the Fund will operate subject to CFTC regulation. If a Fund operates subject to CFTC regulation, it may incur additional expenses. If a Fund adopts substantial investment strategy changes, it may affect its performance, as well as its fees and expenses.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Forward Foreign Currency Contracts

Generally, foreign exchange transactions will be conducted on a spot, i.e., cash, basis at the spot rate for purchasing or selling currency prevailing in the foreign exchange market. This rate, under normal market conditions, differs from the prevailing exchange rate due to the costs of converting from one currency to another. However, the Funds have authority to deal in forward foreign exchange transactions to hedge and manage currency exposure against possible fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, to facilitate the settlement of foreign equity purchases, to exchange one currency for another and, with respect to certain Funds, to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. This is accomplished through contractual agreements either (i) to purchase or sell a specified currency at a specified future date and price set at the time of the contract or (ii) whose value is determined by the difference between the spot exchange rate on a specific date in the future and a pre-determined fixing rate. The former type of contract is known as a deliverable forward foreign currency contract and the second is known as a Non-Deliverable Forward Foreign Currency Contract (“NDF”) since no exchange of currencies takes place on settlement but instead a single cash flow is made equal to the market value of the contract. When entering into such contracts, a Fund assumes the credit risk of the counterparty. Dealings in forward foreign exchange transactions may include hedging involving either specific transactions or portfolio positions. A Fund may purchase and sell forward foreign currency contracts in combination with other transactions in order to gain exposure to an investment in lieu of actually purchasing such investment.

A Fund may enter into forward foreign currency contracts under the following circumstances:

Transaction Hedge. A forward foreign currency contract might be used to hedge: 1) specific receivables or payables of a Fund arising from the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; 2) the redemption of shares of a Fund; or 3) to repatriate dividend or interest payments (collectively, a “Transaction Hedge”). A Transaction Hedge will protect against a loss from an adverse change in the currency exchange rates during the period between the date on which the contract is purchased or sold or on which a payment is declared, and the date on which the payments are made or received. A Transaction Hedge may also prevent a Fund from receiving a gain from the appreciation of a foreign currency against a Fund’s base currency. The use of forward contracts establishes a fixed rate to exchange currencies at a future date but does not eliminate the risk of fluctuations in the prices of the underlying securities.

39

Position Hedge. A forward foreign currency contract might be used to try to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. A Position Hedge is used to protect against a potential decline of the U.S. dollar against a foreign currency by buying a forward contract on that foreign currency for a fixed U.S. dollar amount. Alternatively, the Fund could enter into a forward contract to sell a different foreign currency the Manager believes will fall whenever there is a decline in the U.S. dollar value of the currency in which portfolio securities are denominated.

Cross Hedge. If a particular currency is expected to substantially decrease against another currency, a Fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the Fund’s holdings denominated in the currency sold.

Proxy Hedge. The Manager might choose to use a proxy hedge when it is less costly than a direct hedge or when a currency is difficult to hedge. In this case, a Fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

There is inherent risk that the above hedge strategies do not fully offset the exposures to currency movements. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

Non-Hedged Exposure. Certain Funds may enter into forward contracts or maintain a net exposure to such contracts, where consummation of the contracts would obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of that Fund’s holdings denominated in or exposed to that foreign currency (or a proxy currency considered to move in correlation with that currency), or exposed to a particular securities market, or futures contracts, options or other derivatives on such holdings.

When a Manager of a Fund believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a decline against the U.S. dollar, that Fund may enter into a forward contract to sell the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the Fund’s holdings denominated in or exposed to such foreign currency. At or before the maturity of the forward contract to sell, the Fund may either sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency or it may retain the security and terminate its contractual obligation to deliver the foreign currency by purchasing an “offsetting” contract with the same currency trader obligating the Fund to purchase, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the foreign currency.

It is impossible to forecast with absolute precision the market value of securities at the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, it may be necessary for a Fund to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot market (and bear the expense of such purchase) if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the security if its market value exceeds the amount of foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver.

If a Fund retains the security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund will incur a gain or a loss (as described below) to the extent that there has been movement in forward contract prices. If the Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, it may subsequently enter into a new forward contract to sell the foreign currency. Should forward prices decline during the period between the Fund entering into a forward contract for the sale of a foreign currency and the date it enters into an offsetting contract for the purchase of the foreign currency, the Fund will realize a gain to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to sell exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase. Should forward prices increase, the Fund will suffer a loss to the extent the price of the currency it has agreed to purchase exceeds the price of the currency it has agreed to sell.

A Fund is not required to enter into such transactions with regard to their foreign currency-denominated securities and will not do so unless deemed appropriate by its Manager. It also should be realized that this method of protecting the value of a Fund’s holdings in securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange which one can achieve at some future point in time. Additionally, although such contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from the value of such currency increase.

Although a Fund values its shares in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. It will do so from time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer. Additionally, a Fund may be unable to convert currency due to foreign exchange regulations.

Options

Purchasing and Writing Options on Securities. A Fund may purchase and sell (write) (i) both put and call options on debt or other securities in standardized contracts traded on national securities exchanges, boards of trade, similar entities, or for which an established OTC market exists; and (ii) agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of bonds from a dealer.

40

An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. A Fund may purchase put options on securities to protect holdings in an underlying or related security against a substantial decline in market value. Securities are considered related if their price movements generally correlate to one another. For example, the purchase of put options on debt securities held in a Fund will enable a Fund to protect, at least partially, an unrealized gain in an appreciated security without actually selling the security. In addition, the Fund will continue to receive interest income on such security.

A Fund may purchase call options on securities to protect against substantial increases in prices of securities the Fund intends to purchase pending its ability to invest in such securities in an orderly manner. A Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. A Fund may also allow options to expire unexercised.

In order to earn additional income on its portfolio securities or to protect partially against declines in the value of such securities, a Fund may write covered call options. The exercise price of a call option may be below, equal to, or above the current market value of the underlying security at the time the option is written. During the option period, a covered call option writer may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom such call option was sold requiring the writer to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation is terminated upon the expiration of the option period or at such earlier time in which the writer effects a closing purchase transaction. Closing purchase transactions will ordinarily be effected to realize a profit on an outstanding call option, to prevent an underlying security from being called, to permit the sale of the underlying security, or to enable the Fund to write another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both.

Secured put options will generally be written in circumstances where the Manager wishes to purchase the underlying security at a price lower than the current market price of the security. In such event, the Fund would write a secured put option at an exercise price which, reduced by the premium received on the option, reflects the lower price that it is willing to pay. During the option period, the writer of a put option may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom the option was sold requiring the writer to purchase the underlying security at the exercise price. The Fund may effect closing transactions with respect to put options that were previously written.

Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires.

A Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security, and the time remaining until the expiration date.

The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by a Fund is an asset of the Fund. The premium received for an option written by a Fund is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked-to-market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

A Fund may write covered straddles and/or strangles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security.

Purchasing and Writing Options on Stock Indices. A stock index is a method of reflecting in a single number the market values of many different stocks or, in the case of value weighted indices that take into account prices of component stocks and the number of shares outstanding, the market values of many different companies. Stock indices are compiled and published by various sources, including securities exchanges. An index may be designed to be representative of the stock market as a whole, of a broad market sector (e.g., industrials), or of a particular industry (e.g., electronics). An index may be based on the prices of all, or only a sample, of the stocks whose value it is intended to represent.

A stock index is ordinarily expressed in relation to a “base” established when the index was originated. The base may be adjusted from time to time to reflect, for example, capitalization changes affecting component stocks. In addition, stocks may from time to time be dropped from or added to an index group. These changes are within the discretion of the publisher of the index.

Different stock indices are calculated in different ways. Often the market prices of the stocks in the index group are “value weighted;” that is, in calculating the index level, the market price of each component stock is multiplied by the number of shares outstanding. Because of this method of calculation, changes in the stock prices of larger corporations will generally have a greater influence on the level of a value weighted (or sometimes referred to as a capitalization weighted) index than price changes affecting smaller corporations.

In general, index options are very similar to stock options, and are basically traded in the same manner. However, when an index option is exercised, the exercise is settled by the payment of cash — not by the delivery of stock. The assigned writer of a stock option is obligated to pay the exercising holder cash in an amount equal to the difference (expressed in dollars) between the closing level of the underlying index on the exercise date and the exercise price of the option, multiplied by a specified index “multiplier.” A multiplier of 100, for example, means that a one-point difference will yield $100. Like other options listed on United States securities exchanges, index options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”).

41

Gains or losses on the Funds’ transactions in securities index options depend primarily on price movements in the stock market generally (or, for narrow market indices, in a particular industry or segment of the market) rather than the price movements of individual securities held by a Fund of the Trust. A Fund may sell securities index options prior to expiration in order to close out its positions in stock index options which it has purchased. A Fund may also allow options to expire unexercised.

Risks of Options Transactions. There are several risks associated with transactions in options. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when, and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when a Fund seeks to close out an option position. If a Fund were unable to close out an option it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. If a Fund were unable to close out a covered call option it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. As the writer of a covered call option, a Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call.

If trading were suspended in an option purchased by a Fund, the Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased.

With respect to index options, current index levels will ordinarily continue to be reported even when trading is interrupted in some or all of the stocks in an index group. In that event, the reported index levels will be based on the current market prices of those stocks that are still being traded (if any) and the last reported prices for those stocks that are not currently trading. As a result, reported index levels may at times be based on non-current price information with respect to some or even all of the stocks in an index group. Exchange rules permit (and in some instances require) the trading of index options to be halted when the current value of the underlying index is unavailable or when trading is halted in stocks that account for more than a specified percentage of the value of the underlying index. In addition, as with other types of options, an exchange may halt the trading of index options whenever it considers such action to be appropriate in the interests of maintaining a fair and orderly market and protecting investors. If a trading halt occurs, whether for these or for other reasons, holders of index options may be unable to close out their positions and the options may expire worthless.

Spread Transactions. Spread transactions are not generally exchange listed or traded. Spread transactions may occur in the form of options, futures, forwards or swap transactions. The purchase of a spread transaction gives a Fund the right to sell or receive a security or a cash payment with respect to an index at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relationship to another security or index which is used as a benchmark. The risk to a Fund in purchasing spread transactions is the cost of the premium paid for the spread transaction and any transaction costs. The sale of a spread transaction obligates a Fund to purchase or deliver a security or a cash payment with respect to an index at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relationship to another security or index which is used as a benchmark. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be available. The purchase and sale of spread transactions will be used in furtherance of a Fund’s investment goal and to protect a Fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities. Such protection is only provided during the life of the spread transaction. The Trust does not consider a security covered by a spread transaction to be “pledged” as that term is used in the Trust’s policy limiting the pledging or mortgaging of its assets. The sale of spread transactions will be “covered” or “secured” as described in the “Options”, “Options on Foreign Currencies”, “Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts”, and “Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements” sections.

Yield Curve Options

A Fund may enter into options on the yield “spread” or differential between two securities. Such transactions are referred to as “yield curve” options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.

A Fund may purchase or sell (write) yield curve options for the same purposes as other options on securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities if the Fund owns one of the securities and anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. A Fund may also purchase or write yield curve options in an effort to increase current income if, in the judgment of the Manager, the Fund will be able to profit from movements in the spread between the yields of the underlying securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present a risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, or if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent that was not anticipated. Yield curve options are traded over-the-counter (“OTC”), and established trading markets for these options may not exist.

Options on Foreign Currencies

Funds may purchase and sell options on foreign currencies for hedging purposes and, with respect to certain Funds as described in the Prospectuses, to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another, in a manner similar to that in which futures or forward contracts on foreign currencies will be utilized. For example, a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the U.S. dollar value of such securities, even

42

if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio securities, a Fund may buy put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency declines, the Fund will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars and will offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio.

Conversely, when a rise in the U.S. dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, a Fund may buy call options thereon. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to the Fund from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, if currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent desired, the Fund could sustain losses on transactions in foreign currency options that would require the Fund to forgo a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in those rates.

A Fund may write options on foreign currencies for hedging purposes and, with respect to certain Funds as described in the Prospectuses, to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. For example, to hedge against a potential decline in the U.S. dollar value of foreign currency-denominated securities due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates, the Fund could, instead of purchasing a put option, write a call option on the relevant currency. If the expected decline occurs, the option will most likely not be exercised and the diminution in value of portfolio securities will be offset by the amount of the premium received.

Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against a potential increase in the U.S. dollar cost of securities to be acquired, the Fund could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move in the manner projected, will expire unexercised and allow the Fund to hedge the increased cost up to the amount of the premium. As in the case of other types of options, however, the writing of a foreign currency option will constitute only a partial hedge up to the amount of the premium. If exchange rates do not move in the expected direction, the option may be exercised and the Fund would be required to buy or sell the underlying currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Fund also may lose all or a portion of the benefits which might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

A Fund may write covered call and put options on foreign currencies. A Fund also may write call options on foreign currencies for cross-hedging purposes where the Fund does not hold the underlying currency (a “naked” option). A written call option on a foreign currency is for cross-hedging purposes if it is not covered but is designed to provide a hedge against a decline due to an adverse change in the exchange rate in the U.S. dollar value of a security which the Fund owns or has the right to acquire and which is denominated in the currency underlying the option.

Foreign currency options are subject to the risks of the availability of a liquid secondary market described above, as well as the risks regarding adverse market movements, margining of options written, the nature of the foreign currency market, possible intervention by governmental authorities and the effects of other political and economic events. In addition, exchange-traded options on foreign currencies involve certain risks not presented by the OTC market. For example, exercise and settlement of such options must be made exclusively through the OCC, which has established banking relationships in applicable foreign countries for this purpose. As a result, the OCC may, if it determines that foreign governmental restrictions or taxes would prevent the orderly settlement of foreign currency option exercises, or would result in undue burdens on the OCC or its clearing member, impose special procedures on exercise and settlement, such as technical changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency, the fixing of dollar settlement prices or prohibitions on exercise.

In addition, options on foreign currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges and OTC in foreign countries. Such transactions are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in or the prices of foreign currencies or securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in a Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States, and (v) low trading volume.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

A futures contract is an agreement that obligates a purchaser to take delivery and a seller to make delivery of a specified quantity of a security or commodity at a specified price at a future date. The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase the Fund’s exposure to positive and negative market price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When a Fund sells a futures contract, by contrast, the value of its futures position will tend to move in a direction opposite to the purchase price of the underlying instrument.

If a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by a Fund, the Fund is required to deposit a specified amount of cash or U.S. government securities (“initial margin”) with a futures broker, known as a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) or its custodian for the benefit of the FCM. The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract which is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Each investing Fund expects to earn interest income on its initial margin deposits. A futures contract held by a Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day the Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking-to-market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a Fund but is instead settlement between the Fund and the FCM of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired that day. In computing daily net asset value, each Fund will mark-to-market its open futures positions.

A Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by the Fund.

43

Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying instruments, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (same exchange, underlying security, and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations.

Futures on Securities. A futures contract on a security is an agreement between two parties (buyer and seller) to take or make delivery of a specified quantity of a security at a specified price at a future date.

If a Fund buys a futures contract to gain exposure to securities, the Fund is exposed to the risk of change in the value of the futures contract, which may be caused by a change in the value of the underlying securities.

Interest Rate Futures. An interest rate futures contract is an agreement between two parties (buyer and seller) to take or make delivery of a specified quantity of financial instruments (such as GNMA certificates or Treasury bonds) at a specified price at a future date. In the case of futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges, the exchange itself or an affiliated clearing corporation assumes the opposite side of each transaction (i.e., as buyer or seller). A futures contract may be satisfied or closed out by delivery or purchase, as the case may be, of the financial instrument or by payment of the change in the cash value of the index. Frequently, using futures to effect a particular strategy instead of using the underlying or related security will result in lower transaction costs being incurred. A public market exists in futures contracts covering various financial instruments including U.S. Treasury bonds, U.S. Treasury notes, GNMA certificates, three month U.S. Treasury bills, 90 day commercial paper, bank certificates of deposit, and eurodollar certificates of deposit.

As a hedging strategy a Fund might employ, a Fund may purchase an interest rate futures contract when it is not fully invested in long-term debt securities but wishes to defer their purchase for some time until it can orderly invest in such securities or because short-term yields are higher than long-term yields. Such purchase would enable the Fund to earn the income on a short-term security while at the same time minimizing the effect of all or part of an increase in the market price of the long-term debt security which the Fund intended to purchase in the future. A rise in the price of the long-term debt security prior to its purchase either would be offset by an increase in the value of the futures contract purchased by the Fund or avoided by taking delivery of the debt securities under the futures contract.

A Fund would sell an interest rate futures contract in order to continue to receive the income from a long-term debt security, while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the decline in market value of that security which would accompany an increase in interest rates. If interest rates did rise, a decline in the value of the debt security held by the Fund would be substantially offset by the ability of the Fund to repurchase at a lower price the interest rate futures contract previously sold. While the Fund could sell the long-term debt security and invest in a short-term security, ordinarily the Fund would give up income on its investment, since long-term rates normally exceed short-term rates.

Stock Index Futures. A stock index is a method of reflecting in a single number the market values of many different securities or, in the case of capitalization weighted indices that take into account both security prices and the number of shares outstanding, many different companies. An index fluctuates generally with changes in the market values of the securities so included. A stock index futures contract is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount multiplied by the difference between the stock index value at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally purchased or sold. No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made.

A Fund may engage in transactions in stock index futures contracts in an effort to protect it against a decline in the value of the Fund’s securities or an increase in the price of securities that the Fund intends to acquire or to gain exposure to an index (equitize cash). For example, a Fund may sell stock index futures to protect against a market decline in an attempt to offset partially or wholly a decrease in the market value of securities that the Fund intends to sell. Similarly, to protect against a market advance when the Fund is not fully invested in the securities market, the Fund may purchase stock index futures that may partly or entirely offset increases in the cost of securities that the Fund intends to purchase.

Currency Futures. A Fund may seek to enhance returns or hedge against the decline in the value of a currency against the U.S. dollar through use of currency futures or options thereon. Currency futures are similar to forward foreign currency transactions except that futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts. Currency futures involve substantial currency risk and leverage risk.

Futures Options. Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities. A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true.

Options on stock index futures contracts give the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a stock index futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of the option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account which represents the amount by which the market price of the stock index futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the stock index futures contract. If an option is exercised on the last trading day prior to the expiration date of the option, the settlement will be made entirely in cash equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the closing level of the index on which the futures contract is based on the expiration date. Purchasers of options who fail to exercise

44

their options prior to the exercise date suffer a loss of the premium paid. During the option period, the covered call writer (seller) has given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying securities above the exercise price. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option.

Options on Currency Futures. A Fund may seek to enhance returns or hedge against the decline in the value of a currency against the U.S. dollar through use of currency options. Currency options are similar to options on securities, but in consideration for an option premium the writer of a currency option is obligated to sell (in the case of a call option) or purchase (in the case of a put option) a specified amount of a specified currency on or before the expiration date for a specified amount of another currency. A Fund may engage in transactions in options on currencies either on exchanges or OTC markets. Currency futures involve substantial currency risk and may also involve credit, leverage and liquidity risk.

A Fund may write covered straddles and/or strangles consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying futures contract.

A Fund reserves the right to engage in other types of futures transactions in the future and to use futures and related options for other than hedging purposes to the extent permitted by regulatory authorities. If other types of options, futures contracts, or futures options are traded in the future, a Fund may also use such investment techniques, provided that the Trust’s Board of Trustees determines that their use is consistent with the Fund’s investment goal.

Risks Associated with Futures and Futures Options. There are several risks associated with the use of futures and futures options. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. While a Fund hedging transactions may protect the Fund against adverse movements in the general level of interest rates or stock or currency prices, such transactions could also preclude the opportunity to benefit from favorable movements in the level of interest rates or stock or currency prices. A hedging transaction may not correlate perfectly with price movements in the assets being hedged, causing the hedge not to achieve its objectives. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the portfolio securities being hedged and the instruments underlying the hedging vehicle in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, conditions affecting particular industries, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when, and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.

The price of futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with movement in the underlying security or stock index, due to certain market distortions. This might result from decisions by a significant number of market participants holding stock index futures positions to close out their futures contracts through offsetting transactions rather than to make additional margin deposits. Also, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions. These factors may increase the difficulty of effecting a fully successful hedging transaction, particularly over a short time frame. With respect to a stock index futures contract, the price of stock index futures might increase, reflecting a general advance in the market price of the index’s component securities, while some or all of the portfolio securities might decline. If a Fund had hedged its portfolio against a possible decline in the market with a position in futures contracts on an index, it might experience a loss on its futures position until it could be closed out, while not experiencing an increase in the value of its portfolio securities. If a hedging transaction is not successful, the Fund might experience losses which it would not have incurred if it had not established futures positions. Similar risk considerations apply to the use of interest rate and other futures contracts.

An incorrect correlation could result in a loss on both the hedged assets in a Fund and/or the hedging vehicle, so that the Fund’s return might have been better had hedging not been attempted. There can be no assurance that an appropriate hedging instrument will be available when sought by a Manager.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a Fund seeks to close out a futures contract or a futures option position. Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached on a particular futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses. In addition, certain of these instruments are relatively new and lack a deep secondary market. Lack of a liquid market for any reason may prevent a Fund from liquidating an unfavorable position and the Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed.

Foreign markets may offer advantages such as trading in indices that are not currently traded in the United States. Foreign markets, however, may have greater risk potential than domestic markets. Unlike trading on domestic commodity exchanges, trading on foreign commodity exchanges is not regulated by the CFTC and may be subject to greater risk than trading on domestic exchanges. For example, some foreign exchanges are principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a trader may look only to the broker for performance of the contract. Trading in foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC’s regulations, and the rules of the National Futures Association and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the National Futures Association or any domestic futures exchange. Amounts received for foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be

45

provided the same protection as funds received in respect of transactions on United States futures exchanges. In addition, any profits that the Fund might realize in trading could be eliminated by adverse changes in the exchange rate of the currency in which the transaction is denominated, or the Fund could incur losses as a result of changes in the exchange rate. Transactions on foreign exchanges may include both commodities that are traded on domestic exchanges or boards of trade and those that are not.

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a Fund seeks to close out a futures or a futures option position, and that Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. There can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

Foreign Currency Futures and Options Thereon

Foreign currency futures are contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery of foreign currencies which may also be engaged in for cross-hedging purposes. Cross-hedging involves the sale of a futures contract on one foreign currency to hedge against changes in exchange rates for a different (“proxy”) currency if there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies. These investment techniques will be used only to hedge against anticipated future changes in exchange rates which otherwise might adversely affect the value of the Fund’s securities or adversely affect the prices of securities that the Fund has purchased or intends to purchase at a later date and, with respect to certain Funds as described in the Prospectuses, to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. The successful use of foreign currency futures will usually depend on the Manager’s ability to forecast currency exchange rate movements correctly. Should exchange rates move in an unexpected manner, the Fund may not achieve the anticipated benefits of foreign currency futures or may realize losses.

Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements

OTC swap agreements are privately negotiated derivative products in which two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities (referred to as the “underlying”) and a predetermined amount (referred to as the “notional amount”). Certain swap agreements, such as interest rate swaps, are traded on exchanges and cleared through central clearing counterparties. The underlying reference for a swap may be an interest rate (fixed or floating), a currency exchange rate, a commodity price index, credit of an issuer, a security, group of securities or a securities index, a combination of any of these, or various other rates, assets or indices. Swap agreements generally do not involve the delivery of the underlying or principal, and a party’s obligations generally are equal to only the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the swap agreement. A great deal of flexibility is possible in the way swaps may be structured. For example, in a simple fixed-to-floating interest rate swap, one party makes payments equivalent to a fixed interest rate, and the other party makes payments calculated with reference to a specified floating interest rate, such as LIBOR or the Prime Rate. Total return swaps (on an individual basis and/or a “basket” of swaps) may be used to gain exposure to the return of a reference asset, such as an index. In a total return swap, a Fund typically would pay a set rate or a financing cost, which is normally based on a floating rate, in exchange for the return of a particular reference asset. Inflation swaps may be used to transfer inflation-related exposure. In an inflation swap, a Fund typically would pay a financing cost, which is normally based on a floating rate, and in exchange the Fund would receive a specified rate of inflation. In a volatility swap, a Fund receives or makes payments based on the measured variance (or square of volatility) of an underlying reference instrument over a specified period of time (typically above or below a level agreed to by the parties), for the purposes of taking positions and/or hedging risk.

In a currency swap, the parties generally enter into an agreement to pay interest streams in one currency based on a specified rate in exchange for receiving interest streams denominated in another currency. Currency swaps may involve initial and final exchanges that correspond to the agreed upon notional amount. A Fund may engage in simple or more complex swap transactions involving a wide variety of underlying reference assets for various reasons. For example, a Fund may enter into a swap to gain exposure to investments (such as an index of securities in a market) or currencies without actually purchasing those stocks or currencies; to make an investment without owning or taking physical custody of securities or currencies in circumstances in which direct investment is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable; to hedge an existing position; to obtain a particular desired return at a lower cost to the Fund than if it had invested directly in an instrument that yielded the desired return; or for various other reasons.

Credit default swaps (“CDS”) involve the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses on an underlying security (or group of securities or index). CDS give one party to a transaction (the buyer of the CDS) the right to dispose of an asset (or group of assets), or the right to receive a payment from the other party, upon the occurrence of specified credit events.

A Fund may enter into CDS, as a buyer or a seller. CDS are used to manage default risk of an issuer and/or to gain exposure to a portion of the debt market or an individual issuer. Selling CDS (i.e., selling protection) increases credit exposure; purchasing CDS (i.e., buying protection) decreases credit exposure. The buyer in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the seller a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided no event of default has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller generally pays the buyer the full notional value (“par value”) of the underlying in exchange for the underlying. If a Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund will have made a stream of payments to the seller without having benefited from the default protection it purchased. However, if an event of default occurs, the Fund, as buyer, will receive the full notional value of the underlying that may have little or no value following default. As a seller, a Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, provided there is no default. If an event of default occurs, the Fund would be obligated to pay the notional value of the underlying in return for the receipt of the underlying. The value of the underlying received by the Fund, coupled with the periodic payments previously received may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund. CDS involve additional risks than if a Fund invests in the underlying directly.

For purposes of applying the Funds’ investment strategies and restrictions (as stated in the Prospectuses and this SAI) swap agreements are generally valued by the Funds at market value. In the case of a CDS or total return swap, however, in applying certain of the Funds’ investment policies and restrictions the Fund will generally value these swaps at their notional value or their full exposure value (i.e., the

46

sum of the notional amount for the contract plus the market value; market value for a swap is the current gain or loss of the contract). For purposes of applying certain of the Funds’ other investment policies and restrictions, the Funds may value the credit default or total return swap at market value. For example, a Fund may value a CDS at full exposure value for purposes of the Fund’s credit quality guidelines because such value reflects the Fund’s actual economic exposure during the term of the CDS agreement. In this context, both the notional amount and the market value may be positive or negative depending on whether the Fund is selling or buying protection through the CDS.

Swap agreements may include, but are not limited to: (1) “currency exchange rate”, which involves the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective rights to make or receive payments is specified currencies; (2) “interest rate”, which involves the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest; (3) “interest rate index”, which involves the exchange by a Fund with another party of the respective amounts payable with respect to a notional principal amount at interest rates equal to two specified indices; and other interest rate swap arrangements such as: (i) “caps,” under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; (ii) “floors,” under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a certain level, or “floor”; and (iii) “collars,” under which one party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice-versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels; (4) “credit default”, which involves an agreement of a Fund to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party in return for a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred; (5) “total return”, which involves the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments and the total return side is based on the total return of an equity or debt instrument or loan, or index thereon, with a life longer than the swap; and (6) “volatility”, which involves the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective rights to make or receive payments based on the volatility of an underlying reference instrument. As the seller of a swap, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Risks of Swap Agreements. The use of interest rate, mortgage, credit, currency, volatility and total return swaps, options on swaps, and interest rate caps, floors and collars, is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Manager is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and currency exchange rates, or in its evaluation of the creditworthiness of swap counterparties and the issuers of the underlying assets, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used. Because they are two-party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid investments. It may not be possible to enter into a reverse swap or close out a swap position prior to its original maturity and, therefore, a Fund may bear the risk of such position until its maturity. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. A Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards for creditworthiness (generally, such counterparties would have to be rated investment grade). Certain tax considerations may limit a Fund’s ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements. There is always the risk that these investments could reduce returns or increase a Fund’s volatility.

Structured Investments and Hybrid Instruments

Structured investments, including hybrid instruments, are instruments whose principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or interest rate is tied (positively or negatively) to the value of an index, interest rate, commodity, currency or other economic factor, or assets including, equity or debt securities, currencies, commodities, and loans (each a “benchmark”). Structured investments may combine the characteristics of securities, futures, and options. The interest rate or (unlike most debt securities) the amount payable at maturity of a structured investment may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark, although a structured investment may also be structured so that the issuer is not required to pay interest if the benchmark rises or falls to a certain level. Structured investments can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Structured investments include a wide variety of investments, including credit-linked securities, structured notes, indexed securities, commodity-linked notes and CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs. Structured investments include potentially high-risk derivatives.

The risks presented by structured investments may include market and regulatory risk, price volatility risk, credit risk, derivatives risk, liquidity risk and currency risk, in addition to the risks associated with the benchmark. The value of a structured investment or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, the structured investment may be leveraged and change in value (up or down) in a greater amount and more rapidly than the benchmark. A benchmark may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a structured investment. Under certain conditions, the amount payable upon maturity of a structured investment could be zero. Thus, an investment in a structured investment may entail significant risks that are not associated with an investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of a structured investment also exposes a Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the structured investment. Structured investments may be subordinated or unsubordinated with respect to other classes of the issuer’s securities. Subordinated structured investments typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated investments. Structured investments may also be more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities. Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and are typically sold in private placement transactions; thus, there may not be an active trading market for a structured investment held by a Fund and it may be difficult for the Fund to sell a structured investment.

A structured investment may be structured by depositing specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) into an entity such as a corporation or trust that issues one or more classes of securities backed by, or representing interest in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the securities issued to create securities with different investment

47

characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions. Amounts payable by such securities, and the value of such securities, will be dependent on the cash flow or value of the underlying instruments. Structured investments created by depositing securities in a corporation or trust typically involve no credit enhancement and their credit risk generally will be linked to that of the underlying instruments.

Certain issuers of structured instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, a Fund’s investments in these products will be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

Credit-Linked Securities. Credit-linked securities are issued by a limited purpose trust or other vehicle that, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to certain high yield or other fixed income markets. A Fund may invest in credit-linked securities as a cash management tool in order to gain exposure to the high yield markets and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income producing securities are not available. Like an investment in a bond, investments in credit-linked securities represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the security. However, these payments are conditioned on the trust’s receipt of payments from, and the trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the trust invests. For instance, the trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the trust would be obligated to pay the counterparty the par value (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that a Fund would receive as an investor in the trust. A Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk. It is expected that the securities will be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the securities and they may constitute illiquid investments.

Commodity-Linked Notes. Certain structured products may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked structured products may be either equity or debt securities, leveraged or unleveraged, and have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable. The Funds will only invest in commodity-linked structured products that qualify under applicable rules of the CFTC for an exemption from the provisions of the CEA.

Structured Notes and Indexed Securities. Structured notes are derivative debt instruments, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator (for example, a currency, security, commodity or index thereof). The terms of the instrument may be “structured” by the purchaser and the borrower issuing the note. Indexed securities may include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. The terms of structured notes and indexed securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity, which may result in a loss of invested capital. Structured notes and indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the unrelated indicator may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or the value of the structured note or indexed security at maturity may be calculated as a specified multiple of the change in the value of the unrelated indicator. Therefore, the value of such notes and securities may be very volatile. Structured notes and indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the unrelated indicator.

Structured notes or indexed securities also may be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities and instruments or more traditional debt securities. To the extent a Fund invests in these notes and securities, however, it analyzes these notes and securities in its overall assessment of the effective duration of the Fund’s holdings in an effort to monitor the Fund’s interest rate risk. Certain issuers of structured products may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the Funds’ investments in these structured products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”)

MLPs are limited partnerships in which ownership units are publicly traded. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners, such as a Fund that invests in an MLP, are not involved in the day-to-day management of the MLP. Investments in MLPs are generally subject to many of the risks that apply to partnerships. For example, holders of the units of MLPs may have limited control and limited voting rights on matters affecting the MLP. There may be fewer investor protections afforded investors in an MLP than investors in a corporation. Conflicts of interest may exist among limited partners and the general partner of an MLP. Holders of units of an MLP are allocated income and capital gains in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. Investments held by MLPs may be illiquid. MLP units may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to abrupt or erratic price movements.

48

Warrants and Rights

Warrants or rights may be acquired as part of a unit, attached to securities at the time of purchase; or acquired in connection with a corporate action, without limitation and may be deemed to be with or without value. Warrants may be considered speculative in that they have no voting rights, pay no dividends, and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. Warrants basically are options to purchase equity securities at a specific price valid for a specific period of time. They do not represent ownership of the securities, but only the right to buy them. Warrants differ from call options in that warrants are issued by the issuer of the security which may be purchased on their exercise, whereas call options may be written or issued by anyone. The prices of warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities. If the market price of the underlying security does not exceed the exercise price of the warrant plus the cost thereof before the expiration date, a Fund could sustain losses on transactions in warrants that would require the Fund to forgo a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous change in the market price of the underlying security.

Warrants may be purchased with values that vary depending on the change in value of one or more specified indices (“index warrants”). Index warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive upon exercise of the warrant a cash payment from the issuer based on the value of the underlying index at the time of the exercise.

Voluntary Actions

From time to time, a Fund may voluntarily participate in actions (for example, rights offerings, conversion privileges, exchange offers, credit event settlements) where an issuer or counterparty offers securities or instruments to its holders or counterparties, such as a Fund, and the acquisition is determined by the Manager to be beneficial to Fund shareholders (“Voluntary Action”). Notwithstanding any percentage investment limitation listed within the Trust’s Prospectuses or SAI, or any percentage investment limitation of the 1940 Act or rules thereunder, if a Fund has the opportunity to acquire a permitted security or instrument through a Voluntary Action, and a Fund will exceed a percentage investment limitation following the acquisition, it will not constitute a violation if, after announcement of the offering but prior to the receipt of the securities or instruments, a Fund sells an offsetting amount of assets that are subject to the investment limitation in question at least equal to the value of the securities or instruments to be acquired.

Roll Transactions

A Fund may engage in roll-timing strategies where the Fund seeks to extend the expiration or maturity of a position, such as a forward contract, futures contract or a TBA Transaction, on an underlying asset by closing out the position before expiration and contemporaneously opening a new position with respect to the same underlying asset that has substantially similar terms except for a later expiration date. Such “rolls” enable the Fund to maintain continuous investment exposure to an underlying asset beyond the expiration of the initial position without delivery of the underlying asset. Similarly, as certain standardized swap agreements transition from OTC trading to mandatory exchange-trading and clearing due to the implementation of Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) regulatory requirements, a Fund may “roll” an existing OTC swap agreement by closing out the position before expiration and contemporaneously entering into a new exchange-traded and cleared swap agreement on the same underlying asset with substantially similar terms except for a later expiration date. These types of new positions opened contemporaneous with the closing of an existing position on the same underlying asset with substantially similar terms are collectively referred to as “Roll Transactions.”

Indirect Exposure to Cryptocurrencies Risk

Cryptocurrencies (also referred to as “virtual currencies” and “digital currencies”) are digital assets that are designed to act as a medium of exchange. Although the Funds have no current intention of directly investing in cryptocurrencies, a Fund may have indirect exposure to cryptocurrencies by investing in the securities of companies that accept cryptocurrency for payment of services, use cryptocurrencies as reserve assets, or invest directly in cryptocurrencies. A Fund may also invest in securities of issuers which provide cryptocurrency-related services.

Cryptocurrencies (some of the most well-known include Bitcoin, Dogecoin and Ethereum) are not backed by any government, corporation, or other identified body. Trading markets for cryptocurrencies are often unregulated and may be more exposed to operational or technical issues as well as the potential for fraud or manipulation than established, regulated exchanges for securities, derivatives and traditional currencies.

Cryptocurrencies have been subject to significant fluctuations in value. The value of a cryptocurrency may significantly fluctuate precipitously (including declining to zero) and unpredictably for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to: investor perceptions and expectations; regulatory changes; general economic conditions; adoption and use in the retail and commercial marketplace; public opinion regarding the environmental impact of the creation (“minting” or “mining”) of cryptocurrency; confidence in, and the maintenance and development of, its network and open-source software protocols such as blockchain for ensuring the integrity of cryptocurrency transactional data; and general risks tied to the use of information technologies, including cybersecurity risks.

Cybersecurity Risk

The use of technology is prevalent in the financial industry, including the Funds’ management and operations. As a result, the Funds are susceptible to risks associated with the technologies, processes and practices designed to protect networks, systems, computers, programs and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access, or “cybersecurity.” Such risks may include the theft, loss, misuse, improper release, corruption and/or destruction of, manipulation of, or unauthorized access to, confidential or restricted data relating to the Funds or variable product owners, and the compromise, delay or failure of systems, networks, devices and applications relating to Fund operations, such as systems used to enter trades for the Funds’ investments, accounting and valuation systems, or compliance testing systems used to monitor the Funds’ investments. A cybersecurity breach may result in financial losses to the Funds and variable product

49

owners; the inability of the Funds to timely process transactions or conduct trades; delays or mistakes in materials provided to variable product owners; errors or delays in the calculation of Funds’ net asset values; violations of privacy and other laws (including those related to identity theft); regulatory fines, penalties and reputational damage; and compliance and remediation costs, legal fees and other expenses. In addition, the foregoing risks may adversely impact the Adviser, Managers, the Distributor and other service providers to the Funds, as well as financial intermediaries and parties with which the Funds do business, which in turn could result in losses to the Funds and variable product owners and disruptions to the conduct of business between the Funds, variable product owners, the Funds’ service providers and/or financial intermediaries.

While measures have been developed that are designed to reduce cybersecurity risks and to mitigate or lessen resulting damages, there is no guarantee that those measures will be effective, particularly because the Funds do not directly control the cybersecurity defenses or plans of their service providers, financial intermediaries and other parties with which the Funds transact.

Operational Risk and Business Continuity Plan

The Adviser, its affiliates and/or the Trust’s material service providers may experience business disruptions that could negatively impact their ability to provide services to a Fund. While the Adviser maintains a Business Continuity Plan (“BCP”) and has processes in place that are designed to minimize the disruption of normal business operations in the event of an adverse incident, there are inherent limitations in such plans and processes, including the possibility that certain systems and/or recovery processes do not work as intended. In addition, the Adviser and its affiliates do not control the operational systems or functions of the Trust’s third-party service providers. While the BCP is routinely tested and monitored, under certain circumstances the Adviser, its affiliates, and/or service providers to the Trust could be prevented or hindered from providing essential services to the Trust for extended periods of time. These disruptions could significantly impact the Trust’s business operations including, but not limited to, interfering with the ability to process shareholder transactions, trade or value portfolio holdings and/or timely calculate a Fund’s net asset value.

Regulatory and Legal Risk

The regulation of investments, investment companies, and investment advisers is an evolving area of law and is subject to modification by governmental and judicial actions. It is not possible to determine the full extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any such proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could be difficult, increase the fees and expenses for a Fund, and may impact the manner in which a Fund conducts business, the investment performance of a Fund, and/or the viability of a Fund. Furthermore, new laws or regulations may subject the Trust, a Fund and/or shareholders to increased taxes or other costs.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Fundamental Investment Restrictions

The investment restrictions set forth below are fundamental policies of each Fund and thus may not be changed, except as described below, without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of that Fund. The vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund means the vote, at an annual or special meeting of (a) 67% or more of the voting securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund are present or represented by proxy; or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund, whichever is the less.

The following fundamental investment restrictions apply to all Funds, unless otherwise stated.

1.

A Fund may not borrow money, except as permitted by or to the extent not prohibited by, applicable securities laws, rules, regulations or exemptions, as interpreted, modified, or applied by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time.

2.

A Fund may not issue senior securities, except as permitted by or to the extent not prohibited by, applicable securities laws, rules, regulations or exemptions, as interpreted, modified, or applied by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time.

3.

A Fund may not act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except as permitted by or to the extent not prohibited by, applicable securities laws, rules, regulations or exemptions, as interpreted, modified, or applied by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time.

4.

A Fund may not purchase real estate or any interest therein, except as permitted by or to the extent not prohibited by, applicable securities laws, rules, regulations or exemptions, as interpreted, modified, or applied by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time.

5.

A Fund may not purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted by or to the extent not prohibited by, applicable securities laws, rules, regulations or exemptions, as interpreted, modified, or applied by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time.

6.

A Fund may not make loans, except as permitted by or to the extent not prohibited by, applicable securities laws, rules, regulations or exemptions, as interpreted, modified, or applied by regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time.

7.

With the exception of the Funds designated as a “non-diversified company,” each Fund shall be a “diversified company” as those terms are defined in the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or applied from time to time by regulatory authority having jurisdiction. The Equity Index Portfolio, Small-Cap Index Portfolio, PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio, PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio, PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio, PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio and PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio each may not purchase securities of any issuer that would cause such Fund to be designated as non-diversified under the 1940 Act, except as may be necessary to approximate the composition of its target index. Each such Fund intends to be diversified in approximately the same proportion as its target index.

50

8.

Except as provided below, a Fund may not invest in a security if, as a result of such investment, more than 25% of its assets would be invested in the securities of issuers in any particular industry, provided this restriction does not apply to: (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities; (ii) repurchase agreements collateralized by the instruments described in the preceding clause; (iii) securities of other investment companies which do not have a policy to concentrate in a particular industry; and (iv) tax-exempt municipal securities. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities would not be considered to be members of any industry.

The Real Estate Portfolio normally will invest more than 25% of its assets in securities of companies in real estate and related industries.

The Health Sciences Portfolio normally will invest more than 25% of its assets in securities of companies in health sciences and related industries.

The Technology Portfolio normally will invest more than 25% of its assets in securities of companies in technology and related industries.

Each Fund (or for a co-managed Fund, the portion of the Fund) that seeks to track the performance of an index will not concentrate, except to the same approximate extent as its index may concentrate in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.

 Non-Fundamental Summaries of Current Legal Requirements and Interpretations Related to Certain Fundamental Investment Restrictions

This section summarizes current legal requirements and interpretations applicable to the Funds with respect to certain of the fundamental investment restrictions listed above. The current legal requirements and interpretations are subject to change at any time, and this section may be revised at any time to reflect changes in legal requirements or interpretations, or to further clarify existing requirements or interpretations. No part of this section constitutes a fundamental policy or a part of any of the above fundamental investment restrictions. The discussion in this section provides summary information only and is not a comprehensive discussion. It does not constitute legal advice. Investors who are interested in obtaining additional detail about these requirements and interpretations should consult their own counsel.

With respect to fundamental investment restriction 1: Currently, the 1940 Act permits mutual funds to engage in borrowing subject to certain limits. The 1940 Act essentially permits a Fund to borrow under two scenarios. First, a Fund is permitted to borrow from banks provided it maintains “asset coverage of at least 300%” for all borrowings, which means a mutual fund generally can borrow from banks but has a borrowing limit equal to 1/3 of its total assets immediately after the borrowing and continuing thereafter (for example, a fund with $100 million in assets could borrow $50 million, because $50 million is 1/3 of $150 million). Second, a Fund is permitted to borrow from banks or other lenders in an amount up to 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes.

With respect to fundamental investment restriction 2: Currently, the 1940 Act generally prohibits mutual funds from issuing “senior securities.” The 1940 Act defines a “senior security” generally to mean “any bond, debenture, note, or similar obligation or instrument constituting a security and evidencing indebtedness, and any stock of a class having priority over any other class as to distribution of assets or payment of dividends.” In other words, a senior security is an obligation that has priority over (or is senior to) a Fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. Borrowing, as described above in fundamental investment restriction 1 above, is an exception to this general prohibition. Rule 18f-4 allows a Fund to treat reverse repurchase agreements as borrowings up to the 1940 Act’s limits on borrowings without being treated as a derivative under that Rule. Alternatively, a Fund may rely on Rule 18f-4(d)(1)(ii) and treat a reverse repurchase agreement or similar financing transaction as a derivative transaction under the Fund’s Derivatives Risk Management Program.

With respect to fundamental investment restriction 3: Currently, under the 1940 Act and other federal securities laws, a fund is considered an “underwriter” if the fund participates in the public distribution of securities of other issuers, which involves purchasing the securities from an issuer with the intention of reselling the securities to the public. A fund that purchases securities in a private transaction for investment purposes and later sells those securities to institutional investors in a restricted sale could, under one view, technically be considered to be an underwriter of those securities. Under current legal requirements, fundamental investment restriction 3 permits a Fund to sell securities in this circumstance.

With respect to fundamental investment restriction 6: Investments in loan participations and assignments are considered to be debt obligations and are, therefore, permissible investments for the Funds.

With respect to fundamental investment restriction 8: Government issued mortgage-related securities, including government issued CMOs, are considered government securities. In accordance with current SEC staff position, the Trust does not consider privately-issued securities to be “tax-exempt municipal securities.” For purposes of complying with this restriction, the Trust, in consultation with its Managers, utilizes its own industry classifications. In addition, for purposes of complying with fundamental investment restriction 8, a Fund that operates as a fund of funds will consider the concentration of the Underlying Funds. Pursuant to investment restriction 8, the Funds of Funds of the Trust have a policy to not concentrate their investments in any particular industry.

Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions

The following non-fundamental investment restrictions apply to all Funds, unless otherwise stated:

1.

A Fund may not purchase illiquid investments or repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days if as a result of such purchase, more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in such investments.

51

2.

If a Fund has a policy on investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in a manner consistent with its name, it will provide at least 60 days prior written notice of any change to such policy.

3.

The Value Portfolio will provide at least 60 days prior written notice of any change to its policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in common stock.

4.

A Fund which serves as an Underlying Fund for a fund of funds (such as the ESG Portfolios, PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, Portfolio Optimization Portfolios or Pacific Dynamix Portfolios) may not invest in securities of other investment companies in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) of the 1940 Act, or any successor provisions.

Unless otherwise specifically stated in a Fund’s Prospectus or above, each Fund’s investment restriction will apply only at the time of investment (and subsequent fluctuations in the value of Fund securities or the sale of Fund securities will not result in a violation of the restriction). The foregoing does not apply to borrowing. Restriction 2 above refers to investment policies that are in place because of the name of the particular Fund (“Name Test Policy”). The Bond Plus Portfolio, Diversified Bond Portfolio, Floating Rate Income Portfolio, High Yield Bond Portfolio, Intermediate Bond Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Managed Bond Portfolio, Short Duration Bond Portfolio, Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio, Equity Index Portfolio, Hedged Equity Portfolio, Large-Cap Core Portfolio, Large-Cap Growth Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Value Portfolio, Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio, Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio, Mid-Cap Value Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Small-Cap Equity Portfolio, Small-Cap Growth Portfolio, Small-Cap Index Portfolio, Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Small-Cap Value Portfolio, Emerging Markets Portfolio, International Large-Cap Portfolio, International Small-Cap Portfolio, Health Sciences Portfolio, Real Estate Portfolio, Technology Portfolio, PD 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Portfolio, PD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio, PD High Yield Bond Market Portfolio, PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio, PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio, PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio, PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio, PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio, PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio and PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio are subject to the Name Test Policy. The Name Test Policy applies at the time the Fund invests its assets and under normal circumstances. A new Fund will be permitted to comply with the Name Test Policy within six months after commencing operations. A Fund may not change its Name Test Policy, if applicable, without notifying shareholders at least 60 days prior to the change.

THIRD PARTY DISCLAIMERS

MSCI

The PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio and the PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio (each, a “Product”) are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”), any of its affiliates, any of its information providers or any other third party involved in, or related to, compiling, computing or creating any MSCI index (collectively, the “MSCI Parties”). The MSCI indexes are the exclusive property of MSCI. MSCI and the MSCI index names are service marks of MSCI or its affiliates and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by the Trust and its affiliates. None of the MSCI Parties makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, to the issue or owners of a Product or any other person or entity regarding the advisability of investing in a Product generally or in a Product particularly or the ability of any MSCI index to track corresponding stock market performance. MSCI or its affiliates are the licensors of certain trademarks, service marks and trade names and of the MSCI indexes which are determined, composed and calculated by MSCI without regard to a Product or the issuer or owners of a Product or any other person or entity. None of the MSCI Parties has any obligation to take the needs of the issuer or owners of a Product or any other person or entity into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the MSCI indexes. None of the MSCI Parties is responsible for or has participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of a Product to be issued or in the determination or calculation of the equation by or the consideration into which a Product is redeemable. Further, none of the MSCI Parties has any obligation or liability to the issuer or owners of a Product or any other person or entity in connection with the administration, marketing or offering of a Product.

Although MSCI shall obtain information for inclusion in or for use in the calculation of the MSCI indexes from sources that MSCI considers reliable, none of the MSCI Parties warrants or guarantees the originality, accuracy and/or the completeness of any MSCI index or any data included therein. None of the MSCI Parties makes any warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the issuer of a Product, owners of a Product, or any other person or entity, from the use of any MSCI index or any data included therein. None of the MSCI Parties shall have any liability for any errors, omissions or interruptions of or in connection with any MSCI index or any data included therein. Further, none of the MSCI Parties makes any express or implied warranties of any kind, and the MSCI Parties hereby expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, with respect to each MSCI index and any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall any of the MSCI Parties have any liability for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential or any other damages (including lost profits) even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

No purchaser, seller or holder of a Product, or any other person or entity, should use or refer to any MSCI trade name, trademark or service mark to sponsor, endorse, market or promote a Product without first contacting MSCI to determine whether MSCI’s permission is required. Under no circumstances may any person or entity claim any affiliation with MSCI without the prior written permission of MSCI.

With respect to the Composite Benchmarks for the ESG Portfolios, PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, Pacific Dynamix Portfolios and Portfolio Optimization Portfolios, these blended returns are calculated by the Trust using end of day index level values licensed from MSCI Inc. (“MSCI Data”) and others. For the avoidance of doubt, MSCI is not the benchmark “administrator” for, or a “contributor”, “submitter” or “supervised contributor” to, the blended returns, and the MSCI Data is not considered a “contribution” or “submission” in relation to the blended returns, as those terms may be defined in any rules, laws, regulations, legislation or international standards. MSCI Data is provided “AS IS” without warranty or liability and no copying or distribution is permitted. MSCI does not make any representation regarding the advisability of any investment or strategy and does not sponsor, promote, issue, sell or otherwise recommend or endorse any investment or strategy, including any financial products or strategies based on, tracking or otherwise utilizing any MSCI Data, models, analytics or other materials or information.

52

Russell

The PD Large-Cap Growth Index, PD Large-Cap Value Index, PD Mid-Cap Index, PD Small-Cap Growth Index, PD Small-Cap Value Index and Small-Cap Index Portfolios as well as the BlackRock managed portion of the Small-Cap Equity Portfolio (together, the “PSF BR Index Portfolios”) have been developed solely by the Trust. The PSF BR Index Portfolios are not in any way connected to or sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by the London Stock Exchange Group plc and its group undertaking (collectively, the “LSE Group”), including Russell. Russell® is a trademark of the LSE Group and the trading name of certain of the LSE Group companies.

All rights in the Russell 1000 Growth Index, Russell 1000 Index, Russell 1000 Value Index, Russell 2000 Growth Index, Russell 2000 Index, Russell 2000 Value Index, Russell 3000 Health Care Index, Russell 3000 Index, Russell 3000 Value Index, Russell Midcap Index, Russell Midcap Growth Index and Russell Midcap Value Index (the “Russell Indices”) vest in the relevant LSE Group company which own the Russell Indices and have been licensed for use by the Trust.

The Russell Indices are calculated by or on behalf of the LSE Group or its affiliate, agent or partner. The LSE Group does not accept any liability whatsoever to any person arising out of (a) the use of, reliance on or any error in a Russell Index or (b) investment in or operation of the PSF BR Index Portfolios. The LSE Group makes no claim, prediction, warranty or representation either as to the results to be obtained from a PSF BR Index Portfolio’s use of a Russell Index (upon which the respective PSF BR Index Portfolio is based) or the suitability of a Russell Index for the purpose to which it is being put by the Trust.

JP Morgan

With respect to the J.P. Morgan indices, including blended composites (the “J.P. Morgan Index”), information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but J.P. Morgan does not warrant its completeness or accuracy. The J.P. Morgan Index has been licensed for use by the Trust and its affiliates, is used with permission, and may not be copied, used, or distributed without J.P. Morgan’s prior written approval. Copyright 2023, JPMorgan Chase & Co. All rights reserved.

All other third-party trademarks and service marks belong to their respective owners.

Nasdaq

The QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio (the “Product”) is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Nasdaq, Inc. or its affiliates (Nasdaq, with its affiliates, are referred to as the “Corporations”). The Corporations have not passed on the legality or suitability of, or the accuracy or adequacy of descriptions and disclosures relating to, the Product. The Corporations make no representation or warranty, express or implied to the owners of the Product or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Product particularly, or the ability of the Nasdaq-100 Index to track general stock market performance. The Corporations’ only relationship to Pacific Select Fund (“Licensee”) is in the licensing of the Nasdaq®, QQQ® and certain trade names of the Corporations and the use of the Nasdaq-100 Index which is determined, composed and calculated by Nasdaq without regard to Licensee or the Product. Nasdaq has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Product into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Nasdaq-100 Index. The Corporations are not responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of the Product to be issued or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Product is to be converted into cash. The Corporations have no liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Product.

THE CORPORATIONS DO NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR UNINTERRUPTED CALCULATION OF THE NASDAQ-100 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY LICENSEE, OWNERS OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE NASDAQ-100 INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE NASDAQ-100® INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CORPORATIONS HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

The Trust was organized on May 4, 1987 as a Massachusetts business trust and was reorganized as a Delaware statutory trust on June 30, 2016. The Trust consists of [61] separate Funds as of [___].

Management Information

The business and affairs of the Trust are managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees under the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust. Trustees who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act) are referred to as “Independent Trustees.” Certain Trustees and officers are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust and thus are referred to as “Interested Persons” because of their positions with PLFA and/or Pacific Life. The Trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations during the past five years as well as certain additional occupational information are shown below. The address of each Trustee and officer is c/o Pacific Select Fund, 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660. None of the Trustees hold directorships in companies that file periodic reports with the SEC or in other investment companies, other than those listed below.

53

I. Interested Persons

Name and Age	Position(s) with the Trust and Length of Time Served1	Current Directorship(s) Held and Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen2
Adrian S. Griggs Year of birth 1966	Chief Executive Officer since 1/01/18, President and Trustee since 4/01/22	Chief Operating Officer (1/17 to present) and Executive Vice President (4/12 to present) of Pacific Mutual Holding Company and Pacific LifeCorp; Chief Operating Officer (1/17 to present), Executive Vice President (4/12 to present) and Director (1/16 to present) of Pacific Life and PL&A; Chief Executive Officer (1/18 to 4/23), President (4/22 to 4/23) and Trustee (4/22 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]
Howard T. Hirakawa Year of birth 1962	Senior Vice President since 12/10/14	Senior Vice President (4/14 to present) of Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC; Senior Vice President (12/14 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]
Audrey L. Cheng Year of birth 1975	Vice President and General Counsel since 4/01/23 and Assistant Secretary since 1/01/20	Vice President (4/23 to present) and Assistant Vice President (9/11 to 3/23) of Pacific Life; Vice President (4/23 to present), Fund Advisor General Counsel (4/23 to present), and Assistant Secretary (4/23 to present) of Pacific Life Fund Advisors, LLC; Vice President (12/13 to 4/23), General Counsel (4/23 to 4/23), and Assistant Secretary (1/20 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]
Laurene E. MacElwee Year of birth 1966	Vice President since 12/13/11 and Assistant Secretary since 4/04/05	Chief Compliance Officer (7/22 to present), Vice President (4/11 to present) and Assistant Secretary (5/07 to present) of Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC; Vice President (4/11 to present) of Pacific Life; Vice President (4/05 to 4/23) and Assistant Secretary (6/01 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]
Carleton J. Muench Year of birth 1973	Vice President since 12/10/14	Vice President (4/14 to present) of Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC; Vice President (11/06 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]
Benjamin D. Wiesenfeld Year of birth 1977	Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer since 7/01/22	Vice President (7/22 to present) and Assistant Vice President (6/20 to 7/22) of Pacific Life; Vice President (7/22 to 4/23), Chief Compliance Officer (7/22 to 4/23) and Deputy Chief Compliance & Ethics Officer (1/21 to 7/22) of Pacific Funds Series Trust; Chief Compliance Officer (10/20 to present) of Pacific Select Distributors, LLC; Chief Compliance Officer (8/18 to 11/19) of Oakmark Funds.	[61]
Starla C. Yamauchi Year of birth 1970	Vice President since 4/01/24 and Secretary since 1/04/23	Vice President (4/24 to present), Assistant Vice President (11/21 to 3/24), Secretary (1/23 to present), and Assistant Secretary (8/15 to 1/23) of Pacific Life; Vice President (4/24 to present), Assistant Vice President (11/21 to 3/24), Secretary (1/23 to present), and Assistant Secretary (5/16 to 1/23) of Pacific LifeCorp; Vice President (4/24 to present), Assistant Vice President (5/22 to 3/24), Secretary (1/23 to present), and Assistant Secretary (5/16 to 1/23) of Pacific Mutual Holding Company; Vice President (4/24 to present), Assistant Vice President (1/23 to 3/24), Secretary (1/23 to present), and Assistant Secretary (5/19 to 1/23) of Pacific Select Distributors, LLC; Secretary (1/23 to 4/23) and Vice President (1/23 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]
Kevin W. Steiner Year of birth 1975	Vice President since 4/01/24	Vice President (4/24 to present), Assistant Vice President (4/12 to 3/24) of Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC; Vice President (1/13 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]
Trevor T. Smith Year of birth 1975	Assistant Vice President since 3/23/16 and Treasurer since 4/01/18	Assistant Vice President (1/17 to present) of Pacific Life; Principal Financial Officer (3/23 to present) and Principal Operations Officer (3/23 to present) of Pacific Select Distributors, LLC; and Vice President (3/16 to 4/23) and Treasurer (4/18 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]
Bonnie J. Boyle Year of birth 1974	Assistant Vice President and Assistant Treasurer since 1/01/20	Director (6/17 to present) of Pacific Life; Vice President and Assistant Treasurer (1/20 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]
Mark Karpe Year of birth 1968	Assistant Vice President and Assistant Secretary since 4/01/23	Assistant Vice President and Managing Assistant General Counsel (4/15 to present) of Pacific Life; Vice President and Assistant Secretary (4/23 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust.	[61]

54

II. Independent Trustees

Name and Age	Position(s) with the Trust and Length of Time Served1	Current Directorship(s) Held and Principal Occupation(s) (and certain additional occupation information) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen2
Nooruddin (Rudy) Veerjee Year of birth 1958	Trustee since 1/01/05 and Chairman of the Board since 4/01/22	Trustee (9/05 to 4/23) and Chairman of the Board (4/22 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust. Formerly: President of Transamerica Insurance and Investment Group; President of Transamerica Asset Management; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Transamerica Premier Funds (Mutual Fund); and Director of various Transamerica Life Companies.	[61]
Gale K. Caruso Year of birth 1957	Trustee since 1/01/06	Trustee (1/06 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust; Independent Trustee (2/15 to present) and Chair of the Board (1/22 to present) of Matthews Asia Funds. Formerly: Member of the Board of Directors of LandAmerica Financial Group, Inc.; President and Chief Executive Officer of Zurich Life; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Scudder Canada Investor Services, Ltd.; Managing Director of Scudder Kemper Investments; Member of the Advisory Council to the Trust for Public Land in Maine; Member of the Board of Directors of Make-A-Wish of Maine.	[61]
Andrew J. Iseman Year of birth 1964	Trustee since 3/01/19	Trustee (6/19 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust; Advisory Council Member of The TIFIN Group (11/20 to 12/22); Director of CrowdOptic (8/21 to 11/22); Member of the Board of DeBourgh Manufacturing Company (12/21 to present). Formerly: Chief Executive Officer and Senior Adviser of Scout Investments; President of Scout Funds; Interested Trustee of Scout Funds.	[61]
Paul A. Keller Year of birth 1954	Trustee since 6/20/16	Trustee (6/16 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust; Independent Trustee (8/10 to present) and Chairman of the Board (8/19 to present) of Fenimore Asset Management Trust (FAM Funds); Business Consultant (7/10 to present) (sole proprietor); Certified Public Accountant in New York (1982 to present). Formerly: Partner of McGladrey & Pullen LLP; Partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP; Adjunct Professor of Accounting of SUNY College at Old Westbury; Interim Chief Financial Officer of The Leon Levy Foundation.	[61]
Lucie H. Moore Year of birth 1956	Trustee since 10/01/98	Trustee (6/01 to 4/23) of Pacific Funds Series Trust; Member of the Board of Trustees (2014 to present) of Azusa Pacific University; Member of the Board of Trustees (2016 to present) of Pacifica Christian High School Orange County. Formerly: Partner of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher (Law); Member of the Board of Trustees of Sage Hill School; Member of the Board of Trustees of The Pegasus School; and Member of the Advisory Board of Court Appointed Special Advocates (CASA) of Orange County.	[61]

1

A Trustee serves until he or she resigns, retires, or his or her successor is elected and qualified.

?

2

As of [___], the “Fund Complex” consists of the Trust, which contains [61] funds.

Board of Trustees

Additional Information Concerning the Board of Trustees

The Role of the Board. The Board of Trustees (“Board”) oversees the management and operations of the Trust. Like most mutual funds, the day-to-day management and operation of the Trust is performed by various service providers to the Trust, such as the Trust’s Adviser, the Managers, the distributor, administrator, custodian, and transfer agent, each of which is discussed in greater detail in this SAI. The Board has appointed senior employees of certain of these service providers as officers of the Trust, with responsibility to monitor and report to the Board on the Trust’s operations. The Board receives regular reports from these officers and service providers regarding the Trust’s operations. For example, the Treasurer provides reports as to financial reporting matters and investment personnel report on the performance of the Funds. The Board has appointed a Trust Chief Compliance Officer who administers the Trust’s compliance program and regularly reports to the Board as to compliance matters. Some of these reports are provided as part of formal Board meetings which

55

are typically held quarterly, in person or virtually, and involve the Board’s review of Trust operations. From time to time one or more Independent Trustees may also meet with management in less formal settings, between scheduled Board meetings, to discuss various topics. In all cases, however, the role of the Board and of any individual Trustee is one of oversight and not of management of the day-to-day affairs of the Trust and its oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Trust’s investments, operations or activities.

Board Structure, Leadership. The Board has structured itself in a manner that it believes allows it to perform its oversight function effectively. It has established three standing committees, an Audit Committee, a Policy Committee and a Governance Committee, which are discussed in greater detail under “Committees” below. More than 75% of the members of the Board are Independent Trustees and each of the Audit, Policy and Governance Committee is comprised entirely of Independent Trustees. The Chairman of the Board is an Independent Trustee who acts as the primary liaison between the Independent Trustees, the Interested Trustee and management. The Chairman of the Board helps identify matters for consideration by the Board and regularly participates in the agenda setting process for Board meetings. The Chairman of the Board serves as Chairman of the Trust’s Policy Committee, which provides a forum for the Independent Trustees to meet in separate session to deliberate on matters relevant to the Trust. The Independent Trustees have also engaged their own independent counsel to advise them on matters relating to their responsibilities in connection with the Trust. The Board reviews its structure annually through the Governance Committee. In developing its structure, the Board has considered that all shareholders of the Trust are variable life insurance or variable annuity clients of Pacific Life and PL&A and that the Interested Trustee, as the Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President of Pacific Life and PL&A, can provide valuable input as to, among other things, the role of the Funds in the variable life insurance and variable annuity platforms of Pacific Life and PL&A. The Board has also determined that having a Chairman of the Board who is an Independent Trustee and the function and composition of the Policy, Audit and Governance Committees are appropriate means to provide effective oversight on behalf of the Trust’s shareholders and address any potential conflicts of interest that might arise from an Interested Trustee serving on the Board.

Board Oversight of Risk Management. As part of its oversight function, the Board receives and reviews various risk management reports and assessments and discusses these matters with appropriate management and other personnel. The full Board receives reports from the Adviser and Managers as to investment risks as well as other risks that may also be discussed in Policy or Audit Committee meetings. In addition, the Board receives reports from the Adviser’s Risk Oversight Committee regarding its assessments of potential material risks associated with the Trust and the manner in which those risks are addressed. Because risk management is a broad concept comprised of many elements, Board oversight of different types of risks is handled in different ways. For example, the Board and its committees periodically receive reports and/or updates from Pacific Life as to Pacific Life’s enterprise risk management and from the Adviser on investment risk management. The Board and its committees also receive periodic reports as to how the Adviser conducts service provider oversight and how it monitors for other risks, such as derivatives risk, business continuity risks and risks that might be present with individual Managers or specific investment strategies. The Audit Committee meets regularly with the Chief Compliance Officer to discuss compliance and operational risks. The Audit Committee also meets regularly with the Treasurer, and the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm and, when appropriate, with other Pacific Life personnel to discuss, among other things, the internal control structure of the Trust’s financial reporting function.

Information about Each Trustee’s Qualification, Experience, Attributes or Skills. The Board believes that each of the Trustees has the qualifications, experience, attributes and skills (“Trustee Attributes”) appropriate to their continued service as a Trustee of the Trust in light of the Trust’s business and structure. In addition to a demonstrated record of business and/or professional accomplishment, each of the Trustees has served on the Board for a number of years. They therefore have substantial board experience and, in their service to the Trust, have gained substantial insight as to the operation of the Trust and have demonstrated a commitment to discharging oversight duties as trustees in the interests of shareholders. The Trust’s Governance Committee annually conducts a “self-assessment” wherein the effectiveness of the Board and its committees is reviewed. In conducting its annual self-assessment, the Governance Committee has determined that the Trustees have the appropriate attributes and experience to continue to serve effectively as Trustees of the Trust.

In addition to the information provided in the charts above, including in particular the many years of mutual fund experience on the Board of the Trust and Pacific Funds Series Trust, certain additional information regarding the Trustees and their Trustee Attributes is provided below. The information is not all-inclusive. Many Trustee Attributes involve intangible elements, such as intelligence, integrity and work ethic, along with the ability to work together, to communicate effectively, to exercise judgment and ask incisive questions, and commitment to shareholder interests.

Mr. Griggs is the Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and a Director of Pacific Life and PL&A. Mr. Griggs is considered an Interested Person of the Trust because of his material business positions with Pacific Life and PL&A. In these positions, Mr. Griggs has intimate knowledge of Pacific Life, PL&A and the Adviser, their products, operations, personnel and financial resources. Mr. Griggs’ position of influence and responsibility at Pacific Life and PL&A, in addition to his extensive knowledge, has been determined to be valuable to the Board in its oversight of the Trust.

Ms. Caruso has executive experience from her former positions as President and Chief Executive Officer of Zurich Life, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Scudder Canada Investor Services, Ltd. and Managing Director of Scudder Kemper Investments. Ms. Caruso also has prior insurance company board experience, having previously served as a director of LandAmerica Financial Group, Inc. (an insurance company) and on the board of directors of the Illinois Life Insurance Council as well as prior insurance fund and mutual fund board experience. Ms. Caruso is a member of the Board of Governors of the Investment Company Institute as well as a member of the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Council. Ms. Caruso also currently serves as a trustee and Chair of the Board of the Matthews Asia Funds (a series of mutual funds).

56

Mr. Iseman has significant investment management and executive experience from his former positions as Chief Executive Officer of Scout Investments and President of Scout Funds (a series of mutual funds now known as the Carillon Series Trust). Mr. Iseman also has prior investment company board experience, having previously served as an interested trustee for the Scout Funds.

Mr. Keller has financial accounting experience as a Certified Public Accountant and was a former Audit Partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP with over 30 years of experience in the mutual fund industry. Mr. Keller also currently serves as a trustee and Chairman of the Board of the FAM Funds (a series of mutual funds).

Ms. Moore has significant legal experience as a former Partner with the law firm of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher.

Mr. Veerjee has insurance company executive experience as former President of Transamerica Insurance and Investment Group. He also has executive mutual fund and asset management experience as former President of Transamerica Asset Management and as former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Transamerica Premier Funds.

Committees. The standing committees of the Board are the Audit Committee, the Policy Committee and the Governance Committee.

The members of the Audit Committee include each Independent Trustee of the Trust. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter and is responsible for, among other things, reviewing and recommending to the Board the selection of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing the scope of the proposed audits of the Trust and the accounting and financial controls of the Trust and the results of the annual audits of the Trust’s financial statements, interacting with the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board, assisting the Board in its oversight of the Trust’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and receiving reports from the Chief Compliance Officer. Mr. Keller serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Board has determined that Mr. Keller is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in the applicable regulations. The Audit Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Pursuant to its charter, the Audit Committee also serves as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee for the Trust for purposes of Section 307 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act (“SOX”), regarding standards of professional conduct for attorneys appearing and practicing before the SEC on behalf of an issuer (“Reporting Attorney”). A Reporting Attorney who becomes aware of evidence of a material violation by the Trust, or by any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Trust, may report the matter to the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee as an alternative to the reporting requirements of SOX (which requires reporting to the chief legal officer and potentially “up the ladder” to other entities). The Qualified Legal Compliance Committee must take appropriate steps to respond to any reports received from a Reporting Attorney. The Qualified Legal Compliance Committee meets as necessary during the year. The Qualified Legal Compliance Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

The members of the Policy Committee include each Independent Trustee of the Trust. The Policy Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter and its primary responsibility is to act as a general oversight committee of the Board and to provide a forum for the Independent Trustees to meet and deliberate on certain matters to be presented to the Board for its review and/or consideration for approval at Board meetings. The Policy Committee also reviews and deliberates on the annual Section 15(c) materials received in connection with the renewal of the investment advisory, investment sub-advisory and distribution agreements, as well as the determination of the independence of the independent legal counsel to the Independent Trustees. Mr. Veerjee serves as Chairman of the Policy Committee. The Policy Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

The members of the Governance Committee include each Independent Trustee of the Trust. The Governance Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter and is responsible for, among other things, the Trustees’ “self-assessment,” making recommendations to the Board concerning the size and composition of the Board and its committees and the effectiveness of the Board’s committee structure, determining compensation of the Independent Trustees, establishing an Independent Trustee retirement policy and the screening and nomination of new candidates to serve as Trustees. With respect to new Trustee candidates, the Governance Committee may seek referrals from a variety of sources and may engage a search firm to assist it in identifying or evaluating potential candidates. The Governance Committee will consider any candidate for Trustee recommended by a current shareholder if such recommendation contains sufficient background information concerning the candidate to enable the Governance Committee to make a proper judgment as to the candidate’s qualifications. The recommendation must be submitted in writing and addressed to the Governance Committee Chairperson at the Trust’s offices: Pacific Select Fund Governance Committee, c/o Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC, 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660, Attention: Governance Committee Chairperson. Ms. Moore serves as Chairperson of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Deferred Compensation Plan. Pursuant to the Pacific Select Fund Trustees’ Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”), an Independent Trustee has the option to elect to defer part or all of his or her compensation payable by the Trust (or any other entity considered a “single employer” under the Code), and such amount is placed into a deferral account. Amounts in the deferral account are obligations of the Fund Complex that are payable in accordance with the Deferred Compensation Plan.

An Independent Trustee who defers compensation pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan has the option to select one or more credit rate options for his or her deferred account that track the total return of certain Funds and share classes of the Fund Complex (without a sales load). Accordingly, the market value appreciation or depreciation of a Trustee’s deferral account will cause the expenses of Funds of the Fund Complex to increase or decrease due to market fluctuations. Distributions from a Trustee’s deferral account will be paid in accordance with the payout election selected by the Trustee, the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan and in compliance with the Code.

Management Ownership. As of April 3, 2024, to the best of the Trust’s knowledge, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned variable products that entitled them to give voting instructions with respect to less than 1% of the outstanding shares of Class P, Class I or Class D of each Fund that has commenced operations.

57

Beneficial Interest of Trustees. None of the Trustees directly own shares of the Trust. The table below shows the dollar range of each Trustee’s interest as of calendar year end December 31, 2023 (unless otherwise noted) (i) in any Fund of the Trust that has commenced operations (indirect beneficial interest through ownership of a variable product), and (ii) on an aggregate basis, in all registered investment companies overseen by the Trustee within the “Family of Investment Companies” ​(the Fund Complex).

Name of Trustee	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in a Fund of the Trust1	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in the Family of Investment Companies2
Adrian S. Griggs3	Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio: $10,001 to $50,000	$10,001 to $50,000
Gale K. Caruso	Diversified Bond Portfolio: $50,001 to $100,000	Over $100,000
​	Dividend Growth Portfolio: $50,001 to $100,000	​
​	Emerging Markets Portfolio: $10,001 to $50,000	​
​	Health Sciences Portfolio: over $100,000	​
​	Large Cap Core Portfolio: $50,001 to $100,000	​
Andrew J. Iseman	Hedged Equity Portfolio: over $100,000	Over $100,000
Paul A. Keller	None	None
Lucie H. Moore	None	None
Nooruddin (Rudy) Veerjee	None	None

?

1

The following shows the dollar range of an Independent Trustee’s deferred compensation allocations for the Trust as of December 31, 2023, which tracks the performance of certain Funds of the Trust as described in the “Deferred Compensation Plan” section: Gale K. Caruso – over $100,000; Lucie H. Moore – over $100,000; Nooruddin (Rudy) Veerjee – over $100,000; Paul A. Keller – over $100,000.

?

2

As of December 31, 2023, the “Family of Investment Companies” consisted of the Trust. The following shows the dollar range of an Independent Trustee’s deferred compensation allocations for the Trust as of December 31, 2023: Gale K. Caruso – over $100,000; Lucie H. Moore – over $100,000; Nooruddin (Rudy) Veerjee – over $100,000; Paul A. Keller – over $100,000.

3

Adrian S. Griggs is an Interested Person of the Trust because of his positions with Pacific Life.

Compensation. No compensation is paid by the Trust to any of the Trusts’ Officers or the Interested Trustee. The following table shows the compensation paid to the Trust’s Independent Trustees for the most recently completed fiscal year ended December 31, 2023:

Name	Aggregate Compensation from the Trust1			Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of the Trust’s Expenses		Total Compensation from Fund Complex Paid to Trustees2
Gale K. Caruso	​	$	256,500	​	N/A	​	$	396,125
Andrew J. Iseman	​	$	256,500	​	N/A	​	$	390,500
Paul A. Keller	​	$	294,000	​	N/A	​	$	446,125
Lucie H. Moore	​	$	263,500	​	N/A	​	$	405,625
Nooruddin (Rudy) Veerjee	​	$	343,500	​	N/A	​	$	477,500
​	​	$	1,414,000	​	N/A	​	$	2,115,875

1

Includes compensation deferred by Paul A. Keller of $40,000 pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan.

?

2

For compensation purposes, for the year ended December 31, 2023, the “Fund Complex” consisted of the Trust and Pacific Funds Series Trust, a Delaware statutory trust that may be referred to as “Pacific Funds.” Compensation paid by the Trust for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 and paid by Pacific Funds for both its fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 and including the period from April 1, 2023 through June 30, 2023. On April 17, 2023, Pacific Funds was reorganized into another (unaffiliated) fund complex and deregistered as of July 27, 2023, with no further compensation paid by Pacific Funds after June 30, 2023. These amounts exclude deferred compensation, if any, because such amounts were not paid during the relevant periods.

Investment Adviser

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA” or “Adviser”), a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pacific Life, serves as investment adviser to the Trust pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (“Advisory Agreement”) between the Trust and PLFA. The original advisory agreement for the Trust was entered into between Pacific Life and the Trust and was approved by the then-existing Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who were not parties to that Advisory Agreement, at a Board meeting held on July 21, 1987, and by the shareholders of the Trust at a Meeting of Shareholders held on October 28, 1988. The Advisory Agreement (as amended and restated in 2005) was subsequently transferred from Pacific Life to PLFA in 2007.

PLFA is responsible for overseeing the investment program for the Trust. PLFA also furnishes to the Board of Trustees, which has responsibility for the business and affairs of the Trust, periodic reports on the investment performance of each Fund. Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, PLFA is obligated to manage the Trust’s Funds in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. PLFA is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. See the “Information About the Managers” section for additional information regarding PLFA.

The Advisory Agreement will continue in effect until December 31, 2024, and from year to year thereafter, provided such continuance is approved annually by (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or by the Board of Trustees, and (ii) a majority of the Independent Trustees who are not parties to such Advisory Agreement. The Advisory Agreement and each sub-advisory

58

agreement may be terminated without penalty by vote of the Trustees or the shareholders of the Trust, or by the Adviser, on 60 days written notice by any party to the Advisory Agreement or sub-advisory agreement, respectively, and each agreement will terminate automatically if assigned.

Pacific Life is a Nebraska domiciled life insurance company that provides life insurance products, individual annuities and mutual funds and offers to individuals, businesses, and pension plans a variety of investment products and services in all states except New York. Pacific Life & Annuity Company (“PL&A”), a subsidiary of Pacific Life, is a life insurance company licensed to issue individual life insurance and annuity products in the state of New York. PL&A is an Arizona domiciled life insurance company and a subsidiary of Pacific Life.

Pacific Life was established on January 2, 1868 under the name, “Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company of California.” It was reincorporated as Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company on July 22, 1936. On September 2, 1997, Pacific Life converted from a mutual life insurance company to a stock life insurance company. Pacific Life redomesticated to Nebraska on September 1, 2005. Pacific Life is a subsidiary of Pacific LifeCorp, a holding company, which in turn is a subsidiary of Pacific Mutual Holding Company, a mutual holding company. Under their respective charters, Pacific Mutual Holding Company must always hold at least 51% of the outstanding voting stock of Pacific LifeCorp, and Pacific LifeCorp must always own 100% of the voting stock of Pacific Life. Owners of Pacific Life’s annuity contracts and life insurance policies have certain membership interests in Pacific Mutual Holding Company, consisting principally of the right to vote on the election of the Board of Directors of the mutual holding company and on other matters and certain rights upon liquidation or dissolutions of the mutual holding company.

Investment Advisory Fee Schedules

The Trust pays the Adviser a fee for its services under the Advisory Agreement, as reflected in the table below, based on an annual percentage of the average daily net assets of each Fund (the “investment advisory fee” or “management fee”).

Fund	Annual Investment Advisory Fee (as a percentage of average daily net assets)
Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio1	0.785% on first $1 billion
​	0.755% on next $1 billion
​	0.725% on next $2 billion
​	0.705% on excess
International Small-Cap Portfolio2	0.85% on first $1 billion
​	0.82% on next $1 billion
​	0.79% on next $2 billion
​	0.77% on excess
Mid-Cap Value Portfolio	0.70% on first $1 billion
​	0.65% on next $1 billion
​	0.60% on excess
Equity Index Portfolio	0.05% on first $4 billion
​	0.03% on excess
Small-Cap Index Portfolio	0.30% on first $4 billion
​	0.28% on excess
Small-Cap Equity Portfolio3	0.75% on first $1 billion
Small-Cap Value Portfolio4	0.72% on next $1 billion
​	0.69% on next $2 billion
​	0.67% on excess
PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio	0.14% on first $300 million
PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio	0.12% on excess
PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio	​
PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio	​
PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio	​
Large-Cap Value Portfolio	0.65% on first $100 million
​	0.61% on next $900 million
​	0.58% on next $3 billion
​	0.56% on excess
Health Sciences Portfolio	0.90% on first $1 billion
Technology Portfolio5	0.87% on next $1 billion
​	0.84% on next $2 billion

59

Fund	Annual Investment Advisory Fee (as a percentage of average daily net assets)
​	0.82% on excess
PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio6	0.60% on first $50 million
​	0.35% on excess
PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio7	0.25% on first $100 million
​	0.20% on excess
Value Portfolio8	0.75% on first $100 million
Focused Growth Portfolio	0.71% on next $900 million
Large-Cap Growth Portfolio9	0.68% on next $3 billion
​	0.66% on excess
Value Advantage Portfolio10	0.66% on first $4 billion
​	0.64% on excess
International Value Portfolio	0.65% on first $4 billion
Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio11	0.63% on excess
International Large-Cap Portfolio12	0.85% on first $100 million
​	0.77% on next $900 million
​	0.75% on next $3 billion
​	0.73% on excess
Growth Portfolio	0.55% on first $4 billion
​	0.53% on excess
Small-Cap Growth Portfolio	0.60% on first $4 billion
​	0.58% on excess
Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio13	0.70% on first $4 billion
​	0.68% on excess
Real Estate Portfolio14	0.90% on first $100 million
​	0.82% on next $900 million
​	0.80% on next $3 billion
​	0.78% on excess
Large-Cap Core Portfolio	0.45% on first $4 billion
​	0.43% on excess
Emerging Markets Portfolio	0.80% on first $4 billion
​	0.78% on excess
Floating Rate Income Portfolio	0.65% on first $1 billion
​	0.62% on next $1 billion
​	0.59% on next $2 billion
​	0.57% on excess
Core Income Portfolio	0.50% on first $4 billion
​	0.48% on excess
Diversified Bond Portfolio	0.40% on first $4 billion
High Yield Bond Portfolio	0.38% on excess
Inflation Managed Portfolio	​
Intermediate Bond Portfolio	​
Managed Bond Portfolio15	​
Short Duration Bond Portfolio	​
PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio16	0.20%
Pacific Dynamix — Conservative Growth Portfolio	​
Pacific Dynamix — Moderate Growth Portfolio	​
Pacific Dynamix — Growth Portfolio	​
Pacific Dynamix — Aggressive Growth Portfolio	​

60

Fund	Annual Investment Advisory Fee (as a percentage of average daily net assets)
Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio	0.10%
Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio	​
Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio	​
Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio	​
Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio	​
PD 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Portfolio	0.20% on first $50 million
​	0.19% on next $50 million
​	0.14% on excess
PD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio	0.16% on first $50 million
​	0.15% on next $50 million
​	0.14% on excess
PD High Yield Bond Market Portfolio	0.35% on first $50 million
​	0.22% on next $50 million
​	0.14% on excess
Dividend Growth Portfolio17	0.70% on first $100 million
​	0.66% on next $900 million
​	0.63% on next $3 billion
​	0.61% on excess
ESG Diversified Portfolio	0.20%
ESG Diversified Growth Portfolio	​
Hedged Equity Portfolio	0.60%
International Growth Portfolio	0.85% on first $100 million
​	0.75% on next $100 million
​	0.70% on next $300 million
​	0.65% on excess
Bond Plus Portfolio18	0.45%
International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio19	​
Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio20	​
QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio21	​
Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio22	​

1

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.05% of its investment advisory fee for the Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

2

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.015% of its investment advisory fee for the International Small-Cap Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

3

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.10% of its investment advisory fee for the Small-Cap Equity Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

4

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.17% of its management fee for the Small-Cap Value Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

5

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.11% of its management fee for the Technology Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

6

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.44% of its investment advisory fee on the first $50 million of assets and waive 0.18% on all assets above $50 million for the PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

7

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.10% of its investment advisory fee on the first $100 million of assets and waive 0.05% on all assets above $100 million for the PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

8

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.075% of its investment advisory fee for the Value Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

9

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.08% of its investment advisory fee for the Large-Cap Growth Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

10

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.02% of its investment advisory fee for the Value Advantage Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

11

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.20% of its investment advisory fee for the Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

12

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.03% of its investment advisory fee for the International Large-Cap Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

13

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.025% of its investment advisory fee for the Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

61

14

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.09% of its investment advisory fee for the Real Estate Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

15

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.015% of its investment advisory fee for the Managed Bond Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

16

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.06% of its investment advisory fee for the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

17

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.03% of its investment advisory fee for the Dividend Growth Portfolio through April 30, 2025. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

?

18

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.05% of its investment advisory fee for the Bond Plus Portfolio through April 30, 2026. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

?

19

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.05% of its investment advisory fee for the Internatonal Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio through April 30, 2026. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

?

20

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.05% of its investment advisory fee for the Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio through April 30, 2026. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

?

21

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.09% of its investment advisory fee for the QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio through April 30, 2026. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

?

22

PLFA has agreed to waive 0.05% of its investment advisory fee for the Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio through April 30, 2026. There is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after that date.

Investment Advisory Fees Paid or Owed

The chart below reflects the net investment advisory fees paid or owed (i.e., after any advisory fee waivers) to PLFA from the Funds that have commenced operations as listed below, including the net investment advisory fees paid or owed to any sub-advisers by PLFA, for the three most recent fiscal years ended:

Fund	12/31/23			12/31/22			12/31/21
Core Income Portfolio	​	$	3,992,772	​	$	2,519,589	​	$	3,201,446
Diversified Bond Portfolio	​	$	8,549,325	​	$	13,538,575	​	$	18,487,883
Dividend Growth Portfolio	​	$	7,699,8181	​	$	9,418,996	​	$	11,794,162
Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio	​	$	1,492,3672,3	​	$	2,215,2342,3	​	$	4,024,6032,3
Emerging Markets Portfolio	​	$	5,817,379	​	$	6,748,469	​	$	12,063,327
Equity Index Portfolio	​	$	2,019,599	​	$	1,930,987	​	$	2,048,298
ESG Diversified Portfolio	​	$	50,636	​	$	36,199	​	$	18,771
ESG Diversified Growth Portfolio	​	$	26,254	​	$	23,909	​	$	4,435
Floating Rate Income Portfolio	​	$	2,483,471	​	$	4,425,5654	​	$	2,479,8534
Focused Growth Portfolio	​	$	6,698,983	​	$	6,580,179	​	$	5,201,809
Growth Portfolio	​	$	7,405,980	​	$	7,918,629	​	$	12,194,744
Health Sciences Portfolio	​	$	3,607,683	​	$	3,871,760	​	$	4,256,429
Hedged Equity Portfolio	​	$	1,206,516	​	$	641,072	​	$	151,744
High Yield Bond Portfolio	​	$	2,697,929	​	$	4,484,384	​	$	5,358,832
Inflation Managed Portfolio	​	$	2,193,342	​	$	2,706,037	​	$	2,086,005
Intermediate Bond Portfolio	​	$	5,194,417	​	$	4,780,010	​	$	4,967,043
International Growth Portfolio	​	$	5,078,437	​	$	4,080,552	​	$	886,237
International Large-Cap Portfolio	​	$	7,392,3705	​	$	8,279,1315	​	$	12,117,0985
International Small-Cap Portfolio	​	$	1,959,3336	​	$	2,608,8546	​	$	2,342,5016
International Value Portfolio	​	$	5,845,523	​	$	6,149,885	​	$	7,595,904
Large-Cap Core Portfolio	​	$	6,572,222	​	$	4,867,726	​	$	5,049,001
Large-Cap Growth Portfolio	​	$	6,693,2227	​	$	6,176,8897	​	$	8,644,8847
Large-Cap Value Portfolio	​	$	7,069,191	​	$	7,272,865	​	$	8,401,850
Managed Bond Portfolio	​	$	8,899,5918	​	$	9,294,8048	​	$	10,970,5158
Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio	​	$	3,618,2229	​	$	4,351,859	​	$	5,357,247
Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio	​	$	5,197,35510	​	$	6,168,80310	​	$	8,258,43710
Mid-Cap Value Portfolio	​	$	3,543,437	​	$	5,015,881	​	$	5,999,561
Pacific Dynamix — Conservative Growth Portfolio	​	$	1,013,696	​	$	1,137,333	​	$	1,297,530
Pacific Dynamix — Growth Portfolio	​	$	3,667,999	​	$	3,483,105	​	$	3,114,850
Pacific Dynamix — Moderate Growth Portfolio	​	$	4,884,564	​	$	5,153,027	​	$	5,755,425
Pacific Dynamix — Aggressive Growth Portfolio11	​	​	N/A	​	​	N/A	​	​	N/A
PD 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Portfolio	​	$	537,622	​	$	317,302	​	$	369,082
PD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio	​	$	1,630,426	​	$	1,531,864	​	$	1,541,750
PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio	​	$	207,42812	​	$	246,57412	​	$	668,85112
PD High Yield Bond Market Portfolio	​	$	459,005	​	$	716,340	​	$	855,346
PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio	​	$	899,24613	​	$	961,92413	​	$	1,079,98813
PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio	​	$	1,128,146	​	$	1,078,209	​	$	947,750
PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio	​	$	1,189,460	​	$	1,103,031	​	$	972,272

62

Fund	12/31/23			12/31/22			12/31/21
PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio	​	$	469,177	​	$	609,342	​	$	711,323
PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio	​	$	98,948	​	$	120,397	​	$	171,697
PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio	​	$	131,604	​	$	221,198	​	$	242,826
Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio	​	$	1,563,552	​	$	1,286,367	​	$	2,040,625
Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio	​	$	1,118,630	​	$	1,847,885	​	$	1,578,164
Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio	​	$	6,497,912	​	$	7,864,375	​	$	8,775,422
Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio	​	$	7,003,440	​	$	7,163,907	​	$	9,760,323
Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio	​	$	1,602,920	​	$	1,686,875	​	$	2,307,191
PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio	​	$	457,71014	​	$	660,73114	​	$	709,760
Real Estate Portfolio	​	$	2,843,88115	​	$	3,682,33515	​	$	3,789,48115
Short Duration Bond Portfolio	​	$	7,272,406	​	$	5,076,874	​	$	5,963,690
Small-Cap Equity Portfolio	​	$	1,548,46016	​	$	2,251,07916	​	$	2,722,07516
Small-Cap Growth Portfolio	​	$	1,641,924	​	$	1,611,449	​	$	1,810,808
Small-Cap Index Portfolio	​	$	1,934,102	​	$	2,130,592	​	$	2,580,762
Small-Cap Value Portfolio	​	$	2,338,622	​	$	3,480,387	​	$	4,235,402
Technology Portfolio	​	$	2,271,207	​	$	2,091,049	​	$	2,703,617
Value Portfolio	​	$	6,103,88617	​	$	6,358,66517	​	$	6,965,99317
Value Advantage Portfolio	​	$	5,081,671	​	$	5,571,067	​	$	7,005,491

1

The amount shown is net of an advisory fee waiver of $368,238 by PLFA in fiscal year 2023.

2

Principal Global Investors, LLC became the sub-adviser of the Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio on November 1, 2021. Ashmore Investment Management Limited served as the sub-adviser prior to that date.

3

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $101,522, $150,696 and $134,042 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

4

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $89,748 and $206,654 by PLFA in fiscal years 2022 and 2021, respectively. The advisory fee waiver agreement for the Floating Rate Income Portfolio terminated on April 30, 2022.

5

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $296,657, $333,323 and $493,212 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

6

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $35,198, $46,866 and $6,688 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

7

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $734,666, $415,722 and $588,535 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

8

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $346,737, $362,135 and $427,423 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

9

The amount shown is net of an advisory fee waiver of $191,745 by PLFA in fiscal year 2023.

10

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $192,494, $228,474 and $305,868 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

11

Pacific Dynamix – Aggressive Growth Portfolio commenced operations on April 30, 2024. As such, there are no investment advisory fees paid or owed prior to that date.

12

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $354,923, $396,372 and $441,350 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

13

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $349,749, $370,641 and $254,025 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

14

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $196,162 and $33,240 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023 and 2022, respectively. PLFA and the Trust entered into a fee waiver agreement for the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio effective November 1, 2022. As such, there are no investment advisory fees paid or owed prior to that date.

15

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $340,752, $444,124 and $457,333 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

16

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $238,224, $346,320 and $418,781 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

17

The amounts shown are net of an advisory fee waiver of $716,257, $747,644 and $822,985 by PLFA in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

For Funds with a management fee waiver agreement in place, there is no guarantee that PLFA will continue such waiver after the expiration date of the fee waiver agreement referenced therein. Unless otherwise noted, each fee waiver agreement automatically renews annually for a successive one-year term unless PLFA provides at least 30 days written notice of the termination of the agreement prior to beginning of the next applicable one-year term. A fee waiver agreement may also be terminated by the Trust upon 90 days written notice to PLFA.

All Funds (except the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios, Pacific Dynamix Portfolios and Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds):

 To help limit expenses, PLFA has agreed to reimburse each Fund for certain operating expenses that exceed an annual rate of 0.10% of a Fund’s average net assets through April 30, 2025 (through April 30, 2026 for the Bond Plus Portfolio, International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, and Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio (the “PBA Portfolios”)). These operating expenses include but are not limited to: organizational expenses; domestic custody expenses; expenses for accounting, audit, tax and certain legal services; preparation, printing, filing, and distribution to existing shareholders of prospectuses, shareholder reports and other regulatory documents, as applicable; Independent Trustees’ fees and expenses; and establishing, overseeing and administering the Trust’s compliance program. These operating expenses do not include: investment advisory fees; distribution and/or service fees, if any; additional costs associated with foreign investing (including foreign taxes on dividends, interest, or gains); interest (including commitment fees); taxes; brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses; dividends on securities sold short; acquired fund fees and expenses; extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses, liquidation expenses, reorganization expenses and other expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of each Fund’s business; and expenses of counsel or other persons or services retained by the Trust’s Independent Trustees. Any expense reimbursements made by PLFA to a Fund are subject to recoupment by PLFA from such Fund in future periods, not to exceed three years from the date on which the reimbursement took place, provided that the recoupment combined with certain “Other Expenses” would be limited to the lesser of: (i) the expense cap at the time of the reimbursement or (ii) the Fund’s then-current expense cap. Any amounts repaid to PLFA will have the effect of increasing such expenses of the applicable Funds, but not above the expense cap. There can be no assurance that the expense limitation agreement will be continued beyond April 30, 2025 (beyond April 30, 2026 for the PBA Portfolios). Unless otherwise noted, the expense limitation

63

agreement automatically renews annually for a successive one-year term unless PLFA provides at least 10 days written notice of the termination of the agreement prior to beginning of the next applicable one-year term. The expense limitation agreement may also be terminated by the Trust upon approval of the Board and prior written notice to PLFA.

Pacific Dynamix Portfolios: To help limit expenses, PLFA has agreed to reimburse each Pacific Dynamix Portfolio to the extent the total operating expenses (excluding extraordinary expenses) of the Fund and its proportional share of fees and expenses in the Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds that exceed an annual rate of 0.59% for Class I shares and 0.39% for Class P shares of a Fund’s average net assets through April 30, 2025. Any expense reimbursements made by PLFA to a Fund are subject to recoupment by PLFA from such Fund in future periods, not to exceed three years from the date on which the reimbursement took place, provided that the recoupment would be limited to the lesser of: (i) the expense cap in effect at the time of the reimbursement or (ii) the expense cap in effect at the time of recoupment. Any amounts repaid to PLFA will have the effect of increasing such expenses of the applicable Funds, but not above the expense cap. There can be no assurance that the expense limitation agreement will be continued beyond April 30, 2025 for the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios.

For the last three fiscal years ended December 31, PLFA reimbursed and/or recouped the following amounts from the following Funds:

​	Investment Adviser Expense Reimbursements									Investment Adviser Recoupment
Fund	12/31/23			12/31/22			12/31/21			12/31/23			12/31/22			12/31/21
ESG Diversified Portfolio	​	$	36,756	​	$	50,681	​	$	44,602	​	$	—	​	$	—	​	$	—
ESG Diversified Growth Portfolio	​	$	46,398	​	$	51,416	​	$	16,372	​	$	—	​	$	—	​	$	—
Hedged Equity Portfolio	​	$	—	​	$	25,072	​	$	56,649	​	$	56,204	​	$	—	​	$	—
Pacific Dynamix — Conservative Growth Portfolio	​	$	221,787	​	$	253,728	​	$	226,369	​	$	—	​	$	—	​	$	—
Pacific Dynamix — Growth Portfolio	​	$	697,254	​	$	673,483	​	$	521,634	​	$	—	​	$	—	​	$	—
Pacific Dynamix — Moderate Growth Portfolio	​	$	789,246	​	$	822,343	​	$	908,902	​	$	—	​	$	—	​	$	—

Other Expenses of the Trust

The Trust bears all costs of its operations. These costs may include expenses for custody, audit and tax fees, fees and expenses of Officers and Trustees, organizational expenses, expenses related to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements (including expenses of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer), accounting expenses, brokerage expenses, expenses of administrators, transfer agents, pricing agents and other service providers, the expenses of calculating the Trust’s net asset value, recordkeeping expenses, expenses of transitioning to new Managers, and other expenses of its operations, including the cost of support services, and may, if applicable, include extraordinary expenses such as expenses for special consultants or legal expenses.

The Trust is also responsible for bearing the expense of various matters, including, among other things, the expense of registering and qualifying the Trust and its shares on state and federal levels, legal and accounting services, maintaining the Trust’s legal existence, shareholders’ meetings and expenses associated with preparing, printing and distributing reports, proxies and prospectuses to shareholders. Certain fund expenses directly attributable to a particular Fund are charged to that Fund (such as portfolio-specific transactional fees, proxies, liquidations, litigation, and organizational/start-up costs). Generally, other Trust expenses are allocated proportionately among all the Funds in relation to the net assets of each Fund.

The Trust, Pacific Life and PLFA have entered into an agreement for administration and support services, as amended from time to time, (the “Support Services Agreement”) pursuant to which Pacific Life and/or PLFA provide support services such as those described above, including legal, compliance, accounting, tax, chief compliance officer services, and administrative services. Under the terms of the Support Services Agreement, it is not intended that Pacific Life and PLFA will profit from these services to the Trust.

The Trust paid or owed to Pacific Life and/or PLFA $4,785,100 during 2023 representing 0.008%, of the Trust’s average daily net assets for its services under the Support Services Agreement. The Trust paid or owed to Pacific Life $5,049,974 and $4,492,418 during 2022 and 2021, respectively, both representing 0.008% of the Trust’s average daily net assets pursuant to the Support Services Agreement. The fees anticipated to be paid for fiscal year 2024 under the Support Services Agreement are expected to be approximately 0.009% of the Trust’s average daily net assets.

Distribution and/or Service Plans. The Trust has adopted a service plan (the “Service Plan”) for Class I shares of each applicable Fund, under which each applicable Fund pays the Distributor an amount at an annual rate of 0.20% of the average daily net assets of the Fund. The Service Plan is not adopted as a distribution or “12b-1 plan” in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Trust paid $71,624,551 in aggregate to the Distributor pursuant to the Service Plan.

The Trust has adopted a distribution and service plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) for Class D shares of each applicable Fund in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, pursuant to which Class D shares of each applicable Fund charge a service fee at an annual rate of 0.20% and a distribution fee at an annual rate of 0.05% of the average daily net assets attributed to that share class. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Trust paid $810,204 in aggregate to the Distributor pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan.

The dollar amounts and the manner in which distribution fee amounts paid by each Fund under the 12b-1 Plan were spent, were as follows:

​	For the fiscal year ended 12/31/23
Fund	Class D
PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio

64

​	For the fiscal year ended 12/31/23
Fund	Class D
(i) allocation of distribution-related overhead expenses	​	$	162,040
(ii) printing and mailing of sales material to prospective shareholders	​	$	–
(iii) compensation to broker-dealers	​	$	–
(iv) printing and mailing of prospectuses to other than current shareholders	​	$	–

Under the Class I Service Plan and Class D 12b-1 Plan, the service fees may be used by the Distributor to provide or procure service activities related to the variable annuity contract and variable life insurance policy owners (“Contract Owners”) of the participating insurers who use the Trust as the underlying investment Trust for their contracts (“Variable Accounts”), for services related to the Trust and its Funds. These services may include, but are not limited to (i) providing electronic, telephonic, and technological servicing support in connection with existing investments in the Trust, including support relating to dollar cost averaging, asset allocation, portfolio rebalancing, and pre-authorized purchase and redemption orders and enhancing processing, technology, providing support for accepting or executing transfer instructions and electronic capability regarding the same insofar as it effects the Trust and its Funds; (ii) answering shareholder and Contract Owner questions regarding the Trust, its Funds, its Managers and/or other service providers; (iii) researching and providing historical Variable Account activity related to the Trust for Variable Accounts requesting it; (iv) responding to inquiries regarding the Prospectuses, including this SAI, and supplements thereto, reports, notices, proxies and proxy statements and other information regarding the Trust; (v) payment of compensation to broker/dealers, including the Distributor itself, and other financial institutions and organizations which assist in providing any of the above services; (vi) overhead and other expenses of the Distributor related to service activities, including but not limited to, telephone and other communications expenses, including broker/dealer communication expenses, and website maintenance expenses; and (vii) provision of other services deemed appropriate by the Distributor. Service fees may also be spent on obligations relating to shareholder and Contract Owner servicing that arose prior to the effective date of the Service Plan or 12b-1 Plan.

These amounts are intended to be treated as service fees under the applicable rule of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) regarding asset-based sales charges for investment companies.

Under the Class D 12b-1 Plan, the distribution fees may be used by the Distributor for any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of Class D shares or Variable Accounts offering Class D shares, including compensation to, and expenses (including overhead expenses) of, financial consultants or other employees of the Distributor or of selling group members who engage in distribution of Class D shares; printing of prospectuses and reports other than for existing Contract Owners; advertising; and the preparation, printing and distribution of sales literature. In reporting its expenses to the Trustees, the Distributor itemizes expenses that relate to the distribution and/or servicing of a Fund’s Class D shares, and allocates other expenses to the Fund based on its relative net assets. Expenses allocated to a Fund are further allocated among its classes of shares annually based on the relative sales of each class, except for any expenses that relate only to the sale or servicing of a single class. If in any year the Distributor’s expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of shares and in connection with the servicing of shareholders and the maintenance of shareholder accounts exceed the distribution and servicing fees paid by Class D shares of a Fund, the Distributor would recover such excess only if the 12b-1 Plan with respect to such class of shares continues to be in effect in some later year when the distribution and servicing fees exceed the Distributor’s expenses. The Trust is not obligated to repay any unreimbursed expenses that may exist at such time, if any, as the 12b-1 Plan terminates. The Trustees believe that the Plans will provide benefits to the Trust. The Trustees believe that the Plans will result in greater sales and/or fewer redemptions of Fund shares, although it is impossible to know for certain the level of sales and redemptions of Fund shares that would occur in the absence of the Plans or under alternative distribution and servicing schemes. Although the Trust’s expenses are essentially fixed, the Trustees believe that the effect of the Plans on sales and/or redemptions may benefit the Funds by reducing Fund expense ratios and/or by affording greater flexibility to Managers.

For the Trust’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, there were no aggregate unreimbursed expenses under the 12b-1 Plan.

The Service Plan and 12b-1 Plan are of the type known as “compensation” plans. This means that, although the Trustees of the Trust are expected to take into account the expenses of the Distributor in their periodic review of these Plans, the fees are payable to compensate the Distributor for services rendered even if the amount paid exceeds the Distributor’s expenses.

Many of the Distributor’s servicing efforts involve the Trust as a whole, so that fees paid by the Funds may indirectly support servicing efforts relating to other Funds.

The Service Plan and 12b-1 Plan will continue in effect with respect to a Fund for successive one-year periods, provided that each such continuance is specifically approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, including the Independent Trustees. If the Service Plan or the 12b-1 Plan is terminated (or not renewed) with respect to one or more Fund, it may continue in effect with respect to any Fund as to which it has not been terminated (or has been renewed).

INFORMATION ABOUT THE MANAGERS

Management Firms

PLFA serves as investment adviser and directly manages the ESG Portfolios, PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, Portfolio Optimization Portfolios, Pacific Dynamix Portfolios and the PBA Portfolios. PLFA takes on the entrepreneurial risks associated with the launch of each new Fund and its ongoing operations. In addition, PLFA supports the Board oversight process by, among other things, acting on Board instructions relating to the Funds and providing reports and other information requested by the Board from time to time.

Each sub-adviser has entered into a sub-advisory agreement with the Trust and the Adviser. Each sub-adviser provides investment advisory services to the applicable Fund. With respect to the sub-advised Funds, PLFA has the ultimate responsibility in overseeing and monitoring the services provided by the sub-advisers. PLFA evaluates the performance of each sub-adviser and the sub-adviser’s execution

65

of a Fund’s investment strategies, as well as the sub-adviser’s adherence to the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. PLFA conducts risk analysis and performance attribution to analyze a Fund’s performance and risk profile and works with a sub-adviser to implement changes to a Fund’s strategies when appropriate. PLFA’s analysis and oversight of a sub-adviser may result in PLFA’s recommendation to the Board of Trustees that a sub-adviser be terminated or replaced.

PLFA also conducts ongoing due diligence on sub-advisers involving onsite visits, in-person meetings and/or telephonic meetings, including due diligence of each sub-adviser’s written compliance policies and procedures and assessments of each sub-adviser’s compliance program and code of ethics. PLFA also provides services related to, among others, the valuation of Fund securities, risk management, transition management and oversight of trade execution and brokerage services.

PLFA also conducts searches for new sub-advisers for new Funds or to replace existing sub-advisers when appropriate and coordinates the on-boarding process for new sub-advisers, including establishing trading accounts to enable the sub-adviser to begin managing Fund assets. Additionally, in the event that a sub-adviser was to become unable to manage a Fund, PLFA has implemented plans to provide for the continued management of the Fund’s portfolio. PLFA oversees and implements transition management programs when significant changes are made to a Fund, including when a sub-adviser is replaced or when there are large purchases or withdrawals, to seek to reduce transaction costs for a Fund. PLFA also monitors and regulates large purchase and redemption orders to minimize potentially adverse effects on a Fund.

Certain Funds are managed by multiple sub-advisers. For those Funds, PLFA determines the portion of the Fund to be managed by each sub-adviser and may change the allocation from time to time. PLFA can recommend the addition of a sub-adviser to a Fund when it believes the Fund would benefit from additional investment strategies and sub-advisers.

The information below provides organizational information on each of the Managers, which includes, if applicable, the name of any person(s) who controls the Manager, the basis of the person’s control, and the general nature of the person’s business. It is followed by information regarding the compensation structure, other accounts managed, material conflicts of interests, and beneficial interest of each Manager (including PLFA, as well as sub-subadvisers) of the Trust. Each individual or team member is referred to as a portfolio manager in this section. The Managers are shown together in this section only for ease in presenting the information and should not be viewed for purposes of comparing the portfolio managers or the Managers against one another. Each Manager is a separate entity that may employ different compensation structures, have different management requirements, and be affected by different conflicts of interests.

American Century Investment Management, Inc. (“American Century”)

American Century is a wholly-owned, privately held subsidiary of American Century Companies, Inc. (“ACC”). ACC is a holding company for American Century and the other companies in the American Century Investments Complex. The Stowers Institute for Medical Research (“SIMR”) controls ACC by virtue of its beneficial ownership of more than 25% of the voting securities of ACC. SIMR is part of a not-for-profit biomedical research organization dedicated to finding the keys to the causes, treatments and prevention of disease. Avantis Investors (“Avantis”) is a division of American Century, and all Avantis Investors portfolio managers are American Century employees.

Aristotle Pacific Capital, LLC (“Aristotle Pacific”)

Aristotle Pacific is a registered investment adviser that actively invests in corporate credit securities on behalf of institutional clients. Aristotle Pacific is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aristotle Capital Management, LLC, an independent investment management firm.

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock”)

BlackRock is a registered investment adviser and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., one of the largest publicly traded investment management firms in the United States.

Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (“Boston Partners”)

Boston Partners is a registered investment adviser organized in Delaware. Boston Partners is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ORIX Corporation, a diversified financial services company based in Japan.

ClearBridge Investments, LLC (“ClearBridge”)

ClearBridge is an investment adviser that manages U.S. and international equity investment strategies for institutional and individual investors. ClearBridge is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc., a publicly owned company engaged in the financial service industry through its subsidiaries.

Delaware Investments Fund Advisers (“DIFA”)

DIFA is a series of Macquarie Investment Management Business Trust, a Delaware statutory trust and registered investment adviser. Macquarie Investment Management Business Trust is a subsidiary of Macquarie Group Limited and a part of Macquarie Asset Management (“MAM”), the marketing name for certain companies comprising the asset management division of Macquarie Group Limited, a publicly traded Australian global financial services group. MAM is a global asset manager, integrated across public and private markets, providing a diverse range of investment solutions including real assets, real estate, credit, equities and multi-asset.

66

Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC (“FDS”)

FDS is a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which is the parent company of a group of related companies commonly referred to as “Fidelity Investments” or “Fidelity.” FDS is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and registered with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, as a commodity pool operator and a commodity trading adviser. FDS is a member of the National Futures Association.

FIAM LLC (“FIAM”)

FIAM is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which is the parent company of a group of related companies commonly referred to as “Fidelity Investments” or “Fidelity.”

FIAM and Geode Capital Management, LLC (“Geode”)

FIAM serves as sub-adviser, and Geode serves as the sub-subadviser, to certain Funds of the Trust. Geode is neither a subsidiary nor an affiliate of FIAM. Geode is a subsidiary of Geode Capital Holdings LLC.

Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (“Franklin”)

Franklin is a wholly owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources Inc., a publicly owned company engaged in the financial services industry through its subsidiaries.

Invesco Advisers, Inc. (“Invesco”)

Invesco, as successor in interest to multiple investment advisers, is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Invesco Ltd., a publicly traded company that, through its subsidiaries, engages in the business of investment management on an international basis.

Janus Henderson Investors US LLC (“Janus”)

Janus (together with its predecessors) has served as an investment adviser since 1969 and currently serves as investment adviser, or sub-adviser, to separately managed accounts, mutual funds, as well as commingled pools or private funds, and wrap fee accounts. Janus is an indirect subsidiary of Janus Henderson Group plc (“JHG”), a publicly-traded independent asset management firm, which was formed in May 2017 from the merger between Janus Capital Group Inc. and Henderson Group plc. JHG is a publicly-traded independent asset management firm.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMorgan”)

JPMorgan is an investment manager for corporate, public, and union employee benefit funds, foundations, endowments, insurance companies, government agencies and the accounts of other institutional investors. JPMorgan is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JP Morgan Asset Management Holdings Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase & Co.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”)

Loomis Sayles is a registered investment adviser and is an indirect subsidiary of Natixis Investment Managers, LLC, which is an indirect subsidiary of Natixis Investment Managers.

MFS Investment Management (“MFS”)

Massachusetts Financial Services Company, doing business as MFS Investment Management, and its predecessor organizations have a history of money management dating from 1924. MFS is a subsidiary of Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Financial Services Holdings, Inc., which in turn is an indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Sun Life Financial Inc. (a diversified financial services company).

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”)

PIMCO is a majority owned subsidiary of Allianz Asset Management of America LLC (“Allianz Asset Management”) with a minority interest held by Allianz Asset Management U.S. Holding II LLC, each a Delaware limited liability company, and by certain current and former officers of PIMCO. Allianz Asset Management was organized as a limited liability company under Delaware law in 2000. Allianz Asset Management of America LP merged with Allianz Asset Management, with the latter being the surviving entity, effective January 1, 2023. Following the merger, Allianz Asset Management is PIMCO LLC’s managing member and direct parent entity. Through various holding company structures, Allianz Asset Management is majority owned by Allianz SE. Allianz SE is a European based, multinational insurance and financial services holding company and a publicly traded German company. The management and operational oversight of Allianz Asset Management is carried out by its Management Board, the sole member of which is currently Tucker J. Fitzpatrick.

Principal Global Investors, LLC (“PGI”)

Principal Global Investors, LLC is a diversified asset management organization and one of the companies which make up the institutional asset-management arm of Principal Financial Group (“The Principal®”). The Principal is a public company listed on the NASDAQ offering a wide range of financial products and services through a diverse family of financial services companies.

67

Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC (“Principal REI”)

Principal REI is a diversified asset management organization and an indirect subsidiary of Principal Financial Group (“The Principal®”). The Principal is a public company listed on the NASDAQ offering a wide range of financial products and services through a diverse family of financial services companies.

SSGA Funds Management, Inc. (“SSGA FM”)

SSGA FM is a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Global Advisors, Inc., which itself is a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Corporation. SSGA FM is registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. SSGA FM and certain other affiliates of State Street Corporation make up State Street Global Advisors (“SSGA”). SSGA is one of the world’s largest institutional money managers and the investment management arm of State Street Corporation.

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“T. Rowe Price”)

Founded in 1937 by the late Thomas Rowe Price Jr., T. Rowe Price is a wholly-owned subsidiary of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc., a publicly traded company with offices all over the world. T. Rowe Price and its affiliates manage individual and institutional investor accounts.

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington”)

Wellington is a Delaware limited liability partnership. Wellington is a global asset management firm that provides investment services to financial intermediaries, employee benefit plans, endowments, foundations, and other institutions. Wellington and its predecessor organizations have provided investment advisory services for over 90 years. Wellington is owned by the partners of Wellington Management Group LLP, a Massachusetts limited liability partnership.

Compensation Structures and Methods

The following describes the structure of, and the method(s) used to determine the different types of compensation (e.g., salary, bonus, deferred compensation, retirement plans and arrangements) for each portfolio manager as of the Trust’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, unless otherwise noted. The descriptions could include compensation benchmarks, which are chosen by the particular Manager and may or may not match a Fund’s benchmark index or other indices presented in the Prospectuses.

American Century

American Century’s portfolio manager compensation is structured to align the interests of portfolio managers with those of the shareholders whose assets they manage. It includes the components described below, each of which is determined with reference to a number of factors such as overall performance, market competition, and internal equity.

Base Salary. Portfolio managers receive base pay in the form of a fixed annual salary.

Bonus. A significant portion of portfolio manager compensation takes the form of an annual incentive bonus which is determined by a combination of factors. One factor is investment performance. The mutual funds’ investment performance is generally measured by a combination of one-, three- and five-year pre-tax performance relative to various benchmarks and/or internally customized peer groups. For the Value Portfolio, the performance benchmark used for compensation purposes is the Russell 1000 Value Index. The performance comparison periods may be adjusted based on a fund’s inception date or a portfolio manager’s tenure on the fund.

Portfolio managers may have responsibility for multiple American Century mutual funds. In such cases, the performance of each is assigned a percentage weight appropriate for the portfolio manager’s relative levels of responsibility.

Portfolio managers also may have responsibility for other types of managed portfolios or ETFs. If the performance of a managed account or ETF is considered for purposes of compensation, it is generally measured via the same criteria as an American Century mutual fund (i.e., relative to the performance of a benchmark and/or peer group).

A second factor in the bonus calculation relates to the performance of a number of American Century products managed according to one of the following investment disciplines: global growth equity, global value equity, disciplined equity, global fixed-income, and multi-asset strategies. The performance of American Century ETFs may also be included for certain investment disciplines. Performance is measured for each product individually as described above and then combined to create an overall composite for the product group. These composites may measure one-year performance (equal weighted) or a combination of one-, three- and five-year performance (equal or asset weighted) depending on the portfolio manager’s responsibilities and products managed and the composite for certain portfolio managers may include multiple disciplines. This feature is designed to encourage effective teamwork among portfolio management teams in achieving long-term investment success for similarly styled portfolios.

A portion of portfolio managers’ bonuses may be discretionary and may be tied to factors such as profitability, or individual performance goals, such as research projects and the development of new products.

Restricted Stock Plans. Portfolio managers are eligible for grants of restricted stock of ACC. These grants are discretionary, and eligibility and availability can vary from year to year. The size of an individual’s grant is determined by individual and product performance as well as other product-specific considerations such as profitability. Grants can appreciate/depreciate in value based on the

68

performance of the ACC stock during the restriction period (generally three to four years).

Deferred Compensation Plans. Portfolio managers are eligible for grants of deferred compensation. These grants are used in very limited situations, primarily for retention purposes. Grants are fixed and can appreciate/depreciate in value based on the performance of the American Century mutual funds in which the portfolio manager chooses to invest them.

American Century – Avantis Investors division: American Century compensation for Avantis Investors portfolio managers is structured to align the interests of portfolio managers with those of the shareholders whose assets they manage. Currently, it includes the components described below. American Century compensation for Avantis Investors portfolio managers is structured to align the interests of portfolio managers with those of the shareholders whose assets they manage. Currently, it includes the components described below.

Base Salary

•

Portfolio managers receive base pay in the form of a fixed annual salary.

Bonus

•

A significant portion of the portfolio managers’ compensation takes the form of an annual bonus. As Chief Investment Officer of Avantis Investors, Mr. Repetto’s annual bonus is tied to average assets under management in the Avantis Investors’ funds. The bonuses of all other portfolio managers are discretionary, allocated by Mr. Repetto based on individual performance. Factors impacting the discretionary bonus may include a portfolio manager’s understanding and improvement of the funds’ investment models, efficient execution of investment decisions, and client interaction.

Aristotle Pacific

Aristotle Pacific uses a compensation structure that is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. Portfolio managers are compensated based primarily on the scale and complexity of all of their job responsibilities, including but not limited to portfolio responsibilities. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and may be modified at any time as appropriate to adjust the factors used to determine bonuses or other compensation components.

Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary that Aristotle Pacific believes is competitive in light of the portfolio manager’s experience and responsibility. The base salary may be increased in recognition of the individual’s performance and/or an increase or change in duties and responsibilities.

In addition to a base salary, investment professionals may be eligible to receive annual and long-term incentives, each of which is derived from both quantitative and non-quantitative factors, as described below. High performing portfolio managers may receive annual and long-term incentives that constitute a substantial portion of their respective total compensation.

Annual Incentive:

Funding for annual incentives is determined based on Aristotle Pacific’s annual revenue. Certain investment staff may also receive annual incentives that are funded by firm profits. Individual incentive awards are determined on both a quantitative and qualitative basis. Quantitative factors may include, but are not limited to, the pre-tax performance of the applicable portfolio compared to an appropriate benchmark index over one, three and five year periods, and product-based revenue. Personal contribution to the team, product, and clients are considered as part of the qualitative assessment. The benchmark used to measure the performance of the portfolio managers for the Core Income Portfolio is the Bloomberg Capital U.S. Aggregate Index; for the High Yield Bond Portfolio is the Bloomberg U.S. High-Yield 2% Issuer Capped Bond Index; and for the Floating Rate Income Portfolio is the Credit Suisse Leveraged Loan Index. Annual incentives are paid in cash, although certain individuals have one-third of their incentives deferred for three years. The deferrals are allocated into units reflecting underlying portfolio performance of firm investment strategies.

Long-Term Incentive:

Certain investment professionals are eligible to receive long-term incentive payments. The value of these incentives is tied to the growth in the enterprise value of Aristotle Pacific via a phantom equity plan (a contractual plan that is designed to mimic stock ownership). Incentives from this plan are determined based on a multiple of firm earnings. Initial allocations of equity have been made based on roles and responsibilities.

Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans available generally to all employees.

BlackRock

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock.

Base Compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their position with the firm.

Discretionary Incentive Compensation — Mr. Liu and Ms. Xie

69

Generally, discretionary incentive compensation for fundamental equities portfolio managers is based on a formulaic compensation program. BlackRock’s formulaic portfolio manager compensation program is based on team revenue and pre-tax investment performance relative to appropriate competitors or benchmarks over 1-, 3- and 5-year performance periods, as applicable. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers determine the benchmarks or rankings against which the performance of funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio management team is compared and the period of time over which performance is evaluated. With respect to these portfolio managers, such benchmarks for the Funds and other accounts are:

Portfolio Manager	Benchmarks
Erin Xie, PhD and Xiang Liu	FTSE 3-month T-bill Index; MSCI ACWI 25% Call Overwrite Index; MSCI All Country World Index (Net Total Return); MSCI WRLD HealthCare ND; Russell 3000 HealthCare Index

A smaller element of portfolio manager discretionary compensation may include consideration of: financial results, expense control, profit margins, strategic planning and implementation, quality of client service, market share, corporate reputation, capital allocation, compliance and risk control, leadership, technology and innovation. These factors are considered collectively by BlackRock management and the relevant Chief Investment Officers.

Discretionary Incentive Compensation — Messrs. Dickstein, MacLellan and Carlucci

Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the Funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks. Performance of fixed income funds is measured on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable. With respect to these portfolio managers, such benchmarks for the Funds and other accounts are:

Portfolio Manager	Benchmarks
Akiva Dickstein	A combination of market-based indices (e.g., Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Index, Bloomberg U.S. Universal Index and Bloomberg Intermediate Aggregate Index), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups.
Scott MacLellan	A combination of market-based indices (e.g., Bank of America Merrill Lynch U.S. Corporate & Government Index, 1-3 Years), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups.
Michael Carlucci	Russell Mid-Cap Equity Index

A smaller element of portfolio manager discretionary compensation may include consideration of: financial results, expense control, profit margins, strategic planning and implementation, quality of client service, market share, corporate reputation, capital allocation, compliance and risk control, leadership, technology and innovation. These factors are considered collectively by BlackRock management and the relevant Chief Investment Officers.

Discretionary Incentive Compensation — Messrs. Whitehead and Sietsema and Ms. Hsui

Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the Funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks. Performance of fixed income and multi-asset class funds is measured on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable. Performance of index funds is based on the performance of such funds relative to pre-determined tolerance bands around a benchmark, as applicable. The performance of Messrs. Whitehead, Sietsema and Ms. Hsui is not measured against a specific benchmark.

Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation

Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash, deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards, and/or deferred cash awards that notionally track the return of certain BlackRock investment products.

Portfolio managers receive their annual discretionary incentive compensation in the form of cash. Portfolio managers whose total compensation is above a specified threshold also receive deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards annually as part of their discretionary incentive compensation. Paying a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in the form of deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance

70

over future periods. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align interests with long-term shareholders and motivate performance. Deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that vest pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. The portfolio managers of these Funds have deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards.

For certain portfolio managers, a portion of the discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage, which provides direct alignment of portfolio manager discretionary incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash. Only portfolio managers who manage specified products and whose total compensation is above a specified threshold are eligible to participate in the deferred cash award program.

Other Compensation Benefits

In addition to base salary and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:

Incentive Savings Plans — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (“RSP”), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation up to the IRS limit ($330,000 for 2023). The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent participant investment direction, are invested into a target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the purchase date. All of the eligible portfolio managers are eligible to participate in these plans.

Boston Partners

As an established investment management firm, with investment teams working and living in very competitive markets like Boston, London, Los Angeles, San Francisco and New York, Boston Partners believes in having compensation, work environment and other incentives in place which reflect the value they place in their primary asset — their people. All Boston Partners investment professionals receive a compensation package comprised of an industry competitive base salary, a discretionary bonus and long-term incentives. Through their bonus program, key investment professionals are rewarded primarily for strong investment performance. Boston Partners believes this aligns their Boston Partners team firmly with their clients’ objectives.

Typically, bonuses are based upon a combination of one or more of the following four criteria:

1.

Individual Contribution:   an evaluation of the professional’s individual contribution based on the expectations established at the beginning of each year;

2.

Product Investment Performance:   performance of the investment product(s) with which the individual is involved relative to the applicable benchmark for each client portfolio;

3.

Investment Team Performance:   the financial results of the investment group with their client’s assets; and

4.

Firm-wide Performance:   the overall financial performance of Boston Partners.

Boston Partners’ long-term incentive program effectively confers a significant 20-30% ownership interest in the value of the business to key employees. Annual awards are made by the Compensation Committee and are meant to equate to an additional 10-20% of the participants cash bonus awards. Boston Partners retains professional compensation consultants with asset management expertise to periodically review their practices to ensure that they remain highly competitive.

ClearBridge

ClearBridge’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is designed to attract and retain outstanding investment professionals and closely align the interests of its investment professionals with those of its clients and overall firm results. The total compensation program includes a significant incentive component that rewards high performance standards, integrity, and collaboration consistent with the firm’s values. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market and to ensure the continued alignment with the goals stated above. ClearBridge’s portfolio managers and other investment professionals receive a combination of base compensation and discretionary compensation, comprising a cash incentive award and deferred incentive plans described below.

Base salary compensation. Base salary is fixed and primarily determined based on market factors and the experience and responsibilities of the investment professional within the firm.

Discretionary compensation. In addition to base compensation managers may receive discretionary compensation.

71

Discretionary compensation can include:

•

Cash Incentive Award.

•

ClearBridge’s Deferred Incentive Plan (“CDIP”) — a mandatory program that typically defers 15% of discretionary year-end compensation into ClearBridge managed products. For portfolio managers, one-third of this deferral tracks the performance of their primary managed product, one-third tracks the performance of a composite portfolio of the firm’s new products and one-third can be elected to track the performance of one or more of ClearBridge managed funds. Consequently, portfolio managers can have two-thirds of their CDIP award tracking the performance of their primary managed product.

ClearBridge then makes a company investment in the proprietary managed funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the balance sheet and paid out to the employees in shares subject to vesting requirements.

•

Restricted Stock Deferral — a mandatory program that typically defers 5% of discretionary year-end compensation into Franklin Resources restricted stock. The award is paid out to employees in shares subject to vesting requirements.

Several factors are considered by ClearBridge Senior Management when determining discretionary compensation for portfolio managers. These include but are not limited to:

•

Investment performance. A portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax investment performance of the fund/accounts managed by the portfolio manager. Investment performance is calculated for 1-, 3-, and 5-year periods measured against the applicable product benchmark (e.g., a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s Prospectus) and relative to applicable industry peer groups. The greatest weight is generally placed on 3- and 5-year performance;

•

Appropriate risk positioning that is consistent with the strategy’s investment philosophy and the approach to generation of alpha;

•

Overall firm profitability and performance;

•

Amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager;

•

Contributions for asset retention, gathering and client satisfaction;

•

Contribution to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising;

•

Contribution and communication of investment ideas in ClearBridge’s Investment Committee meetings and on a day to day basis; and

•

Market compensation survey research by independent third parties.

The benchmark used to measure the performance of the portfolio manager for the Large-Cap Value Portfolio is the Russell 1000 Value Index.

The benchmark used to measure the performance of the portfolio managers for the International Growth Portfolio is the MSCI EAFE Index.

DIFA

Each portfolio’s manager’s compensation consists of the following:

Base Salary — Each named portfolio manager receives a fixed salary. Salaries are determined by a comparison to industry data prepared by third parties to ensure that portfolio manager salaries are in line with salaries paid at peer investment advisory firms.

Bonus — Each named portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus. The bonus pool is determined by the revenues associated with the products the portfolio managers manage. Macquarie Asset Management keeps a percentage of the revenues and the remaining percentage of revenues (minus appropriate expenses associated with relevant products and the investment management team) creates the “bonus pool” for the products. Various members of the team have the ability to earn a percentage of the bonus pool with the most senior contributors generally having the largest share. The pool is allotted based on subjective factors and objective factors. The primary objective factor is the 1-, 3-, and 5-year performance of the funds (at NAV) managed relative to the performance of the appropriate Morningstar, Inc. peer groups and the performance of institutional composites (on a gross, pre-tax basis) relative to the appropriate indices. Three- and five-year performance is weighted more heavily and there is no objective award for a fund whose performance falls below the 50th percentile for a given time period. In connection with its sub-advisory role on the Mid Cap Growth Portfolio, DIFA’s performance is measured relative to the Russell Midcap Growth Index.

Individual allocations of the bonus pool are based on individual performance measurements, both objective and subjective, as determined by senior management.

Portfolio managers participate in retention programs, including the Macquarie Asset Management Notional Investment Plan and the Macquarie Group Employee Retained Equity Plan, for alignment of interest purposes.

Macquarie Asset Management Notional Investment Plan — A portion of a portfolio manager’s retained profit share may be notionally exposed to the return of certain funds within MAM Funds pursuant to the terms of the Macquarie Asset Management Notional Investment Plan. The retained amount will vest in equal tranches over a period ranging from four to five years after the date of investment (depending on the level of the employee).

72

Macquarie Group Employee Retained Equity Plan — A portion of a portfolio manager’s retained profit share may be invested in the Macquarie Group Employee Retained Equity Plan (“MEREP”), which is used to deliver remuneration in the form of Macquarie equity. The main type of award currently being offered under the MEREP is units comprising a beneficial interest in a Macquarie share held in a trust for the employee, subject to the vesting and forfeiture provisions of the MEREP. Subject to vesting conditions, vesting and release of the shares occurs in a period ranging from four to five years after the date of investment (depending on the level of the employee).

FDS

Julian Potenza, David DeBiase and Rob Galusza are co-portfolio managers of the PBA Portfolios and receive compensation for those services. Portfolio manager compensation generally consists of a fixed base salary determined periodically (typically annually), a bonus, and in certain cases, participation in several types of equity-based compensation plans. A portion of each portfolio manager’s compensation may be deferred based on criteria established by FDS or at the election of the portfolio manager.

Each portfolio manager’s base salary is determined by level of responsibility and tenure at FDS or its affiliates. The primary components of each portfolio manager’s bonus are based on (i) the pre-tax investment performance of the portfolio manager’s fund(s) and account(s) measured against a benchmark index assigned to each fund or account, and (ii) the investment performance of other taxable bond funds and accounts. The pre-tax investment performance of each portfolio manager’s fund(s) and account(s) is weighted according to the portfolio manager’s tenure on those fund(s) and account(s) and the average asset size of those fund(s) and account(s) over the portfolio manager’s tenure. Each component is calculated separately over the portfolio manager’s tenure on those fund(s) and account(s) over a measurement period that initially is contemporaneous with the portfolio manager’s tenure, but that eventually encompasses rolling periods of up to three years for the comparison to a benchmark index. A smaller, subjective component of each portfolio manager’s bonus is based on the portfolio manager’s overall contribution to management of FDS. The portion of each portfolio manager’s bonus that is linked to the investment performance of each PBA Portfolio is based on the Fund’s pre-tax investment performance measured against the SOFR. Each portfolio manager also is compensated under equity-based compensation plans linked to increases or decreases in the net asset value of the stock of FMR LLC, FDS’s parent company. FMR LLC is a diverse financial services company engaged in various activities that include fund management, brokerage, retirement, and employer administrative services.

FIAM

David Jenkins is the Portfolio Manager of the International Small-Cap Portfolio and receives compensation for those services as a research analyst and as a portfolio manager under a single compensation plan. Portfolio manager compensation generally consists of a fixed base salary determined periodically (typically annually), a bonus, and in certain cases, participation in several types of equity-based compensation plans. A portion of each portfolio manager’s compensation may be deferred based on criteria established by FMR LLC, FIAM’s ultimate parent company, or at the election of the portfolio manager.

David Jenkin’s base salary is determined by level of responsibility and tenure at FIAM or its affiliates. The primary components of the portfolio manager’s bonus are based on (i) the pre-tax investment performance of the portfolio manager’s fund(s), account(s) and lead account(s) measured against a benchmark index and within a defined peer group assigned to each fund, account, and lead account, and (ii) the investment performance of other equity funds and accounts. The pre-tax investment performance of each portfolio manager’s fund(s) fund(s), account(s) and lead account(s) is weighted according to the portfolio manager’s tenure on those fund(s) fund(s), account(s) and lead account(s) and the average asset size of those fund(s) fund(s), account(s) and lead account(s) over the portfolio manager’s tenure. Each component is calculated separately over the portfolio manager’s tenure on those fund(s) fund(s), account(s) and lead account(s) over a measurement period that initially is contemporaneous with the portfolio manager’s tenure, but that eventually encompasses rolling periods of up to five years for the comparison to a benchmark index and rolling periods of up to three years for the comparison to a peer group. A smaller, subjective component of each portfolio manager’s bonus is based on the portfolio manager’s overall contribution to management of FIAM or its affiliates. The portion of the Mr. Jenkin’s bonus that is linked to the investment performance of International Small-Cap Portfolio and is based on the lead account’s pre-tax investment performance measured against the MSCI ACWI (All Country World Index) ex USA Small Cap (net MA tax), and the lead account’s pre-tax investment performance (based on the performance of the lead account’s retail class) within the LipperSM International Small Cap Funds. The portfolio manager also is compensated under equity-based compensation plans linked to increases or decreases in the net asset value of the stock of FMR LLC, FIAM’s ultimate parent company. FMR LLC is a diverse financial services company engaged in various activities that include fund management, brokerage, retirement, and employer administrative services.

Asher Anolic is co-portfolio manager for the Large Cap Growth Portfolio and receives compensation for those services. Jason Weiner is the co-portfolio manager for the Large Cap Growth Portfolio and receives compensation for those services. Portfolio manager compensation generally consists of a fixed base salary determined periodically (typically annually), a bonus, and in certain cases, participation in several types of equity-based compensation plans. A portion of each portfolio manager’s compensation may be deferred based on criteria established by FIAM or its affiliates or at the election of the portfolio manager.

Mr. Anolic’s and Mr. Weiner’s base salary is determined by level of responsibility and tenure at FIAM or its affiliates. The primary components of each portfolio manager’s bonus are based on (i) the pre-tax investment performance of the portfolio manager’s fund(s) and account(s) measured against a benchmark index and within a defined peer group assigned to each fund or account, and (ii) the investment performance of other equity funds and accounts. The pre-tax investment performance of each portfolio manager’s fund(s) and account(s) is weighted according to the portfolio manager’s tenure on those fund(s) and account(s) and the average asset size of those fund(s) and account(s) over the portfolio manager’s tenure. Each component is calculated separately over the portfolio manager’s tenure on those fund(s) and account(s) over a measurement period that initially is contemporaneous with the portfolio manager’s tenure, but that eventually encompasses rolling periods of up to five years for the comparison to a benchmark index and rolling periods of up to three years for the

73

comparison to a peer group. A smaller, subjective component of each portfolio manager’s bonus is based on the portfolio manager’s overall contribution to management of FIAM or its affiliates. The portion of each portfolio manager’s bonus that is linked to the investment performance of the Large Cap Growth Portfolio is based on the account’s pre-tax investment performance measured against the Russell 1000® Growth Index, and the account’s pre-tax investment performance within the eVestment Alliance US Large Cap Growth Equity.

Adam Benjamin is the Portfolio Manager of the Technology Portfolio and receives compensation for those services as a research analyst and as a portfolio manager under a single compensation plan. Portfolio manager compensation generally consists of a fixed base salary determined periodically (typically annually), a bonus, and in certain cases, participation in several types of equity-based compensation plans. A portion of each portfolio manager’s compensation may be deferred based on criteria established by FMR LLC, FIAM’s ultimate parent company, or at the election of the portfolio manager.

Mr. Benjamin’s base salary is determined primarily by level of experience and skills, and performance as a research analyst and fund manager at FIAM or its affiliates. A portion of each portfolio manager’s bonus relates to the portfolio manager’s performance as a research analyst and is based on the Director of Research’s assessment of the research analyst’s performance and may include factors such as qualitative feedback assessments, which relate to analytical work and investment results within the relevant sector(s) and impact on other equity funds and accounts as a research analyst, and the research analyst’s contributions to the research groups and to FMR. Another component of the bonus is based upon (i) the pre-tax investment performance of the portfolio manager’s fund(s), account(s) or lead account measured against a benchmark index (which may be a customized industry benchmark index developed by FMR) and within a defined peer group assigned to each fund or account, as applicable (ii) the investment performance of other FMR equity funds and accounts, and (iii) the pre-tax investment performance of the research analyst’s recommendations measured against a benchmark index corresponding to the research analyst’s assignment universe and against a broadly diversified equity index. The pre-tax investment performance of each portfolio manager’s fund(s), account(s) and lead account(s) is weighted according to the portfolio manager’s tenure on those fund(s), account(s) and lead account(s). The component of the bonus relating to the Director of Research’s assessment is calculated over a one-year period, and each other component of the bonus is calculated over a measurement period that initially is contemporaneous with each portfolio manager’s tenure, but that eventually encompasses rolling periods of up to five years for the comparison to a benchmark index and rolling periods of up to three years for the comparison to a peer group, if applicable. The portion of each portfolio manager’s bonus that is linked to the investment performance of Technology Portfolio is based on the lead accounts pre-tax investment performance measured against the MSCI U.S. IMI Information Technology 25/50 Index.

Each portfolio manager also is compensated under equity-based compensation plans linked to increases or decreases in the net asset value of the stock of FMR LLC, FIAM’s ultimate parent company. FMR LLC is a diverse financial services company engaged in various activities that include fund management, brokerage, retirement, and employer administrative services.

Franklin

The investment manager seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, a cash incentive bonus opportunity, an equity compensation opportunity, and a benefits package. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and the level of compensation is based on individual performance, the salary range for a portfolio manager’s level of responsibility and Franklin Templeton guidelines. Portfolio managers are provided no financial incentive to favor one fund or account over another. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:

Base salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.

Annual bonus. Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of the portfolio manager with those of the Fund’s shareholders. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses generally are split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares of Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares (17.5% to 25%). The deferred equity-based compensation is intended to build a vested interest of the portfolio manager in the financial performance of both Resources and mutual funds advised by the investment manager. The bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the portfolio manager achieving consistently strong investment performance, which aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio manager and Fund shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the investment manager and/or other officers of the investment manager, with responsibility for the Fund, have discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:

•

Investment performance.   Primary consideration is given to the historic investment performance over the 1, 3 and 5 preceding years of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The pre-tax performance of each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer group and/or applicable benchmark as appropriate.

•

Non-investment performance.   The more qualitative contributions of the portfolio manager to the investment manager’s business and the investment management team, including business knowledge, contribution to team efforts, mentoring of junior staff, and contribution to the marketing of the Fund, are evaluated in determining the amount of any bonus award.

•

Research.   Where the portfolio management team also has research responsibilities, each portfolio manager is evaluated on the number and performance of recommendations over time.

•

Responsibilities.   The characteristics and complexity of funds managed by the portfolio manager are factored in the investment manager’s appraisal.

74

Additional long-term equity-based compensation. Portfolio managers may also be awarded restricted shares or units of Resources stock or restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds. Awards of such deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key talent.

Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees of the investment manager.

For the Small-Cap Equity Portfolio, the benchmark for compensation purposes is the Russell 2000 Value and the peer group is the Small Cap Value Equity.

Geode

Louis Bottari is a senior portfolio manager and receives compensation for his services. Peter Matthew is a senior portfolio manager and receives compensation for his services. Navid Sohrabi is a senior portfolio manager and receives compensation for his services. Payal Gupta is a portfolio manager and receives compensation for her services. Robert Regan is a portfolio manager and receives compensation for his services. Portfolio manager compensation generally consists of a fixed base salary, a bonus that is based on both objective and subjective criteria, and, in certain cases, participation in a profit-based compensation plan. A portion of each portfolio manager’s compensation may be deferred based on criteria established by Geode.

Each portfolio manager’s base salary is determined annually by level of responsibility and tenure at Geode. The primary component for determining each portfolio manager’s bonus is the pre-tax investment performance of the portfolio manager’s fund(s) and account(s) relative to a custom peer group, if applicable, and relative to a benchmark index assigned to each fund or account. Performance is measured over multiple measurement periods that eventually encompass periods of up to five years. A portion of each portfolio manager’s bonus is linked to the relative pre-tax investment performance of the PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio measured against the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, and the PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio measured against the MSCI World ex USA Large Cap Index. A subjective component of each portfolio manager’s bonus is based on the portfolio manager’s overall contribution to the management of Geode, including recruiting, monitoring, and mentoring within the investment management teams, as well as time spent assisting in firm promotion. Each portfolio manager may also be compensated under a profit-based compensation plan, which is primarily based on the profits of Geode.

Invesco

Invesco seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, an incentive cash bonus opportunity, and a deferred compensation opportunity. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and may be modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market, as well as to adjust the factors used to determine bonuses to promote competitive fund performance. Invesco evaluates competitive market compensation by reviewing compensation survey results conducted by an independent third party of investment industry compensation. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:

Base Salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. In setting the base salary, Invesco’s intention is to be competitive in light of the particular portfolio manager’s experience and responsibilities.

Annual Bonus. The portfolio managers are eligible, along with other employees of Invesco to participate in a discretionary year-end bonus pool. The Compensation Committee of Invesco Ltd. reviews and approves the firm-wide bonus pool based upon progress against strategic objectives and annual operating plan, including investment performance and financial results. In addition, while having no direct impact on individual bonuses, assets under management are considered when determining the starting bonus funding levels. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus which is based on quantitative (i.e., investment performance) and non-quantitative factors (which may include, but are not limited to, individual performance, risk management and teamwork).

Each portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax investment performance of the funds/accounts managed by the portfolio manager as compared to the performance of the relevant fund peer group. Comparisons are made on a rolling one-, three- and five-year basis as of each calendar year end. Portfolio managers may be granted annual deferral award that vests on a pro-rata basis over a four-year period.

High investment performance (against applicable peer group and/or benchmarks) would deliver compensation generally associated with top pay in the industry (determined by reference to the third-party provided compensation survey information) and poor investment performance (versus applicable peer group) would result in low bonus compared to the applicable peer group or no bonus at all. These decisions are reviewed and approved collectively by senior leadership which has responsibility for executing the compensation approach across the organization.

Deferred/Long-Term Compensation. Portfolio managers may be granted a deferred compensation award based on a firm-wide bonus pool approved by the Compensation Committee of Invesco Ltd. Deferred compensation awards may take the form of annual fund deferral awards or long-term equity awards. Annual fund deferral awards are notionally invested in certain Invesco funds selected by the Portfolio Manager and are settled in cash. Long-term equity awards are settled in Invesco Ltd. common shares. Both fund deferral awards and long-term equity awards have a four-year ratable vesting schedule. The vesting period aligns the interests of the Portfolio Managers with the long-term interests of clients and shareholders and encourages retention.

75

Retirement and health and welfare arrangements. Portfolio managers are eligible to participate in retirement and health and welfare plans and programs that are available generally to all employees.

The peer group category for Mr. Leverenz with respect to the Emerging Markets Portfolio is Morningstar-Diversified Emerging Markets.

Janus

The following describes the current structure and method of calculating a portfolio manager’s compensation. Portfolio management is compensated for managing a Fund and any other funds, portfolios, or accounts for which they have exclusive or shared responsibilities through two components: fixed compensation and variable compensation. Compensation (both fixed and variable) is determined on a pre-tax basis.

Fixed Compensation: Fixed compensation is paid in cash and is comprised of an annual base salary. The base salary is based on factors such as performance, scope of responsibility, skills, knowledge, experience, ability, and market competitiveness.

Variable Compensation: Portfolio management’s variable compensation is discretionary and is determined by investment team management. The overall investment team variable compensation pool is funded by an amount equal to a percentage of Janus Henderson’s pre-incentive operating income. In determining individual awards, both quantitative and qualitative factors are considered. Such factors include, among other things, consistent short-term and long-term fund performance (i.e., one-, three-, and five-year performance), client support and investment team support through the sharing of ideas, leadership, development, mentoring, and teamwork.

Performance Fees: The firm receives performance fees in relation to certain funds depending on outperformance of the fund against pre-determined benchmarks.

Performance fees are shared directly with the investment professional in two instances; on a discretionary basis, if the fees were generated by certain products, and on a formulaic basis, if there is a contractual agreement in place. The discretionary performance fee sharing incentives are funded from within the profit pools and subject to the same risk adjustment, review, and standard deferral arrangements that apply to the discretionary funding frameworks.

Deferrals/Firm Ownership: All employees are subject to Janus Henderson’s standard deferral arrangements which apply to variable incentive awards. Deferral rates apply to awards that exceed a minimum threshold, rates of deferral increase for larger incentive awards. Deferred awards vest in three equal instalments over a 3-year period and are delivered into JHG restricted stock and/or funds

Portfolio management may be eligible to defer payment of a designated percentage of their fixed compensation and/or up to all of their variable compensation in accordance with JHG’s Executive Income Deferral Program.

The benchmark used to measure the performance of the portfolio manager for the Focused Growth Portfolio is the Russell 1000 Growth Index.

JPMorgan

JPMorgan’s compensation programs are designed to align the behavior of employees with the achievement of its short- and long-term strategic goals, which revolve around client investment objectives. This is accomplished in part, through a balanced performance assessment process and total compensation program, as well as a clearly defined culture that rigorously and consistently promotes adherence to the highest ethical standards.

The compensation framework for JPMorgan’s Portfolio Managers participating in public market investing activities is based on several factors that drive alignment with client objectives, the primary of which is investment performance, alongside of the firm-wide performance dimensions. The framework focuses on Total Compensation – base salary and variable compensation. Variable compensation is in the form of cash incentives, and/or long-term incentives in the form of fund-tracking incentives (referred to as the “Mandatory Investment Plan” or “MIP”) and/or equity-based JPMorgan Chase Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) with defined vesting schedules and corresponding terms and conditions. Long-term incentive awards may comprise up to 60% of overall incentive compensation, depending on an employee’s pay level.

The performance dimensions for Portfolio Managers are evaluated annually based on several factors that drive investment outcomes and value—aligned with client objectives—including, but not limited to:

•

Investment performance, generally weighted more to the long-term, with specific consideration for Portfolio Managers of investment performance (after-taxes) relative to competitive indices or peers over one-, three-, five- and ten-year periods, or, in the case of funds designed to track the performance of a particular index, the Portfolio Managers success in tracking such index;

•

The scale and complexity of their investment responsibilities;

•

Individual contribution relative to the client’s risk and return objectives;

•

Business results, as informed by investment performance; risk, controls and conduct objectives; client/customer/stakeholder objectives, teamwork and leadership objectives; and

•

Adherence with JPMorgan’s compliance, risk, regulatory and client fiduciary responsibilities, including, as applicable, adherence to the JPMorgan Asset Management Sustainability Risk Integration Policy, which contains relevant financially material Environmental, Social and Corporate Governance (“ESG”) factors that are intended to be assessed in investment decision- making.

76

In addition to the above performance dimensions, the firm-wide pay-for-per performance framework is integrated into the final assessment of incentive compensation for an individual Portfolio Manager. Feedback from JPMorgan’s risk and control professionals is considered in assessing performance and compensation.

Portfolio Managers are subject to a mandatory deferral of long-term incentive compensation under JPMorgan’s “MIP”. In general, the MIP provides for a rate of return equal to that of the particular fund(s), thereby aligning the Portfolio Manager’s pay with that of the client’s experience/return.

For Portfolio Managers participating in public market investing activities, 50% of their long-term incentives are subject to a mandatory deferral in the MIP, and the remaining 50% can be granted in the form of RSUs or additional participation in MIP at the election of the Portfolio Manager.

For the portion of long-term incentives subject to mandatory deferral in the MIP (50%), the incentives are allocated to the fund(s) the Portfolio Manager manages, as determined by the employee’s respective manager and reviewed by senior management.).

In addition, named Portfolio Managers on a sustainable fund(s) are required to allocate at least 25% of their mandatory deferral in at least one dedicated sustainable fund(s).

To hold individuals responsible for taking risks inconsistent with JPMorgan’s risk appetite and to discourage future imprudent behavior, we have policies and procedures that enable us to take prompt and proportionate actions with respect to accountable individuals, including:

•

Reducing or altogether eliminating annual incentive compensation;

•

Canceling unvested awards (in full or in part);

•

Clawback/recovery of previously paid compensation (cash and / or equity);

•

Demotion, negative performance rating or other appropriate employment actions; and

•

Termination of employment.

The precise actions we take with respect to accountable individuals are based on circumstances, including the nature of their involvement, the magnitude of the event and the impact on JPMorgan.

In evaluating each portfolio manager’s performance with respect to the accounts he or she manages, JPMorgan uses the following indices as benchmarks to evaluate the performance of the portfolio manager with respect to the accounts:

Name of Fund	Benchmark
Value Advantage Portfolio	Russell 3000 Value Index
Intermediate Bond Portfolio	Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index
Hedged Equity Portfolio	S&P 500 Index
Large Cap Core Portfolio	S&P 500 Index

Loomis Sayles

Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for its clients. Although portfolio manager compensation is not directly tied to assets under management, a portfolio manager’s base salary and/or bonus potential may reflect the amount of assets for which the manager is responsible relative to other portfolio managers. The annual bonus is incentive-based and generally represents a significant multiple of base salary. The bonus is based on three factors: investment performance, profit growth of Loomis Sayles, and personal conduct. Investment performance is the primary component of the annual bonus and generally represents at least 60% of the total for fixed-income managers. The other factors are used to determine the remainder of the annual incentive bonus, subject to the discretion of Loomis Sayles’ Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) and senior management. Loomis Sayles’ CIO and senior management evaluate these other factors annually.

The investment performance component of the annual incentive bonus depends primarily on investment performance against benchmark and/or against peers within similar disciplines. The score is based upon the product’s institutional composite performance; however, adjustments may be made if there is significant dispersion among the returns of the composite and accounts not included in the composite. For most products, the product investment score compares the product’s rolling three year performance over the past nine quarters (a five year view) against both a benchmark and a peer group established by the CIO. The scoring rewards both the aggregate excess performance of the product against a benchmark and the product’s relative rank within a peer group. In addition, for fixed income products, the performance score rewards for the consistency of that outperformance and is enhanced if over the past five years it has kept its rolling three-year performance ahead of its benchmark, Bloomberg U.S. Government/Credit, USD for the Core Plus Full Discretion and the Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate, USD for the Core Plus Relative Return. Portfolio managers working on several product teams receive a final score based on the relative revenue weight of each product.

Portfolio managers may also participate in the three segments of the long-term incentive program. The amount of the awards for each segment are dependent upon role, industry experience, team and firm profitability, and/or investment performance.

77

The core elements of the Loomis Sayles compensation plan include a base salary, an annual incentive bonus, and, for senior investor and leadership roles, a long-term incentive bonus. The base salary is a fixed amount based on a combination of factors, including industry experience, firm experience, job performance and market considerations. The annual incentive bonus and long term incentive bonus is driven by a variety of factors depending upon the specific role. Factors include investment performance, individual performance, team and firm profitability, role, and industry experience. Both the annual and long term bonus have a deferral component. Loomis Sayles has developed and implemented three long-term incentive plan segments to attract and retain investment talent.

For the senior-most investment roles, a Long Term Incentive Plan provides annual grants relative to the role, and includes a post-retirement payment feature to incentivize effective succession management. Participation is contingent upon signing an award agreement, which includes a non-compete covenant. The second and third Long Term Incentive Plans are constructed to create mid- term alignment for key positions, including a two year deferral feature. The second plan is role based, and the third is team based which is more specifically dependent upon team profitability and/or investment performance.

In addition, Loomis Sayles also offers a profit sharing plan for all employees and a defined benefit plan for employees who joined the firm prior to May 3, 2003. The profit sharing contribution to the retirement plan of each employee is based on a percentage of base salary (up to a maximum amount). The defined benefit plan is based on years of service and base compensation (up to a maximum amount).

MFS

MFS’ philosophy is to align portfolio manager compensation with the goal to provide shareholders with long-term value through a collaborative investment process. Therefore, MFS uses long-term investment performance as well as contribution to the overall investment process and collaborative culture as key factors in determining portfolio manager compensation. In addition, MFS seeks to maintain total compensation programs that are competitive in the asset management industry in each geographic market where it has employees. MFS uses competitive compensation data to ensure that compensation practices are aligned with its goals of attracting, retaining, and motivating the highest-quality professionals.

MFS reviews portfolio manager compensation annually. In determining portfolio manager compensation, MFS uses quantitative means and qualitative means to help ensure a durable investment process. Currently, portfolio manager total cash compensation is a combination of base salary and performance bonus:

Base Salary —  Base salary generally represents a smaller percentage of portfolio manager total cash compensation than performance bonus.

Performance Bonus —  Generally, the performance bonus represents more than a majority of portfolio manager total cash compensation.

The performance bonus is based on a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors, generally with more weight given to the former and less weight given to the latter.

The quantitative portion is primarily based on the pre-tax performance of accounts managed by the portfolio manager over a range of fixed-length time periods, intended to provide the ability to assess performance over time periods consistent with a full market cycle and a strategy’s investment horizon. The fixed-length time periods include the portfolio manager’s full tenure on each fund/strategy and, when available, 10-, 5-, and 3-year periods. For portfolio managers who have served for less than three years, shorter-term periods, including the one-year period, will also be considered, as will performance in previous roles, if any, held at the firm. Emphasis is generally placed on longer performance periods when multiple performance periods are available. Performance is evaluated across the full set of strategies and portfolios managed by a given portfolio manager, relative to appropriate peer group universes and/or representative indices (“benchmarks”).

The following benchmark was used to measure the following portfolio manager’s performance for the Small-Cap Growth Portfolio:

For Michael Grossman: Russell 2000 Growth Index.

The following benchmarks were used to measure the following portfolio managers’ performance for the International Large-Cap Portfolio:

1.

For Daniel Ling: MSCI EAFE (Europe, Australasia, Far East) Index (net dividends).

2.

For Filipe Benzinho: MSCI EAFE (Europe, Australasia, Far East) Index (net dividends).

The following benchmarks were used to measure the following portfolio managers’ performance for the Growth Portfolio:

1.

For Eric Fischman: Russell 1000 Growth Index.

2.

For Bradford Mak: Russell 1000 Growth Index.

Benchmarks may include versions and components of indices, custom indices, and linked indices that combine performance of different indices for different portions of the time period, where appropriate.

The qualitative portion is based on the results of an annual internal peer review process (where portfolio managers are evaluated by other portfolio managers, analysts, and traders) and management’s assessment of overall portfolio manager contributions to the MFS investment process and the client experience (distinct from fund and other account performance).

The performance bonus may be in the form of cash and/or a deferred cash award, at the discretion of management. A deferred cash award is issued for a cash value and becomes payable over a three-year vesting period if the portfolio manager remains in the continuous employ of MFS or its affiliates. During the vesting period, the value of the unfunded deferred cash award will fluctuate as though the portfolio manager had invested the cash value of the award in an MFS fund(s) selected by the portfolio manager. A selected fund may, but is not required to, be a fund that is managed by the portfolio manager.

78

MFS Equity Plan — Portfolio managers also typically benefit from the opportunity to participate in the MFS Equity Plan. Equity interests are awarded by management, on a discretionary basis, taking into account tenure at MFS, contribution to the investment process, and other factors.

Finally, portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans (including a defined contribution plan and health and other insurance plans) and programs available generally to other employees of MFS. The percentage such benefits represent of any portfolio manager’s compensation depends upon the length of the individual’s tenure at MFS and salary level, as well as other factors.

PIMCO

PIMCO and its affiliates approach to compensation seeks to provide professionals with a compensation process that is driven by values of collaboration, openness, responsibility and excellence.

Generally, compensation packages consist of three components. The compensation program for portfolio managers is designed to align with clients’ interests, emphasizing each portfolio manager’s ability to generate long-term investment success for clients, among other factors. A portfolio manager’s compensation is not based solely on the performance of the Fund or any other account managed by that portfolio manager:

Base Salary —  Base salary is determined based on core job responsibilities, positions/levels and market factors. Base salary levels are reviewed annually, when there is a significant change in job responsibilities or position, or a significant change in market levels.

Variable Compensation —  In addition to a base salary, portfolio managers have a variable component of their compensation, which is based on a combination of individual and company performance and includes both qualitative and quantitative factors. The following non-exhaustive list of qualitative and quantitative factors is considered when determining total compensation for portfolio managers:

•

performance measured over a variety of longer-and shorter-term periods, including 5-year, 4-year, 3-year, 2-year and 1-year dollar-weighted and account-weighted, pre-tax total and risk-adjusted investment performance as judged against the applicable benchmarks (which may include internal investment performance-related benchmarks) for each account managed by a portfolio manager (including the Funds) and relative to applicable industry peer groups

•

Managed Bond Portfolio — Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index

•

Inflation Managed Portfolio — Bloomberg US TIPS Index

•

amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager

The variable compensation component of an employee’s compensation may include a deferred component. The deferred portion will generally be subject to vesting and may appreciate or depreciate based on the performance of PIMCO and/or its affiliates. PIMCO’s Long-Term Incentive Plan provides participants with deferred cash awards that appreciate or depreciate based on PIMCO’s operating earnings over a rolling three-year period.

Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO receive compensation from a non-qualified profit sharing plan consisting of a portion of PIMCO’s net profits. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors receive an amount determined by the Compensation Committee, based upon an individual’s overall contribution to the firm.

PLFA

PLFA uses a compensation structure that is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. Portfolio managers are compensated based primarily on the scale and complexity of all of their job responsibilities, including but not limited to portfolio responsibilities. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and may be modified at any time as appropriate to adjust the factors used to determine bonuses or other compensation components.

Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary that PLFA believes is competitive in light of the portfolio manager’s experience and responsibility. The base salary may be increased in recognition of the individual’s performance and/or an increase or change in duties and responsibilities.

In addition to a base salary, investment professionals may be eligible to receive annual and long-term incentives, each of which is derived from both quantitative and non-quantitative factors, as described below. High performing portfolio managers may receive annual and long-term incentives that constitute a substantial portion of their respective total compensation.

Annual Incentive:

The financial performance of PLFA and its parent company impact overall funding for annual incentives. Individual incentive awards are determined on a discretionary basis and consider the individual’s target incentive and personal performance, which may include both quantitative and qualitative factors. Fund performance is not a specific factor in determining a PLFA portfolio manager’s incentive compensation. However, several factors, including but not limited to an evaluation of sub-adviser selection, appropriate risk positioning, asset class allocation and investment thesis development, are taken into consideration in determining a PLFA portfolio manager’s incentive pay. Annual incentives are paid in cash with no deferral.

Long-Term Incentive (applies to the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios only):

Investment professionals are eligible to receive long-term incentive awards on an annual basis. Awards pay out at the end of three years based on PLFA’s achievement against both quantitative and qualitative factors, with pre-tax fund performance on a rolling three-year time frame as compared against peer group benchmarks, accounting for the majority of the performance measurement. Target incentives are

79

based on the individual’s role and responsibilities. For comparison purposes with respect to measuring the performance of the portfolio managers for the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios, the peer group benchmark for the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio is Morningstar U.S. Fund Allocation — 15% to 30% Equity; for the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio is Morningstar U.S. Fund Allocation — 30% to 50% Equity; for the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio is the Morningstar U.S. Fund Allocation — 50% to 70% Equity; for the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio is Morningstar U.S. Fund Allocation — 50% to 70% Equity; and for the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio is Morningstar U.S. Fund Allocation — 70% to 85% Equity.

Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans available generally to all employees.

PGI

PGI offers investment professionals a competitive compensation structure that is evaluated annually relative to other global asset management firms to ensure its continued competitiveness and alignment with industry best practices. The objective of the structure is to offer market competitive compensation that aligns individual and team contributions with firm and client performance objectives in a manner that is consistent with industry standards and business results.

Compensation for investment professionals at all levels is comprised of base salary and variable incentive components. As team members advance in their careers, the variable component increases in its proportion commensurate with responsibility levels. The variable component is designed to reinforce delivery of investment performance, firm performance, team collaboration, regulatory compliance, operational excellence, client retention and client satisfaction. Relative performance metrics are measured on a pre-tax basis over rolling one-year, three-year and five-year periods, calculated quarterly, reinforcing a longer term orientation.

For compensation purposes, the benchmark utilized for the portfolio managers of the Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio is the J.P. Morgan Emerging Markets Blended — Equal Weighted Index.

Payments under the variable incentive plan are delivered in the form of cash or a combination of cash and deferred compensation. The amount of incentive delivered in the form of deferred compensation depends on the size of an individual’s incentive award as it relates to a tiered deferral scale. Deferred compensation is required to be invested into funds managed by the team via a co-investment program and is subject to a three-year vesting schedule. The overall measurement framework and the deferred component are well aligned with our desired focus on clients’ objectives (e.g., co-investment) and talent retention.

Principal REI

Principal REI offers investment professionals a competitive compensation structure that is evaluated annually relative to other global asset management firms to ensure its continued competitiveness and alignment with industry best practices. The objective of the structure is to align individual and team contributions with client performance objectives in a manner that is consistent with industry standards and business results.

Compensation for investment professionals at all levels is comprised of base salary and variable incentive components. As team members advance in their careers, the variable component increases in its proportion commensurate with responsibility levels.

Variable compensation takes the form of a profit share plan with funding based on a percentage of pre-tax, pre-bonus operating earnings of the boutique. The plan is designed to provide line-of-sight to investment professionals, enabling them to share in current and future business growth while reinforcing delivery of investment performance, collaboration, regulatory compliance, operational excellence, client retention and client satisfaction. The variable component is well aligned with client goals and objectives, with the largest determinant being investment performance relative to appropriate client benchmarks and peer groups. Relative performance metrics are measured over rolling one-year and three-year periods, calculated quarterly on a pre-tax basis, reinforcing a longer term orientation. For compensation purposes, the benchmark utilized for the portfolio managers of the Real Estate Portfolio is the MSCI U.S. REIT Index. In addition to investment performance, other discretionary factors such as team and individual results also contribute to the quantum of incentive compensation. Discretionary compensation metrics are specifically aligned with the results of the Real Estate group. The structure is uniformly applied among all investment professionals, including portfolio managers, research analysts, traders and team leaders.

Payments under the variable incentive plan may be in the form of cash or a combination of cash and deferred compensation. The amount of variable compensation delivered in the form of deferred compensation depends on the size of an individual’s incentive award as it relates to a tiered deferral scale. 40% of the deferred compensation is awarded in Principal Financial Group restricted stock units and 60% is required to be invested into funds managed by the team, via a co-investment program. Both payment vehicles are subject to a three year vesting schedule.

All senior team members have substantial investments in funds managed by the group, including deferred compensation, retirement plans and direct personal investments. It should be noted that the Company’s retirement plans and deferred compensation plans generally utilize its non-registered group separate accounts or commingled vehicles rather than the traditional mutual funds. However, in each instance these vehicles are managed in lockstep alignment with the mutual funds (i.e. “clones”).

SSGA FM

SSGA FM’s culture is complemented and reinforced by a total rewards strategy that is based on a pay for performance philosophy which seeks to offer a competitive pay mix of base salary, benefits, cash incentives and deferred compensation.

Salary is based on a number of factors, including external benchmarking data and market trends, and performance both at the business and individual level. SSGA FM’s Global Human Resources department regularly participates in compensation surveys in order to provide SSGA FM with market-based compensation information that helps support individual pay decisions.

80

Additionally, subject to State Street and SSGA FM business results, an incentive pool is allocated to SSGA FM to reward its employees. The size of the incentive pool for most business units is based on the firm’s overall profitability and other factors, including performance against risk-related goals. For most SSGA FM investment teams, SSGA FM recognizes and rewards performance by linking annual incentive decisions for investment teams to the firm’s or business unit’s profitability and business unit investment performance over a multi-year period.

Incentive pool funding for most active investment teams is driven in part by the post-tax investment performance of fund(s) managed by the team versus the return levels of the benchmark index(es) of the fund(s) on a one-, three- and, in some cases, five-year basis. For most active investment teams, a material portion of incentive compensation for senior staff is deferred over a four-year period into the SSGA Long-Term Incentive (“SSGA LTI”) program. For these teams, The SSGA LTI program indexes the performance of these deferred awards against the post-tax investment performance of fund(s) managed by the team. This is intended to align our investment team’s compensation with client interests, both through annual incentive compensation awards and through the long-term value of deferred awards in the SSGA LTI program.

For the index equity investment team, incentive pool funding is driven in part by the post-tax 1 and 3-year tracking error of the funds managed by the team against the benchmark indexes of the funds. The PD 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Portfolio is measured against the Bloomberg US 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Index Portfolio, the PD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio is measured against the Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index and the PD High Yield Bond Market Portfolio is measured against the Bloomberg US High-Yield 2% Issuer Capped Bond Index.

The discretionary allocation of the incentive pool to the business units within SSGA FM is influenced by market-based compensation data, as well as the overall performance of each business unit. Individual compensation decisions are made by the employee’s manager, in conjunction with the senior management of the employee’s business unit. These decisions are based on the overall performance of the employee and, as mentioned above, on the performance of the firm and business unit. Depending on the job level, a portion of the annual incentive may be awarded in deferred compensation, which may include cash and/or Deferred Stock Awards (State Street stock), which typically vest over a four-year period. This helps to retain staff and further aligns SSGA FM employees’ interests with SSGA FM clients’ and shareholders’ long-term interests.

SSGA FM recognizes and rewards outstanding performance by:

•

Promoting employee ownership to connect employees directly to the company’s success.

•

Using rewards to reinforce mission, vision, values and business strategy.

•

Seeking to recognize and preserve the firm’s unique culture and team orientation.

•

Providing all employees the opportunity to share in the success of SSGA FM.

T. Rowe Price

Portfolio manager compensation consists primarily of a base salary, a cash bonus, and an equity incentive that usually comes in the form of restricted stock grants. Compensation is variable and is determined based on the following factors.

Investment performance over 1-, 3-, 5-, and 10-year periods is the most important input. The weightings for these time periods are generally balanced and are applied consistently across similar strategies. T. Rowe Price (and T. Rowe Price Hong Kong Limited, T. Rowe Price Singapore Private Ltd., T. Rowe Price Japan, T. Rowe Price International Ltd. and T. Rowe Price Investment Management, as appropriate), evaluates performance in absolute, relative, and risk-adjusted terms. For Short Duration Bond Portfolio, relative performance and risk-adjusted performance are typically determined with reference to a broad-based index benchmark (Bloomberg 1-3 Year US Government/Credit Bond Index) and a Lipper index peer group (Short Investment Grade Debt Funds Average), although other benchmarks may be used as well. For Dividend Growth Portfolio, relative performance and risk-adjusted performance are measured as determined with reference to a broad-based index benchmark (S&P 500 Index) and the Lipper average or index (Large-Cap Growth Index), although other benchmarks may be used as well. Investment results are also measured against comparably managed funds of competitive investment management firms. The selection of comparable funds is approved by the applicable investment steering committee and is the same as the selection presented to the directors of the T. Rowe Price funds in their regular review of fund performance. Performance is primarily measured on a pretax basis, although tax efficiency is considered.

Compensation is viewed with a long-term time horizon. The more consistent a portfolio manager’s performance over time, the higher the compensation opportunity. The increase or decrease in a fund’s assets due to the purchase or sale of fund shares is not considered a material factor. In reviewing relative performance for fixed-income funds, a fund’s expense ratio is usually taken into account. Contribution to T. Rowe Price’s overall investment process is an important consideration as well. Leveraging ideas and investment insights across applicable investment platforms, working effectively with and mentoring others, and other contributions to our clients, the firm or our culture are important components of T. Rowe Price’s long-term success and are generally taken into consideration.

All employees of T. Rowe Price, including portfolio managers, can participate in a 401(k) plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group. In addition, all employees are eligible to purchase T. Rowe Price common stock through an employee stock purchase plan that features a limited corporate matching contribution. Eligibility for and participation in these plans is on the same basis for all employees. Finally, all vice presidents of T. Rowe Price Group, including all portfolio managers, receive supplemental medical/ hospital reimbursement benefits and are eligible to participate in a supplemental savings plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group.

This compensation structure is used when evaluating the performance for all portfolios managed by the portfolio manager.

81

Wellington

Wellington receives a fee based on the assets under management of each fund it manages or sub-advises. Wellington pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to the Fund.

Wellington’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals necessary to deliver high quality investment management services to its clients. Wellington’s compensation of the Fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund (the “Portfolio Managers”) includes a base salary and incentive components.

The base salary for each Portfolio Manager who is a partner (a “Partner”) of Wellington Management Group LLP, the ultimate holding company of Wellington, is generally a fixed amount that is determined by the managing partners of Wellington Management Group LLP. Each Portfolio Manager is eligible to receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Wellington from the Fund managed by the Portfolio Manager and generally each other account managed by such Portfolio Manager.

The Portfolio Managers’ incentive payment relating to the Fund is linked to the gross pre-tax performance of the Fund managed by the Portfolio Managers compared to the MSCI EAFE Index over one, three and five year periods, with an emphasis on five year results. Wellington applies similar incentive compensation structures (although the benchmarks or peer groups, time periods and rates may differ) to other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including accounts with performance fees.

Portfolio-based incentives across all accounts managed by an investment professional can, and typically do, represent a significant portion of an investment professional’s overall compensation; incentive compensation varies significantly by individual and can vary significantly from year to year. The Portfolio Managers may also be eligible for bonus payments based on their overall contribution to Wellington’s business operations. Senior management may reward individuals as it deems appropriate based on other factors. Each Partner is eligible to participate in a Partner-funded tax qualified retirement plan, the contributions to which are made pursuant to an actuarial formula. Messrs. Corry and Shakin are Partners.

Other Accounts Managed

The following table includes information for each portfolio manager of the Trust regarding the number and total assets of other accounts managed as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 (unless otherwise noted) that each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities for, other than the Funds they manage within the Trust (“Other Accounts Managed”). For these Other Accounts Managed, it is possible that a portfolio manager may only manage a portion of the assets of a particular account and that such portion may be substantially lower than the total assets of such account. See the Prospectuses for information on the Funds that each portfolio manager listed in the table manages within the Trust.

Other Accounts Managed are grouped into three categories: (i) registered investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. The table also reflects for each category if any of these Other Accounts Managed have an advisory fee based upon the performance of the account. Table data has been provided by the applicable Manager. Portfolio managers are listed alphabetically by Manager.

Portfolio Manager(s)	Number of Other Accounts Managed		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed			Number of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees
American Century	​
Matthew Dubin	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	17	​	$	975,126,458	​	None	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	282,542,342	​	None	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	1	​	$	26,296,729	​	None	​	N/A
Mitchell Firestein	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	33	​	$	35,111,790,195	​	None	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	282,542,342	​	None	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	77,369,059	​	None	​	N/A
Adam Krenn	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	4,233,018,544	​	None	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	1	​	$	650,126	​	None	​	N/A
Daniel Ong	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	38	​	$	36,254,612,811	​	None	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	282,542,342	​	None	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	77,369,059	​	None	​	N/A
Ted Randall	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	33	​	$	35,111,790,195	​	None	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	282,542,342	​	None	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	77,369,059	​	None	​	N/A
Eduardo Repetto	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	38	​	$	36,254,612,811	​	None	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	282,542,342	​	None	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	77,369,059	​	None	​	N/A

82

Portfolio Manager(s)	Number of Other Accounts Managed		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed			Number of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees
Philip Sundell	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	8	​	$	7,280,757,813	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	7,468,634	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	1	​	$	650,126	​	None	​	​	N/A
Brian Woglom	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	22	​	$	28,145,588,818	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	4	​	$	2,488,569,616	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	1,825,837,493	​	None	​	​	N/A
Aristotle Pacific	​
C. Robert Boyd	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	2	​	$	227,195,188	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	3	​	$	183,900,488	​	7	​	$	2,586,760,740
Other Accounts	​	8	​	$	9,175,499,906	​	1	​	$	35,772,467
John Brueggemann	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	1	​	$	77,750,894	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
J.P. Leasure	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	2	​	$	3,903,944,249	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	1,665,001,503	​	6	​	$	2,586,760,740
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	3,537,176,355	​	None	​	​	N/A
Michael Marzouk	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	9,129,845,272	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	1,665,001,503	​	6	​	$	2,586,760,740
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	3,537,176,355	​	None	​	​	N/A
Ying Qiu	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	3,223,885,554	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	35,772,467	​	1	​	$	35,772,467
Other Accounts	​	11	​	$	7,990,025,164	​	None	​	​	N/A
Brian M. Robertson	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	3	​	$	4,301,323,918	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
David Weismiller	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	5,330,742,401	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	7	​	$	1,401,285,998	​	None	​	​	N/A
BlackRock	​
Michael Carlucci	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	54,271	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Akiva Dickstein	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	23	​	$	23,424,573,616	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	24	​	$	8,083,627,830	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	216	​	$	91,068,107,251	​	4	​	$	993,046,522
Jennifer Hsui	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	337	​	$	2,261,137,808,490	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Xiang Liu	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	10,605,140,319	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	3	​	$	13,181,663,458	​	1	​	$	15,493,241
Other Accounts	​	1	​	$	2,474,978,339	​	1	​	$	2,474,978,339
Scott MacLellan	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	12	​	$	10,741,776,181	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	17	​	$	3,602,911,525	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	131	​	$	55,963,648,576	​	2	​	$	912,219,506
Peter Sietsema	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	52	​	$	108,771,700,767	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	5	​	$	3,312,234,820	​	None	​	​	N/A
Paul Whitehead	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	373	​	$	2,335,257,443,655	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	344	​	$	1,034,144,139,247	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	135	​	$	651,957,291,106	​	1	​	$	2,700,807,525

83

Portfolio Manager(s)	Number of Other Accounts Managed		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed			Number of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees
Erin Xie	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	10,605,140,319	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	3	​	$	13,181,663,458	​	1	​	$	15,493,241
Other Accounts	​	1	​	$	2,474,978,339	​	1	​	$	2,474,978,339
Boston Partners	​
Timothy P. Collard	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	24,136,173,775	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	660,946,930	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	43	​	$	5,020,193,952	​	None	​	​	N/A
Steven L. Pollack	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	24,136,173,775	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	660,946,930	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	43	​	$	5,020,193,952	​	None	​	​	N/A
ClearBridge	​
Dmitry Khaykin	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	3,332,593,360	​	1	​	$	2,971,568,227
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	291,045,913	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	4,189	​	$	2,268,267,228	​	None	​	​	N/A
Elisa Mazen	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	2	​	$	5,871,315,793	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	7	​	$	804,231,907	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	26,625	​	$	7,240,655,749	​	None	​	​	N/A
Deepon Nag	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	3,332,593,360	​	1	​	$	2,971,568,227
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	291,045,913	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	4,189	​	$	2,268,267,228	​	None	​	​	N/A
Michael Testorf	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	2	​	$	5,871,315,793	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	7	​	$	804,231,907	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	26,265	​	$	7,240,655,749	​	None	​	​	N/A
Pawel Wroblewski	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	2	​	$	5,871,315,793	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	7	​	$	804,231,907	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	26,265	​	$	7,240,655,749	​	None	​	​	N/A
DIFA	​
Nathan A. Brown	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	9,430,259,143	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	296,585,502	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	5	​	$	613,876,016	​	None	​	​	N/A
Bradley P. Halverson	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	9,430,259,143	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	296,585,502	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	5	​	$	613,876,016	​	None	​	​	N/A
Kimberly A. Scott	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	9,430,259,143	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	296,585,502	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	5	​	$	613,876,016	​	None	​	​	N/A
FDS1	​
David DeBiase1	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	17	​	$	30,311,483,626	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	6	​	$	25,471,918,097	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	44	​	$	18,076,119,535	​	None	​	​	N/A
Rob Galusza1	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	17	​	$	30,110,047,535	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	6	​	$	25,471,918,097	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	60	​	$	40,809,376,783	​	None	​	​	N/A
Julian Potenza1	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	17	​	$	30,311,483,626	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	6	​	$	25,471,918,097	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	53	​	$	16,400,574,398	​	None	​	​	N/A
FIAM	​
Asher Anolic	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	8	​	$	28,502,965,073	​	3	​	$	10,172,349,727
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	2	​	$	363,685,436	​	None	​	​	N/A

84

Portfolio Manager(s)	Number of Other Accounts Managed		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed			Number of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees
Adam Benjamin	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	33,618,518,628	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	7	​	$	538,092,471	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	2	​	$	3,586,747	​	None	​	​	N/A
David Jenkins	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	1	​	$	4,348,083,960	​	1	​	$	4,348,083,960
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Jason Weiner	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	7	​	$	28,477,711,484	​	2	​	$	10,147,096,138
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	2	​	$	363,685,436	​	None	​	​	N/A
Franklin	​
Nicholas A. Karzon	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	5,784,261,836	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	5	​	$	265,288,583	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	1	​	$	133,024,905	​	None	​	​	N/A
Christopher M. Meeker	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	5,784,261,836	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	3	​	$	232,807,340	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	1	​	$	133,024,905	​	None	​	​	N/A
Steven B. Raineri	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	5,784,261,836	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	6	​	$	266,614,266	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	1	​	$	133,024,905	​	None	​	​	N/A
Geode	​
Louis Bottari	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	78	​	$	1,019,981,221,089	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	90	​	$	122,821,972,655	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	6,451,240,478	​	None	​	​	N/A
Payal Gupta	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	78	​	$	1,019,981,221,089	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	90	​	$	122,821,972,655	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	6,451,240,478	​	None	​	​	N/A
Peter Matthew	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	78	​	$	1,019,981,221,089	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	90	​	$	122,821,972,655	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	11	​	$	6,648,310,219	​	None	​	​	N/A
Robert Regan	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	78	​	$	1,019,981,221,089	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	90	​	$	122,821,972,655	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	11	​	$	6,648,310,219	​	None	​	​	N/A
Navid Sohrabi	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	78	​	$	1,019,981,221,089	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	90	​	$	122,821,972,655	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	10	​	$	6,451,240,478	​	None	​	​	N/A
Invesco	​
Justin M. Leverenz	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	3	​	$	23,568,457,450	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	7	​	$	1,906,264,262	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Janus	​
Doug Rao	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	3	​	$	19,847,040,000	​	2	​	$	19,411,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	4	​	$	1,540,620,000	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	19	​	$	4,817,690,000	​	None	​	​	N/A
Brian Recht	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	3	​	$	19,847,040,000	​	2	​	$	19,411,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	4	​	$	1,540,620,000	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	18	​	$	4,756,850,000	​	None	​	​	N/A
Nick Schommer	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	24,416,110,000	​	3	​	$	23,980,060,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	5	​	$	1,560,200,000	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	21	​	$	4,831,650,000	​	None	​	​	N/A

85

Portfolio Manager(s)	Number of Other Accounts Managed		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed			Number of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees
JPMorgan	​
Scott Blasdell	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	8	​	$	5,912,076,540	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	3	​	$	669,829,650	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	16	​	$	726,283,760	​	None	​	​	N/A
Scott Davis	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	23	​	$	31,165,331,667	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	6	​	$	14,772,135,362	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	34	​	$	19,533,028,000	​	2	​	$	279,256,162
Richard Figuly	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	27	​	$	87,249,406,569	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	15	​	$	23,352,033,699	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	16	​	$	4,469,954,449	​	1	​	$	1,983,692,907
Edward Fitzpatrick III	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	46,417,251,978	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	9	​	$	17,041,621,054	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	6	​	$	3,883,662,317	​	1	​	$	96,438,000
Andrew Melchiorre	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	12	​	$	63,483,653,906	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	10	​	$	20,911,944,872	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	22	​	$	5,627,201,612	​	None	​	​	N/A
Shilpee Raina	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	23	​	$	31,165,331,667	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	7	​	$	19,025,761,311	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	33	​	$	20,033,879,000	​	2	​	$	279,256,162
Hamilton Reiner	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	9	​	$	70,607,803,778	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	6	​	$	650,678,773	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Justin Rucker	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	13	​	$	57,843,833,186	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	13	​	$	19,675,042,058	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	25	​	$	17,170,296,304	​	1	​	$	1,983,692,907
Jonathan K.L. Simon	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	17	​	$	29,327,624,829	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	6	​	$	11,411,111,885	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	107	​	$	1,190,953,533	​	1	​	$	111,636,892
Graham Spence	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	9	​	$	10,355,160,757	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	1,459,453,032	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	1	​	$	16,840,053	​	2	​	$	131,475,086
Raffaele Zingone	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	15	​	$	75,794,100,424	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	15	​	$	15,527,457,768	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	13	​	$	13,973,649,767	​	6	​	$	2,173,137,911
Loomis Sayles	​
Matthew J. Eagan	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	18	​	$	28,382,738,658	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	23	​	$	10,881,936,048	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	104	​	$	25,064,858,157	​	1	​	$	29,625,161
Brian P. Kennedy	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	16	​	$	27,901,812,245	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	22	​	$	10,869,101,329	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	108	​	$	25,059,923,870	​	1	​	$	29,625,161
Peter W. Palfrey	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	1	​	$	7,069,458,731	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	8	​	$	10,814,987,878	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	52	​	$	13,311,189,759	​	None	​	​	N/A
Richard G. Raczkowski	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	1	​	$	7,069,458,731	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	23	​	$	15,199,017,524	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	82	​	$	33,248,323,121	​	4	​	$	6,290,662,459

86

Portfolio Manager(s)	Number of Other Accounts Managed		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed			Number of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees
MFS	​
Filipe Benzinho	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	18,612,279,343	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	6	​	$	8,190,905,035	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	27	​	$	6,213,698,232	​	None	​	​	N/A
Eric Fischman	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	9	​	$	58,607,185,241	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	7	​	$	4,345,448,249	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	27	​	$	9,574,651,940	​	None	​	​	N/A
Michael Grossman	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	3,463,154,527	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	2	​	$	9,524,476	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	0	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Daniel Ling	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	6	​	$	18,612,279,343	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	6	​	$	8,190,905,035	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	27	​	$	6,213,698,232	​	None	​	​	N/A
Bradford Mak	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	43,535,154,581	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	4	​	$	3,107,413,643	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	16	​	$	7,926,761,564	​	None	​	​	N/A
PIMCO	​
Mike Cudzil	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	21	​	$	24,703,534,993	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	11	​	$	9,419,467,184	​	2	​	$	7,697,501,881
Other Accounts	​	59	​	$	28,046,087,455	​	8	​	$	1,394,602,683
Daniel He	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	16	​	$	21,686,596,023	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	3	​	$	721,008,307	​	1	​	$	509,971,463
Other Accounts	​	6	​	$	2,588,307,463	​	None	​	​	N/A
Mark R. Kiesel	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	20	​	$	119,349,427,205	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	49	​	$	66,362,049,089	​	2	​	$	163,979,562
Other Accounts	​	82	​	$	56,482,642,567	​	2	​	$	1,593,254,713
Mohit Mittal	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	30	​	$	96,683,871,421	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	25	​	$	37,472,564,088	​	4	​	$	5,189,597,196
Other Accounts	​	151	​	$	86,855,008,922	​	10	​	$	3,016,703,495
Stephen Rodosky	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	22	​	$	34,550,204,588	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	7	​	$	4,752,281,643	​	2	​	$	3,764,268,309
Other Accounts	​	18	​	$	10,120,709,626	​	4	​	$	1,405,979,549
PLFA	​
Emily Dai	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	1,996,930,549	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Jordan Fettman	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	1,996,930,549	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Howard T. Hirakawa	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	1,996,930,549	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Carleton J. Muench	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	1,996,930,549	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Samuel S. Park	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	1,996,930,549	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A

87

Portfolio Manager(s)	Number of Other Accounts Managed		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed			Number of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees
Edward Sheng	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	1,996,930,549	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	None	​	​	N/A	​	None	​	​	N/A
PGI	​
Damien Buchet	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	1,006,566,330	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	5	​	$	2,417,916,659	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	2	​	$	464,256,030	​	None	​	​	N/A
Christopher Watson	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	1,006,566,330	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	5	​	$	2,417,916,659	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	2	​	$	464,256,030	​	None	​	​	N/A
Principal REI	​
Keith Bokota	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	3	​	$	6,261,892,302	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	2	​	$	1,403,738,349	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	41	​	$	3,258,346,627	​	1	​	$	108,358,152
Anthony Kenkel	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	10	​	$	9,479,013,964	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	5	​	$	2,825,286,241	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	82	​	$	9,369,768,639	​	5	​	$	509,457,965
Kelly D. Rush	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	10	​	$	9,479,013,964	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	5	​	$	2,825,286,241	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	82	​	$	9,369,768,639	​	5	​	$	509,457,965
SSGA FM	​
Michael Brunell	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	36	​	$	97,364,812,313	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	130	​	$	190,011,704,422	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	163	​	$	110,065,076,344	​	None	​	​	N/A
Marc DiCosimo	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	36	​	$	97,364,812,313	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	130	​	$	190,011,704,422	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	163	​	$	110,065,076,344	​	None	​	​	N/A
Christopher DiStefano	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	36	​	$	97,364,812,313	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	130	​	$	190,011,704,422	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	163	​	$	110,065,076,344	​	None	​	​	N/A
Kyle Kelly	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	36	​	$	97,364,812,313	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	130	​	$	190,011,704,422	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	163	​	$	110,065,076,344	​	None	​	​	N/A
David Marchetti	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	36	​	$	97,364,812,313	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	130	​	$	190,011,704,422	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	163	​	$	110,065,076,344	​	None	​	​	N/A
Michael Przygoda	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	36	​	$	97,364,812,313	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	130	​	$	190,011,704,422	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	163	​	$	110,065,076,344	​	None	​	​	N/A
Bradley Sullivan	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	36	​	$	97,364,812,313	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	130	​	$	190,011,704,422	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	163	​	$	110,065,076,344	​	None	​	​	N/A
T. Rowe Price	​
Thomas J. Huber	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	2	​	$	23,587,971,876	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	1	​	$	178,720,720	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	4	​	$	271,927,765	​	None	​	​	N/A
Steven M. Kohlenstein	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	5	​	$	7,179,692,474	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	2	​	$	10,259,743,333	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	2	​	$	354,135,925	​	None	​	​	N/A

88

Portfolio Manager(s)	Number of Other Accounts Managed		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed			Number of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees		Total Assets of Other Accounts Managed Paying Performance Fees
Michael F. Reinartz	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	4	​	$	7,130,095,871	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	4	​	$	10,687,349,120	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Accounts	​	2	​	$	354,135,925	​	None	​	​	N/A
Wellington	​
Andrew M. Corry	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	7	​	$	4,948,745,377	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	11	​	$	2,315,574,288	​	1	​	$	7,297,789
Other Accounts	​	13	​	$	2,913,309,080	​	1	​	$	63,732,101
James H. Shakin	​
Registered Investment Companies	​	7	​	$	4,948,745,377	​	None	​	​	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	​	11	​	$	2,315,574,288	​	1	​	$	7,297,789
Other Accounts	​	13	​	$	2,913,309,080	​	1	​	$	63,732,101

1

The information for these portfolio managers is as of [June 30, 2024.]

Material Conflicts of Interest

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one investment account. Portfolio managers who manage other investment accounts in addition to the Fund or Funds(s) of the Trust in which the Manager acts as sub-adviser may be presented with the following potential conflicts:

American Century

Certain conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios. Potential conflicts include, for example, conflicts among investment strategies, such as one portfolio buying or selling a security while another portfolio has a differing, potentially opposite position in such security. This may include one portfolio taking a short position in the security of an issuer that is held long in another portfolio (or vice versa). Other potential conflicts may arise with respect to the allocation of investment opportunities, which are discussed in more detail below. American Century has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to minimize the effects of these conflicts.

Responsibility for managing American Century client portfolios is organized according to investment discipline. Investment disciplines include, for example, disciplined equity, global growth equity, global value equity, global fixed income, multi-asset strategies, ETFs, and Avantis Investors funds. Within each discipline are one or more portfolio teams responsible for managing specific client portfolios. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed by the same team using the same objective, approach, and philosophy. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. In addition, American Century maintains an ethical wall that restricts real time access to information regarding any portfolio’s transaction activities and positions to team members that have responsibility for a given portfolio or are within the same equity investment discipline. The ethical wall is intended to aid in preventing the misuse of portfolio holdings information and trading activity in the other disciplines.

For each investment strategy, one portfolio is generally designated as the “policy portfolio.” Other portfolios with similar investment objectives, guidelines and restrictions, if any, are referred to as “tracking portfolios.” When managing policy and tracking portfolios, a portfolio team typically purchases and sells securities across all portfolios that the team manages. American Century’s trading systems include various order entry programs that assist in the management of multiple portfolios, such as the ability to purchase or sell the same relative amount of one security across several funds. In some cases a tracking portfolio may have additional restrictions or limitations that cause it to be managed separately from the policy portfolio. Portfolio managers make purchase and sale decisions for such portfolios alongside the policy portfolio to the extent the overlap is appropriate, and separately, if the overlap is not.

American Century may aggregate orders to purchase or sell the same security for multiple portfolios when it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution on behalf of its clients. Orders of certain client portfolios may, by investment restriction or otherwise, be determined not available for aggregation. American Century has adopted policies and procedures to minimize the risk that a client portfolio could be systematically advantaged or disadvantaged in connection with the aggregation of orders. To the extent equity trades are aggregated, shares purchased or sold are generally allocated to the participating portfolios pro rata based on order size. Because initial public offerings (IPOs) are usually available in limited supply and in amounts too small to permit across-the-board pro rata allocations, American Century has adopted special procedures designed to promote a fair and equitable allocation of IPO securities among clients over time. A centralized trading desk executes all fixed income securities transactions for Avantis ETFs and mutual funds. For all other funds in the American Century complex, portfolio teams are responsible for executing fixed income trades with broker/dealers in a predominantly dealer marketplace. Trade allocation decisions are made by the portfolio manager at the time of trade execution and orders entered on the fixed income order management system. There is an ethical wall between the Avantis trading desk and all other American Century traders. American Century’s Global Head of Trading monitors all trading activity for best execution and to make sure no set of clients is being systematically disadvantaged.

89

Finally, investment of American Century’s corporate assets in proprietary accounts may raise additional conflicts of interest. To mitigate these potential conflicts of interest, American Century has adopted policies and procedures intended to provide that trading in proprietary accounts is performed in a manner that does not give improper advantage to American Century to the detriment of client portfolios.

Aristotle Pacific

Aristotle Pacific may manage client assets with similar investment strategies, creating the potential for conflicts of interest as the fees for managing client accounts may differ from one another. As a registered investment adviser and a fiduciary, Aristotle Pacific exercises due care to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated equitably among all participating clients.

In general, investment decisions for each client will be made independently from those of other clients, with specific reference to the individual needs and objectives of each client. Different account guidelines and/or differences within particular investment strategies may lead to the use of different investment practices for client accounts within a similar investment strategy. In addition, Aristotle Pacific will not necessarily purchase or sell the same securities at the same time or in the same proportionate amounts for all accounts, particularly if different accounts have materially different amounts of capital under management by Aristotle Pacific or different amounts of investable cash available. As a result, although Aristotle Pacific manages multiple accounts with similar or identical investment objectives, or may manage accounts with different objectives that trade in the same securities, the portfolio management decisions relating to these accounts, and the performance resulting from such decisions, may differ from account to account. Aristotle Pacific has implemented policies and procedures to address trade allocation and aggregation decisions. These policies and procedures seek to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating clients over time. The policies and procedures include compliance monitoring and oversight of allocation and aggregation practices.

BlackRock

BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Funds of the Trust, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Funds of the Trust. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, shareholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Funds of the Trust. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, shareholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Funds of the Trust by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Certain portfolio managers also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund. It should also be noted that Messrs. Lui, Dickstein and MacLellan and Ms. Xie may manage hedge fund and/or long only accounts, or may be part of a team managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, subject to incentive fees. Messrs. Lui, Dickstein and MacLellan and Ms. Xie may therefore be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such accounts.

As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted policies that are intended to ensure reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.

Boston Partners

The compensation paid to Boston Partners for managing the Fund is based on a percentage of assets under management and for certain accounts on a performance fee. Portfolio managers benefit from Boston Partners revenues and profitability. But no Portfolio Managers are compensated based directly on fee revenue earned by Boston Partners on particular accounts in a way that would create a material conflict of interest in favoring particular accounts over other accounts.

Execution and research services provided by brokers may not always be utilized in connection with the Fund or other client accounts that may have provided the commission or a portion of the commission paid to the broker providing the services. Boston Partners allocates brokerage commissions for these services in a manner that it believes is fair and equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients.

If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other client account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity. To mitigate this conflict of interest, Boston Partners aggregates orders of the funds it advises with orders from each of its other client accounts in order to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably over time and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to each of its clients.

90

ClearBridge

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the Fund’s portfolio managers.

ClearBridge has adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for ClearBridge as sub-adviser and the individuals that it employs. For example, ClearBridge seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. ClearBridge has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by ClearBridge will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies an investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. ClearBridge has adopted policies and procedures to ensure that all accounts, including the fund, are treated equitably.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Broker/Dealers. In addition to executing trades, some broker/dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”)), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. For this reason, ClearBridge has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/​dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee (and the percentage paid to ClearBridge) differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

DIFA

Individual portfolio managers may perform investment management services for other funds or accounts similar to those provided to the Fund and the investment action for such other fund or account and the Fund may differ. For example, an account or fund may be selling a security, while another account or fund, or the Fund may be purchasing or holding the same security. As a result, transactions executed for one fund or account may adversely affect the value of securities held by another fund or account, or the Fund. Additionally, the management of multiple other funds or accounts and the Fund may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, as a portfolio manager must allocate time and effort to multiple funds or accounts and the Fund. A portfolio manager may discover an investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or account. The investment opportunity may be limited, however, so that all funds or accounts for which the investment would be suitable may not be able to participate. DIFA has adopted procedures designed to allocate investments fairly across multiple funds or accounts.

Some of the accounts managed by the portfolio managers may have a performance-based fee. This compensation structure presents a potential conflict of interest because portfolio managers have an incentive to manage these accounts so as to enhance their performance, to the possible detriment of other accounts for which the investment manager does not receive a performance-based fee.

A portfolio manager’s management of personal accounts also may present certain conflicts of interest. While DIFA’s code of ethics is designed to address these potential conflicts, there is no guarantee that it will do so.

FDS

A portfolio manager’s compensation plan may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax performance of the fund, rather than its after-tax performance. A portfolio manager’s base pay tends to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management and a portion of the bonus relates to

91

marketing efforts, which together indirectly link compensation to sales. When a portfolio manager takes over a fund or an account, the time period over which performance is measured may be adjusted to provide a transition period in which to assess the portfolio. The management of multiple funds and accounts (including proprietary accounts) may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as a portfolio manager must allocate time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. In addition, a fund’s trade allocation policies and procedures may give rise to conflicts of interest if the fund’s orders do not get fully executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts managed by FDS or an affiliate. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely impact the value of securities held by a fund. Securities selected for other funds or accounts may outperform the securities selected for the fund. Portfolio managers may be permitted to invest in the funds they manage, even if a fund is closed to new investors. Trading in personal accounts, which may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, is restricted by a fund’s Code of Ethics.

Portfolio managers may receive interests in certain funds or accounts managed by FMR or one of its affiliated advisers (collectively, “Proprietary Accounts”). A conflict of interest situation is presented where a portfolio manager considers investing a client account in securities of an issuer in which FMR, its affiliates or their (or their fund clients’) respective directors, officers or employees already hold a significant position for their own account, including positions held indirectly through Proprietary Accounts. Because the 1940 Act, as well as other applicable laws and regulations, restricts certain transactions between affiliated entities or between an advisor and its clients, client accounts managed by FDS or its affiliates, including accounts sub-advised by third parties, are, in certain circumstances, prohibited from participating in offerings of such securities (including initial public offerings and other offerings occurring before or after an issuer’s initial public offering) or acquiring such securities in the secondary market. For example, ownership of a company by Proprietary Accounts has, in certain situations, resulted in restrictions on FMR’s and its affiliates’ client accounts’ ability to acquire securities in the company’s initial public offering and subsequent public offerings, private offerings, and in the secondary market, and additional restrictions could arise in the future; to the extent such client accounts acquire the relevant securities after such restrictions are subsequently lifted, the delay could affect the price at which the securities are acquired.

A conflict of interest situation is presented when FDS or its affiliates acquire, on behalf of their client accounts, securities of the same issuers whose securities are already held in Proprietary Accounts, because such investments could have the effect of increasing or supporting the value of the Proprietary Accounts. A conflict of interest situation also arises when FDS investment advisory personnel consider whether client accounts they manage should invest in an investment opportunity that they know is also being considered by an affiliate of FDS for a Proprietary Account, to the extent that not investing on behalf of such client accounts improves the ability of the Proprietary Account to take advantage of the opportunity. FDS and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures and maintains a compliance program designed to help manage such actual and potential conflicts of interest.

FIAM

A portfolio manager’s compensation plan may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax performance of the fund, rather than its after-tax performance. A portfolio manager’s base pay tends to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management and a portion of the bonus relates to marketing efforts, which together indirectly link compensation to sales. When a portfolio manager takes over a fund or an account, the time period over which performance is measured may be adjusted to provide a transition period in which to assess the portfolio. The management of multiple funds and accounts (including proprietary accounts) may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as a portfolio manager must allocate time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. In addition, a fund’s trade allocation policies and procedures may give rise to conflicts of interest if the fund’s orders do not get fully executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts managed by FIAM or an affiliate. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely impact the value of securities held by a fund. Securities selected for other funds or accounts may outperform the securities selected for the fund. Portfolio managers may be permitted to invest in the funds they manage, even if a fund is closed to new investors. Trading in personal accounts, which may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, is restricted by a fund’s Code of Ethics.

Portfolio managers may receive interests in certain funds or accounts managed by FMR or one of its affiliated advisers (collectively, “Proprietary Accounts”). A conflict of interest situation is presented where a portfolio manager considers investing a client account in securities of an issuer in which FMR, its affiliates or their (or their fund clients’) respective directors, officers or employees already hold a significant position for their own account, including positions held indirectly through Proprietary Accounts. Because the 1940 Act, as well as other applicable laws and regulations, restricts certain transactions between affiliated entities or between an advisor and its clients, client accounts managed by FIAM or its affiliates, including accounts sub-advised by third parties, are, in certain circumstances, prohibited from participating in offerings of such securities (including initial public offerings and other offerings occurring before or after an issuer’s initial public offering) or acquiring such securities in the secondary market. For example, ownership of a company by Proprietary Accounts has, in certain situations, resulted in restrictions on FMR’s and its affiliates’ client accounts’ ability to acquire securities in the company’s initial public offering and subsequent public offerings, private offerings, and in the secondary market, and additional restrictions could arise in the future; to the extent such client accounts acquire the relevant securities after such restrictions are subsequently lifted, the delay could affect the price at which the securities are acquired.

A conflict of interest situation is presented when FIAM or its affiliates acquire, on behalf of their client accounts, securities of the same issuers whose securities are already held in Proprietary Accounts, because such investments could have the effect of increasing or supporting the value of the Proprietary Accounts. A conflict of interest situation also arises when FIAM investment advisory personnel consider whether client accounts they manage should invest in an investment opportunity that they know is also being considered by an

92

affiliate of FIAM for a Proprietary Account, to the extent that not investing on behalf of such client accounts improves the ability of the Proprietary Account to take advantage of the opportunity. FIAM and its affiliates have adopted policies and procedures and maintains a compliance program designed to help manage such actual and potential conflicts of interest.

Franklin

Portfolio managers that provide investment services to the Fund may also provide services to a variety of other investment products, including other funds, institutional accounts and private accounts. The advisory fees for some of such other products and accounts may be different than that charged to the Fund and may include performance based compensation. This may result in fees that are higher (or lower) than the advisory fees paid by the Fund. As a matter of policy, each fund or account is managed solely for the benefit of the beneficial owners thereof. As discussed below, the separation of the trading execution function from the portfolio management function and the application of objectively based trade allocation procedures help to mitigate potential conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of the portfolio managers managing accounts with different advisory fees.

Conflicts. The management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts may also give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. The Investment manager seeks to manage such competing Interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment strategies that are used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. As noted above, the separate management of the trade execution and valuation functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce potential conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Moreover, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. The investment manager seeks to manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other accounts.

The structure of a portfolio manager’s compensation may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s base pay and bonus tend to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management. As such, there may be a relationship between a portfolio manager’s marketing or sales efforts and his or her bonus.

Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give rise to potential conflicts of Interest. While the funds and the Investment manager have adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct that could result in conflicts of interest.

The investment manager and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.

Geode

A portfolio manager’s compensation plan can give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s base pay tends to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management and a portion of the bonus relates to firm promotion efforts, which together indirectly link compensation to sales. Managing and providing research to multiple accounts (including proprietary accounts) can give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as a portfolio manager must allocate his time and investment ideas across multiple accounts. Securities selected for accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund.

In addition to managing the Fund’s investment portfolio, each portfolio manager also manages other investment portfolios and accounts on behalf of Geode or its affiliates.

Invesco

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple funds and/or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following potential conflicts:

•

The management of multiple funds and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each fund and/or other account. Invesco seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Fund.

•

If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, a fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible funds and other accounts. To deal with these situations, Invesco has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts.

93

•

Invesco determines which broker to use to execute each order for securities transactions for the Fund, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, for certain funds and/or accounts (such as mutual funds for which Invesco or an affiliate acts as sub-adviser, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), Invesco may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, trades for a fund and/or account in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, other funds and/or accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of the fund(s) or other account(s) involved.

•

The appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where Invesco has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates to the management of one fund or account but not all funds and accounts for which a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities.

•

In the case of a fund-of-funds arrangement, including where a portfolio manager manages both the investing fund and an affiliated underlying fund in which the investing fund invests or may invest, a conflict of interest may arise if the portfolio manager of the investing fund receives material nonpublic information about the underlying fund. For example, such a conflict may restrict the ability of the portfolio manager to buy or sell securities of the underlying fund, potentially for a prolonged period of time, which may adversely affect the investing fund.

Invesco has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

Janus

Portfolio managers and investment personnel (for the purposes of this section, are together referred to as “portfolio managers”) generally manage other accounts, including accounts that may hold the same securities as or pursue investment strategies similar to the Funds. Those other accounts may include separately managed accounts, model or emulation accounts, Janus Henderson mutual funds and ETFs, private-label funds for which Janus or an affiliate serves as subadviser, or other Janus Henderson pooled investment vehicles, such as hedge funds and ETFs, which may have different fee structures or rates than a Fund or may have a performance-based management fee. Janus or an affiliate may also proprietarily invest in or provide seed capital to some but not all of these accounts. In addition, portfolio managers may personally invest in or provide seed capital to some but not all of these accounts, and certain of these accounts may have a greater impact on their compensation than others. Further, portfolio managers (or their family members) may beneficially own or transact in the same securities as those held in a Fund’s portfolio. Moreover, certain portfolio managers also have other roles at Janus (e.g. research analyst) and receive compensation attributable to the other roles. Certain portfolio managers also have roles with an affiliate of Janus and provide advice on behalf of Janus through participating affiliate agreements, and receive compensation attributable to other roles. These factors could create conflicts of interest between the portfolio managers and the Funds because a portfolio manager may have incentives to favor one or more accounts over others or one role over another in the allocation of time, resources, or investment opportunities, and the sequencing of trades resulting in the potential for the Fund to be disadvantaged relative to one or more other accounts. A conflict of interest between the Funds and other clients, including one or more Funds, may arise if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be appropriate for a Fund, but the Fund is not able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to the need to allocate that opportunity among other accounts also managed by the portfolio manager. A conflict may also arise if a portfolio manager executes transactions in one or more accounts that adversely impact the value of securities held by a Fund.

Janus believes that these and other conflicts are mitigated by policies, procedures, and practices in place, including those governing personal trading, proprietary trading and seed capital deployment, aggregation and allocation of trades, allocation of limited offerings, cross trades, and best execution. In addition, Janus generally requires portfolio managers to manage accounts with similar investment strategies in a similar fashion, subject to a variety of exceptions, including, but not limited to, investment restrictions or policies applicable only to certain accounts, certain portfolio holdings that may be transferred in-kind when an account is opened, differences in cash flows and account sizes, and similar factors.

Janus monitors accounts with similar strategies for any holdings, risk, or performance dispersion or unfair treatment. Janus (and its affiliates) generate trades throughout the day, depending on the volume of orders received from investment personnel, for all of its clients using trade system software. Trades are pre-allocated to individual clients and submitted to selected brokers via electronic files, in alignment with Janus’ best execution policy. If an order is not completely filled, executed shares are allocated to client accounts in proportion to the order. In addition, Janus has adopted trade allocation procedures that govern allocation of securities among various Janus Henderson accounts.

JPMorgan

The potential for conflicts of interest exists when portfolio managers manage other accounts with similar investment objectives and strategies as the Fund (“Similar Accounts”). Potential conflicts may include, for example, conflicts between investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities.

Responsibility for managing J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (JPMorgan)’s and its affiliates clients’ portfolios is organized according to investment strategies within asset classes. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed by portfolio managers in the same portfolio management group using the same objectives, approach and philosophy. Underlying sectors or strategy

94

allocations within a larger portfolio are likewise managed by portfolio managers who use the same approach and philosophy as similarly managed portfolios. Therefore, portfolio holdings, relative position sizes and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios and strategies, which minimize the potential for conflicts of interest.

JPMorgan and/or its affiliates (“JPMorgan Chase”) perform investment services, including rendering investment advice, to varied clients. JPMorgan, JPMorgan Chase and its or their directors, officers, agents, and/or employees may render similar or differing investment advisory services to clients and may give advice or exercise investment responsibility and take such other action with respect to any of its other clients that differs from the advice given or the timing or nature of action taken with respect to another client or group of clients. It is JPMorgan’s policy, to the extent practicable, to allocate, within its reasonable discretion, investment opportunities among clients over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis. One or more of JPMorgan’s other client accounts may at any time hold, acquire, increase, decrease, dispose, or otherwise deal with positions in investments in which another client account may have an interest from time-to-time.

Acting for Multiple Clients. In general, JPMorgan faces conflicts of interest when it renders investment advisory services to several clients and, from time to time, provides dissimilar investment advice to different clients. For example, when funds or accounts managed by JPMorgan (“Other Accounts”) engage in short sales of the same securities held by a Fund, JPMorgan could be seen as harming the performance of a Fund for the benefit of the Other Accounts engaging in short sales, if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall. In addition, a conflict could arise when one or more Other Accounts invest in different instruments or classes of securities of the same issuer than those in which a Fund invests. In certain circumstances, Other Accounts have different investment objectives or could pursue or enforce rights with respect to a particular issuer in which a Fund has also invested and these activities could have an adverse effect on the Fund. For example, if a Fund holds debt instruments of an issuer and an Other Account holds equity securities of the same issuer, then if the issuer experiences financial or operational challenges, the Fund (which holds the debt instrument) may seek a liquidation of the issuer, whereas the Other Account (which holds the equity securities) may prefer a reorganization of the issuer. In addition, an issuer in which the Fund invests may use the proceeds of the Fund’s investment to refinance or reorganize its capital structure which could result in repayment of debt held by JPMorgan or an Other Account. If the issuer performs poorly following such refinancing or reorganization, the Fund’s results will suffer whereas the Other Account’s performance will not be affected because the Other Account no longer has an investment in the issuer. Conflicts are magnified with respect to issuers that become insolvent. It is possible that in connection with an insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, or similar proceeding, a Fund will be limited (by applicable law, courts or otherwise) in the positions or actions it will be permitted to take due to other interests held or actions or positions taken by JPMorgan or Other Accounts

JPMorgan, JPMorgan Chase, and any of its or their directors, partners, officers, agents or employees, may also buy, sell, or trade securities for their own accounts or the proprietary accounts of JPMorgan and/or JPMorgan Chase. JPMorgan and/or JPMorgan Chase, within their discretion, may make different investment decisions and other actions with respect to their own proprietary accounts than those made for client accounts, including the timing or nature of such investment decisions or actions. Further, JPMorgan is not required to purchase or sell for any client account securities that it, JPMorgan Chase, and any of its or their employees, principals, or agents may purchase or sell for their own accounts or the proprietary accounts of JPMorgan, or JPMorgan Chase or its clients.

JPMorgan and/or its affiliates may receive more compensation with respect to certain Similar Accounts than that received with respect to the Fund or may receive compensation based in part on the performance of certain Similar Accounts. This may create a potential conflict of interest for JPMorgan and its affiliates or the portfolio managers by providing an incentive to favor these Similar Accounts when, for example, placing securities transactions. In addition, JPMorgan or its affiliates could be viewed as having a conflict of interest to the extent that JPMorgan or an affiliate has a proprietary investment in Similar Accounts, the portfolio managers have personal investments in Similar Accounts or the Similar Accounts are investment options in JPMorgan’s or its affiliates employee benefit plans. Potential conflicts of interest may arise with both the aggregation and allocation of securities transactions and allocation of investment opportunities because of market factors or investment restrictions imposed upon JPMorgan and its affiliates by law, regulation, contract or internal policies. Allocations of aggregated trades, particularly trade orders that were only partially completed due to limited availability and allocation of investment opportunities generally, could raise a potential conflict of interest, as JPMorgan or its affiliates may have an incentive to allocate securities that are expected to increase in value to favored accounts. Initial public offerings, in particular, are frequently of very limited availability. JPMorgan and its affiliates may be perceived as causing accounts they manage to participate in an offering to increase JPMorgan’s or its affiliates’ overall allocation of securities in that offering. A potential conflict of interest also may be perceived to arise if transactions in one account closely follow related transactions in a different account, such as when a purchase increases the value of securities previously purchased by another account, or when a sale in one account lowers the sale price received in a sale by a second account. If JPMorgan or its affiliates manage accounts that engage in short sales of securities of the type in which the Fund invests, JPMorgan or its affiliates could be seen as harming the performance of the Fund for the benefit of the accounts engaging in short sales if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall.

As an internal policy matter, JPMorgan may from time to time maintain certain overall investment limitations on the securities positions or positions in other financial instruments JPMorgan or its affiliates will take on behalf of its various clients due to, among other things, liquidity concerns and regulatory restrictions. Such policies may preclude a Fund from purchasing particular securities or financial instruments, even if such securities or financial instruments would otherwise meet the Fund’s objectives.

The goal of JPMorgan and its affiliates is to meet their fiduciary obligation with respect to all clients. JPMorgan and its affiliates have policies and procedures that seek to manage conflicts. JPMorgan and its affiliates monitor a variety of areas, including compliance with fund guidelines, review of allocation decisions and compliance with JPMorgan’s Codes of Ethics and JPMorgan Chase and Co.’s Code of Conduct. With respect to the allocation of investment opportunities, JPMorgan and its affiliates also have certain policies designed to achieve fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities among its clients over time. For example:

Orders received in the same security and within a reasonable time period from a market event (e.g., a change in a security rating) are continuously aggregated on the appropriate trading desk so that new orders are aggregated with current outstanding orders, consistent with

95

JPMorgan’s duty of best execution for its clients. However, there are circumstances when it may be appropriate to execute the second order differently due to other constraints or investment objectives. Such exceptions often depend on the asset class. Examples of these exceptions, particularly in the fixed-income area, are sales to meet redemption deadlines or orders related to less liquid assets.

If aggregated trades are fully executed, accounts participating in the trade will typically be allocated their pro rata share on an average price basis. Partially filled orders generally will be allocated among the participating accounts on a pro-rata average price basis, subject to certain limited exceptions. Use of average price for execution of aggregated trade orders is particularly true in the equity area. However, certain investment strategies, such as the use of derivatives, or asset classes, such as fixed-income that use individual trade executions due to the nature of the strategy or supply of the security, may not be subject to average execution price policy and would receive the actual execution price of the transaction. Additionally, some accounts may be excluded from pro rata allocations. Accounts that would receive a de minimis allocation relative to their size may be excluded from the order. Another exception may occur when thin markets or price volatility require that an aggregated order be completed in multiple executions over several days. Deviations from pro rata allocations are documented by the business. JPMorgan attempts to mitigate any potential unfairness by basing non-pro-rata allocations traded through a single trading desk or system upon an objective predetermined criteria for the selection of investments and a disciplined process for allocating securities with similar duration, credit quality and liquidity in the good faith judgment of JPMorgan so that fair and equitable allocation will occur over time.

Purchases of money market instruments and fixed income securities cannot always be allocated pro rata across the accounts with the same investment strategy and objective. However, the Adviser and its affiliates attempt to mitigate any potential unfairness by basing non-pro rata allocations traded through a single trading desk or system upon objective predetermined criteria for the selection of investments and a disciplined process for allocating securities with similar duration, credit quality and liquidity in the good faith judgment of the Adviser or its affiliates so that fair and equitable allocation will occur over time.

Loomis Sayles

Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Fund(s) managed by Loomis Sayles portfolio managers and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees, accounts that pay performance-based fees, accounts of affiliated companies and accounts in which the portfolio manager has an interest. In addition, due to differences in the investment strategies or restrictions among the Fund(s) and a portfolio manager’s other accounts, the portfolio manager may take action with respect to another account that differs from the action taken with respect to the Fund(s). Although such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities or allocations for some accounts and may appear to create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time and resources, Loomis Sayles strives to ensure that portfolio managers endeavor to exercise their discretion in a manner that is equitable to all interested persons. Furthermore, Loomis Sayles makes investment decisions for all accounts (including institutional accounts, mutual funds, hedge funds and affiliated accounts) based on each account’s investment objective, investment guidelines and restrictions, the availability of other comparable investment opportunities and Loomis Sayles’ desire to treat all accounts fairly and equitably over time. Loomis Sayles maintains Trade Aggregation and Allocation Policies and Procedures to mitigate the effects of these potential conflicts as well as other types of conflicts of interest. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises or that Loomis Sayles will treat all accounts identically. Conflicts of interest also arise to the extent a portfolio manager short sells a stock or otherwise takes a short position in one client account but holds that stock long in other accounts, including the Fund(s), or sells a stock for some accounts while buying the stock for others, and through the use of “soft dollar arrangements,” which are discussed in Loomis Sayles’ Brokerage Allocation Policies and Procedures and Loomis Sayles’ Trade Aggregation and Allocation Policies and Procedures.

MFS

MFS seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a portfolio manager’s management of the Growth Portfolio, the International Large-Cap Portfolio, the Small-Cap Growth Portfolio, the Technology Portfolio, and other accounts and has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address such potential conflicts. There is no guarantee that MFS will be successful in identifying or mitigating conflicts of interest.

The management of multiple portfolios and accounts (including accounts in which MFS or an affiliate has an interest) gives rise to conflicts of interest if the portfolios and accounts have different objectives and strategies, benchmarks, time horizons and fees, as a portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple portfolios and accounts. In certain instances, there are securities which are suitable for the Fund’s portfolio as well as for one or more other accounts advised by MFS or its subsidiaries (including accounts in which MFS or an affiliate has an interest). MFS’ trade allocation policies could have a detrimental effect on the Fund if the Fund’s orders do not get fully executed or are delayed in getting executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts advised by MFS or its subsidiaries. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments. Investments selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform investments selected for the Fund.

When two or more accounts are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed by MFS to be fair and equitable to each over time. Allocations may be based on many factors and may not always be pro rata based on assets managed. The allocation methodology could have a detrimental effect on the price or availability of a security with respect to the Fund.

96

MFS and/or a portfolio manager may have a financial incentive to allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of investments to favor accounts other than the Fund, for instance, those that pay a higher advisory fee and/or have a performance adjustment, those that include an investment by the portfolio manager, and/or those in which MFS, its officers and/or employees, and/or its affiliates own or have an interest.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, certain accounts may invest their assets in other accounts advised by MFS or its affiliates, including accounts that are advised by one or more of the same portfolio manager(s), which could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of purchases and redemptions, and increased profitability for MFS, its affiliates, and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.

PIMCO

From time to time, potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of a Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. Potential and actual conflicts of interest may also arise as a result of PIMCO’s other business activities and PIMCO’s possession of material non-public information (“MNPI”) about an issuer. Other accounts managed by a portfolio manager might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Funds, track the same index a Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Funds. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Funds. Investors should be aware that investments made by a Fund and the results achieved by a Fund at any given time are not expected to be the same as those made by other funds for which PIMCO acts as investment adviser, including funds with names, investment objectives and policies, and/or portfolio management teams, similar to a Fund. This may be attributable to a wide variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the use of a different strategy or portfolio management team, when a particular fund commenced operations or the size of a particular fund, in each case as compared to other similar funds. Potential and actual conflicts of interest may also arise as a result of PIMCO serving as investment adviser to accounts that invest in the Funds. In this case, such conflicts of interest could in theory give rise to incentives for PIMCO to, among other things, vote proxies, purchase or redeem shares of the underlying account, or take other actions with respect to the underlying account, in a manner beneficial to the investing account but detrimental to the underlying account. Conversely, PIMCO’s duties to the Funds, as well as regulatory or other limitations applicable to the Funds, may affect the courses of action available to PIMCO-advised accounts (including certain Funds) that invest in the Funds in a manner that is detrimental to such investing accounts.

Because PIMCO is affiliated with Allianz SE, a large multi-national financial institution (together with its affiliates, “Allianz”), conflicts similar to those described below may occur between the Funds or other accounts managed by PIMCO and PIMCO’s affiliates or accounts managed by those affiliates. Those affiliates (or their clients), which generally operate autonomously from PIMCO, may take actions that are adverse to the Funds or other accounts managed by PIMCO. In many cases, PIMCO will not be in a position to mitigate those actions or address those conflicts, which could adversely affect the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by PIMCO (each, a “Client,” and collectively, the “Clients”). In addition, because certain Clients are affiliates of PIMCO or have investors who are affiliates or employees of PIMCO, PIMCO may have incentives to resolve conflicts of interest in favor of these Clients over other Clients.

Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of a portfolio manager’s day-to-day management of a Fund. Because of their positions with the Funds, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of a Fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a Fund.

Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of a portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for one or more Clients, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for all accounts to participate fully. In addition, regulatory issues applicable to PIMCO or a Fund or other accounts may result in the Funds not receiving securities that may otherwise be appropriate for them. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a Fund and another Client. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

PIMCO seeks to allocate orders across eligible Client accounts with similar investment guidelines and investment styles fairly and equitably, taking into consideration relevant factors including, among others, applicable investment restrictions and guidelines, including regulatory restrictions; Client account specific investment objectives, restrictions and other Client instructions, as applicable, risk tolerances; amounts of available cash; the need to rebalance a Client account’s portfolio (e.g., due investor contributions and redemptions); whether the allocation would result in a Client account receiving a trivial amount or an amount below the established minimum quantity; regulatory requirements; the origin of the investment; the bases for an issuer’s allocation to PIMCO; and other Client account-specific factors. As part of PIMCO’s trade allocation process, portions of new fixed income investment opportunities are distributed among Client account categories where the relevant portfolio managers seek to participate in the investment. Those portions are then further allocated among the Client accounts within such categories pursuant to PIMCO’s trade allocation policy. Portfolio managers managing quantitative strategies and specialized accounts, such as those focused on international securities, mortgage-backed securities, bank loans, or other specialized asset classes, will likely receive an increased distribution of new fixed income investment opportunities where the investment involves a quantitative strategy or specialized asset class that matches the investment objective or focus of the Client account category. PIMCO seeks to allocate fixed income investments to Client accounts with the general purpose of maintaining consistent concentrations across similar accounts and achieving, as nearly as possible, portfolio characteristic parity among such accounts. Client accounts furthest from achieving portfolio characteristic parity typically receive priority in allocations. With respect to an order to buy or sell an equity security in the secondary market, PIMCO seeks to allocate the order across Client accounts with similar investment guidelines and investment styles fairly and equitably over time, taking into consideration the relevant factors discussed above.

97

Any particular allocation decision among Client accounts may be more or less advantageous to any one Client or group of Clients, and certain allocations will, to the extent consistent with PIMCO’s fiduciary obligations, deviate from a pro rata basis among Clients in order to address for example, differences in legal, tax, regulatory, risk management, concentration, exposure, Client guideline limitations and/or mandate or strategy considerations for the relevant Clients. PIMCO may determine that an investment opportunity or particular purchases or sales are appropriate for one or more Clients, but not appropriate for other Clients, or are appropriate or suitable for, or available to, Clients but in different sizes, terms, or timing than is appropriate or suitable for other Clients. For example, some Clients have higher risk tolerances than other Clients, such as private funds, which, in turn, allows PIMCO to allocate a wider variety and/or greater percentage of certain types of investments (which may or may not outperform other types of investments) to such Clients. Further, the respective risk tolerances of different types of Clients may change over time as market conditions change. Those Clients receiving an increased allocation as a result of the effect of their respective risk tolerance may be Clients that pay higher investment management fees or that pay incentive fees. In addition, certain Client account categories focusing on certain types of investments or asset classes will be given priority in new issue distribution and allocation with respect to the investments or asset classes that are the focus of their investment mandate. PIMCO may also take into account the bases for an issuer’s allocation to PIMCO, for example, by giving priority allocations to Client accounts holding existing positions in the issuer’s debt if the issuer’s allocation to PIMCO is based on such holdings. PIMCO also may determine not to allocate to or purchase or sell for certain Clients all investments for which all Clients may be eligible. Legal, contractual, or regulatory issues and/or related expenses applicable to PIMCO or one or more Clients may result in certain Clients not receiving securities that may otherwise be appropriate for them or may result in PIMCO selling securities out of Client accounts even if it might otherwise be beneficial to continue to hold them. Additional factors that are taken into account in the distribution and allocation of investment opportunities to Client accounts include, without limitation: ability to utilize leverage and risk tolerance of the Client account; the amount of discretion and trade authority given to PIMCO by the Client; availability of other similar investment opportunities; the Client account’s investment horizon and objectives; hedging, cash and liquidity needs of the portfolio; minimum increments and lot sizes; and underlying benchmark factors. Given all of the foregoing factors, the amount, timing, structuring, or terms of an investment by a Client, including a Fund, may differ from, and performance may be lower than, investments and performance of other Clients, including those that may provide greater fees or other compensation (including performance-based fees or allocations) to PIMCO. PIMCO has also adopted additional procedures to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Funds and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.

From time to time, PIMCO may take an investment position or action for one or more Clients that may be different from, or inconsistent with, an action or position taken for one or more other Clients having similar or differing investment objectives. These positions and actions may adversely impact, or in some instances may benefit, one or more affected Clients (including Clients that are PIMCO affiliates) in which PIMCO has an interest, or which pays PIMCO higher fees or a performance fee. For example, a Client may buy a security and another Client may establish a short position in that same security. The subsequent short sale may result in a decrease in the price of the security that the other Client holds. Similarly, transactions or investments by one or more Clients may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of another Client.

When PIMCO implements for one Client a portfolio decision or strategy ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar portfolio decisions or strategies of another Client, market impact, liquidity constraints or other factors could result in one or more Clients receiving less favorable trading results, the costs of implementing such portfolio decisions or strategies could be increased or such Clients could otherwise be disadvantaged. On the other hand, potential conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding a Client may benefit other Clients. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position for a Client may decrease the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) other Clients, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security for a Client may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) other Clients.

Under certain circumstances, a Client may invest in a transaction in which one or more other Clients are expected to participate, or already have made or will seek to make, an investment. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, a Client may also engage in investment transactions that may result in other Clients being relieved of obligations, or that may cause other Clients to divest certain investments (e.g., a Client may make a loan to, or directly or indirectly acquire securities or indebtedness of a company that uses the proceeds to refinance or reorganize its capital structure, which could result in repayment of debt held by another Client). Such Clients (or groups of Clients) may have conflicting interests and objectives in connection with such investments, including with respect to views on the operations or activities of the issuer involved, the targeted returns from the investment and the timeframe for, and method of, exiting the investment. When making such investments, PIMCO may do so in a way that favors one Client over another Client, even if both Clients are investing in the same security at the same time. Certain Clients may invest on a “parallel” basis (i.e., proportionately in all transactions at substantially the same time and on substantially the same terms and conditions). In addition, other accounts may expect to invest in many of the same types of investments as another account. However, there may be investments in which one or more of such accounts does not invest (or invests on different terms or on a non-pro rata basis) due to factors such as legal, tax, regulatory, business, contractual or other similar considerations or due to the provisions of a Client’s governing documents. Decisions as to the allocation of investment opportunities among such Clients present numerous conflicts of interest, which may not be resolved in a manner that is favorable to a Client’s interests. To the extent an investment is not allocated pro rata among such entities, a Client could incur a disproportionate amount of income or loss related to such investment relative to such other Client.

In addition, Clients may invest alongside one another in the same underlying investments or otherwise pursuant to a substantially similar investment strategy as one or more other Clients. In such cases, certain Clients may have preferential liquidity and information rights relative to other Clients holding the same investments, with the result that such Clients will be able to withdraw/redeem their interests in underlying investments in priority to Clients who may have more limited access to information or more restrictive withdrawal/​redemption rights. Clients with more limited information rights or more restrictive liquidity may therefore be adversely affected in the event of a downturn in the markets.

98

Further, potential conflicts may be inherent in PIMCO’s use of multiple strategies. For example, conflicts will arise in cases where different Clients invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, including circumstances in which one or more Clients may own private securities or obligations of an issuer and other Clients may own or seek to acquire private securities of the same issuer. For example, a Client may acquire a loan, loan participation or a loan assignment of a particular borrower in which one or more other Clients have an equity investment, or may invest in senior debt obligations of an issuer for one Client and junior debt obligations or equity of the same issuer for another Client.

PIMCO may also, for example, direct a Client to invest in a tranche of a structured finance vehicle, such as a CLO or CDO, where PIMCO is also, at the same or different time, directing another Client to make investments in a different tranche of the same vehicle, which tranche’s interests may be adverse to other tranches. PIMCO may also cause a Client to purchase from, or sell assets to, an entity, such as a structured finance vehicle, in which other Clients may have an interest, potentially in a manner that will have an adverse effect on the other Clients. There may also be conflicts where, for example, a Client holds certain debt or equity securities of an issuer, and that same issuer has issued other debt, equity or other instruments that are owned by other Clients or by an entity, such as a structured finance vehicle, in which other Clients have an interest.

In each of the situations described above, PIMCO may take actions with respect to the assets held by one Client that are adverse to the other Clients, for example, by foreclosing on loans, by putting an issuer into default, or by exercising rights to purchase or sell to an issuer, causing an issuer to take actions adverse to certain classes of securities, or otherwise. In negotiating the terms and conditions of any such investments, or any subsequent amendments or waivers or taking any other actions, PIMCO may find that the interests of a Client and the interests of one or more other Clients could conflict. In these situations, decisions over items such as whether to make the investment or take an action, proxy voting, corporate reorganization, how to exit an investment, or bankruptcy or similar matters (including, for example, whether to trigger an event of default or the terms of any workout) may result in conflicts of interest. Similarly, if an issuer in which a Client and one or more other Clients directly or indirectly hold different classes of securities (or other assets, instruments or obligations issued by such issuer or underlying investments of such issuer) encounters financial problems, decisions over the terms of any workout will raise conflicts of interests (including, for example, conflicts over proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants). For example, a debt holder may be better served by a liquidation of the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas an equity or junior bond holder might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders. In some cases PIMCO may refrain from taking certain actions or making certain investments on behalf of Clients in order to avoid or mitigate certain conflicts of interest or to prevent adverse regulatory or other effects on PIMCO, or may sell investments for certain Clients (in each case potentially disadvantaging the Clients on whose behalf the actions are not taken, investments not made, or investments sold). In other cases, PIMCO may not refrain from taking actions or making investments on behalf of certain Clients that have the potential to disadvantage other Clients. In addition, PIMCO may take actions or refrain from taking actions in order to mitigate legal risks to PIMCO or its affiliates or its Clients even if disadvantageous to a Client’s account. Moreover, a Client may invest in a transaction in which one or more other Clients are expected to participate, or already have made or will seek to make, an investment.

Additionally, certain conflicts may exist with respect to portfolio managers who make investment decisions on behalf of several different types of Clients. Such portfolio managers may have an incentive to allocate trades, time or resources to certain Clients, including those Clients who pay higher investment management fees or that pay incentive fees or allocations, over other Clients. These conflicts may be heightened with respect to portfolio managers who are eligible to receive a performance allocation under certain circumstances as part of their compensation.

From time to time, PIMCO personnel may come into possession of MNPI which, if disclosed, might affect an investor’s decision to buy, sell or hold a security. Should a PIMCO employee come into possession of MNPI with respect to an issuer, he or she generally will be prohibited from communicating such information to, or using such information for the benefit of, Clients, which could limit the ability of Clients to buy, sell or hold certain investments, thereby limiting the investment opportunities or exit strategies available to Clients. In addition, holdings in the securities or other instruments of an issuer by PIMCO or its affiliates may affect the ability of a Client to make certain acquisitions of or enter into certain transactions with such issuer. PIMCO has no obligation or responsibility to disclose such information to, or use such information for the benefit of, any person (including Clients).

PIMCO maintains one or more restricted lists of companies whose securities are subject to certain trading prohibitions due to PIMCO’s business activities. PIMCO may restrict trading in an issuer’s securities if the issuer is on a restricted list or if PIMCO has MNPI about that issuer. In some situations, PIMCO may restrict Clients from trading in a particular issuer’s securities in order to allow PIMCO to receive MNPI on behalf of other Clients. A Client may be unable to buy or sell certain securities until the restriction is lifted, which could disadvantage the Client. PIMCO may also be restricted from making (or divesting of) investments in respect of some Clients but not others. In some cases PIMCO may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice relating to certain securities if a security is restricted due to MNPI or if PIMCO is seeking to limit receipt of MNPI.

PIMCO may conduct litigation or engage in other legal actions on behalf of one or more Clients. In such cases, Clients may be required to bear certain fees, costs, expenses and liabilities associated with the litigation. Other Clients that are or were investors in, or otherwise involved with, the subject investments may or may not (depending on the circumstances) be parties to such litigation actions, with the result that certain Clients may participate in litigation actions in which not all Clients with similar investments may participate, and such non-participating Clients may benefit from the results of such litigation actions without bearing or otherwise being subject to the associated fees, costs, expenses and liabilities. PIMCO, for example, typically does not pursue legal claims on behalf of its separate accounts. Furthermore, in certain situations, litigation or other legal actions pursued by PIMCO on behalf of a Client may be brought against or be otherwise adverse to a portfolio company or other investment held by a Client.

The foregoing is not a complete list of conflicts to which PIMCO or Clients may be subject. PIMCO seeks to review conflicts on a case-by-case basis as they arise. Any review will take into consideration the interests of the relevant Clients, the circumstances giving rise to the conflict, applicable PIMCO policies and procedures, and applicable laws. Clients (and investors in the Funds) should be aware that

99

conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of their interests and may in fact be resolved in a manner adverse to their interests. PIMCO will attempt to resolve such matters fairly, but even so, matters may be resolved in favor of other Clients which pay PIMCO higher fees or performance fees or in which PIMCO or its affiliates have a significant proprietary interest. There can be no assurance that any actual or potential conflicts of interest will not result in a particular Client or group of Clients receiving less favorable investment terms in or returns from certain investments than if such conflicts of interest did not exist.

Conflicts like those described above may also occur between Clients, on the one hand, and PIMCO or its affiliates, on the other. These conflicts will not always be resolved in favor of the Client. In addition, because PIMCO is affiliated with Allianz, a large multi-national financial institution, conflicts similar to those described above may occur between clients of PIMCO and PIMCO’s affiliates or accounts managed by those affiliates. Those affiliates (or their clients), which generally operate autonomously from PIMCO, may take actions that are adverse to PIMCO’s Clients. In many cases PIMCO will have limited or no ability to mitigate those actions or address those conflicts, which could adversely affect Client performance. In addition, certain regulatory or internal restrictions may prohibit PIMCO from using certain brokers or investing in certain companies (even if such companies are not affiliated with Allianz) because of the applicability of certain laws and regulations or internal Allianz policies applicable to PIMCO, Allianz SE or their affiliates. An account’s willingness to negotiate terms or take actions with respect to an investment may also be, directly or indirectly, constrained or otherwise impacted to the extent Allianz SE, PIMCO, and/or their affiliates, directors, partners, managers, members, officers or personnel are also invested therein or otherwise have a connection to the subject investment (e.g.,serving as a trustee or board member thereof).

Performance Fees. A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee arrangements may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to a Fund. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Funds and such other accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.

PIMCO has implemented policies and procedures relating to, among other things, portfolio management and trading practices, personal investment transactions, insider trading, gifts and entertainment, and political contributions that seek to identify, manage and/or mitigate actual or potential conflicts of interest and resolve such conflicts appropriately if they occur. PIMCO seeks to resolve any actual or potential conflicts in each client’s best interest. For more information regarding PIMCO’s actual or potential conflicts of interest, please refer to Item 10 and Item 11 in PIMCO’s Form ADV, Part 2A.

PLFA

From time to time, a potential conflict of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, an ESG Portfolio, a Portfolio Optimization Portfolio or a Pacific Dynamix Portfolio, on the one hand, and the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, other ESG Portfolio, other Portfolio Optimization Portfolios, other Pacific Dynamix Portfolios or the Underlying Funds managed by PLFA on the other hand. This might occur, for example, if an Underlying Fund in which the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios and/or multiple Pacific Dynamix Portfolios invest has limited capacity for further investment; or if certain Underlying Funds are more profitable than others. PLFA has a process in place to address these types of risks. In addition, for certain Funds of the Trust that have more than one sub-adviser or more than one strategy, PLFA is subject to competing interests that have the potential to influence its investment decisions for the Fund with regard to the allocation of Fund assets. For example, the use of one strategy of a Fund that provides greater profitability to PLFA than the other may create an incentive for PLFA to use that strategy. PLFA seeks to identify and address any potential conflicts in a manner that is fair to a Fund and its shareholders. PLFA has adopted a policy under which investment decisions for the Fund must be made in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

PGI

PGI has its own trading platform and personnel that perform trade-related functions. Where applicable, PGI trades on behalf of its own clients. Such transactions are executed in accordance with PGI’s trading policies and procedures, including, but not limited to trade allocations and order aggregation, purchase of new issues, and directed brokerage. PGI acts as discretionary investment adviser for a variety of individual accounts, ERISA accounts, mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and public employee retirement plans and places orders to trade portfolio securities for each of these accounts. Managing multiple accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest including, for example, conflicts among investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities. PGI has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing accounts for multiple clients and are designed to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. These procedures include allocation policies and procedures and internal review processes.

If, in carrying out the investment objectives of its respective clients, occasions arise in which PGI deems it advisable to purchase or sell the same securities for two or more client accounts at the same or approximately the same time, PGI may submit the orders to purchase or sell to a broker/dealer for execution on an aggregate or “bunched” basis. PGI will not aggregate orders unless it believes that aggregation is consistent with (1) its duty to seek best execution and (2) the terms of its investment advisory agreements. In distributing the securities purchased or the proceeds of sale to the client accounts participating in a bunched trade, no advisory account will be favored over any other account and each account that participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average share price for all transactions of PGI relating to that aggregated order on a given business day, with all transaction costs relating to that aggregated order shared on a pro rata basis.

100

Principal REI

Principal REI has its own trading platform and personnel that perform trade-related functions. Where applicable, Principal REI trades on behalf of its own clients. Such transactions are executed in accordance with Principal REI’s trading policies and procedures, including, but not limited to trade allocations and order aggregation, purchase of new issues, and directed brokerage. Principal REI acts as discretionary investment adviser for a variety of individual accounts, ERISA accounts, mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, and public employee retirement plans and places orders to trade portfolio securities for each of these accounts. Managing multiple accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest including, for example, conflicts among investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities. Principal REI has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing accounts for multiple clients and are designed to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. These procedures include allocation policies and procedures and internal review processes.

If, in carrying out the investment objectives of its respective clients, occasions arise in which Principal REI deems it advisable to purchase or sell the same equity securities for two or more client accounts at the same or approximately the same time, Principal REI may submit the orders to purchase or sell to a broker/dealer for execution on an aggregate or “bunched” basis. Principal REI will not aggregate orders unless it believes that aggregation is consistent with (1) its duty to seek best execution and (2) the terms of its investment advisory agreements. In distributing the securities purchased or the proceeds of sale to the client accounts participating in a bunched trade, no advisory account will be favored over any other account and each account that participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average share price for all transactions of Principal REI relating to that aggregated order on a given business day, with all transaction costs relating to that aggregated order shared on a pro rata basis.

SSGA FM

A portfolio manager that has responsibility for managing more than one account may be subject to potential conflicts of interest because he or she is responsible for other accounts in addition to the Funds. Those conflicts could include preferential treatment of one account over others in terms of: (a) the portfolio manager’s execution of different investment strategies for various accounts; or (b) the allocation of resources or of investment opportunities.

Portfolio managers may manage numerous accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include registered investment companies, other types of pooled accounts (e.g., collective investment funds), and separate accounts (i.e., accounts managed on behalf of individuals or public or private institutions). Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each account based on the investment objectives and policies and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that portfolio. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of a portfolio manager’s responsibility for multiple accounts with similar investment guidelines. Under these circumstances, a potential investment may be suitable for more than one of the portfolio manager’s accounts, but the quantity of the investment available for purchase is less than the aggregate amount the accounts would ideally allocate to the opportunity. Similar conflicts may arise when multiple accounts seek to dispose of the same investment. The portfolio managers may also manage accounts whose objectives and policies differ from that of the Funds. These differences may be such that under certain circumstances, trading activity appropriate for one account managed by the portfolio manager may have adverse consequences for another account managed by the portfolio manager. For example, an account may sell a significant position in a security, which could cause the market price of that security to decrease, while a Fund maintained its position in that security.

A potential conflict may arise when the portfolio managers are responsible for accounts that have different advisory fees — the difference in fees could create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another, for example, in terms of access to investment opportunities. This conflict may be heightened if an account is subject to a performance-based fee, as applicable. Another potential conflict may arise when the portfolio manager has a personal investment in one or more accounts that participate in transactions with other accounts. His or her personal investment(s) may create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another. SSGA FM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address these potential material conflicts. For instance, portfolio managers are normally responsible for all accounts within a certain investment discipline and do not, absent special circumstances, differentiate among the various accounts when allocating resources. Additionally, SSGA FM and its advisory affiliates have processes and procedures for allocating investment opportunities among portfolios that are designed to provide a fair and equitable allocation. With respect to conflicts arising from personal investments, all employees, including portfolio managers, must comply with personal trading controls established by each of SSGA FM’s and the SSGA Trusts’ Code of Ethics.

T. Rowe Price

Portfolio managers at T. Rowe Price and its affiliates may manage multiple accounts. These accounts may include, among others, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, colleges and universities, and foundations), offshore funds, and common trust funds. T. Rowe Price also provides non-discretionary advice to institutional investors in the form of delivery of model portfolios. Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, and other relevant investment considerations that they believe are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently, portfolio managers may purchase (or sell) securities for one portfolio and not another portfolio. T. Rowe Price and its affiliates have adopted brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures that they believe are reasonably designed to address any potential conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts.

The T. Rowe Price funds may, from time to time, own shares of Morningstar, Inc. Morningstar is a provider of investment research to individual and institutional investors, and publishes ratings on funds, including the T. Rowe Price funds. T. Rowe Price acts as subadviser to two mutual funds offered by Morningstar. T. Rowe Price and its affiliates pay Morningstar for a variety of products and services.

101

Morningstar may provide investment consulting and investment management services to clients of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates. The T. Rowe Price funds may generally not purchase shares of stock issued by T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. However, a T. Rowe Price Index fund is permitted to make such purchases to the extent T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. is represented in the benchmark index the fund is designed to track.

Additional potential conflicts may be inherent in our use of multiple strategies. For example, conflicts will arise in cases where different clients invest in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, including circumstances in which one or more clients may own private securities or obligations of an issuer and other clients may own or seek to acquire securities of the same issuer. For example, a client may acquire a loan, loan participation or a loan assignment of a particular borrower in which one or more other clients have an equity investment or may invest in senior debt obligations of an issuer for one client and junior debt obligations or equity of the same issuer for another client. Similarly, if an issuer in which a client and one or more other clients directly or indirectly hold different classes of securities (or other assets, instruments or obligations issued by such issuer or underlying investments of such issuer) encounters financial problems, is involved in a merger or acquisition or a going private transaction, decisions over the terms of any workout or transaction will raise conflicts of interests. While it is appropriate for different clients to hold investments in different parts of the same issuer’s capital structure under normal circumstances, the interests of stockholders and debt holders may conflict, as the securities they hold will likely have different voting rights, dividend or repayment priorities or other features that could be in conflict with one another. Clients should be aware that conflicts will not necessarily be resolved in favor of their interests.

In some cases, T. Rowe Price or its affiliates may refrain from taking certain actions or making certain investments on behalf of clients in order to avoid or mitigate certain conflicts of interest or to prevent adverse regulatory actions or other implications for T. Rowe Price or its affiliates, or may sell investments for certain clients, in such case potentially disadvantaging the clients on whose behalf the actions are not taken, investments not made, or investments sold. In other cases, T. Rowe Price or its affiliates may take actions in order to mitigate legal risks to T. Rowe Price or its affiliates, even if disadvantageous to a client.

Conflicts such as those described above may also occur between clients on the one hand, and T. Rowe Price or its affiliates, on the other. These conflicts will not always be resolved in the favor of the client. In addition, conflicts may exist between different clients of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates. T. Rowe Price and one or more of its affiliates may operate autonomously from each other and may take actions that are adverse to other clients managed by an affiliate. In some cases, T. Rowe Price or its affiliates will have limited or no ability to mitigate those actions or address those conflicts, which could adversely affect T. Rowe Price or its affiliates’ clients. In addition, certain regulatory restrictions may prohibit clients of T. Rowe Price or its affiliates from investing in certain companies because of the applicability of certain laws and regulations to T. Rowe Price, its affiliates, or the T. Rowe Price funds. T. Rowe Price or its affiliates’ willingness to negotiate terms or take actions with respect to an investment for its clients may be directly or indirectly, constrained or impacted to the extent that an affiliate or the T. Rowe Price funds and/or their respective directors, partners, managers, members, officers or personnel are also invested therein or otherwise have a connection to the subject investments.

Investment personnel are mindful of potentially conflicting interests of our clients with investments in different parts of an Issuer’s capital structure and take appropriate measures to ensure that the interests of all clients are fairly represented.

Wellington

Individual investment professionals at Wellington manage multiple accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions, such as pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, or separately managed account programs sponsored by financial intermediaries), bank common trust accounts, and hedge funds. The Fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund (“Portfolio Managers”) generally manage accounts in several different investment styles. These accounts may have investment objectives, strategies, time horizons, tax considerations and risk profiles that differ from those of the Fund. The Portfolio Managers make investment decisions for each account, including the Fund, based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, benchmarks, cash flows, tax and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that account. Consequently, the Portfolio Managers may purchase or sell securities, including IPOs, for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other accounts. Alternatively, these accounts may be managed in a similar fashion to the Fund and thus the accounts may have similar, and in some cases nearly identical, objectives, strategies and/or holdings to that of the Fund.

A Portfolio Manager or other investment professionals at Wellington may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of the Fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for the Fund, both of which have the potential to adversely impact the Fund depending on market conditions. For example, an investment professional may purchase a security in one account while appropriately selling that same security in another account. Similarly, a Portfolio Manager may purchase the same security for the Fund and one or more other accounts at or about the same time. In those instances, the other accounts will have access to their respective holdings prior to the public disclosure of the Fund’s holdings. In addition, some of these accounts have fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher, in some cases significantly higher, than the fees Wellington receives for managing the Fund. Messrs. Corry and Shakin also manage accounts which pay performance allocations to Wellington or its affiliates. Because incentive payments paid by Wellington to the Portfolio Managers are tied to revenues earned by Wellington and, where noted, to the performance achieved by the manager in each account, the incentives associated with any given account may be significantly higher or lower than those associated with other accounts managed by a given Portfolio Manager. Finally, the Portfolio Managers may hold shares or investments in the other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts identified above.

Wellington’s goal is to meet its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly and provide high quality investment services to all of its clients. Wellington has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which it believes address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. In addition, Wellington

102

monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary account guidelines, the allocation of IPOs, and compliance with the firm’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on investment professionals who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts. Furthermore, senior investment and business personnel at Wellington periodically review the performance of Wellington’s investment professionals. Although Wellington does not track the time an investment professional spends on a single account, Wellington does periodically assess whether an investment professional has adequate time and resources to effectively manage the investment professional’s various client mandates.

Beneficial Interest of Portfolio Managers

Portfolio managers are not required to own shares of the Fund(s) that they manage on behalf of the Trust. In addition, although the level of a portfolio manager’s securities ownership may be an indicator of his or her confidence in a Fund’s investment strategy, it does not necessarily follow that a portfolio manager who owns few or no securities has any less confidence or is any less concerned about the applicable Fund’s performance. In order to own Funds of the Trust, a portfolio manager would need to own a Pacific Life or Pacific Life & Annuity variable life insurance policy (“variable policy”) or variable annuity contract (“variable contract” and together with a variable policy, each a “variable product”). As of the Trust’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned shares in the Funds that they manage.

DISTRIBUTION OF TRUST SHARES

Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (“PSD”) serves as the Trust’s principal underwriter and distributor (the “Distributor”) pursuant to a Distribution Agreement (“Distribution Agreement”) with the Trust. The Distributor is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660. The Trust’s shares are offered on a continuous basis. The Distributor is not obligated to sell any specific amount of Trust shares. The Distributor bears all expenses of providing services pursuant to the Distribution Agreement including the costs of sales presentations, mailings, advertising, and any other marketing efforts by the Distributor in connection with the distribution or sale of the shares. The Distributor is not paid any compensation from the Trust under the Distribution Agreement, although the Distributor is paid or its expenses are covered by Pacific Life or Pacific Life & Annuity in connection with the offering of variable products issued by those insurers. The Distributor is an affiliate of Pacific Life and PLFA.

Managers may from time-to-time bear all or a portion of the expenses of conferences or meetings sponsored by Pacific Life or the Distributor that are attended by, among others, registered representatives of the Distributor, who would receive information and/or training regarding the Funds and their management by the Managers. Other persons may also attend all or a portion of any such conferences or meetings, including directors, officers and employees of Pacific Life, officers and Trustees of the Trust, and spouses/guests of the foregoing. The Trust’s Board of Trustees may hold meetings concurrently with such a conference or meeting. The Trust pays for the expenses of the meetings of its Board of Trustees, including the pro rata share of expenses for attendance by the Trustees at the concurrent conferences or meetings sponsored by Pacific Life or the Distributor. Additional expenses and promotional items may be paid for by Pacific Life and/or Managers.

Marketing Support Arrangements

In consideration for the Distributor providing marketing and distribution services in support of the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds’ shares advised by Avantis (through the Distributor’s services to support the marketing and sale of the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio), American Century Investment Management, Inc. and American Century Investment Services, Inc. will pay a marketing support fee to the Distributor of 0.06% based on the annual percentage of the average daily net assets of the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio. The fee arrangement is subject to an annual review.

Invesco Marketing Support Agreement

In consideration for Invesco Distributors, Inc. providing marketing support services for the QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, the Distributor will pay a fee to Invesco Distributors, Inc. of 0.06% on the first $750 million in assets for this Fund, 0.05% thereafter.

PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS

Shares of the Trust are not sold directly to the general public. Class I shares, Class D shares, and Class P shares (other than the Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds) of the Trust are currently offered for purchase by the separate accounts to serve as an investment medium for the variable products issued or administered by Pacific Life and PL&A. Class P shares of the Portfolio Optimization Underlying Funds and the PBA Portfolios (except the QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio) are also available for purchase and sale by certain Funds of Funds of the Trust, PLFA and certain of its affiliates. Class P shares of the Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds are currently only available for purchase and sale by the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios, PLFA and certain of its affiliates. Certain Funds and certain share classes of the Trust may not be available as an underlying investment option for your variable product. For available investment options, consult a variable product prospectus, offering memorandum or the separate account annual report. For variable product purchase information, consult a variable product prospectus by contacting your financial professional or visiting www.PacificLife.com.

Shares of any Fund may be redeemed on any business day upon receipt of a request for redemption from the life insurance company whose separate account owns the shares. Redemptions are effected at the per share net asset value next determined after receipt of the redemption request. Redemption proceeds will ordinarily be paid within seven days following receipt of instructions in proper form, or sooner, if required by law. The right of redemption may be suspended by the Trust or the payment date postponed beyond seven days when the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and scheduled holiday closings) or for any period during which trading thereon is restricted because an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, making disposal of portfolio securities or valuation of net assets not reasonably practicable, and whenever the SEC has by order permitted such suspension or postponement for the protection of shareholders, and at any other time when the Trust may, under applicable laws and regulations, suspend payment on the redemption of its shares. If the Board of Trustees should determine that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a Fund to make

103

payment wholly or partly in cash, the Fund may pay the redemption price in whole or part by a distribution in kind of securities from the Fund, in lieu of cash, in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. If shares are redeemed in kind, the redeeming shareholder might incur brokerage costs in converting the assets into cash. Under the 1940 Act, the Trust is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets during any 90-day period for any one shareholder.

EXCHANGES AMONG THE FUNDS

Variable product owners do not deal directly with the Trust to purchase, redeem, or exchange shares of a Fund, and variable product owners should refer to the prospectus for the applicable Separate Account for information on the allocation of net premiums and on transfers of accumulated value among options available under the contract. The Trust has a policy with respect to limitations on transfers. Please refer to the Trust’s Prospectuses for more information on the policy.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Investment Decisions

Investment decisions for the Trust and for the other investment advisory clients of the Adviser, or applicable Manager, are made with a view to achieving their respective investment goals. Investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular client involved (including the Trust). Thus, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the same time. There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of securities for one or more clients will have an adverse effect on other clients, including a Fund.

It also sometimes happens that the Adviser or Manager purchases or sells the same security for two or more clients. In such instances, transactions in securities will be allocated between the Fund and the Adviser’s or Manager’s other clients in a manner deemed fair and reasonable by the Adviser or Manager. To the extent any Fund seeks to acquire the same security at the same time as another Adviser or Manager client, such Fund may not be able to acquire as large a portion of such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher price for such security. It is recognized that in some cases this could have a detrimental effect on the price or value of the security insofar as a specific Fund is concerned. The Adviser or Manager may, at its discretion, aggregate orders for the same security for two or more clients, and then allocate purchases or sales in an equitable manner, providing average prices to all such clients.

Brokerage and Research Services

The Adviser or Manager for a Fund places all orders for the purchase and sale of securities (including exchange-traded funds), options, and futures contracts and other investments for a Fund through a substantial number of brokers and dealers or futures commission merchants selected at its discretion. In executing transactions, the Adviser or Manager will seek to obtain the best net results for a Fund taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dollar spread), size of order, the nature of the market for the security, the timing of the transaction, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved, the quality of the service, the difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firms involved, and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities. In transactions on stock exchanges in the U.S., payments of brokerage commissions are negotiated. In effecting purchases and sales of securities in transactions on U.S. stock exchanges for a Fund, the Adviser or Manager may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when the Adviser or Manager believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker effecting the transaction. In the case of securities traded on some foreign stock exchanges, brokerage commissions may be fixed and the Adviser or Manager may be unable to negotiate commission rates for these transactions. In the case of securities traded on the OTC markets, there is generally no stated commission, but the price includes an undisclosed commission or markup. Consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, a portion of a Fund’s brokerage and futures transactions, including transactions on a national securities exchange, may be conducted through an affiliated broker, subject to compliance with Trust policies and applicable law. In addition, all Managers (including the Adviser) that have day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities for Funds have adopted policies regarding their duty to seek best execution for transactions conducted on behalf of these Funds. These policies generally cover the selection of brokers and dealers, order aggregation, allocation of orders, affiliated transactions, and brokerage and research services (soft dollars), as applicable.

There is generally no stated commission in the case of debt securities, which are traded in the OTC markets, but the price paid by the Trust usually includes an undisclosed dealer commission or mark-up. In underwritten offerings, the price paid by the Trust includes a disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer. Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the payment by the Trust of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions vary among different brokers. Also, a particular broker could charge different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the transaction. In the case of securities traded on some foreign stock exchanges, brokerage commissions may be fixed and the Adviser or Manager may be unable to negotiate commission rates for these transactions.

As permitted by Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, the Adviser or Manager may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer, which provides “brokerage and research services” ​(as defined in the 1934 Act) to the Adviser or Manager, a commission amount that exceeds the amount charged by another broker-dealer because of the value of the brokerage and research services provided. For many years, it has been a common practice in the investment advisory business for advisers of investment companies and other institutional investors to receive brokerage and research services from broker-dealers which execute transactions for the clients of such advisers. Consistent with this practice, the Adviser or Manager for a Fund may receive brokerage and research services from many broker-dealers with which the Adviser or Manager places the Fund’s transactions. The Adviser or Manager for a Fund may also receive research or research credits from brokers or the Trust’s transitioning agent (in connection with manager transitions, reorganizations and asset allocation rebalancing), which are generated from underwriting commissions when purchasing new issues of debt securities or other assets for a Fund. These services, which in some cases may also be purchased for cash, include such matters as general economic and security market reviews, industry and

104

company reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities. Some of these services may be of value to the Adviser or Manager in advising its various clients (including the Trust), although not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing a Fund within the Trust. The advisory fee paid by a Fund is not reduced because the Adviser or Manager and its affiliates receive such services.

As noted above, the Adviser or Manager may purchase new issues of securities for a Fund in underwritten fixed price offerings. In those situations, the underwriter or selling group member may provide the Adviser or Manager with research in addition to selling the securities (at the fixed public offering price) to the Fund or other advisory clients. Because the offerings are conducted at a fixed price, the ability to obtain research from a broker-dealer in this situation provides knowledge that may benefit the Fund, or other advisory clients, and the Adviser without incurring additional costs. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e) because the broker-dealer is considered to be acting in a principal capacity in underwritten transactions. However, FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting broker-dealers to provide bona fide research to advisers in connection with fixed price offerings under certain circumstances, although compliance with these rules does not necessarily ensure compliance with all federal securities laws. As a general matter in these situations, the underwriter or selling group member will provide research credits at a rate that is higher than that which is available for secondary market transactions.

The following table lists Funds that incurred brokerage commissions during the fiscal years ended:

Fund	12/31/231			12/31/221			12/31/211
Diversified Bond Portfolio	​	$	815,0462	​	$	1,155,313	​	$	909,950
Dividend Growth Portfolio	​	$	63,966	​	$	70,296	​	$	65,788
Emerging Markets Portfolio	​	$	781,2983	​	$	902,046	​	$	1,363,909
Equity Index Portfolio	​	$	33,318	​	$	32,376	​	$	21,864
Floating Rate Income Portfolio	​	$	54,244	​	$	3,795	​	$	2,638
Focused Growth Portfolio	​	$	219,313	​	$	205,557	​	$	148,372
Growth Portfolio	​	$	49,689	​	$	73,959	​	$	75,838
Health Sciences Portfolio	​	$	64,637	​	$	66,272	​	$	106,675
Hedged Equity Portfolio	​	$	65,089	​	$	—	​	$	—
High Yield Bond Portfolio	​	$	2,356	​	$	4,650	​	$	3,081
Inflation Managed Portfolio	​	$	29,855	​	$	32,462	​	$	33,056
International Growth Portfolio4	​	$	548,847	​	$	298,333	​	$	36,544
International Large-Cap Portfolio	​	$	86,455	​	$	115,090	​	$	167,939
International Small-Cap Portfolio	​	$	49,959	​	$	91,216	​	$	124,064
International Value Portfolio	​	$	290,805	​	$	334,806	​	$	418,901
Large-Cap Growth Portfolio	​	$	138,658	​	$	189,892	​	$	162,468
Large-Cap Value Portfolio	​	$	173,434	​	$	76,122	​	$	117,350
Large-Cap Core Portfolio	​	$	146,411	​	$	76,7695	​	$	255,9075
Managed Bond Portfolio	​	$	77,995	​	$	73,439	​	$	56,794
Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio	​	$	213,7086	​	$	542,816	​	$	626,890
Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio7	​	$	156,091	​	$	154,926	​	$	312,462
Mid-Cap Value Portfolio	​	$	205,072	​	$	207,800	​	$	201,015
PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio8	​	$	34,668	​	$	42,016	​	$	46,282
PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio8	​	$	9,750	​	$	9,177	​	$	11,241
PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio	​	$	23,120	​	$	18,414	​	$	9,530
PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio	​	$	19,029	​	$	16,339	​	$	13,868
PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio	​	$	21,529	​	$	24,207	​	$	19,017
PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio	​	$	27,494	​	$	21,140	​	$	24,821
PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio	​	$	97,188	​	$	40,012	​	$	42,519
PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio9	​	$	—	​	$	51,438	​	$	—
Real Estate Portfolio	​	$	75,778	​	$	50,751	​	$	115,958
Small-Cap Equity Portfolio	​	$	173,169	​	$	149,214	​	$	153,427
Small-Cap Growth Portfolio	​	$	136,175	​	$	118,598	​	$	159,994
Small-Cap Index Portfolio	​	$	97,188	​	$	131,181	​	$	91,844
Small-Cap Value Portfolio10	​	$	178,123	​	$	201,642	​	$	279,077
Technology Portfolio11	​	$	13,212	​	$	17,299	​	$	40,920
Value Advantage Portfolio	​	$	78,646	​	$	—	​	$	—
Value Portfolio	​	$	162,269	​	$	120,796	​	$	146,083

1

Increases/decreases in brokerage commissions from one year to the next are generally due to increased/decreased trading activity and/or an increase or decrease in portfolio assets.

2

Loomis Sayles became the sub-adviser of the Diversified Bond Portfolio on November 1, 2023. Western Asset Management Company, LLC served as sub-adviser prior to that date.

105

3

Of this amount, $1,283 was paid to Invesco Capital Markets, Inc., an affiliate of Invesco, during the fiscal year 2023 and $644 for the fiscal year 2022. For the fiscal year 2023, 0.3% of the aggregate brokerage commissions were paid to Invesco Capital Markets, Inc. and 0.2% of the aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving payment of commissions was effected through affiliated brokerage transactions with Invesco Capital Markets, Inc. in compliance to Rule 17e-1.

4

International Growth Portfolio commenced operations on October 19, 2021. As such, there were no brokerage commissions paid prior to that date.

5

Of this amount, $644 was paid to Invesco Capital Markets, Inc., an affiliate of Invesco, during the fiscal year 2022 and $5,488 for the fiscal year 2021. For the fiscal year 2022, during the period when Invesco managed the Fund, 1.2% of the aggregate brokerage commissions were paid to Invesco Capital Markets, Inc. and 2.7% of the aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving payment of commissions was effected through affiliated brokerage transactions with Invesco Capital Markets, Inc. in compliance to Rule 17e-1. Effective May 1, 2022, JPMorgan became the sub-adviser of the Fund and the Fund changed its name from Main Street Core Portfolio to Large-Cap Core Portfolio.

6

Blackrock Investment Management, LLC became the sub-adviser of the Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio on November 1, 2023. Scout Investments, Inc served as sub-adviser prior to that date.

7

Delaware Investments Fund Advisers became the sub-adviser of the Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio on April 30, 2021. Ivy Investment Management Company served as the sub-adviser prior to that date.

8

FIAM became the sub-adviser, and Geode became the sub-subadviser of the PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio and the PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio on April 30, 2021. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP served as sub-adviser prior to that date.

9

There were no brokerage commissions paid by the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio prior to November 1, 2022.

10

American Century, through its division Avantis, became the sub-adviser of the Small-Cap Value Portfolio on May 1, 2024. AllianceBernstein L.P. served as the sub-adviser prior to that date.

11

FIAM became the sub-adviser of the Technology Portfolio on May 1, 2024. MFS Investment Management served as sub-adviser prior to that date.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, each of the following Funds, through the Adviser or their respective Manager(s), paid the brokerage commissions noted to firms that may have provided eligible research and/or brokerage services:

Fund	Soft Dollar Commissions			Trade Amount resulting in those Commissions
Dividend Growth Portfolio	​	$	10,889	​	$	235,617,132
Emerging Markets Portfolio	​	$	778,151	​	$	602,497,342
Equity Index Portfolio	​	$	2,803	​	$	55,049,828
Focused Growth Portfolio	​	$	5,441	​	$	113,969,224
Growth Portfolio	​	$	64,574	​	$	900,792,639
Health Sciences Portfolio	​	$	31,664	​	$	157,847,214
International Growth Portfolio	​	$	239,010	​	$	559,209,622
International Large-Cap Portfolio	​	$	114,378	​	$	338,101,301
International Small-Cap Portfolio	​	$	19,652	​	$	57,641,418
International Value Portfolio	​	$	28,510	​	$	81,909,461
Large-Cap Core Portfolio	​	$	19,058	​	$	414,253,468
Large-Cap Growth Portfolio	​	$	89,488	​	$	1,211,942,625
Large-Cap Value Portfolio	​	$	129,277	​	$	619,321,086
Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio	​	$	93,216	​	$	616,292,607
Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio	​	$	15,725	​	$	231,626,728
Mid-Cap Value Portfolio	​	$	199,264	​	$	596,804,214
PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio	​	$	10,102	​	$	33,713,577
PD Large-Cap Growth Portfolio	​	$	1,371	​	$	28,958,745
PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio	​	$	6,342	​	$	93,057,413
PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio	​	$	3,678	​	$	37,803,595
PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio	​	$	2,187	​	$	6,270,694
PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio	​	$	14,024	​	$	44,171,338
Real Estate Portfolio	​	$	2,230	​	$	20,834,890
Small-Cap Index Portfolio	​	$	2,117	​	$	9,343,977
Small-Cap Equity Portfolio	​	$	39,216	​	$	83,247,349
Small-Cap Growth Portfolio	​	$	163,175	​	$	351,825,728
Small-Cap Value Portfolio	​	$	111,110	​	$	206,715,039
Technology Portfolio	​	$	17,358	​	$	239,046,962
Value Portfolio	​	$	97,342	​	$	677,298,877
Value Advantage Portfolio	​	$	4,308	​	$	53,522,438

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Core Income, Diversified Bond, Dividend Growth, Equity Index, Hedged Equity, Inflation Managed, Intermediate Bond, International Large-Cap, International Value, Large-Cap Core, Managed Bond, Mid-Cap Equity, PD International Large-Cap Index, PD Large-Cap Value Index, Short Duration Bond, Technology, Value Advantage, and Value Portfolios acquired and sold securities of their Regular Broker-Dealers (as defined in the table below) and/or their Regular Broker-Dealers’ parent company. As of December 31, 2023, the following Funds held securities of their Regular Broker-Dealers and/or their Regular Broker-Dealers’ parent company as follows (in alphabetical order):

Fund	Regular Broker-Dealers1	Value of Securities
Core Income Portfolio	Bank of America	​	$	9,692,976
​	Citigroup	​	$	9,782,393

106

Fund	Regular Broker-Dealers1	Value of Securities
​	Goldman Sachs	​	$	13,148,102
​	JP Morgan	​	$	18,070,927
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	15,407,536
​	Wells Fargo	​	$	2,834,247
​	UBS	​	$	903,151
Diversified Bond Portfolio	Bank of America	​	$	28,148,560
​	Barclays PLC	​	$	8,703,544
​	Citigroup Inc.	​	$	7,887,395
​	Deutsche Bank AG	​	$	13,219,432
​	Goldman Sachs Group Inc.	​	$	15,523,399
​	JPMorgan Chase Bank	​	$	20,748,477
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	18,082,808
Dividend Growth Portfolio	Bank of America	​	$	10,200,327
​	Goldman Sachs	​	$	4,668,203
​	J.P. Morgan Chase	​	$	17,061,540
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	9,396,803
Equity Index Portfolio	Bank of America Corp	​	$	26,071,422
​	Citigroup Inc.	​	$	11,050,598
​	Goldman Sachs Group Inc.	​	$	14,148,501
​	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	​	$	55,306,314
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	13,254,182
​	Wells Fargo	​	$	20,103,220
Hedged Equity Portfolio	Bank of America Merrill Lynch	​	$	12,389,010
​	Barclays PLC	​	$	10,028,985
​	Citigroup	​	$	5,442,757
​	Cowen Group	​	$	28,978,537
​	Goldman Sachs Group	​	$	12,609,612
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	16,049,048
​	Royal Bank of Canada	​	$	68,375,753
​	Sanford C. Bernstein	​	$	10,648,253
​	UBS AG	​	$	9,938,085
​	Virtu	​	$	15,265,497
Inflation Managed Portfolio	Avolon Holding Limited	​	$	5,343
Intermediate Bond Portfolio	Barclays Capital Inc	​	$	36,136,264
​	BMO Capital Markets	​	$	33,863,104
​	BNP Paribas Securities Corp	​	$	14,998,532
​	BofA Securities Inc.	​	$	42,376,149
​	Citadel Securities LLC	​	$	27,673,965
​	Citigroup Global Markets Inc.	​	$	177,042,883
​	Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.	​	$	15,069,731
​	Goldman Sachs	​	$	113,986,031
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	69,704,977
​	Wells Fargo	​	$	37,729,046
International Large-Cap Portfolio	UBS Group AG	​	$	9,398,708
International Value Portfolio	Nomura Securities	​	$	4,431,038
​	UBS Securities	​	$	13,844,396
Large-Cap Core Portfolio	Bank of America Merrill Lynch	​	$	85,719,915
​	Barclays PLC	​	$	82,954,121
​	BMO Capital Markets	​	$	71,646,594
​	Citigroup	​	$	87,767,430
​	Goldman Sachs	​	$	87,145,593
​	Jefferies Group Inc.	​	$	228,269,297
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	165,305,386
​	Royal Bank of Canada	​	$	187,494,482
​	UBS AG	​	$	43,528,095
​	Virtu	​	$	136,422,821
Managed Bond Portfolio	Bank of America Corp	​	$	12,362,562

107

Fund	Regular Broker-Dealers1	Value of Securities
​	Citigroup Inc.	​	$	13,582,936
​	Deutsche Bank	​	$	13,333,668
​	Goldman Sachs Group Inc.	​	$	12,252,033
​	HSBC Holdings PLC	​	$	13,920,432
​	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	​	$	16,628,778
​	Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group	​	$	13,322,304
​	Nomura Holdings Inc.	​	$	10,786,868
​	Wells Fargo & Company	​	$	16,155,073
​	UBS Group AG	​	$	23,188,767
Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio	Bank of America	​	$	8,940,953
​	Citigroup Inc.	​	$	4,679,547
​	Deutsche Bank AG	​	$	368,561
​	Goldman Sachs Group Inc.	​	$	8,449,762
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	8,424,804
PD International Large-Cap Index Portfolio	Macquarie Group Ltd	​	$	2,186,711
​	UBS Group AG	​	$	4,827,386
PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio	Bank of America Corp	​	$	11,291,336
​	Citigroup Inc.	​	$	4,787,264
​	Goldman Sachs Group Inc.	​	$	5,986,379
​	Jefferies Financial Group Inc.	​	$	360,457
​	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	​	$	23,895,648
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	5,455,871
​	Wells Fargo	​	$	8,790,840
Short Duration Bond Portfolio	Bank of America	​	$	18,227,436
​	Citigroup	​	$	9,675,069
​	Goldman Sachs	​	$	16,322,400
​	J.P. Morgan Chase	​	$	16,046,602
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	16,332,634
​	Wells Fargo	​	$	11,934,767
Technology Portfolio	Fidelity National Information Services	​	$	2,111,737
Value Advantage Portfolio	Bank of America Merrill Lynch	​	$	28,451,697
​	Barclays PLC	​	$	23,806,671
​	Citigroup	​	$	35,239,817
​	Cowen Group	​	$	25,225,702
​	Goldman Sachs Group	​	$	21,830,473
​	Jefferies Group Incorporated	​	$	41,068,895
​	Morgan Stanley	​	$	32,607,297
​	Royal Bank of Canada	​	$	30,491,321
​	Truist Securities	​	$	13,469,227
​	UBS AG	​	$	36,289,981
Value Portfolio	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	​	$	25,348,472

1

“Regular Broker-Dealers” means the top ten firms which the Manager uses, as determined and provided by the Manager, to execute transactions for the Fund(s) it manages. For purposes of determining the top ten firms, transactions executed by the Trust’s transitioning agent (in connection with manager transitions, reorganizations, asset allocation rebalancing, etc.) are excluded.

The ESG Portfolios, PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, Pacific Dynamix Portfolios and Portfolio Optimization Portfolios invest primarily in their respective Underlying Funds and generally do not incur commissions or sales charges in connection with investments in the Underlying Funds, but they may incur such costs if they invest directly in exchange-traded funds. Accordingly, the following description is relevant for all Funds.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, each Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the value of the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, generally long-term securities are included and the purchase and sale of certain investments such as most derivative instruments, investments made on a shorter-term basis or instruments with a maturity of one year or less at the time of investment are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in a Fund (other than short-term securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. The portfolio turnover rate for each of the Funds will vary from year to year, depending on market conditions and trading opportunities. Such changes do not necessarily reflect a change in long-term trading strategies

108

of the Managers. Any changes in portfolio turnover rates which are less than 100% change from the prior year’s rates are not considered significant. Changes in Managers and investment personnel and reorganizations of Funds may result in the sale of portfolio securities, which may increase trading costs and the portfolio turnover for the affected Funds. Significant changes in turnover rates may occur in certain Funds for reasons other than market conditions and trading opportunities. All Funds may engage in active and frequent trading which could result in higher trading costs and reduce performance. The trading strategies of the Diversified Bond Portfolio and Managed Bond Portfolio generally result in very high and fluctuating turnover rates and changes of approximately 200% in the turnover rates for these Funds are generally not considered significant. The Portfolio turnover rate for the Inflation Managed Portfolio for the period ended December 31, 2023 compared to the period ended December 31, 2022 significantly increased as a result of portfolio trading regarding government securities and sale/buybacks.

The Pacific Dynamix Portfolios and Portfolio Optimization Portfolios invest in Underlying Funds that are Funds of the Trust. As a result, changes to the allocations of the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios and/or Portfolio Optimization Portfolios may result in the transfer of assets from one Underlying Fund to another. These changes, as well as changes in Managers and investment personnel and reorganizations of the Underlying Funds, may result in the purchase or sale of portfolio securities, which may increase trading costs and the portfolio turnover for the affected Underlying Funds. Significant changes in turnover rates may occur in certain Underlying Funds for reasons other than market conditions and trading opportunities. As the ESG Portfolios and PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio invest in funds that are not series of the Trust, any allocation changes among the ESG Underlying Funds or the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds will not have an impact on other Funds of the Trust.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The Trust publicly discloses portfolio holdings periodically on the Trust’s website. The unaudited month-end portfolio holdings information for each Fund can be found at www.PacificLife.com/PacificSelectFundMonthlyHoldings.html and are generally posted approximately three to five business days following month-end. There could be delays in reporting month-end holdings for certain Funds as noted on the website (“lag time”). The Trust reserves the right to post holdings for any Fund more frequently than monthly but may subsequently resume monthly posting. Holdings information will remain available on the Trust’s website until the next period’s holdings are posted or longer if required by law. Portfolio holdings will also be included in periodic filings with the SEC.

It is the policy of the Trust to maintain the confidentiality of non-public portfolio holdings information and not to divulge non-public portfolio holdings information to other parties except for legitimate business purposes and then only in accordance with the Trust’s disclosure of portfolio holdings policy and related procedures (“Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy”). The Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy is meant to protect the interests of the Trust’s shareholders and to address potential conflicts of interest that could arise between the interests of the Trust’s shareholders and those of a Trust and Adviser service provider, including the Adviser, a Manager, the Distributor or their affiliates.

More current, non-public holdings information is available to certain service providers in order for such service providers to fulfill their contractual obligations to (or on behalf of) the Trust and Adviser service providers. Such service providers, including (but not limited to) the Adviser, each Manager, the Trust’s custodian, auditors, counsel and Independent Trustees’ counsel, can receive or have access to non-public portfolio holdings without any lag time on an as-needed basis. Each of these service providers has entered into an agreement with the Trust or Adviser whereby the service provider has a contractual duty to maintain the confidentiality of such non-public information, as well as not to trade on such information. In addition to the Adviser and each Manager, these service providers include:

BSR & Co. LLP

Barra, LLC

Bloomberg Finance L.P.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Dechert LLP

Deloitte & Touche LLP

Diligent Board Member Services, Inc.

Donnelley Financial Solutions (DFIN)

Ernst & Young LLP

Ernst & Young Management Services Inc.

FactSet Research Systems Inc.

FilePoint EDGAR Services, LLC

Grant & Eisenhofer P.A.

Institutional Shareholder Services Inc.

ICE Data Pricing & Reference Data, LLC

Kessler, Topaz, Meltzer & Check, LLP

KPMG Limited

Merrill Communications LLC

Securities Class Action Services, LLC

StarCompliance, Inc.

State Street Bank and Trust Company

State Street Global Markets, LLC

Sullivan and Worcester, LLP

Toppan Merrill LLC

Zeno AN Solutions

The release of portfolio holdings information to a party, including the parties listed above, in advance of its release to all shareholders or the general public is permitted by the Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy only when (i) the Trust, the Adviser, or the Manager or other Trust service provider releasing the information has a legitimate business purpose for releasing the information to the recipient, (ii) the release of information is believed not to violate the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws or the Adviser’s or applicable Manager’s fiduciary duties, and (iii) the recipient is subject to a contractual duty of confidentiality with substantially the same terms and conditions as that of a Trust service provider, including a duty not to trade on the information (which duty may be encompassed by broader language, such as a duty to comply with anti-fraud provisions of, or applicable provisions of, federal securities laws), provided, however that the Adviser or Manager will not trade on such information in a manner inconsistent with applicable law or inconsistent with any internal policy adopted by the firm to govern trading by its employees.

In addition, when the Trust, the Adviser or Managers purchase and sell securities through broker-dealers, engage in OTC trading with certain counterparties (i.e. swap dealers), request bids on securities, or obtain price quotations on securities, the Trust may disclose one or

109

more of its holdings. Companies which clear and settle trades may also have access to portfolio holdings information. The Trust has not entered into formal confidentiality agreements in connection with such situations; however, the Trust would not continue to conduct business with an entity believed to be misusing the disclosed information.

The Trust, or its duly authorized service providers, can disclose portfolio holdings to analysts, rating agencies, or other parties, the day after it has been posted to the Trust’s website or immediately after it has been filed with the SEC in a filing requiring the portfolio holdings to be included. There are no specific individuals or categories of individuals who authorize the release of portfolio holdings.

If the Trust or one of its duly authorized service providers seeks to disclose portfolio holdings to analysts, rating agencies, pricing services, trade and settlement or administrative services companies or any other parties prior to the time such information is made public, such disclosure would be conditioned on the recipient (e.g., a service provider to a Trust service provider) agreeing in writing to treat such portfolio holdings as confidential under substantially the same terms and conditions as that of the Trust’s service providers.

The Trust relies on the contractual obligations of the Trust’s service providers to maintain confidentiality of portfolio holdings information, and currently does not independently monitor the use of such information by service providers. The Trust has an established process whereby Managers are asked to provide written confirmation as to their compliance with the Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy.

No compensation is received by the Trust or the Adviser in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information.

Notwithstanding anything in this section or the Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy, the Trust’s Board of Trustees, its General Counsel or its Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) may, on a case-by-case basis, authorize disclosure of the Trust’s portfolio securities, provided that, in their judgment, such disclosure is not inconsistent with the best interests of shareholders and, unless otherwise required by law, subject to the confidentiality requirements set forth in the Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy. Each may also impose additional restrictions on the dissemination of portfolio information beyond those found in the Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy.

Non-public portfolio holdings information may, from time to time, be released to Pacific Life and PL&A (affiliates of the Adviser), RGA Reinsurance Company, Swiss Re Life, Union Hamilton Reinsurance, Ltd. and any other reinsurance companies with which Pacific Life and PL&A may contract (together, the “Insurers”) in connection with their hedging activities to mitigate certain risks and exposures borne by the Insurers that are associated with variable annuity product riders and the Funds offered as underlying investment options. This information is released to the Insurers only in accordance with the Trust’s Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy (including exceptions from the Policy as permitted therein) and provided subject to written confirmation by the Insurers of their confidentiality obligations and use of the information only for their hedging purposes. Pacific Life has represented to the Trust that the Insurers’ hedging activity, generally accomplished through the trading of index futures, is highly unlikely to have an adverse impact on the Trust or its Funds.

The Trust’s CCO receives reports of violations of the Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings Policy by the Trust, the Adviser, its service providers, and Managers. If such a report is received, and if the CCO, in the exercise of his or her duties, deems that such violation constitutes a “Material Compliance Matter” within the meaning of Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act, he or she will report it to the Trust’s Board of Trustees, as required by Rule 38a-1.

NET ASSET VALUE (“NAV”)

Each Fund’s shares are purchased, sold or exchanged at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after a request to buy, sell or exchange shares is received by Pacific Life or PL&A in proper form. The life insurance companies pay for shares they purchase in cash. Similarly, when shares are sold or exchanged, the Trust generally pays the life insurance companies for the shares in cash. The calculation of each Fund’s NAV is discussed further in the Prospectuses.

The value of each security or other investment is the amount which a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for the investment upon its current sale in the ordinary course of business. As discussed further in the Prospectus, the Trust’s Board has adopted a Valuation Policy for determining the value of the investments of each Fund each business day. Under the Valuation Policy and pursuant to regulatory authority, the Board has designated PLFA as its “valuation designee” for fair valuation determinations. PLFA’s Valuation Oversight Committee (“VOC”) values the Funds’ investments in accordance with the Valuation Policy. For purposes of calculating the NAV, the value of investments held by each Fund is based primarily on pricing data obtained from various sources approved by the VOC. Valuation of investments held by the Funds is discussed in the Prospectuses.

As described above, requests to purchase shares of a Fund that are received in proper form and accepted by the Trust receive the NAV next calculated as of the close of the NYSE that day. Note: the time at which transactions are executed and shares are priced may be changed in case of an emergency or if the NYSE closes for the day prior to its scheduled close time. With respect to the ESG Portfolios or the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, purchase orders for shares of the ESG Portfolios or the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio that are received in good order and accepted before the close of business of the NYSE receive the NAV determined on that day. This NAV is determined by the Trust based upon the NAVs of the ESG Underlying Funds and the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds. The corresponding purchase orders for shares of the ESG Underlying Funds and the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds are placed after the receipt and acceptance of the related order for shares of the ESG Portfolios and the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio and are priced at the NAV as determined by the management of each of the ESG Underlying Funds and the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds, not the Trust. As a result, purchase orders for shares of the ESG Underlying Funds and the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds may not be priced on the same day that purchase orders for shares of the ESG Portfolios and the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio are received and accepted and could be priced as of the following trading day.

Pricing/NAV Errors and Corrective Actions

The Adviser will report to the Board any material pricing error in the calculation of the NAV of a Fund. Depending on the nature and size of an error, corrective action may or may not be required. Applicable corrective action may involve a prospective correction of the NAV, compensation to a Fund and/or reprocessing of individual shareholder transactions. The Adviser’s and the Trust’s NAV error

110

corrections policies may limit or restrict when corrective action will be taken or when compensation to a Fund or its shareholders will be paid, and not all mistakes will result in compensable errors. Shareholders will generally not be notified of the occurrence of a compensable error or the resolution thereof absent unusual circumstances. The Adviser and the Trust may at any time, in their discretion and without notice to shareholders, amend or supplement their NAV error correction policies. As discussed in more detail under “How Share Prices Are Calculated” in the Prospectuses, the value of each security or other investment in each Fund may be priced based on quotations provided by various sources. There can be no guarantee that a quotation provided by a pricing source will be accurate.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

The Trust may, from time to time, include the yield of the Funds and the total return of all Funds in advertisements, sales literature, or reports to shareholders or prospective investors. Total return information for the Trust advertised or included in sales literature may be accompanied by comparable performance information for a separate account to which the Trust offers its shares.

TAXATION

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership of shares in each Fund by the separate accounts of life insurance companies for the purpose of funding variable insurance policies. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with the status of each Fund as a partnership for federal income tax purposes under Subchapter K of the Code and the application of the diversification rules under section 817(h) of the Code. It does not deal with any other federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences, including the possible effect of leveraged investments or the treatment of hedging devices. It also does not deal with life insurance companies that are not domiciled in the United States. This summary is based on the Code, United States Treasury regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”) and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Any such changes may be applied retroactively in a manner that could cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences described below, possibly adversely affecting a beneficial owner of each Fund.

The Trust currently intends that each Fund will be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. A Fund that elects to be treated as a partnership is not subject to income tax; and any income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits of the Fund would instead be taken into account by its partners, which would include the life insurance companies whose separate accounts invest in the Fund. It is expected that a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract owner would not be affected by a Fund electing to be treated as a partnership. Pacific Life and PL&A may get certain tax benefits from a Fund electing to be treated as a partnership. These benefits will not be shared with contract owners.

Each Fund also intends to comply with diversification regulations under Section 817(h) of the Code that apply to mutual funds or partnerships underlying variable policies or contracts. Generally, a Fund will be required to diversify its investments so that on the last day of each quarter of a calendar year no more than 55% of the value of its total assets is represented by any one investment, no more than 70% is represented by any two investments, no more than 80% is represented by any three investments, and no more than 90% is represented by any four investments. For this purpose, securities of a given issuer generally are treated as one investment, but each U.S. government agency or instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer. Compliance with the diversification rules under Section 817(h) of the Code generally will limit the ability of any Fund, and in particular, the Inflation Managed Portfolio, to invest greater than 55% of its total assets in direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury (or any other issuer) or to invest primarily in securities issued by a single agency or instrumentality of the U.S. government.

If a Fund taxed as a partnership invests in shares of a PFIC, there may be tax consequences to the insurance company partners or a Fund of Funds that is a partner.

Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates which occur between the time a Fund accrues income or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time that Fund actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency and on disposition of certain futures contracts, forward contracts, options and similar financial instruments gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss.

For a variable life insurance contract or a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets in the separate accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned by the life insurance company and not by the contract owner. Under current U.S. tax law, if a contract owner has excessive control over the investments made by a separate account, or the underlying fund, the contract owner will be taxed currently on income and gains from the account or fund. In other words, in such a case of “investor control” the contract owner would not derive the tax benefits normally associated with variable life insurance or variable annuities.

Generally, according to the IRS and the courts, there are two ways that impermissible investor control may exist. The first relates to the design of the contract or the relationship between the contract and a separate account or underlying fund. For example, at various times, the IRS has focused on, among other factors, the number and type of investment choices available pursuant to a given variable policy or contract, whether the contract offers access to funds that are available to the general public, the number of transfers that a contract owner may make from one investment option to another, and the degree to which a contract owner may select or control particular investments.

The second way that impermissible investor control might exist concerns shareholder actions. Under the IRS pronouncements and the case law, shareholders may not select or control particular investments, other than choosing among broad investment choices such as selecting a particular Fund. Shareholders may not select or direct the purchase or sale of a particular investment of a Fund. All investment decisions concerning the Funds must be made by the Manager for such Fund in his or her sole and absolute discretion, and not by the contract owner. Furthermore, shareholders may not communicate directly or indirectly with such a Manager or any related investment officers concerning the selection, quality, or rate of return of any specific investment or group of investments held by a Fund.

111

Finally, the IRS may issue additional guidance on the investor control doctrine, which might further restrict shareholder actions or features of the variable policy or contract. Such guidance could be applied retroactively. If any of the rules outlined above are not complied with, the IRS may seek to tax variable product owners currently on income and gains from a Fund such that variable product owners would not derive the tax benefits normally associated with variable life insurance policies or variable contracts. Although highly unlikely, such an event may have an adverse impact on the fund and other variable products.

A Fund that receives dividend income from U.S. sources will annually report certain amounts of its dividends paid as eligible for the dividends received deduction, and a Fund incurring foreign taxes will pass-through allowable foreign tax credits. These benefits, which may be potentially material, will inure only Pacific Life and PL&A and, as mentioned above, will not be shared with shareholders.

Shareholders of the Funds should consult their own tax advisers with regard to the federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of Trust shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country, or other taxing jurisdiction. For information concerning the federal income tax consequences to the holder of a variable product, such holders should consult the prospectus for the particular contract.

Distributions

Funds treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes are not required to distribute taxable income. A Separate Account (the “Partner”) is required to report its respective share of income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits.

OTHER INFORMATION

Capitalization

The Trust was originally organized on May 4, 1987 as a Massachusetts business trust and was reorganized as a Delaware statutory trust on June 30, 2016 pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The capitalization of the Trust consists solely of an unlimited number of shares of beneficial interest with no par value unless otherwise determined by the Trustees. The Board of Trustees may establish additional Funds (with different investment goals and fundamental policies) at any time in the future. Establishment and offering of additional Funds will not alter the rights of the Trust’s shareholders. When issued, shares are fully paid, redeemable, freely transferable, and non-assessable by the Trust. Shares do not have preemptive rights or subscription rights. In liquidation of a Fund of the Trust, each shareholder is entitled to receive his pro rata share of the net assets of that Fund.

Shareholder and Trustee Liability

Under Delaware law, shareholders may not be held personally liable for the liabilities and obligations of the Trust beyond the value of their investments in the Trust.

Under the Trust’s organizational documents, the Trustees and the officers of the Trust shall be advanced expenses, held harmless and indemnified in certain circumstances in connection with their service to the Trust. However, they are not protected from liability by reason of their willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard. In addition, the Trust has entered into an agreement with each Trustee which provides that the Trust will indemnify and hold harmless each Trustee against any expenses actually and reasonably incurred by any Independent Trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s services to the Trust to the fullest extent authorized by its organizational documents, state law, the 1940 Act and the 1933 Act.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

Since Class P, Class I and Class D shares of the Trust are available as an underlying investment fund for certain variable products offered by Pacific Life and PL&A, the applicable separate accounts of Pacific Life and PL&A that own Class P, Class I or Class D shares of the Trust could be deemed to control the voting securities of the Trust (i.e., by owning more than 25% of the voting securities). However, Pacific Life and PL&A would exercise voting rights attributable to any Class P, Class I or Class D shares of the Funds owned (directly or indirectly) in accordance with voting instructions received from owners of the variable life policies and variable annuity contracts issued by Pacific Life and/or PL&A.

Because Class P shares of the Underlying Funds are also available for investment by the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios and Pacific Dynamix Portfolios (and PLFA and certain of its affiliates), any Portfolio Optimization Portfolio or Pacific Dynamix Portfolio owning more than 25% of the Class P shares of a Fund could be deemed to control the voting securities of Class P shares of that particular Fund. However, each of the Portfolio Optimization Portfolios and Pacific Dynamix Portfolios would exercise voting rights attributable to any Class P shares of a Fund owned by it in accordance with the proxy voting policies established by the Trust. See the “How shares will be voted by the Funds of Funds” sub-section of the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures section of this SAI for more information. Pacific Life may also be deemed to control certain Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds (which offer Class P shares that are only available to the Pacific Dynamix Portfolios) in which it owns more than 25% of the voting securities.

The list below reflects the shareholders of record (or known by the Trust to own beneficially) as of April 3, 2024 that own 5% or more (principal holders) of any Class of a Fund’s outstanding securities (for those Funds that have commenced operations). The list also reflects the beneficial owners of more than 25% (control owners) of any Class of a Fund’s outstanding securities. Each shareholder’s address is c/o 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660.

Core Income Portfolio
97.60% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
10.28% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
12.87% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
37.38% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
35.04% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio

112

Diversified Bond Portfolio
98.43% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
10.24% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
12.77% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
37.28% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
34.95% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio

Floating Rate Income Portfolio
95.70% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
31.05% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
46.39% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio

High Yield Bond Portfolio
97.00% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
12.55% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
10.72% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
36.38% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
34.11% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
5.63% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Inflation Managed Portfolio
96.80% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
16.82% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
15.08% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
45.49% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
21.33% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio

Intermediate Bond Portfolio
97.59% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
10.24% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
12.82% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
37.37% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
35.03% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio

Managed Bond Portfolio
98.39% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
10.24% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
12.80% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
37.28% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
34.96% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio

Short Duration Bond Portfolio
96.18% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
9.94% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
9.51% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
43.05% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
27.75% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
9.37% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio
7.46% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
92.54% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
9.09% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
10.86% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
36.87% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
34.57% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
8.56% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Dividend Growth Portfolio
5.20% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
94.80% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Equity Index Portfolio
95.95% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
15.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
30.10% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
28.59% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
7.91% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

113

Focused Growth Portfolio
95.29% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
5.84% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
41.82% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
39.21% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
10.85% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Growth Portfolio
98.39% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
5.69% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
41.34% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
38.76% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
10.71% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Hedged Equity Portfolio
15.24% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
84.76% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Large-Cap Core Portfolio
98.36% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
6.14% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
41.28% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
39.10% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
10.90% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Large-Cap Growth Portfolio
96.25% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
5.58% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
42.08% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
39.17% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
10.89% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Large-Cap Value Portfolio
97.44% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
6.89% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
39.87% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
39.01% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
10.87% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio
97.89% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
39.20% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
40.42% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
10.92% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio
96.56% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
42.47% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
39.25% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
9.58% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
95.49% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
7.38% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
31.19% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
42.40% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
13.76% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Small-Cap Equity Portfolio
6.25% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
93.75% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
5.66% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
40.26% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
37.74% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
12.75% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Small-Cap Growth Portfolio
96.73% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
38.60% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
36.19% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
21.66% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

114

Small-Cap Index Portfolio
97.32% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
11.07% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
5.24% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
34.49% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
32.33% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
10.51% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Small-Cap Value Portfolio
97.01% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
5.64% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
40.12% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
37.62% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
12.70% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Value Portfolio
98.31% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
6.52% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
40.64% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
39.15% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
10.99% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Value Advantage Portfolio
95.51% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
6.46% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
40.76% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
39.04% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
10.91% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Emerging Markets Portfolio
97.82% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
8.01% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
36.27% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
34.00% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
16.84% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

International Growth Portfolio
6.70% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
93.30% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
6.43% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
41.59% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
38.13% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
12.02% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

International Large-Cap Portfolio
98.50% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
7.51% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
37.77% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
37.18% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
13.89% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

International Small-Cap Portfolio
98.14% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
78.96% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
19.56% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

International Value Portfolio
98.40% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
8.21% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
35.05% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
38.77% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
15.14% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Health Sciences Portfolio
6.85% of Class I shares were held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
93.15% of Class I shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Real Estate Portfolio
96.62% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
11.23% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio

115

25.42% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
47.67% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
11.81% of Class P shares was held by the Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Technology Portfolio
6.54% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
93.46% of Class I shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

ESG Diversified Portfolio
5.19% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
94.81% of Class I shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

ESG Diversified Growth Portfolio
98.76% of Class I shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio
95.37% of Class D shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
95.62% of Class P shares were held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio
8.54% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
91.46% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
5.99% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
94.01% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio
9.70% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
90.30% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
99.94% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio
6.06% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
93.94% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio
6.30% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
93.70% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio
5.52% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
94.48% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio
95.19% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio
5.13% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life & Annuity Company
94.87% of Class I shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company
100.00% of Class P shares was held by Pacific Life Insurance Company

PD 1-3 Year Corporate Bond Portfolio
14.39% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio
45.83% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
39.78% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

PD Aggregate Bond Index Portfolio
18.09% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio
58.74% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
23.17% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

PD Emerging Markets Index Portfolio
36.92% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
58.25% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

116

PD High Yield Bond Market Portfolio
10.55% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio
47.04% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
42.41% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

PD International Large-Cap Portfolio
7.17% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio
44.26% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
48.57% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

PD Large-Cap Growth Index Portfolio
5.97% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio
49.88% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
44.15% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

PD Large-Cap Value Index Portfolio
6.64% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio
48.88% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
44.48% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio
6.40% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio
50.73% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
42.87% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

PD Small-Cap Growth Index Portfolio
37.37% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
58.96% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

PD Small-Cap Value Index Portfolio
5.99% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio
45.82% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio
48.19% of Class P shares was held by the Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

Voting Rights

Shareholders of the Trust are given certain voting rights. Each share of each Fund will be given one vote, unless a different allocation of voting rights is required under applicable law for a mutual fund that is an investment medium for variable products.

Under the Declaration of Trust and Delaware law, the Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of Trust shareholders to elect Trustees or for other purposes. It is not anticipated that the Trust will hold shareholders’ meetings unless required by law, although special meetings may be called for a specific Fund, or for the Trust as a whole, for purposes such as electing or removing Trustees, changing fundamental policies, or approving a new or amended Advisory Agreement or sub-advisory agreement. In this regard, the Trust will be required to hold a meeting to elect Trustees to fill any existing vacancies on the Board if, at any time, fewer than a majority of the Trustees have been elected by the shareholders of the Trust. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides that any of the Trustees may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the shareholders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares (provided the aggregate number of Trustees, after such removal and after giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created by such removal, shall not be less than seven, or such other number as shall be fixed from time to time by the Trustees). The Trust’s shares do not have cumulative voting rights. Consistent with applicable law, the Board of Trustees may cause a Fund to dissolve or enter into reorganizations without the approval of shareholders.

In accordance with current laws, it is anticipated that a life insurance company issuing a variable product that participates in the Trust (excluding the Pacific Dynamix Underlying Funds) will request voting instructions from variable product owners and will vote shares or other voting interests in the Separate Account in accordance with voting instructions received, and will vote shares or other voting interests not received in proportion to the voting instructions received by all Separate Accounts. The Trust’s shares do not have cumulative voting rights. As a result of proportional voting, the vote of a small number of contract holders could determine the outcome of a shareholder vote. For additional information regarding how Funds vote their shares, see the “Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures” section in this SAI.

Custodian and Transfer Agency and Dividend Disbursing Services

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2016, serves as custodian of the Trust. Under the agreement with the Trust, State Street is permitted to hold assets of the Trust in an account that it maintains. Pursuant to rules or other exemptions under the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain foreign securities and cash for the Trust in the custody of certain eligible foreign banks and securities depositories.

State Street will place and maintain the foreign assets of the Trust in the care of eligible foreign custodians determined by State Street and will monitor the appropriateness of maintaining foreign assets with eligible custodians, which does not include mandatory securities depositories.

Pacific Life provides dividend disbursing and certain transfer agency services to the Trust for Class I shares, Class D shares, and the Class P shares that are offered for purchase by the separate accounts to serve as an investment medium for the variable products. Pacific Life does not receive compensation for providing these dividend disbursing and transfer agency services but does receive reimbursement

117

for expenses incurred in providing these services. State Street provides transfer agency services for the Class P shares of the Underlying Funds that are utilized by the Funds of Funds, PLFA and certain of its affiliates, and State Street is compensated by the Trust for these services.

Financial Statements

The financial statements and financial highlights of each Fund of the Trust as of December 31, 2023 are incorporated by reference in this SAI from the Annual Report of the Trust dated December 31, 2023 (https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/813900/​000119312524059175/d600021dncsr.htm). The financial statements and financial highlights have been audited by Deloitte & Touche, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Beginning for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, the audited financial statements and financial highlights of each Fund will be set forth in the Trust’s annual Financial Statements Disclosure Document, which will be available on the Trust’s website and can be delivered upon request.

Audited financial statements and financial highlights are not yet available for the Pacific Dynamix—Aggressive Growth Portfolio and the PBA Portfolios as these Funds did not commence operations prior to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Deloitte & Touche, LLP serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. The address of Deloitte & Touche, LLP is 695 Town Center Drive, Suite 1000, Costa Mesa, CA 92626. Deloitte & Touche, LLP provides audit services and review of certain documents to be filed with the SEC.

Counsel

Dechert LLP, 1900 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, passes upon certain legal matters in connection with the shares offered by the Trust and also acts as outside counsel to the Trust.

Code of Ethics

The Trust, the Adviser, PSD and each sub-adviser (including sub-subadvisers) have adopted codes of ethics designed to meet the requirements of Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act which have been approved by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. Subject to certain limitations and procedures, these codes permit personnel that they cover, including employees of the Adviser, PSD or sub-advisers who regularly have access to information about securities purchased for the Trust, to invest in securities for their own accounts. This could include securities that may be purchased by Funds of the Trust. The codes are intended to prevent these personnel from taking inappropriate advantage of their positions and to prevent fraud upon the Trust. The Trust’s Code of Ethics requires reporting to the Board of Trustees on material compliance violations.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Board has delegated proxy voting responsibilities with respect to each Fund to such Fund’s Manager, subject to the Board’s general oversight, with the direction that proxies should be voted consistent with the Fund’s best interests as determined by the Manager and applicable regulations. Each Manager has adopted its own Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Policies”) for this purpose. The Policies address, among other things, conflicts of interest that may arise between the interests of the Fund and the interests of the Manager and its affiliates. Due to the nature of the assets in which certain of the Funds invest (e.g., debt, currency, or derivatives), actions requiring proxy voting may not arise. In the event that proxy voting is required, the Manager’s Policies would apply.

The Policies set forth each Manager’s general position on various proposals. However, a Manager may, consistent with the Fund’s best interests, determine under some circumstances to vote contrary to those positions. The Policies on a particular issue may or may not reflect the view of individual members of the Board or of a majority of the Board. In addition, the Policies may reflect a voting position that differs from the actual practices of other investment companies or advisory clients for which a Manager or its affiliates serve as investment manager. Because each Manager will vote proxies consistent with its own Policies, it is possible that different Funds will vote differently on the same proposals or categories of proposals.

Set forth in Appendix B are the Policies for each Manager as prepared and provided by each Manager. The Trust files, by August 31 of each year, information regarding how each Fund has voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30. Such information is available after filing (i) without charge, upon request, by calling any of the toll-free telephone numbers listed on the cover; or on or through the Trust’s website at www.PacificLife.com/PacificSelectFund.html; or by sending an email request to PSFdocumentrequest@pacificlife.com; and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

When a Fund’s securities are held in a sub-account within a State Street umbrella account at State Street’s sub-custodian banks the Managers may not be able to exercise their proxy voting rights with respect to such securities. In addition, the portfolio manager may choose not to vote in certain situations. This may occur, for example, in situations where the exercise of voting rights could restrict the ability to freely trade the security in question (as in the case, for example, in certain foreign jurisdictions known as “share blocking markets”).

How shares will be voted by the Funds of Funds. The Pacific Dynamix Portfolios and Portfolio Optimization Portfolios (collectively, “Funds of Affiliated Funds”), in their capacity as shareholders of Underlying Funds, may be requested to vote on matters pertaining to the Underlying Funds. If an Underlying Fund calls a shareholder meeting and solicits proxies, the Funds of Affiliated Funds will vote their shares in accordance with the following: (1) if there are “Direct Investors” ​(shareholders other than the Funds of Affiliated Funds, Pacific Life, PLFA and their affiliates) of an Underlying Fund, the Fund of Affiliated Funds will vote any proxies of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the voting instructions received from all Direct Investors (“mirror voting”); (2) if there are no Direct Investors of an

118

Underlying Fund, the Fund of Affiliated Funds will seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the Funds of Affiliated Funds, in which case the Trust will vote proxies in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from shareholders of a Fund of Affiliated Funds, as applicable (“pass through voting”); (3) in the event a Fund of Affiliated Funds and an Underlying Fund solicit a proxy for an identical proposal, and there are no Direct Investors of the Underlying Fund, then the Trust will pass through and mirror vote their proxies of the Underlying Fund in the same proportions as the voting instructions received on the proposal by the shareholders of a Fund of Affiliated Funds, as applicable; or (4) the Trust may vote proxies in a manner as determined by the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

The ESG Portfolios and the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, each in its capacity as a shareholder of the ESG Underlying Funds and the Balanced Allocation Underlying Funds (respectively), may be requested to vote on matters pertaining to an ESG Underlying Fund or Balanced Allocation Underlying Fund. If an ESG Underlying Fund or a Balanced Allocation Underlying Fund that is a series of the Trust calls a shareholder meeting and solicits proxies, an ESG Portfolio or the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, respectively, will vote its shares in the same manner as conditions 1-4 set out above for the Funds of Affiliated Funds. If an ESG Underlying Fund or a Balanced Allocation Underlying Fund that is not a series of the Trust (“non-PL Underlying Funds”) and an ESG Portfolio or the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio and its Advisory Group (as defined in Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act) own in the aggregate 25% or less, calls a shareholder meeting and solicits proxies, an ESG Portfolio or the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, respectively, will vote its shares in accordance with the following, unless otherwise determined by the Board: (1) If there are shareholders of the non-PL Underlying Funds other than the ESG Portfolios and the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, then the ESG Portfolios and the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio will mirror vote their shares; (2) If the only shareholders of the non-PL Underlying Funds are one or more of the ESG Portfolios and the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, the ESG Portfolios and the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio will pass through vote; or (3) In such other manner as is determined appropriate by PLFA, in its discretion and in accordance with its fiduciary duty to an ESG Portfolio or the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio. If a non-PL Underlying Fund in which an ESG Portfolio or the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio and its Advisory Group (as defined in Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act) own in the aggregate more than 25% calls a shareholder meeting and solicits proxies, then the ESG Portfolio or the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio, respectively, will vote its shares in accordance with the following: (1) If there are shareholders of a non-PL Underlying Fund other than the ESG Portfolios or PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio who are not required by Section 12(d)(1) or Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act to mirror vote their shares of the non-PL Underlying Fund, then the ESG Portfolios and PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio will mirror vote their shares; or (2) If all shareholders of the non-PL Underlying Fund are required by Section 12(d)(1) or Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act to mirror vote their shares of the non-PL Underlying Fund (this would occur, for example, if an ESG Portfolio or the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio is informed by the non-PL Underlying Fund that the non-PL Underlying Fund’s shares are offered or held exclusively by funds of funds), the ESG Portfolios and the PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation Portfolio will pass through vote.

For the ESG Underlying Funds, the investment advisers (or sub-advisers, as applicable) to the ESG Underlying Funds that have equity strategies have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures which address ESG factors and apply to the ESG Underlying Funds. Investment advisers to ESG Underlying Funds that have fixed income strategies generally do not consider proxy voting to be a primary form of engagement for ESG purposes.

Registration Statement

This SAI and the Prospectuses do not contain all the information included in the Trust’s Registration Statement filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act, with respect to the securities offered hereby, certain portions of which have been omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Registration Statement, including the exhibits filed therewith (and including specifically all applicable Codes of Ethics), are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Statements contained herein and in the Prospectuses as to the contents of any contract or other documents are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other documents filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

119

APPENDICES

Appendix A: Description of Fixed Income/Debt Instrument Ratings

Three of the most common nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“Rating Agencies”) are Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch. Information regarding ratings from each of these Rating Agencies is listed below.

If the Rating Agencies assign different ratings to the same security, a Fund may use the highest rating for purposes of determining an instrument’s credit quality for investment grade, and may use the lowest rating for purposes of determining an instrument’s credit quality for non-investment grade.

Long-Term Ratings

Long-term debt instruments include notes, bond, loans and other debt instruments generally with maturities in excess of thirteen months as defined more specifically by each Rating Agency.

Investment Grade

Standard & Poor’s

(The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘BBB’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.)

AAA	An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA	An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A	An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB	An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Moody’s

(Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from ‘Aa’ through ‘Caa’. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.)

Aaa	Obligations rated ‘Aaa’ are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa	Obligations rated ‘Aa’ are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A	Obligations rated ‘A’ are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa	Obligations rated ‘Baa’ are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Fitch

(The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘BBB’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.)

AAA	Highest credit quality.   ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA	Very high credit quality.   ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A	High Credit quality.   ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB	Good credit quality.   ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

120

Non-Investment Grade

Standard & Poor’s

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

(The ratings from ‘BB’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.)

BB	An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B	An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC	An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC	An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but Standard & Poor’s expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
C	An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.
D	An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Moody’s

(Moody’s also applies numerical indicators 1, 2 and 3 to rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates that the security is in the higher end of its rating category; 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and 3 indicates a ranking toward the lower end of the category.)

Ba	Obligations rated ‘Ba’ are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B	Obligations rated ‘B’ are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa	Obligations rated ‘Caa’ are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca	Obligations rated ‘Ca’ are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C	Obligations rated ‘C’ are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Fitch

(The ratings from ‘BB’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.)

BB	Speculative.   ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.
B	Highly speculative.   ‘B’ ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.
CCC	Substantial credit risk.   ‘CCC’ ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.
CC	Very high levels of credit risk.   ‘CC’ ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

121

C Exceptionally high levels of credit risk.   ‘C’ indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Ratings

Short-term instruments include those instruments such as commercial paper and other instruments with maturities of thirteen months or less as defined more specifically by each Rating Agency.

Standard & Poor’s

A-1	A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
A-2	A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3	A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B	A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
C	A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D	A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation’s rating is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Moody’s

P-1	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Fitch

F1	Highest credit quality.   Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2	Good credit quality.   Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3	Fair credit quality.   The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
B	Speculative short-term credit quality.   Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C	High short-term default risk.   Default is a real possibility.
RD	Restricted default.   Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D	Default.   Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

122

APPENDIX B: PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING MANAGERS

American Century

Proxy Voting Policy

Date: December 2023

American Century Investment Management, Inc. (the “Adviser”) is the investment manager for a variety of advisory clients, including the American Century family of funds. In such capacity, the Adviser has been delegated the authority to vote proxies with respect to investments held in the accounts it manages. The following is a statement of the proxy voting policies that have been adopted by the Adviser. In the exercise of proxy voting authority which has been delegated to it by particular clients, the Adviser will apply the following policies in accordance with, and subject to, any specific policies that have been adopted by the client and communicated to and accepted by the Adviser in writing.

I.

General Principles

In providing the service of voting client proxies, the Adviser is guided by general fiduciary principles, must act prudently, solely in the interest of its clients, and must not subordinate client interests to unrelated objectives. Except as otherwise indicated in these Policies, the Adviser will vote all proxies with respect to investments held in the client accounts it manages. The Adviser will attempt to consider all factors of its vote that could affect the value of the investment. Although in most instances the Adviser will vote proxies consistently across all client accounts, the votes will be based on the best interests of each client. As a result, accounts managed by the Adviser may at times vote differently on the same proposals. Examples of when an account’s vote might differ from other accounts managed by the Adviser include, but are not limited to, proxy contests and proposed mergers. In short, the Adviser will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will do the most to maximize shareholder value.

II.

Specific Proxy Matters

A.

Routine Matters

1.

Election of Directors

a)

Generally.The Adviser will generally support the election of directors that result in a board made up of a majority of independent directors. In general, the Adviser will vote in favor of management’s director nominees if they are running unopposed. The Adviser believes that management is in the best possible position to evaluate the qualifications of directors and the needs and dynamics of a particular board. The Adviser of course maintains the ability to vote against any candidate whom it feels is not qualified or if there are specific concerns about the individual, such as allegations of criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities. Additional information the Adviser may consider concerning director nominees include, but is not limited to, whether (i) there is an adequate explanation for repeated absences at board meetings, (ii) the nominee receives non-board fee compensation, or (iii) there is a family relationship between the nominee and the company’s chief executive officer or controlling shareholder, and/or (iv) the nominee has sufficient time and commitment to serve effectively in light of the nominee’s service on other public company boards. When management’s nominees are opposed in a proxy contest, the Adviser will evaluate which nominees’ publicly-announced management policies and goals are most likely to maximize shareholder value, as well as the past performance of the incumbents.

b)

Committee Service.The Adviser will withhold votes for non-independent directors who serve on the audit and/or compensation committees of the board.

c)

Classification of Boards.The Adviser will support proposals that seek to declassify boards. Conversely, the Adviser will oppose efforts to adopt classified board structures.

d)

Majority Independent Board.The Adviser will support proposals calling for a majority of independent directors on a board. The Adviser believes that a majority of independent directors can help to facilitate objective decision making and enhances accountability to shareholders.

e)

Majority Vote Standard for Director Elections.The Adviser will vote in favor of proposals calling for directors to be elected by an affirmative majority of the votes cast in a board election, provided that the proposal allows for a plurality voting standard in the case of contested elections. The Adviser may consider voting against such shareholder proposals where a company’s board has adopted an alternative measure, such as a director resignation policy, that provides a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and appropriately addresses situations where an incumbent director fails to receive the support of the majority of the votes cast in an uncontested election.

f)

Withholding Campaigns.The Adviser will support proposals calling for shareholders to withhold votes for directors where such actions will advance the principles set forth in paragraphs (1) through (5) above.

2.

Ratification of Selection of Auditors

The Adviser will generally rely on the judgment of the issuer’s audit committee in selecting the independent auditors who will provide the best service to the company. The Adviser believes that independence of the auditors is paramount and will vote against auditors whose independence appears to be impaired. The Adviser will vote against proposed auditors in those

123

circumstances where (1) an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; (2) non-audit fees comprise more than 50% of the total fees paid by the company to the audit firm; or (3) there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has previously rendered an opinion to the issuer that is either inaccurate or not indicative of the company’s financial position.

B.

Compensation Matters

1.

Executive Compensation

a)

Advisory Vote on Compensation.The Adviser believes there are more effective ways to convey concerns about compensation than through an advisory vote on compensation (such as voting against specific excessive incentive plans or withholding votes from compensation committee members). The Adviser will consider and vote on a case-by-case basis on say-on-pay proposals and will generally support management proposals unless there are inadequate risk-mitigation features or other specific concerns exist, including if the Adviser concludes that executive compensation is (i) misaligned with shareholder interests, (ii) unreasonable in amount, or (iii) not in the aggregate meaningfully tied to the company’s performance.

b)

Frequency of Advisory Votes on Compensation.The Adviser generally supports the triennial option for the frequency of say-on-pay proposals, but will consider management recommendations for an alternative approach.

2.

Equity Based Compensation Plans

The Adviser believes that equity-based incentive plans are economically significant issues upon which shareholders are entitled to vote. The Adviser recognizes that equity-based compensation plans can be useful in attracting and maintaining desirable employees. The cost associated with such plans must be measured if plans are to be used appropriately to maximize shareholder value. The Adviser will conduct a case-by-case analysis of each stock option, stock bonus or similar plan or amendment, and generally approve management’s recommendations with respect to adoption of or amendments to a company’s equity-based compensation plans, provided that the total number of shares reserved under all of a company’s plans is reasonable and not excessively dilutive.

The Adviser will review equity-based compensation plans or amendments thereto on a case-by-case basis. Factors that will be considered in the determination include the company’s overall capitalization, the performance of the company relative to its peers, and the maturity of the company and its industry; for example, technology companies often use options broadly throughout its employee base which may justify somewhat greater dilution.

Amendments which are proposed in order to bring a company’s plan within applicable legal requirements will be reviewed by the Adviser’s legal counsel; amendments to executive bonus plans to comply with IRS Section 162(m) disclosure requirements, for example, are generally approved.

The Advisor will generally vote against the adoption of plans or plan amendments that:

•

Provide for immediate vesting of all stock options in the event of a change of control of the company without reasonable safeguards against abuse (see “Anti-Takeover Proposals” below);

•

Reset outstanding stock options at a lower strike price unless accompanied by a corresponding and proportionate reduction in the number of shares designated. The Adviser will generally oppose adoption of stock option plans that explicitly or historically permit repricing of stock options, regardless of the number of shares reserved for issuance, since their effect is impossible to evaluate;

•

Establish restriction periods shorter than three years for restricted stock grants;

•

Do not reasonably associate awards to performance of the company; or

•

Are excessively dilutive to the company.

C.

Anti-Takeover Proposals

In general, the Adviser will vote against any proposal, whether made by management or shareholders, which the Adviser believes would materially discourage a potential acquisition or takeover. In most cases an acquisition or takeover of a particular company will increase share value. The adoption of anti-takeover measures may prevent or frustrate a bid from being made, may prevent consummation of the acquisition, and may have a negative effect on share price when no acquisition proposal is pending. The items below discuss specific anti-takeover proposals.

1.

Cumulative Voting

The Adviser will vote in favor of any proposal to adopt cumulative voting and will vote against any proposal to eliminate cumulative voting that is already in place, except in cases where a company has a staggered board. Cumulative voting gives minority shareholders a stronger voice in the company and a greater chance for representation on the board. The Adviser believes that the elimination of cumulative voting constitutes an anti-takeover measure.

124

2.

Staggered Board

If a company has a “staggered board,” its directors are elected for terms of more than one year and only a segment of the board stands for election in any year. Therefore, a potential acquiror cannot replace the entire board in one year even if it controls a majority of the votes. Although staggered boards may provide some degree of continuity and stability of leadership and direction to the board of directors, the Adviser believes that staggered boards are primarily an anti-takeover device and will vote against establishing them and for eliminating them. However, the Adviser does not necessarily vote against the re-election of directors serving on staggered boards.

3.

“Blank Check” Preferred Stock

Blank check preferred stock gives the board of directors the ability to issue preferred stock, without further shareholder approval, with such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as may be set by the board. In response to a hostile takeover attempt, the board could issue such stock to a friendly party or “white knight” or could establish conversion or other rights in the preferred stock which would dilute the common stock and make an acquisition impossible or less attractive. The argument in favor of blank check preferred stock is that it gives the board flexibility in pursuing financing, acquisitions or other proper corporate purposes without incurring the time or expense of a shareholder vote. Generally, the Adviser will vote against blank check preferred stock. However, the Adviser may vote in favor of blank check preferred if the proxy statement discloses that such stock is limited to use for a specific, proper corporate objective as a financing instrument.

4.

Elimination of Preemptive Rights

When a company grants preemptive rights, existing shareholders are given an opportunity to maintain their proportional ownership when new shares are issued. A proposal to eliminate preemptive rights is a request from management to revoke that right.

While preemptive rights will protect the shareholder from having its equity diluted, it may also decrease a company’s ability to raise capital through stock offerings or use stock for acquisitions or other proper corporate purposes. Preemptive rights may therefore result in a lower market value for the company’s stock. In the long term, shareholders could be adversely affected by preemptive rights. The Adviser generally votes against proposals to grant preemptive rights, and for proposals to eliminate preemptive rights.

5.

Non-targeted Share Repurchase

A non-targeted share repurchase is generally used by company management to prevent the value of stock held by existing shareholders from deteriorating. A non-targeted share repurchase may reflect management’s belief in the favorable business prospects of the company. The Adviser finds no disadvantageous effects of a non-targeted share repurchase and will generally vote for the approval of a non-targeted share repurchase subject to analysis of the company’s financial condition.

6.

Increase in Authorized Common Stock

The issuance of new common stock can also be viewed as an anti-takeover measure, although its effect on shareholder value would appear to be less significant than the adoption of blank check preferred. The Adviser will evaluate the amount of the proposed increase and the purpose or purposes for which the increase is sought. If the increase is not excessive and is sought for proper corporate purposes, the increase will be approved. Proper corporate purposes might include, for example, the creation of additional stock to accommodate a stock split or stock dividend, additional stock required for a proposed acquisition, or additional stock required to be reserved upon exercise of employee stock option plans or employee stock purchase plans. Generally, the Adviser will vote in favor of an increase in authorized common stock of up to 100%; increases in excess of 100% are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, and will be voted affirmatively if management has provided sound justification for the increase.

7.

“Supermajority” Voting Provisions or Super Voting Share Classes

A “supermajority” voting provision is a provision placed in a company’s charter documents which would require a “supermajority” ​(ranging from 66 to 90%) of shareholders and shareholder votes to approve any type of acquisition of the company. A super voting share class grants one class of shareholders a greater per-share vote than those of shareholders of other voting classes. The Adviser believes that these are standard anti-takeover measures and will generally vote against them. The supermajority provision makes an acquisition more time-consuming and expensive for the acquiror. A super voting share class favors one group of shareholders disproportionately to economic interest. Both are often proposed in conjunction with other anti-takeover measures.

8.

“Fair Price” Amendments

This is another type of charter amendment that would require an offeror to pay a “fair” and uniform price to all shareholders in an acquisition. In general, fair price amendments are designed to protect shareholders from coercive, two-tier tender offers in which some shareholders may be merged out on disadvantageous terms. Fair price amendments also have an anti-takeover impact, although their adoption is generally believed to have less of a negative effect on stock price than other anti-takeover measures. The Adviser will carefully examine all fair price proposals. In general, the Adviser will vote against fair price proposals unless the Adviser concludes that it is likely that the share price will not be negatively affected and the proposal will not have the effect of discouraging acquisition proposals.

125

9.

Limiting the Right to Call Special Shareholder Meetings.

The corporation statutes of many states allow minority shareholders at a certain threshold level of ownership (frequently 10%) to call a special meeting of shareholders. This right can be eliminated (or the threshold increased) by amendment to the company’s charter documents. The Adviser believes that the right to call a special shareholder meeting is significant for minority shareholders; the elimination of such right will be viewed as an anti-takeover measure and the Adviser will generally vote against proposals attempting to eliminate this right and for proposals attempting to restore it.

10.

Poison Pills or Shareholder Rights Plans

Many companies have now adopted some version of a poison pill plan (also known as a shareholder rights plan). Poison pill plans generally provide for the issuance of additional equity securities or rights to purchase equity securities upon the occurrence of certain hostile events, such as the acquisition of a large block of stock.

The basic argument against poison pills is that they depress share value, discourage offers for the company and serve to “entrench” management. The basic argument in favor of poison pills is that they give management more time and leverage to deal with a takeover bid and, as a result, shareholders may receive a better price. The Adviser believes that the potential benefits of a poison pill plan are outweighed by the potential detriments. The Adviser will generally vote against all forms of poison pills.

The Adviser will, however, consider on a case-by-case basis poison pills that are very limited in time and preclusive effect. The Adviser will generally vote in favor of such a poison pill if it is linked to a business strategy that will – in our view – likely result in greater value for shareholders, if the term is less than three years, and if shareholder approval is required to reinstate the expired plan or adopt a new plan at the end of this term.

11.

Golden Parachutes

Golden parachute arrangements provide substantial compensation to executives who are terminated as a result of a takeover or change in control of their company. The existence of such plans in reasonable amounts probably has only a slight anti-takeover effect. In voting, the Adviser will evaluate the specifics of the plan presented.

12.

Reincorporation

Reincorporation in a new state is often proposed as one part of a package of anti-takeover measures. Several states (such as Pennsylvania, Ohio and Indiana) now provide some type of legislation that greatly discourages takeovers. Management believes that Delaware in particular is beneficial as a corporate domicile because of the well-developed body of statutes and case law dealing with corporate acquisitions.

The Adviser will examine reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis. Generally, if the Adviser believes that the reincorporation will result in greater protection from takeovers, the reincorporation proposal will be opposed. The Adviser will also oppose reincorporation proposals involving jurisdictions that specify that directors can recognize non-shareholder interests over those of shareholders. When reincorporation is proposed for a legitimate business purpose and without the negative effects identified above, the Adviser will generally vote affirmatively.

13.

Confidential Voting

Companies that have not previously adopted a “confidential voting” policy allow management to view the results of shareholder votes. This gives management the opportunity to contact those shareholders voting against management in an effort to change their votes.

Proponents of secret ballots argue that confidential voting enables shareholders to vote on all issues on the basis of merit without pressure from management to influence their decision. Opponents argue that confidential voting is more expensive and unnecessary; also, holding shares in a nominee name maintains shareholders’ confidentiality. The Adviser believes that the only way to insure anonymity of votes is through confidential voting, and that the benefits of confidential voting outweigh the incremental additional cost of administering a confidential voting system. Therefore, the Adviser will generally vote in favor of any proposal to adopt confidential voting.

14.

Opting In or Out of State Takeover Laws

State takeover laws typically are designed to make it more difficult to acquire a corporation organized in that state. The Adviser believes that the decision of whether or not to accept or reject offers of merger or acquisition should be made by the shareholders, without unreasonably restrictive state laws that may impose ownership thresholds or waiting periods on potential acquirors. Therefore, the Adviser will generally vote in favor of opting out of restrictive state takeover laws.

D.

Transaction Related Proposals

The Adviser will review transaction related proposals, such as mergers, acquisitions, and corporate reorganizations, on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the impact of the transaction on each client account. In some instances, such as the approval of a proposed merger, a transaction may have a differential impact on client accounts depending on the securities held

126

in each account. For example, whether a merger is in the best interest of a client account may be influenced by whether an account holds, and in what proportion, the stock of both the acquirer and the acquiror. In these circumstances, the Adviser may determine that it is in the best interests of the accounts to vote the accounts’ shares differently on proposals related to the same transaction.

E.

Other Matters

1.

Proposals Involving Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) Matters

The Adviser believes that certain ESG issues can potentially impact an issuer’s long-term financial performance and has developed an analytical framework, as well as a proprietary assessment tool, to integrate risks and opportunities stemming from ESG issues into our investment process. This ESG integration process extends to our proxy voting practices in that our Sustainable Research Team analyzes on a case-by-case basis the financial materiality and potential risks or economic impact of the ESG issues underpinning proxy proposals and makes voting recommendations based thereon for the Adviser’s consideration. The Sustainable Research Team evaluates ESG-related proposals based on a rational linkage between the proposal, its potential economic impact, and its potential to maximize long-term shareholder value.

Where the economic effect of such proposals is unclear and there is not a specific written client-mandate, the Adviser believes it is generally impossible to know how to vote in a manner that would accurately reflect the views of the Adviser’s clients, and, therefore, the Adviser will generally rely on management’s assessment of the economic effect if the Adviser believes the assessment is not unreasonable.

Shareholders may also introduce proposals which are the subject of existing law or regulation. Examples of such proposals would include a proposal to require disclosure of a company’s contributions to political action committees or a proposal to require a company to adopt a non-smoking workplace policy. The Adviser believes that such proposals may be better addressed outside the corporate arena and, absent a potential economic impact, will generally vote with management’s recommendation. In addition, the Adviser will generally vote against any proposal which would require a company to adopt practices or procedures which go beyond the requirements of existing, directly applicable law.

2.

Anti-Greenmail Proposals

“Anti-greenmail” proposals generally limit the right of a corporation, without a shareholder vote, to pay a premium or buy out a 5% or greater shareholder. Management often argues that they should not be restricted from negotiating a deal to buy out a significant shareholder at a premium if they believe it is in the best interest of the company. Institutional shareholders generally believe that all shareholders should be able to vote on such a significant use of corporate assets. The Adviser believes that any repurchase by the company at a premium price of a large block of stock should be subject to a shareholder vote. Accordingly, it will generally vote in favor of anti-greenmail proposals.

3.

Indemnification

The Adviser will generally vote in favor of a corporation’s proposal to indemnify its officers and directors in accordance with applicable state law. Indemnification arrangements are often necessary in order to attract and retain qualified directors. The adoption of such proposals appears to have little effect on share value.

4.

Non-Stock Incentive Plans

Management may propose a variety of cash-based incentive or bonus plans to stimulate employee performance. In general, the cash or other corporate assets required for most incentive plans is not material, and the Adviser will vote in favor of such proposals, particularly when the proposal is recommended in order to comply with IRC Section 162(m) regarding salary disclosure requirements. Case-by-case determinations will be made of the appropriateness of the amount of shareholder value transferred by proposed plans.

5.

Director Tenure

These proposals ask that age and term restrictions be placed on the board of directors. The Adviser believes that these types of blanket restrictions are not necessarily in the best interests of shareholders and therefore will vote against such proposals, unless they have been recommended by management.

6.

Directors’ Stock Options Plans

The Adviser believes that stock options are an appropriate form of compensation for directors, and the Adviser will generally vote for director stock option plans which are reasonable and do not result in excessive shareholder dilution. Analysis of such proposals will be made on a case-by-case basis, and will take into account total board compensation and the company’s total exposure to stock option plan dilution.

7.

Director Share Ownership

The Adviser will generally vote against shareholder proposals which would require directors to hold a minimum number of the company’s shares to serve on the board of directors, in the belief that such ownership should be at the discretion of Board members.

127

8.

Non-U.S. Proxies

The Adviser will generally evaluate non-U.S. proxies in the context of the voting policies expressed herein but will also, where feasible, take into consideration differing laws, regulations, and practices in the relevant foreign market in determining if and how to vote. There may also be circumstances when practicalities and costs involved with non-U.S. investing make it disadvantageous to vote shares. For instance, the Adviser generally does not vote proxies in circumstances where share blocking restrictions apply, when meeting attendance is required in person, or when current share ownership disclosure is required.

III.

Use of Proxy Advisory Services

The Adviser may retain proxy advisory firms to provide services in connection with voting proxies, including, without limitation, to provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials, translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language, provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the voting policies expressed herein, provide systems to assist with casting the proxy votes, and provide reports and assist with preparation of filings concerning the proxies voted.

Prior to the selection of a proxy advisory firm and periodically thereafter, the Adviser will consider whether the proxy advisory firm has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and the ability to make recommendations based on material accurate information in an impartial manner. Such considerations may include some or all of the following (i) periodic sampling of votes cast through the firm’s systems to determine that votes are in accordance with the Adviser’s policies and its clients best interests, (ii) onsite visits to the proxy advisory firm’s office and/or discussions with the firm to determine whether the firm continues to have the resources (e.g. staffing, personnel, technology, etc.) capacity and competency to carry out its obligations to the Adviser, (iii) a review of the firm’s policies and procedures, with a focus on those relating to identifying and addressing conflicts of interest and monitoring that current and accurate information is used in creating recommendations, (iv) requesting that the firm notify the Adviser if there is a change in the firm’s material policies and procedures, particularly with respect to conflicts, or material business practices (e.g., entering or exiting new lines of business), and reviewing any such change, and (v) in case of an error made by the firm, discussing the error with the firm and determining whether appropriate corrective and preventative action is being taken. In the event the Adviser discovers an error in the research or voting recommendations provided by the firm, it will take reasonable steps to investigate the error and seek to determine whether the firm is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future.

While the Adviser takes into account information from many different sources, including independent proxy advisory services, the decision on how to vote proxies will be made in accordance with these policies.

IV.

Monitoring Potential Conflicts of Interest

Corporate management has a strong interest in the outcome of proposals submitted to shareholders. As a consequence, management often seeks to influence large shareholders to vote with their recommendations on particularly controversial matters. In the vast majority of cases, these communications with large shareholders amount to little more than advocacy for management’s positions and give the Adviser’s staff the opportunity to ask additional questions about the matter being presented. Companies with which the Adviser has direct business relationships could theoretically use these relationships to attempt to unduly influence the manner in which the Adviser votes on matters for its clients. To ensure that such a conflict of interest does not affect proxy votes cast for the Adviser’s clients, our proxy voting personnel regularly catalog companies with whom the Adviser has significant business relationships; all discretionary (including case-by-case) voting for these companies will be voted by the client or an appropriate fiduciary responsible for the client (e.g., a committee of the independent directors of a fund or the trustee of a retirement plan).

In addition, to avoid any potential conflict of interest that may arise when one American Century fund owns shares of another American Century fund, the Adviser will “echo vote” such shares, if possible. Echo voting means the Adviser will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all the other holders of the fund’s shares. So, for example, if shareholders of a fund cast 80% of their votes in favor of a proposal and 20% against the proposal, any American Century fund that owns shares of such fund will cast 80% of its shares in favor of the proposal and 20% against. When this is not possible (as in the case where the other American Century funds are the only shareholders), the shares of the underlying fund will be voted in the same proportion as the vote of the shareholders of the corresponding American Century policy portfolio for proposals common to both funds. In the case where the policy portfolio does not have a common proposal, shares will be voted in consultation with a committee of the independent directors.

The voting policies expressed above are of course subject to modification in certain circumstances and will be reexamined from time to time. With respect to matters that do not fit in the categories stated above, the Adviser will exercise its best judgment as a fiduciary to vote in the manner which will most enhance shareholder value.

Case-by-case determinations will be made by the Adviser’s staff, which is overseen by the General Counsel of the Adviser, in consultation with equity managers. Electronic records will be kept of all votes made.

128

Aristotle Pacific

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Last Updated

April 17, 2023

Summary

Investment advisers are required to implement policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, Aristotle Pacific’s proxy voting policies reflect the fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts set out in applicable Department of Labor guidance.

Aristotle Pacific’s authority to vote proxies for clients is established by the Investment Management Agreement (“IMA”) or comparable documents. Aristotle Pacific manages fixed income strategies; therefore the volume of proxies is relatively low.

Policy

Aristotle Pacific generally follows the voting guidelines included in this Policy; however, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the contractual obligations under the IMA or comparable document, and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients.

Conflicts of Interest

Aristotle Pacific takes reasonable measures to identify the existence of any material conflicts of interest related to voting proxies. A potential conflict of interest may exist when Aristotle Pacific votes a proxy for an issuer with whom:

•

Aristotle Pacific maintains a material business relationship

•

Aristotle Pacific Senior Management or Portfolio Manager(s) maintain a personal relationship

Conflicts based on material business relationships or dealings with affiliates of Aristotle Pacific will only be considered to the extent that Aristotle Pacific has actual knowledge of such material business relationships. Aristotle Pacific employees are periodically, and no less than annually, reminded of their obligation to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest with respect to voting proxies both as a result of business or personal relationships and to bring potential and actual conflicts of interest to the attention of the Aristotle Pacific CCO. Additionally, employees of Aristotle Pacific, including Senior Management and the Portfolio Managers, are required to disclose certain activities, relationships and personal interests that may create, or appear to create an actual or potential conflict of interest. Aristotle Pacific will not vote proxies relating to such issuers identified as being involved in a potential conflict of interest until it has been determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method for resolving the conflict of interest has been agreed upon and implemented. When a material conflict of interest exists, Aristotle Pacific will choose among the following options to eliminate such conflict:

•

Vote in accordance with the Voting Guidelines (outlined below), if the voting scenario is covered in the Voting Guidelines and involves little or no discretion;

•

If possible, erect information barriers around the person or persons making voting decisions sufficient to insulate the decision from the conflict;

•

If practical, notify affected clients of the conflict of interest and seek a waiver of the conflict for the proxy to be voted;

•

If agreed upon in writing with the client, forward the proxies to the affected client or their designee and allow the client or their designee to vote the proxies.

The resolution of all potential and actual material conflicts of interest issues is documented in order to demonstrate that Aristotle Pacific acted in the best interest of its clients.

Abstaining from Proxy Voting

In certain circumstances, Aristotle Pacific may choose to abstain from voting a proxy. In instances when Aristotle Pacific deems abstention to be in the best interest of its client(s), Aristotle Pacific will formally indicate its abstention on the proxy to ensure the vote is properly recorded. Considerations that may cause Aristotle Pacific to abstain from voting include, but are not limited to:

•

When the cost of voting the proxy outweighs the benefits or is otherwise impractical;

•

International constraints for timing and meeting deadlines;

•

Restrictions on foreign securities including share blocking (restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting); and

•

Any instance where the Firm feels there is insufficient information to determine the most reasonable course of action on behalf of a client; and

•

When a client provides specific instruction to abstain from a vote as outlined in the client Instruction section below.

129

Any proxies that Aristotle Pacific chooses not to vote will be documented along with the rationale prior to the date of the shareholder’s meeting for that particular proxy.

Client Instruction

Under certain circumstances a client may delegate proxy voting authority to Aristotle Pacific and provide specific voting instructions. The IMA must reflect the terms and conditions of the arrangement. As agreed to in the IMA, Aristotle Pacific will vote in accordance with the client’s specific instructions which may or may not align with this policy. Clients should be aware that providing specific instructions may result in voting that may be contrary to how Aristotle Pacific would have voted using the Voting Guidelines or their own analysis.

Differences in Proxy Vote Determinations

Aristotle Pacific may determine that specific circumstances require that proxies be voted differently among accounts due to the accounts’ Investments Guidelines or other distinguishing factors. Aristotle Pacific may from time to time reach contrasting but equally valid views on how best to maximize economic value in respect to a particular investment. This may result in situations in which a client is invested in portfolios with dissimilar proxy outcomes. In those situations, the other portfolios may be invested in strategies having distinctive investment objectives, investment styles or investment professionals. However, Aristotle Pacific generally votes consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by multiple client accounts. Any differences among proxies for other portfolios will be reviewed, approved and documented by senior management and the Aristotle Pacific CCO prior to the vote being cast.

Client Disclosure and Availability of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Aristotle Pacific provides a copy of its proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request. Clients can obtain information on how proxies were voted for their account upon request. Compliance provides proxy filing information to the advisors of 40 Act Accounts as requested for the purpose of filing proxy information annually with the SEC.

Voting Guidelines

Proxy proposals generally fall into one of the following categories: Reports and approval of accounts; Financial operations; Board elections; Remuneration; Engagement; and other relevant issues (e.g., shareholder and business proposals). In all cases, Aristotle Pacific will vote the proxies in a manner that is consistent with the best interest of its clients as follows:

•

Reports and approval of accounts (e.g., approval of financial statements, allocation of income, appointment of auditors, etc.): Aristotle Pacific generally votes with the recommendations of a company’s Board of Directors following our own review to include ensuring proposals are reflective of, among others, ethical, reasonable, equitable and financially sound corporate standards.

•

Financial operations (e.g., mergers and acquisitions, corporate restructuring, etc.): Aristotle Pacific generally votes with the recommendations of a company’s Board of Directors following our own review to include ensuring proposals are reflective of, among others, ethical, reasonable, equitable and financially sound corporate standards.

•

Board elections: Board nominations are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Aristotle Pacific is supportive of NASDAQ’s Diversity requirements1. In the event any underlying issuer does not have at least two diverse2 board members, we expect to vote against resolutions or proposals to re-elect or appoint a new, non-diverse board candidate3. Where an issuer has two or more diverse board members, Aristotle Pacific may vote in-line with the recommendations of a company’s Board of Directors following our own review to include ensuring proposals are reflective of, among others, ethical, reasonable, equitable and financially sound corporate standards.

•

Remuneration and compensation practices: Votes related to remuneration and compensation are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Aristotle Pacific expects to specifically review instances of increased compensation (including bonus compensation) when the CEO to median employee ratio is higher than 300 to 14 based on public remuneration disclosures by an issuer.

•

Shareholder engagement related proxies: These proxies are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Aristotle Pacific generally expects to vote against any resolution that would reduce or restrict shareholder rights or engagement activities without compensation deemed reasonable to justify such restriction.

•

Shareholder proposals and other voting issues, including ESG-related issues not described above, are evaluated on case-by-case basis with consideration to our ESG policy. If a proposal relates to the disclosure of material5 ESG-related information (e.g., disclosure related to climate risk), and does not create duplicate disclosure effort or an unreasonable cost burden to the company, we generally expect to vote in favor of such proposal.

Any proxies that Aristotle Pacific votes outside of these general Voting Guidelines will be documented along with the rationale prior to the date of the shareholder’s meeting for that particular proxy.

Procedures

All proxies are sent to the appropriate Aristotle Pacific Portfolio Manager(s), ESG specialist and analyst responsible for the security held in a client account for their review and recommendation. These individuals research the implications of proxy proposals and make voting

1 https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/assets/RuleBook/Nasdaq/filings/SR-NASDAQ-2020-081.pdf

2 Defined per NASDAQ (see Footnote 1) as referring to any person who self-identifies as female, Black or African American, Hispanic or Latinx, Asian, Native American or Alaska Native, Middle Eastern / North African, Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander, two or more races or ethnicities, or as LGBTQ+.

3 Aristotle Pacific’s review is limited to publicly available data that is reasonably practicable to locate or otherwise identify, and/or readily available in ESG disclosures

4 https://www.forbes.com/sites/niallmccarthy/2021/07/15/americas-most-staggering-ceo-to-worker-pay-ratios-infographic/?sh=59eb3a762c56

5 As defined by SASB as ESG risks that create a financial or operational impairment to a company https://www.sasb.org/standards/materiality-map/

130

recommendations specific for each account that holds the related security. Aristotle Pacific Portfolio Managers are ultimately responsible for voting any client proxy. Aristotle Pacific uses information gathered from research, company management, and outside shareholder groups to reach voting decisions. In determining how to vote proxy issues, Aristotle Pacific votes proxies in a manner intended to protect and enhance the economic value of the securities held in client accounts.

Proxies in certain client accounts are voted using a proxy management system called ProxyEdge. ProxyEdge is used exclusively to assist with the administrative processes for proxy voting such as tracking and management of proxy records, vote execution, reporting, and auditing. ProxyEdge generates a variety of reports and makes available various other types of information to assist in the review and monitoring of votes cast. The holdings in certain client accounts are electronically sent to the ProxyEdge system automatically by the custodians to ensure that Aristotle Pacific is voting the most current share position for clients. Once Compliance receives email notification from ProxyEdge that there are proxies in the system to be voted, a ballot is created as a distributable unmarked ballot and sent via email to the appropriate parties for review. The Portfolio Managers respond with their voting decisions.

Compliance has the responsibility to vote the proxies according to the Portfolio Manager selections. Once voted, an email is sent via ProxyEdge to the client, client account custodian or third party as defined in the IMA confirming that proxies have been voted. An email is received from ProxyEdge confirming the vote was submitted.

For those client accounts not on the ProxyEdge system, all custodian banks and trustees are notified of their responsibility to forward to Compliance all proxy materials. When Compliance is notified of an upcoming proxy for the accounts on ProxyEdge, the proxy material is verified to have been received for the accounts not on ProxyEdge as well. If an expected proxy is not received by the voting deadline, Compliance will direct the custodian or trustee to vote in accordance with Aristotle Pacific’s instructions. The final authority and responsibility for proxy voting remains with Aristotle Pacific.

Oversight Controls

Compliance reviews the proxy votes cast to make sure Aristotle Pacific is following the proxy voting policies and procedures.

•

Compliance reviews, no less than annually, the adequacy of the proxy voting policies and procedures to make sure that they have been implemented effectively, including whether the policies continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of clients.

Cross Reference / Source

•

Rule 206(4)-6 of the Advisors Act

•

Fiduciary Duty

•

Contractual Requirements

•

Department of Labor Interpretive Bulletin 2008-2, 29 C.F.R. 2509.08-2 (Oct. 17, 2008)

•

Aristotle Pacific ESG Policy

131

BlackRock

Global Principles

(Updated January 2024)

Introduction to BlackRock

BlackRock’s purpose is to help more and more people experience financial well-being. We manage assets on behalf of institutional and individual clients, across a full spectrum of investment strategies, asset classes, and regions. Our client base includes pension plans, endowments, foundations, charities, official institutions, insurers, and other financial institutions, as well as individuals around the world.

Philosophy on investment stewardship

As part of our fiduciary duty to our clients, we consider it one of our responsibilities to promote sound corporate governance, as an informed, engaged shareholder on their behalf. At BlackRock, this is the responsibility of the BlackRock Investment Stewardship (BIS) team.

In our experience, sound governance is critical to the success of a company, the protection of investors’ interests, and long-term financial value creation. We take a constructive, long-term approach with companies and seek to understand how they are managing the drivers of risk and financial value creation in their business models. We have observed that well-managed companies will effectively evaluate and address risks and opportunities relevant to their businesses, which supports durable, long-term financial value creation. As one of many minority shareholders, BlackRock cannot – and does not try to – direct a company’s strategy or its implementation.

Shareholder Rights

We believe that there are certain fundamental rights attached to shareholding. Shareholders should have the right to:

•

Elect, remove, and nominate directors, approve the appointment of the auditor, and amend the corporate charter or by-laws.

•

Vote on key board decisions that are material to the protection of their investment, including but not limited to, changes to the purpose of the business, dilution levels and pre-emptive rights, and the distribution of income and capital structure.

•

Access sufficient and timely information on material governance, strategic, and business matters to make informed decisions.

Consistent with these shareholder rights, BlackRock monitors and provides feedback to companies, in our role as stewards of our clients’ assets. Investment stewardship is how we use our voice as an investor to promote sound corporate governance and business practices that support the ability of companies to deliver long-term financial performance for our clients. We do this through engagement with companies, proxy voting on behalf of those clients who have given us authority and participating in market-level dialogue to improve governance standards. We also contribute to contributions on public policy and private sector initiatives on industry standards, consistent with our clients’ interests as long-term shareholders.

Engagement is an important mechanism for providing feedback on company practices and disclosures, particularly where our observations indicate they could be enhanced to support a company’s ability to deliver financial performance. Similarly, it provides us with an opportunity to hear directly from company boards and management on how they believe their actions are aligned with the long-term economic interests of shareholders. Engagement with companies may also inform our proxy voting decisions.

As a fiduciary, we vote in the long-term economic interests of our clients. Generally, we support the recommendations of the board of directors and management. However, there may be instances where we vote against the election of directors or other management proposals, or support shareholder proposals. For instance, we may vote against management recommendations where we are concerned that the board may not be acting in the long-term economic interests of shareholders, or disclosures do not provide sufficient information to assess how material, strategic risks and opportunities are being managed. Our regional proxy voting guidelines are informed by our market-specific approach and standards of corporate governance best practices.

Key themes

While accepted standards and norms of corporate governance can differ between markets in our experience, there are certain globally-applicable fundamental elements of governance that contribute to a company’s ability to create long-term financial value for shareholders. These global themes are set out in this overarching set of principles (the “Principles”), which are anchored in transparency and accountability. At a minimum, it is our view that companies should observe the accepted corporate governance standards in their domestic market and we ask that, if they do not, they explain how their approach better supports sustainable long-term financial value creation.

These Principles cover seven key subjects:

•

Boards and directors

•

Auditors and audit-related issues

•

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions

•

Executive compensation

•

Material sustainability-related risks and opportunities

132

•

Other corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

•

Shareholder proposals

Our regional and market-specific voting guidelines explain how these Principles inform our voting decisions in relation to common ballot items for shareholder meetings in those markets. Alongside the Principles and regional voting guidelines, BIS publishes our engagement priorities which reflect the five themes on which we most frequently engage companies, where they are relevant, as these can be a source of material business risk or opportunity. Collectively, these BIS policies set out the core elements of corporate governance that guide our investment stewardship efforts globally and within each market, including when engaging with companies and voting at shareholder meetings. The BIS policies are applied on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the context within which a company is operating.

Boards and directors

We believe that an effective and well-functioning board that has appropriate governance structures to facilitate oversight of a company’s management and strategic initiatives is critical to the long-term financial success of a company and the protection of shareholders’ economic interests. In our view, a strong board can be a competitive advantage to a company, providing valuable oversight of and perspectives to management on the most important decisions in support of long-term financial performance. As part of their responsibilities, board members have a fiduciary duty to shareholders to oversee the strategic direction, operations, and risk management of a company. For this reason, BIS sees engagement with and the election of directors as one of our most important responsibilities. Disclosure of material risks that may affect a company’s long-term strategy and financial value creation, including material sustainability-related factors when relevant, is essential for shareholders to appropriately understand and assess how effectively management is identifying, managing, and mitigating such risks.

The board should establish and maintain a framework of robust and effective governance mechanisms to support its oversight of the company’s strategy and operations consistent with the long-term economic interests of investors. There should be clear descriptions of the role of the board and the committees of the board and how directors engage with and oversee management. We look to the board to articulate the effectiveness of these mechanisms in overseeing the management of business risks and opportunities and the fulfillment of the company’s purpose and strategy.

Where a company has not adequately disclosed and demonstrated that its board has fulfilled these corporate governance and risk oversight responsibilities, we will consider voting against the election of directors who, on our assessment, have particular responsibility for the issues. We assess director performance on a case-by-case basis and in light of each company’s circumstances, taking into consideration their governance, business practices that support durable, long-term financial value creation, and performance.

Set out below are ways in which boards and directors can demonstrate a commitment to acting in the long-term economic interests of all shareholders.

Regular accountability through director elections

It is our view that directors should stand for election on a regular basis, ideally annually. In our experience, annual director elections allow shareholders to reaffirm their support for board members and/or hold them accountable for their decisions in a timely manner. When board members are not elected annually, in our experience, it is good practice for boards to have a rotation policy to ensure that, through a board cycle, all directors have had their appointment re-confirmed, with a proportion of directors being put forward for election at each annual general meeting.

Effective board composition

Regular director elections also give boards the opportunity to adjust their composition in an orderly way to reflect developments the company’s strategy and the market environment. In our view, it is beneficial for new directors to be brought onto the board periodically to refresh the group’s thinking, while supporting both continuity and appropriate succession planning. We consider the average overall tenure of the board, and seek a balance between the knowledge and experience of longer-serving directors and the fresh perspectives directors who joined more recently. We encourage companies to regulary review the effectiveness of their board (including its size), and assess directors nominated for election in the context of the composition of the board as a whole. In our view, the company’s assessment should consider a number of factors, including each director’s independence, and time commitments, as well as the diversity and relevance of director experiences and skillsets, and how these factors may contribute to the financial performance of the company.

Similary, there should be a sufficient number of independent directors, free from conflicts of interest or undue influence from connected parties, to ensure objectivity in the decision-making of the board and its ability to oversee management. Common impediments to independence may include but are not limited to:

•

Current or recent employment at the company or a subsidiary

•

Being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company

•

Interlocking directorships

•

Having any other interest, business, or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with a director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company and shareholders.

133

In our experience, boards are most effective at overseeing and advising management when there is a senior independent board leader. This director may chair the board, or, where the chair is also the CEO (or is otherwise not independent), be designated as a lead independent director. The role of this director is to enhance the effectiveness of the independent members of the board through shaping the agenda, ensuring adequate information is provided to the board, and encouraging independent director participation in board deliberations. The lead independent director or another appropriate director should be available to meet with shareholders in those situations where an independent director is best placed to explain and contextualize a company’s approach.

There are matters for which the board has responsibility that may involve a conflict of interest for executives or for affiliated directors, or require additional focus. It is our view that objective oversight of such matters is best achieved when the board forms committees comprised entirely of independent directors. In many markets, these committees of the board specialize in audit, director nominations, and compensation matters. An ad hoc committee might also be formed to decide on a special transaction, particularly one involving a related party, or to investigate a significant adverse event.

When nominating directors to the board, we look to companies to provide sufficient information on the individual candidates so that shareholders can assess the capabilities and suitability of each individual nominee and their fit within overall board composition. These disclosures should give an understanding of how the collective experience and expertise of the board, as well as the particular skill-sets of individual directors, aligns with the company’s long-term strategy and business model. Highly qualified, engaged directors with professional characteristics relevant to a company’s business and strategy enhance the ability of the board to add value and be the voice of shareholders in board discussions.

It is in this context that we are interested in diversity in the board room. We see it as a means to promoting diversity of thought and avoiding ‘group think’ when the board advises and oversees management. This position is based on our view that diversity of perspective and thought – in the board room, in the management team, and throughout the company – leads to better long-term economic outcomes for companies. Academic research has revealed correlations between specific dimensions of diversity and effects on decision-making processes and outcomes.1 In our experience, greater diversity in the board room can contribute to more robust discussions and more innovative and resilient decisions. Over time, greater diversity in the board room can also promote greater diversity and resilience in the leadership team, and the workforce more broadly. That diversity can enable companies to develop businesses that better address the needs of the customers and communities they serve.

We ask boards to disclose how diversity is considered in board composition, including professional characteristics, such as a director’s industry experience, specialist areas of expertise and geographic location; as well as demographic characteristics such as gender, race/​ethnicity and age.

We look to understand a board’s diversity in the context of a company’s domicile, market capitalization, business model, and strategy. Increasingly, we see the most effective boards nominating directors from diverse backgrounds which helps ensure boards can more effectively understand the company’s customers, employees, and communities. We note that in many markets, policymakers have set board gender diversity goals which we may discuss with companies, particularly if there is a risk their board composition may be misaligned.

Self-identified board demographic diversity can usefully be disclosed in aggregate, consistent with local law. We encourage boards to aspire to meaningful diversity of membership, while recognizing that building a strong, diverse board can take time.

This position is based on our view that diversity of perspective and thought — in the board room, in the management team and throughout the company — leads to better long term economic outcomes for companies. Academic research already reveals correlations between specific dimensions of diversity and effects on decision-making processes and outcomes. 4

Sufficient capacity

As the role and expectations of a director are increasingly demanding, directors must be able to commit an appropriate amount of time to board and committee matters. It is important that directors have the capacity to meet all of their responsibilities — including when there are unforeseen events — and therefore, they should not take on an excessive number of roles that would impair their ability to fulfill their duties.

Auditors and audit-related issues

BlackRock recognizes the critical importance of financial statements, which should provide a true and fair picture of a company’s financial condition. Accordingly, the assumptions made by management and reviewed by the auditor in preparing the financial statements should be reasonable and justified.

The accuracy of financial statements, inclusive of financial and non-financial information as required or permitted under market-specific accounting rules, is of paramount importance to BlackRock. Investors increasingly recognize that a broader range of risks and opportunities have the potential to materially impact financial performance. Over time, we anticipate investors and other users of company reporting will increasingly seek to understand and scrutinize the assumptions underlying financial statements, particularly those that

1 For a discussion on the different impacts of diversity see: McKinsey, “Diversity Wins: How Inclusion Matters,” May 2022; Harvard Business Review, “Diverse Teams Feel Less Comfortable – and That’s Why They Perform Better,” September 2016; “Do Diverse Directors Influence DEI Outcomes,” September 2022.

134

pertain to the impact of the transition to a low carbon economy on a company’s business model and asset mix. We recognize that this is an area of evolving practice and note that international standards setters, such as the International Financial Reporting Standards Board (IFRB) and the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (IAASB), to continue to develop their guidance to companies.2

In this context, audit committees, or equivalent, play a vital role in a company’s financial reporting system by providing independent oversight of the accounts, material financial and, where appropriate to the jurisdiction, non-financial information and, internal control frameworks. Moreover, in the absence of a dedicated risk committee, these committees can provide oversight of Enterprise Risk Management systems.3 In our view, that effective audit committee oversight strengthens the quality and reliability of a company’s financial statements and provides an important level of reassurance to shareholders.

We hold members of the audit committee or equivalent responsible for overseeing the management of the audit function. Audit committees or equivalent should have clearly articulated charters that set out their responsibilities and have a rotation plan in place that allows for a periodic refreshment of the committee membership to introduce fresh perspectives to audit oversight. We recognize that audit committees will rely on management, internal audit and the independent auditor in fulfilling their responsibilities but look to committee members to demonstrate they have relevant expertise to monitor and oversee the audit process and related activities.

We take particular note of unexplained changes in reporting methodology, cases involving significant financial restatements, or ad hoc notifications of material financial weakness. In this respect, audit committees should provide timely disclosure on the remediation of Key and Critical Audit Matters identified either by the external auditor or internal audit function.

The integrity of financial statements depends on the auditor being free of any impediments to being an effective check on management. To that end, it is important that auditors are, and are seen to be, independent. Where an audit firm provides services to the company in addition to the audit, the fees earned should be disclosed and explained. Audit committees should have in place a procedure for assessing annually the independence of the auditor and the quality of the external audit process.

Comprehensive disclosure provides investors with a sense of the company’s long-term operational risk management practices and, more broadly, the quality of the board’s oversight. The audit or risk committee, should periodically review the company’s risk assessment and risk management policies and the significant risks and exposures identified by management, the internal auditors or the independent auditors, and management’s steps to address them. In the absence of detailed disclosures, we may reasonably conclude that companies are not adequately managing risk.

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions

The capital structure of a company is critical to shareholders as it impacts the value of their investment and the priority of their interest in the company relative to that of other equity or debt investors. Pre-emptive rights are a key protection for shareholders against the dilution of their interests.

Effective voting rights are basic rights of share ownership and principle effective governance. Shareholders, as the residual claimants, have the strongest interest in protecting the financial value of the company, and voting rights should match economic exposure (i.e., one share, one vote).

In principle, we disagree with the creation of a share class with equivalent economic exposure and preferential, differentiated voting rights. In our view, this structure violates the fundamental corporate governance principle of proportionality, and results in a concentration of power in the hands of a few shareholders, thus disenfranchising other shareholders and amplifying any potential conflicts of interest. However, we recognize that in certain markets, at least for a period of time, companies may have a valid argument for listing dual classes of shares with differentiated voting rights. In our view, such companies should review these share class structures on a regular basis or as company circumstances change. Additionally, they should seek shareholder approval of their capital structure on a periodic basis via a management proposal at the company’s shareholder meeting. The proposal should give unaffiliated shareholders the opportunity to affirm the current structure or establish mechanisms to end or phase out controlling structures at the appropriate time, while minimizing costs to shareholders.

In assessing mergers, asset sales, or other special transactions, BlackRock’s primary consideration is the long-term economic interests of our clients as shareholders. Boards proposing a transaction should clearly explain the economic and strategic rationale behind it. We will review a proposed transaction to determine the degree to which it can enhance long-term shareholder value. We find long-term investors like our clients typically benefit when proposed transactions have the unanimous support of the board and have been negotiated at arm’s length. We may seek reassurance from the board that the financial interests of executives and/or board members in a given transaction have

2 IFRS, “IFRS S1 General Requirements for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information”, June 2023, and IAASB, “IAASB Launches Public Consultation on Landmark Proposed Global Sustainability Assurance Standard”, August 2023.

3 Enterprise risk management is a process, effected by the entity’s board of directors, management, and other personnel, applied in strategy setting and across the enterprise, designed to identify potential events that may affect the entity, and manage risk to be within the risk appetite, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives. (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), Enterprise Risk Management — Integrated Framework, September 2004, New York, NY, updated in 2017. Please see: https://www.coso.org/SitePages/Home.aspx).

135

not adversely affected their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own. Where the transaction involves related parties, the recommendation to support should come from the independent directors, a best practice in most markets, and ideally, the terms should have been assessed through an independent appraisal process. In addition, it is good practice that it be approved by a separate vote of the non-conflicted parties.

As a matter of sound governance practice, shareholders should have a right to dispose of company shares in the open market without unnecessary restriction. In our view, corporate mechanisms designed to limit shareholders’ ability to sell their shares are contrary to basic property rights. Such mechanisms can serve to protect and entrench interests other than those of the shareholders. In our view, shareholders are broadly capable of making decisions in their own best interests. We encourage any so-called ‘shareholder rights plans’ proposed by a board to be subject to shareholder approval upon introduction and periodically thereafter.

Executive Compensation

In most markets, one of the most important roles for a company’s board of directors is to put in place a compensation structure that incentivizes and rewards executives appropriately. There should be a clear link between variable pay and operational and financial performance. Performance metrics should be stretching and aligned with a company’s strategy and business model. BIS does not have a position on the use of sustainability-related criteria in compensation structures, but in our view, where companies choose to include these components, they should be adequately disclosed, material to the company’s strategy, and as rigorous as other financial or operational targets. Long-term incentive plans should encompass timeframes that 1) are distinct from annual executive compensation structures and metrics, and 2) encourage the delivery of strong financial results over a period of years. Compensation committees should guard against contractual arrangements that would entitle executives to material compensation for early termination of their employment. Finally, pension contributions and other deferred compensation arrangements should be reasonable, in light of market practice.

We are not supportive of one-off or special bonuses unrelated to company or individual performance. Where discretion has been used by the compensation committee or its equivalent, we expect disclosure relating to how and why the discretion was used, and how the adjusted outcome is aligned with the interests of shareholders. We acknowledge that the use of peer group evaluation by compensation committees can help ensure competitive pay; however, we are concerned when the rationale for increases in total compensation at a company is solely based on peer benchmarking rather than a rigorous measure of outperformance. We encourage companies to clearly explain how compensation outcomes have rewarded performance.

We encourage boards to consider building clawback provisions into incentive plans such that companies could clawback compensation or require executives to forgo awards when compensation was based on faulty financial statements or deceptive business practices. We also favor recoupment from or the foregoing of the grant of any awards by any senior executive whose behavior caused material financial harm to shareholders, material reputational risk to the company, or resulted in a criminal investigation, even if such actions did not ultimately result in a material restatement of past results.

Non-executive directors should be compensated in a manner that is commensurate with the time and effort expended in fulfilling their professional responsibilities. Additionally, these compensation arrangements should not risk compromising directors’ independence or aligning their interests too closely with those of the management, whom they are charged with overseeing.

We use third party research, in addition to our own analysis, to evaluate existing and proposed compensation structures. BIS may signal concerns through not supporting management’s proposals to approve compensation, where they are on the agenda. We may also vote against members of the compensation committee or equivalent board members for poor compensation practices or structures.

Material sustainability-related risks and opportunities

It is our view that well-managed companies will effectively evaluate and manage material sustainability- related risks and opportunities relevant to their businesses. As with all risks and opportunities in a company’s business model, appropriate oversight of material sustainability considerations is a core component of having an effective governance framework, which supports durable, long-term financial value creation.

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively evaluate companies’ strategy and business practices related to material sustainability-related risks and opportunities. Long-term investors like our clients can benefit when companies demonstrate that they have a resilient business model through disclosures that cover governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets, including industry-specific metrics. The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) standards, IFRS S1 and S2,4 provide companies with a useful guide to preparing this disclosure. The standards build on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework and the standards and metrics developed by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB), which have converged under the ISSB. We recognize companies may phase in reporting aligned with the ISSB standards over several years. We also recognize that some companies may report using different standards, which may be required by regulation, or one of a number of voluntary standards. In such cases, we ask that companies highlight the metrics that are industry- or company-specific.

4 The objective of IFRS S1 General Requirements for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information is to require an entity to disclose information about its sustainability-related risks and opportunities that is useful to primary users of general-purpose financial reports in making decisions relating to providing resources to the entity. The objective of IFRS S2 Climate-related Disclosures is to require an entity to disclose information about its climate-related risks and opportunities that is useful to primary users of general-purpose financial reports in making decisions relating to providing resources to the entity.

136

We note that climate and other sustainability-related disclosures often require companies to collect and aggregate data from various internal and external sources. We recognize that the practical realities of data-collection and reporting may not line up with financial reporting cycles and companies may require additional time after their fiscal year-end to accurately collect, analyze, and report this data to investors. That said, to give investors time to assess the data, we encourage companies to produce climate and other sustainability-related disclosures sufficiently in advance of their annual meeting, to the best of their abilities.

Companies may also choose to adopt or refer to guidance on sustainable and responsible business conduct issued by supranational organizations such as the United Nations or the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. Further, industry initiatives on managing specific operational risks may provide useful guidance to companies on best practices and disclosures. We find it helpful to our understanding of investment risk when companies disclose any relevant global climate and other sustainability-related standards adopted, the industry initiatives in which they participate, any peer group benchmarking undertaken, and any assurance processes to help investors understand their approach to sustainable and responsible business practices. We will express any concerns through our voting where a company’s actions or disclosures do not seem adequate in light of the materiality of the business risks.

Climate and nature-related risk

While companies in various sectors and geographies may be affected differently by material climate-related risks and opportunities, the low-carbon transition is an investment factor that can be material for many companies and economies around the globe.

We seek to understand, from company disclosures and engagement, the strategies companies have in place to manage material risks to, and opportunities for, their long-term business model associated with a range of climate-related scenarios, including a scenario in which global warming is limited to well below 2°C, considering global ambitions to achieve a limit of 1.5°C. As one of many shareholders, and typically a minority one, BlackRock does not tell companies what to do. It is the role of the board and management to set and implement a company’s long-term strategy to deliver long-term financial returns.

Our research shows that the low-carbon transition is a structural shift in the global economy that will be shaped by changes in government policies, technology, and consumer preferences, which may be material for many companies.5 Yet the path to a low-carbon economy is deeply uncertain and uneven, with different parts of the economy moving at different speeds. BIS recognizes that it can be challenging for companies to predict the impact of climate-related risk and opportunity on their businesses and operating environments. Many companies are assessing how to navigate the low-carbon transition while delivering long-term value to investors. In this context, we encourage companies to publicly disclose, consistent with in their disclosure a business model and sector, for how they intend to deliver long-term financial performance through the transition to a low-global net zero carbon economy. Where available, we appreciate companies publishing their transition plan.6

Consistent with the ISSB standards, we are better able to assess preparedness for the low-carbon transition when companies disclose short-, medium- and long-term targets, ideally science- based where these are available for their sector, for scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) reductions and to demonstrate how their targets are consistent with the long-term financial interests of their investors.

While we recognize that regulators in some markets are moving to mandate certain disclosures, at this stage, we view scope 3 emissions differently from scopes 1 and 2, given methodological complexity, regulatory uncertainty, concerns about double-counting, and lack of direct control by companies. We welcome disclosures and commitments companies choose to make regarding scope 3 emissions and recognize these are provided on a good-faith basis as methodology develops. Our publicly available commentary provides more information on our approach to climate-related risks and opportunities.

In addition to climate-related risks and opportunities, the management of nature-related factors is increasingly a component of some companies’ ability to generate durable, long-term financial returns for shareholders, particularly where a company’s strategy is heavily reliant on the availability of natural capital, or whose supply chains are exposed to locations with nature-related risks. We look for such companies to disclose how they manage any reliance and impact on, as well as use of, natural capital, including appropriate risk oversight and relevant metrics and targets, to understand how these factors are integrated into strategy. We will evaluate these disclosures to inform our view of how a company is managing material nature-related risks and opportunities, as well as in our assessment of relevant shareholder proposals. Our publicly available commentary provides more information on our approach to natural capital.7

Key stakeholder interests

In order to advance long-term shareholders’ interests, companies should consider the interests of the various parties on whom they depend for their success over time. It is for each company to determine their key stakeholders based on what is material to their business and long-term financial performance. For many companies, key stakeholders include employees, business partners (such as suppliers and distributors), clients and consumers, regulators, and the communities in which they operate.

5 BlackRock Investment Institute, “Tracking the low-carbon transition”, July 2023.

6 We have observed that more companies are developing such plans, and public policy makers in a number of markets are signaling their intentions to require them. We view transition plans (TPs) as a method for a company to both internally assess and externally communicate long-term strategy, ambition, objectives, and actions to create financial value through the global transition towards a low-carbon economy. While many initiatives across jurisdictions outline a framework for TPs, there is no consensus on the key elements these plans should contain. We view useful disclosure as that which communicates a company’s approach to managing financially material, business relevant risks and opportunities – including climate-related risks – to deliver long-term financial performance, thus enabling investors to make more informed decisions.

7 Given the growing awareness of the materiality of these issues for certain businesses, enhanced reporting on a company’s natural capital dependencies and impacts would aid investors’ understanding. In our view, the final recommendations of the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures may prove useful to some companies. We recognize that some companies may report using different standards, which may be required by regulation, or one of a number of other private sector standards.

137

As a long-term shareholder on behalf of our clients, we find it helpful when companies disclose how they have identified their key stakeholders and considered their interests in business decision-making. In addition to understanding broader stakeholder relationships, BIS finds it helpful when companies consider the needs of their workforce today, with and the skills required for their future business strategy. We are also interested to understand the role of the board, which is well positioned to ensure that the approach taken is informed by and aligns with the company’s strategy and purpose.

Companies should articulate how they address material adverse impacts that could arise from their business practices and affect critical relationships with their stakeholders. We encourage companies to implement, to the extent appropriate, monitoring processes (often referred to as due diligence) to identify and mitigate potential adverse impacts and grievance mechanisms to remediate any actual adverse material impacts. In our view, maintaining trust within these relationships can contribute to a company’s long-term success.

Other corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

In our view, shareholders have a right to material and timely information on the financial performance and viability of the companies in which they invest. In addition, companies should publish information on the governance structures in place and the rights of shareholders to influence these structures. The reporting and disclosure provided by companies help shareholders assess the effectiveness of the board’s oversight of management and whether investors’ economic interests have been protected. We believe shareholders should have the right to vote on key corporate governance matters, including changes to governance mechanisms, to submit proposals to the shareholders’ meeting, and to call special meetings of shareholders.

Corporate form

In our view, it is the responsibility of the board to determine the corporate form that is most appropriate given the company’s purpose and business model.8 Companies proposing to change their corporate form to a public benefit corporation or similar entity should put it to a shareholder vote if not already required to do so under applicable law. Supporting documentation from companies or shareholder proponents proposing to alter the corporate form should clearly articulate how the interests of shareholders and different stakeholders would be impacted as well as the accountability and voting mechanisms that would be available to shareholders. As a fiduciary on behalf of clients, we generally support management proposals if our analysis indicates that shareholders’ economic interests are adequately protected. Relevant shareholder proposals are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

Shareholder proposals

In most markets in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients, shareholders have the right to submit proposals to be voted on by shareholders at a company’s annual or extraordinary meeting, as long as eligibility and procedural requirements are met. The matters that we see put forward by shareholders address a wide range of topics, including governance reforms, capital management, and improvements in the management or disclosure of sustainability-related risks.

BlackRock is subject to legal and regulatory requirements in the U.S. that place restrictions and limitations on how BlackRock can interact with the companies in which we invest on behalf of our clients, including our ability to submit shareholder proposals. We can vote, on behalf of clients who authorize us to do so, on proposals put forth by others.

When assessing shareholder proposals, we evaluate each proposal on its merit, with a singular focus on its implications for long-term financial value creation by that company. We believe it is helpful for companies to disclose the names of the proponent or organization that has submitted or advised on the proposal. We consider the business and economic relevance of the issue raised, as well as its materiality and the urgency with which our experience indicates it should be addressed. We would not support proposals that we believe would result in over-reaching into the basic business decisions of the company. We take into consideration the legal effect of the proposal, as shareholder proposals may be advisory or legally binding depending on the jurisdiction, while others may make requests that would be deemed illegal in a given jurisdiction.

Where a proposal is focused on a material business risk that we agree needs to be addressed and the intended outcome is consistent with long-term financial value creation, we will look to the board and management to demonstrate that the company has met the intent of the request made in the shareholder proposal. Where our analysis and/or engagement indicate an opportunity for improvement in the company’s approach to the issue, we may support shareholder proposals that are reasonable and not unduly prescriptive or constraining on management.

We recognize that some shareholder proposals bundle topics and/or specific requests and include supporting statements that explain the reasoning or objectives of the proponent. In voting on behalf of clients, we do not submit or edit proposals or the supporting statements – we must vote yes or no on the proposal as phrased by the proponent. Therefore, when we vote in support of a proposal, we are not necessarily endorsing every element of the proposal or the reasoning, objectives, or supporting statement of the proponent. We may support a proposal for different reasons from those put forth by the proponent, when we believe that, overall, it can advance our clients’ long-term financial interests. We would normally explain to the company our rationale for supporting such proposals.

Alternatively, or in addition, we may vote against the re-election of one or more directors if, in our assessment, the board has not responded sufficiently or with an appropriate sense of urgency. We may also support a proposal if management is on track, but we believe that voting in favor might accelerate efforts to address a material risk. .

8 Corporate form refers to the legal structure by which a business is organized.

138

BlackRock’s oversight of its investment stewardship activities

Oversight

BlackRock maintains three regional advisory committees (“Stewardship Advisory Committees”) for (a) the Americas; (b) Europe, the Middle East and Africa; and (c) Asia-Pacific, generally consisting of senior BlackRock investment professionals and/or senior employees with practical boardroom experience. The regional Stewardship Advisory Committees review and advise on amendments to BIS regional proxy voting guidelines (the Guidelines) covering markets within each respective region. The advisory committees do not determine voting decisions, which are the responsibility of BIS.

In addition to the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees, the Investment Stewardship Global Oversight Committee (“Global Oversight Committee”) is a risk-focused committee, comprised of senior representatives from various BlackRock investment teams, a senior legal representative, the Global Head of Investment Stewardship (“Global Head”), and other senior executives with relevant experience and team oversight. The Global Oversight Committee does not determine voting decisions, which are the responsibility of BIS.

The Global Head has primary oversight of the activities of BIS, including voting in accordance with the Guidelines, which require the application of professional judgment and consideration of each company’s unique circumstances. The Global Committee reviews and approves amendments to these Principles. The Global Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

In addition, the Global Committee receives and reviews periodic reports regarding the votes cast by BIS, as well as updates on material process issues, procedural changes, and other risk oversight considerations. The Global Committee reviews these reports in an oversight capacity as informed by the Guidelines.

BIS carries out engagement with companies, executes proxy votes, and conducts vote operations (including maintaining records of votes cast) in a manner consistent with the relevant Guidelines. BIS also conducts research on corporate governance issues and participates in industry discussions to contribute to and keep abreast of important developments in the corporate governance field. BIS may utilize third parties for certain of the foregoing activities and performs oversight of those third parties. BIS may raise complicated or particularly controversial matters for internal discussion with the relevant investment teams and governance specialists for discussion and guidance prior to making a voting decision.

Vote execution

BlackRock votes on proxy issues when our clients authorize us to do so. When BlackRock authorized to vote on behalf of our clients, we carefully consider proxies submitted to funds and other fiduciary account(s) (“Fund” or “Funds”) for which we have voting authority. BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund for which we have voting authority based on our evaluation of the alignment of the voting items with the long-term economic interests of our clients, in the exercise of our independent business judgment, and without regard to the relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) to the Fund, the Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees (see “Conflicts management policies and procedures”, below).

When exercising voting rights, BIS will normally vote on specific proxy issues in accordance with the Guidelines for the relevant market, as well as the Global Principles. The Guidelines are reviewed annually and are amended consistent with changes in the local market practice, as developments in corporate governance occur, or as otherwise deemed advisable by the applicable Stewardship Advisory Committees. BIS analysts may, in the exercise of their professional judgment, conclude that the Guidelines do not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is required or that an exception to the Guidelines would be in the long-term economic interests of BlackRock’s clients.

In the uncommon circumstance of there being a vote with respect to fixed income securities or the securities of privately held issuers, the decision generally will be made by a Fund’s portfolio managers and/or BIS based on an assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BIS’ ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share-blocking” ​(requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

As a consequence, BlackRock votes proxies in these situations on a “best-efforts” basis. In addition, BIS may determine that it is generally in the interests of BlackRock’s clients not to vote proxies (or not to vote our full allocation) if the costs (including but not limited to opportunity costs associated with share-blocking constraints) associated with exercising a vote are expected to outweigh the benefit the client would derive by voting on the proposal.

139

Active portfolio managers have full discretion to vote the shares in the Funds they manage based on their analysis of the economic impact of a particular ballot item on their investors. Portfolio managers may, from time to time, reach differing views on how to maximize economic value with respect to a particular investment. Therefore, portfolio managers may, and sometimes do, vote shares in the Funds under their management differently from BIS or from one another. However, because BlackRock’s clients are mostly long-term investors with long-term economic goals, ballots are generally cast in a uniform manner.

Voting choice

BlackRock offers a Voting Choice program, which provides eligible clients with more opportunities to participate in the proxy voting process where legally and operationally viable. BlackRock Voting Choice aims to make proxy voting easier and more accessible for eligible clients.

Voting Choice is currently available for eligible clients invested in certain institutional pooled funds in the U.S., UK, Ireland, and Canada that utilize equity index investment strategies, as well as eligible clients in certain institutional pooled funds in the U.S., UK, and Canada that use systematic active equity (SAE) strategies. Currently, this includes over 650 pooled investment funds, including equity index funds and SAE investment funds. In addition, institutional clients in separately managed accounts (SMAs) continue to be eligible for BlackRock Voting Choice regardless of their investment strategies.9

As a result, the shares attributed to BlackRock in company share registers may be voted differently depending on whether our clients have authorized BIS to vote on their behalf, have authorized BIS to vote in accordance with a third-party policy, or have elected to vote shares in accordance with their own policy. Agreements with our clients to allow them greater control over their voting, including which policies they have selected, will be treated confidentially consistent with our treatment of similar client agreements.

Conflicts management policies and procedures

BIS maintains policies and procedures that seek to prevent undue influence on BlackRock’s proxy voting activity. Such influence might stem from any relationship between the investee company (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) and BlackRock, BlackRock’s affiliates, a Fund or a Fund’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees. The following are examples of sources of perceived or potential conflicts of interest:

•

BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions

•

BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions

•

BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

•

Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock

•

Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock

•

BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives or directors of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•

Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to advance our clients’ long-term economic interests in the companies in which BlackRock invests on their behalf.

•

Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management, or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management, or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.

•

Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent third party voting service provider to make proxy voting recommendations as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent third-party voting service provider provides BlackRock with recommendations, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies. BlackRock uses an independent an independent third-party voting service provider to make proxy voting recommendations for shares of BlackRock, Inc. and companies affiliated with BlackRock, Inc. BlackRock may also use an independent third-party voting service provider to make proxy voting recommendations for:

•

public companies that include BlackRock employees on their boards of directors,

•

public companies of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive or a member of the board of directors,

•

public companies that are the subject of certain transactions involving BlackRock Funds,

9 Read more about BlackRock Voting Choice on our website.

140

•

public companies that are joint venture partners with BlackRock, and

•

public companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent third-party voting service provider.

In selecting a independent third-party voting service provider, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and make recommendations in the economic interest of our clients in accordance with the Guidelines, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned recommendations in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent third-party voting service provider, in part to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at a single voting service provider. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the third-party voting service providers, generally on an annual basis.

Securities lending

With regard to the relationship between securities lending and proxy voting, BlackRock cannot vote shares on loan and may determine to recall them for voting, as guided by our fiduciary responsibility to act in our clients’ financial interests. While this has occurred in a limited number of cases, the decision to recall securities on loan as part of BlackRock’s securities lending program in order to vote is based on an evaluation of various factors that include, but are not limited to, assessing potential securities lending revenue alongside the potential long-term financial value to clients of voting those securities (based on the information available at the time of recall consideration). BIS works with colleagues in the Securities Lending and Risk and Quantitative Analysis teams to evaluate the costs and benefits to clients of recalling shares on loan.

In almost all instances , BlackRock anticipates that the potential long-term financial value to the Fund of voting shares would be less than the potential revenue the loan may provide the Fund. However, in certain instances, BlackRock may determine, in our independent business judgment as a fiduciary, that the value of voting outweighs the securities lending revenue loss to clients and would therefore recall shares to be voted in those instances.10

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

Voting guidelines

The voting guidelines published for each region/country in which we vote are intended to summarize BlackRock’s general philosophy and approach to issues that may commonly arise in the proxy voting context in each market where we invest. The Guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive. BIS applies the Guidelines on a case-by-case basis, in the context of the individual circumstances of each company and the specific issue under review. As such, the Guidelines do not indicate how BIS will vote in every instance. Rather, they reflect our view about corporate governance issues generally, and provide insight into how we typically approach issues that commonly arise on corporate ballots. As previously discussed, the Guidelines should be read in conjunction with the Principles and engagement priorities. Collectively, these “BIS policies” set out the core elements of corporate governance that guide our investment stewardship efforts globally and within each market, including when engaging with companies and voting at shareholder meetings. The BIS policies are applied on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the context within which a company is operating.

Reporting and vote transparency

We are committed to transparency in the stewardship work we do on behalf of clients. We inform clients about our engagement and voting policies and activities through direct communication and through disclosure on our website. Each year we publish an annual report that provides a global overview of our investment stewardship engagement and voting activities and a voting spotlight that summarizes our voting over a proxy year.11 Additionally, we make public our regional proxy voting guidelines for the benefit of clients and the companies in which whom we invest on their behalf. We also publish commentaries to share our perspective on market developments and emerging key themes.

At a more granular level, on a quarterly basis, we publish our vote record for each company that held a shareholder meeting during the period, showing how BIS voted on each proposal and providing our rationale for any votes against management proposals or on shareholder proposals. For shareholder meetings where a vote might be high profile or of significant interest to clients, we may publish a vote bulletin after the meeting, disclosing and explaining our vote on key proposals. We also publish a quarterly list of all companies with which we engaged and the key topics addressed in the engagement meeting.

In this way, we help inform our clients about the work we do on their behalf in promoting the governance and business practices that support long-term financial value creation.

10 Recalling securities on loan can be impacted by the timing of record dates. In the United States, for example, the record date of a shareholder meeting typically falls before the proxy statements are released. Accordingly, it is not practicable to evaluate a proxy statement, determine that a vote has a material impact on a fund and recall any shares on loan in advance of the record date for the annual meeting. As a result, managers must weigh independent business judgement as a fiduciary, the benefit to a fund’s shareholders of recalling loaned shares in advance of an estimated record date without knowing whether there will be a vote on matters which have a material impact on the fund (thereby forgoing potential securities lending revenue for the fund’s shareholders) or leaving shares on loan to potentially earn revenue for the fund (thereby forgoing the opportunity to vote).

11 The proxy year runs from July 1 to June 30.

141

Boston Partners

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Effective February 2024

Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (“Boston Partners”) is an investment adviser comprised of two divisions, Boston Partners and Weiss, Peck & Greer Partners (“WPG”). Boston Partners’ Governance Committee (the “Committee”) is comprised of representatives from portfolio management, securities analyst, portfolio research, quantitative research, investor relations, sustainability and engagement, and legal/compliance teams. The Committee is responsible for administering and overseeing Boston Partners’ proxy voting process. The Committee makes decisions on proxy policy, establishes formal Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies (the “Proxy Voting Policies”) and updates the Proxy Voting Policies as necessary, but no less frequently than annually. In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, delegates certain functions to internal departments and/or engages third-party vendors to assist in the proxy voting process. Finally, members of the Committee are responsible for evaluating and resolving conflicts of interest relating to Boston Partners’ proxy voting process.

To assist Boston Partners in carrying out our responsibilities with respect to proxy activities, Boston Partners has engaged Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), a third-party corporate governance research service, which is registered as an investment adviser. ISS receives all proxy-related materials for securities held in client accounts and votes the proposals in accordance with Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies. ISS assists Boston Partners with voting execution through an electronic vote management system that allows ISS to pre-populate and automatically submit votes in accordance with Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies. While Boston Partners may consider ISS’s recommendations on proxy issues, Boston Partners bears ultimate responsibility for proxy voting decisions and can change votes via ISS’ electronic voting platform at any time before a meeting’s cut-off date. ISS also provides recordkeeping and vote-reporting services.

How Boston Partners Votes

For those clients who delegate proxy voting authority to Boston Partners, Boston Partners has full discretion over votes cast on behalf of clients. All proxy votes on behalf of clients are voted the same way; however, Boston Partners may refrain from voting proxies for certain clients in certain markets. These arrangements are outlined in respective client investment management agreements. Boston Partners may also refrain from voting proxies on behalf of clients when shares are out on loan; when share blocking is required to vote; where it is not possible to vote shares; where there are legal or operational difficulties; where Boston Partners believes the administrative burden and/ or associated cost exceeds the expected benefit to a client; or where not voting or abstaining produces the desired outcome.

Boston Partners meets with ISS at least annually to review ISS policy changes, themes, methodology, and to review the Proxy Voting Policies. The information is taken to the Committee to discuss and decide what changes, if any, need to be made to the Proxy Voting Policies for the upcoming year.

The Proxy Voting Policies provide standard positions on likely issues for the upcoming proxy season. In determining how proxies should be voted, including those proxies the Proxy Voting Policies do not address or where the Proxy Voting Policies’ application is ambiguous, Boston Partners primarily focuses on maximizing the economic value of its clients’ investments. This is accomplished through engagements with Boston Partners’ analysts and issuers, as well as independent research conducted by Boston Partners’ Sustainability and Engagement Team. In the case of social and political responsibility issues that, in its view, do not primarily involve financial considerations, it is Boston Partners’ objective to support shareholder proposals that it believes promote good corporate citizenship. If Boston Partners believes that any research provided by ISS or other sources is incorrect, that research is ignored in the proxy voting decision, which is escalated to the Committee so that all relevant facts can be discussed, and a final vote determination can be made. Boston Partners is alerted to proposals that may require more detailed analysis via daily system generated refer notification emails. These emails prompt the Committee Secretary to call a Committee meeting to discuss the items in question.

Although Boston Partners has instructed ISS to vote in accordance with the Proxy Voting Policies, Boston Partners retains the right to deviate from the Proxy Voting Policies if, in its estimation, doing so would be in the best interest of clients.

Conflicts

Boston Partners believes clients are sufficiently insulated from any actual or perceived conflicts Boston Partners may encounter between its interests and those of its clients because Boston Partners votes proxies based on the predetermined Proxy Voting Policies. However, as noted, Boston Partners may deviate from the Proxy Voting Policies in certain circumstances or the Proxy Voting Policies may not address certain proxy voting proposals. If a member of Boston Partners’ research or portfolio management team recommends that Boston Partners vote a particular proxy proposal in a manner inconsistent with the Proxy Voting Policies or if the Proxy Voting Policies do not address a particular proposal, Boston Partners will adhere to certain procedures designed to ensure that the decision to vote the particular proxy proposal is based on the best interest of Boston Partners’ clients. These procedures require the individual requesting a deviation from the Proxy Voting Policies to complete a Conflicts Questionnaire (the “Questionnaire”) along with written documentation of the economic rationale supporting the request. The Questionnaire seeks to identify possible relationships with the parties involved in the proxy that may not be apparent. Based on the responses to the Questionnaire, the Committee (or a subset of the Committee) will determine whether it believes a material conflict of interest is present. If a material conflict of interest is found to exist, Boston Partners

142

will vote in accordance with client instructions, seek the recommendation of an independent third-party or resolve the conflict in such other manner as Boston Partners believes is appropriate, including by making its own determination that a particular vote is, notwithstanding the conflict, in the best interest of clients.

Oversight

Meetings and upcoming votes are reviewed by the Committee Secretary with a focus on votes against management. Votes on behalf of Boston Partners’ clients are reviewed and compared against ISS’ recommendations. When auditing vote instructions, which Boston Partners does at least annually, ballots voted for a specified period are requested from ISS, and a sample of those meetings are reviewed by Boston Partners’ Operations Team. The information is then forwarded to compliance/ the Committee Secretary for review. Any perceived exceptions are reviewed with ISS and an analysis of what the potential vote impact would have been is conducted. ISS’ most recent SOC-1 indicates they have their own control and audit personnel and procedures, and a sample of ballots are randomly selected on a quarterly basis. ISS compares ballots to applicable vote instructions recorded in their database. Due diligence meetings with ISS are conducted periodically.

Disclosures

A copy of Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, as updated from time to time, as well as information regarding the voting of securities for a client account are available upon request from your Boston Partners relationship manager. A copy of Boston Partners’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are also available at https://www.boston-partners.com/. For general inquires, contact (617) 832-8162.

143

ClearBridge

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

(Amended as of February 2024)

ClearBridge is subject to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures that it has adopted to seek to ensure that it votes proxies relating to equity securities in the best interest of client accounts. The following is a brief overview of the policies.

ClearBridge votes proxies for each client account with respect to which it has been authorized or is required by law to vote proxies. In voting proxies, ClearBridge is guided by general fiduciary principles and seeks to act prudently and solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of the accounts it manages. ClearBridge attempts to consider all factors that could affect the value of the investment and will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will be consistent with efforts to maximize shareholder values. ClearBridge may utilize an external service provider to provide it with information and/or a recommendation regarding proxy votes. However, such recommendations do not relieve ClearBridge of its responsibility for the proxy vote.

In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a stated position in the policies, ClearBridge generally votes in accordance with such stated position. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a list of factors set forth in the policies that ClearBridge considers in voting on such issue, ClearBridge considers those factors and votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is no stated position or list of factors that ClearBridge considers in voting on such issue, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. Issues for which there is a stated position set forth in the policies or for which there is a list of factors set forth in the policies that ClearBridge considers in voting on such issues fall into a variety of categories, including election of directors, ratification of auditors, proxy and tender offer defenses, capital structure issues, executive and director compensation, mergers and corporate restructuring, and social and environmental issues. The stated position on an issue set forth in the policies can always be superseded, subject to the duty to act solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of accounts, by the investment management professionals responsible for the account whose shares are being voted. There may be occasions when different investment teams vote differently on the same issue. In addition, in the case of Taft-Hartley clients, ClearBridge will comply with a client direction to vote proxies in accordance with Institutional Shareholder Services’ (ISS) PVS Voting guidelines, which ISS represents to be fully consistent with AFL-CIO guidelines.

In furtherance of ClearBridge’s goal to vote proxies in the best interest of clients, ClearBridge follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients. To seek to identify conflicts of interest, ClearBridge periodically notifies ClearBridge employees in writing that they are under an obligation (i) to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of ClearBridge with respect to voting proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of their personal relationships or ClearBridge’s business relationships and (ii) to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of ClearBridge’s Chief Compliance Officer. ClearBridge also maintains and considers a list of significant ClearBridge relationships that could present a conflict of interest for ClearBridge in voting proxies.

ClearBridge generally takes the position that non-ClearBridge relationships between a Franklin Resources, Inc. (“Franklin”) affiliate and an issuer do not present a conflict of interest for ClearBridge in voting proxies with respect to such issuer. Such position is based on the fact that ClearBridge is operated as an independent business unit from other Franklin business units as well as on the existence of information barriers between ClearBridge and other Franklin business units.

ClearBridge’s Proxy Committee reviews and addresses conflicts of interest. A proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated ClearBridge position on such issue or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party is not brought to the attention of the Proxy Committee for a conflict of interest review because ClearBridge’s position is that to the extent a conflict of interest issue exists, it is resolved by voting in accordance with a pre-determined policy or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party. With respect to a conflict of interest brought to its attention, the Proxy Committee first determines whether such conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest is considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appear to influence, ClearBridge’s decision-making in voting proxies. If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is not material, ClearBridge may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict.

If it is determined by the Proxy Committee that a conflict of interest is material, the Proxy Committee is responsible for determining an appropriate method to resolve such conflict of interest before the proxy affected by the conflict of interest is voted. Such determination is based on the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue and the nature of the conflict of interest.

ClearBridge shall maintain the following records relating to proxy voting: a copy of these policies and procedures; a copy of each proxy form (as voted); a copy of each proxy solicitation (including proxy statements) and related materials with regard to each vote; documentation relating to the identification and resolution of conflicts of interest; any documents created by ClearBridge that were material to a proxy voting decision or that memorialized the basis for that decision; and a copy of each written client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by ClearBridge to any (written or oral) client request for information on how ClearBridge voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client. Such records shall be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in an appropriate office of the ClearBridge adviser.

144

DIFA

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES SUMMARY

(Dated: February 2024)

If and when proxies need to be voted on behalf of the Fund, Delaware Investments Fund Advisers (“DIFA”) will vote such proxies pursuant to its Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Procedures”). DIFA has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Committee”) which is responsible for overseeing DIFA’s proxy voting process for the Fund. One of the main responsibilities of the Committee is to review and approve the Procedures to ensure that the Procedures are designed to allow DIFA to vote proxies in a manner consistent with the goal of voting in the best interests of the Fund. In order to facilitate the actual process of voting proxies, DIFA has contracted with Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) to analyze proxy statements on behalf of the Fund and other DIFA clients and provide DIFA with research recommendations on upcoming proxy votes in accordance with the Procedures. The Committee is responsible for overseeing ISS’s proxy voting activities. If a proxy has been voted for the Fund, ISS will create a record of the vote.

When determining whether to invest in a particular company, one of the factors DIFA may consider is the quality and depth of the company’s management. As a result, DIFA believes that recommendations of management on any issue (particularly routine issues) should be given a fair amount of weight in determining how proxy issues should be voted. Thus, on many issues, DIFA’s votes are cast in accordance with the recommendations of the company’s management. However, DIFA may vote against management’s position when it runs counter to DIFA’s specific Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), and DIFA will also vote against management’s recommendation when DIFA believes such position is not in the best interests of the Fund.

As stated above, the Procedures also list specific Guidelines on how to vote proxies on behalf of the Fund. Some examples of the Guidelines are as follows: (i) generally vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent; (ii) generally vote for management or shareholder proposals to reduce supermajority vote requirements, taking into account: ownership structure; quorum requirements; and vote requirements; (iii) votes on mergers and acquisitions should be considered on a case-by-case basis; (iv) votes with respect to equity-based compensation plans are generally determined on a case-by-case basis; (v) generally vote for proposals requesting that a company report on its policies, initiatives, oversight mechanisms, and ethical standards related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless company already provides similar reports through other means or the company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative guidelines or a similar standard; and (vi) generally vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.

DIFA has a section in its Procedures that addresses the possibility of conflicts of interest. Most of the proxies which DIFA receives on behalf of its clients are voted in accordance with the Procedures. Since the Procedures are pre-determined by the Committee, application of the Procedures by DIFA’s portfolio management teams when voting proxies after reviewing the proxy and research provided by ISS should in most instances adequately address any potential conflicts of interest. If DIFA becomes aware of a conflict of interest in an upcoming proxy vote, the proxy vote will generally be referred to the Committee or the Committee’s delegates for review. If the portfolio management team for such proxy intends to vote in accordance with ISS’s recommendation pursuant to DIFA’s Procedures, then no further action is needed to be taken by the Committee. If DIFA’s portfolio management team is considering voting a proxy contrary to ISS’s research recommendation under the Procedures, the Committee or its delegates will assess the proposed vote to determine if it is reasonable. The Committee or its delegates will also assess whether any business or other material relationships between DIFA and a portfolio company (unrelated to the ownership of the portfolio company’s securities) could have influenced an inconsistent vote on that company’s proxy. If the Committee or its delegates determines that the proposed proxy vote is unreasonable or unduly influenced by a conflict, the portfolio management team will be required to vote the proxy in accordance with ISS’s research recommendation or abstain from voting.

145

FDS

Proxy Voting Guidelines

January 2024

?

I.

Introduction

These guidelines are intended to help Fidelity’s customers and the companies in which Fidelity invests understand how Fidelity votes proxies to further the values that have sustained Fidelity for over 75 years. Our core principles sit at the heart of our voting philosophy; putting our customers’ and fund shareholders’ long-term interests first and investing in companies that share our approach to creating value over the long-term guides everything we do. Fidelity generally adheres to these guidelines in voting proxies and our Stewardship Principles serve as the foundation for these guidelines. Our evaluation of proxies reflects information from many sources, including management or shareholders of a company presenting a proposal and proxy voting advisory firms. Fidelity maintains the flexibility to vote individual proxies based on our assessment of each situation.

In evaluating proxies, Fidelity considers factors that are financially material to individual companies and investing funds’ investment objectives and strategies in support of maximizing long-term shareholder value. This includes considering the company’s approach to financial and operational, human, and natural capital and the impact of that approach on the potential future value of the business.

Fidelity will vote on proposals not specifically addressed by these guidelines based on an evaluation of a proposal’s likelihood to enhance the long-term economic returns or profitability of the company or to maximize long-term shareholder value. Fidelity will not be influenced by business relationships or outside perspectives that may conflict with the interests of the funds and their shareholders.

?

II.

Board of Directors and Corporate Governance

Directors of public companies play a critical role in ensuring that a company and its management team serve the interests of its shareholders. Fidelity believes that through proxy voting, it can help ensure accountability of management teams and boards of directors, align management and shareholder interests, and monitor and assess the degree of transparency and disclosure with respect to executive compensation and board actions affecting shareholders’ rights. The following general guidelines are intended to reflect these proxy voting principles.

?

A.

Election of Directors

Fidelity will generally support director nominees in elections where all directors are unopposed (uncontested elections), except where board composition raises concerns, and/or where a director clearly appears to have failed to exercise reasonable judgment or otherwise failed to sufficiently protect the interests of shareholders. Fidelity will evaluate board composition and generally will oppose the election of certain or all directors if, by way of example:

1.

Inside or affiliated directors serve on boards that are not composed of a majority of independent directors.

2.

There is no gender diversity on the board or if a board of ten or more members has fewer than two gender diverse directors.

3.

There are no racially or ethnically diverse directors.

4.

The director is a public company CEO who sits on more than two unaffiliated public company boards.

5.

The director, other than a CEO, sits on more than five unaffiliated public company boards.

Fidelity will evaluate board actions and generally will oppose the election of certain or all directors if, by way of example:

1.

The director attended fewer than 75% of the total number of meetings of the board and its committees on which the director served during the company’s prior fiscal year, absent extenuating circumstances.

2.

The company made a commitment to modify a proposal or practice to conform to these guidelines, and failed to act on that commitment.

3.

For reasons described below under the sections entitled Compensation and Anti-Takeover Provisions and Director Elections.

?

B.

Contested Director Elections

On occasion, directors are forced to compete for election against outside director nominees (contested elections). Fidelity believes that strong management creates long-term shareholder value. As a result, Fidelity generally will vote in support of management of companies in which the funds’ assets are invested. Fidelity will vote its proxy on a case-by-case basis in a contested election, taking into consideration a number of factors, amongst others:

1.

Management’s track record and strategic plan for enhancing shareholder value;

2.

The long-term performance of the company compared to its industry peers; and

146

3.

The qualifications of the shareholder’s and management’s nominees.

Fidelity will vote for the outcome it believes has the best prospects for maximizing shareholder value over the long-term.

?

C.

Cumulative Voting Rights

Under cumulative voting, each shareholder may exercise the number of votes equal to the number of shares owned multiplied by the number of directors up for election. Shareholders may cast all of their votes for a single nominee (or multiple nominees in varying amounts). With regular (non-cumulative) voting, by contrast, shareholders cannot allocate more than one vote per share to any one director nominee. Fidelity believes that cumulative voting can be detrimental to the overall strength of a board. Generally, therefore, Fidelity will oppose the introduction of, and support the elimination of, cumulative voting rights.

?

D.

Classified Boards

A classified board is one that elects only a percentage of its members each year (usually one-third of directors are elected to serve a three-year term). This means that at each annual meeting only a subset of directors is up for re-election. Fidelity believes that, in general, classified boards are not as accountable to shareholders as declassified boards. For this and other reasons, Fidelity generally will oppose a board’s adoption of a classified board structure and support declassification of existing boards.

?

E.

Independent Chairperson

In general, Fidelity believes that boards should have a process and criteria for selecting the board chair, and will oppose shareholder proposals calling for, or recommending the appointment of, a non-executive or independent chairperson. If, however, based on particular facts and circumstances, Fidelity believes that appointment of a non-executive or independent chairperson appears likely to further the interests of shareholders and promote effective oversight of management by the board of directors, Fidelity will consider voting to support a proposal for an independent chairperson under such circumstances.

?

F.

Majority Voting in Director Elections

In general, Fidelity supports proposals calling for directors to be elected by a majority of votes cast if the proposal permits election by a plurality in the case of contested elections (where, for example, there are more nominees than board seats). Fidelity may oppose a majority voting shareholder proposal where a company’s board has adopted a policy requiring the resignation of an incumbent director who fails to receive the support of a majority of the votes cast in an uncontested election.

?

G.

Proxy Access

Proxy access proposals generally require a company to amend its by-laws to allow a qualifying shareholder or group of shareholders to nominate directors on a company’s proxy ballot. Fidelity believes that certain safeguards as to ownership threshold and duration of ownership are important to assure that proxy access is not misused by those without a significant economic interest in the company or those driven by short term goals. Fidelity will evaluate proxy access proposals on a case-by-case basis, but generally will support proposals that include ownership of at least 3% (5% in the case of small-cap companies) of the company’s shares outstanding for at least three years; limit the number of directors that eligible shareholders may nominate to 20% of the board; and limit to 20 the number of shareholders that may form a nominating group.

?

H.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

In many instances there are sound reasons to indemnify officers and directors, so that they may perform their duties without the distraction of unwarranted litigation or other legal process. Fidelity generally supports charter and by-law amendments expanding the indemnification of officers or directors, or limiting their liability for breaches of care unless Fidelity is dissatisfied with their performance or the proposal is accompanied by anti-takeover provisions (see Anti-Takeover Provisions and Shareholders Rights Plans below).

?

III.

Compensation

Incentive compensation plans can be complicated and many factors are considered when evaluating such plans. Fidelity evaluates such plans based on protecting shareholder interests and our historical knowledge of the company and its management.

?

A.

Equity Compensation Plans

Fidelity encourages the use of reasonably designed equity compensation plans that align the interest of management with those of shareholders by providing officers and employees with incentives to increase long-term shareholder value. Fidelity considers whether such plans are too dilutive to existing shareholders because dilution reduces the voting power or economic interest of existing shareholders as a result of an increase in shares available for distribution to employees in lieu of cash compensation. Fidelity will generally oppose equity compensation plans or amendments to authorize additional shares under such plans if:

1.

The company grants stock options and equity awards in a given year at a rate higher than a benchmark rate (“burn rate”) considered appropriate by Fidelity and there were no circumstances specific to the company or the compensation plans that leads Fidelity to conclude that the rate of awards is otherwise acceptable.

147

2.

The plan includes an evergreen provision, which is a feature that provides for an automatic increase in the shares available for grant under an equity compensation plan on a regular basis.

3.

The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity compensation even though an actual change in control may not occur.

As to stock option plans, considerations include the following:

1.

Pricing: We believe that options should be priced at 100% of fair market value on the date they are granted. We generally oppose options priced at a discount to the market, although the price may be as low as 85% of fair market value if the discount is expressly granted in lieu of salary or cash bonus.

2.

Re-pricing: An “out-of-the-money” ​(or underwater) option has an exercise price that is higher than the current price of the stock. We generally oppose the re-pricing of underwater options because it is not consistent with a policy of offering options as a form of long-term compensation. Fidelity also generally opposes a stock option plan if the board or compensation committee has re-priced options outstanding in the past two years without shareholder approval.

Fidelity generally will support a management proposal to exchange, re-price or tender for cash, outstanding options if the proposed exchange, re-pricing, or tender offer is consistent with the interests of shareholders, taking into account a variety of factors such as:

1.

Whether the proposal excludes senior management and directors;

2.

Whether the exchange or re-pricing proposal is value neutral to shareholders based upon an acceptable pricing model;

3.

The company’s relative performance compared to other companies within the relevant industry or industries;

4.

Economic and other conditions affecting the relevant industry or industries in which the company competes; and

5.

Any other facts or circumstances relevant to determining whether an exchange or re-pricing proposal is consistent with the interests of shareholders.

?

B.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

These plans are designed to allow employees to purchase company stock at a discounted price and receive favorable tax treatment when the stock is sold. Fidelity generally will support employee stock purchase plans if the minimum stock purchase price is equal to or greater than 85% (or at least 75% in the case of non-U.S. companies where a lower minimum stock purchase price is equal to the prevailing “best practices” in that market) of the stock’s fair market value and the plan constitutes a reasonable effort to encourage broad based participation in the company’s stock.

?

IV.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) and Frequency of Say on Pay Vote

Current law requires companies to allow shareholders to cast non-binding votes on the compensation for named executive officers, as well as the frequency of such votes. Fidelity generally will support proposals to ratify executive compensation unless the compensation appears misaligned with shareholder interests or is otherwise problematic, taking into account:

–

The actions taken by the board or compensation committee in the previous year, including whether the company re-priced or exchanged outstanding stock options without shareholder approval; adopted or extended a golden parachute without shareholder approval; or adequately addressed concerns communicated by Fidelity in the process of discussing executive compensation;

–

The alignment of executive compensation and company performance relative to peers; and

–

The structure of the compensation program, including factors such as whether incentive plan metrics are appropriate, rigorous and transparent; whether the long-term element of the compensation program is evaluated over at least a three-year period; the sensitivity of pay to below median performance; the amount and nature of non-performance-based compensation; the justification and rationale behind paying discretionary bonuses; the use of stock ownership guidelines and amount of executive stock ownership; and how well elements of compensation are disclosed.

When presented with a frequency of Say on Pay vote, Fidelity generally will support holding an annual advisory vote on Say on Pay.

?

A.

Compensation Committee

Directors serving on the compensation committee of the Board have a special responsibility to ensure that management is appropriately compensated and that compensation, among other things, fairly reflects the performance of the company. Fidelity believes that compensation should align with company performance as measured by key business metrics. Compensation policies should align the interests of executives with those of shareholders. Further, the compensation program should be disclosed in a transparent and timely manner.

148

Fidelity will oppose the election of directors on the compensation committee if:

1.

The compensation appears misaligned with shareholder interests or is otherwise problematic and results in concerns with:

a)

The alignment of executive compensation and company performance relative to peers; and

b)

The structure of the compensation program, including factors outlined above under the section entitled Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) and Frequency of Say on Pay Vote.

2.

The company has not adequately addressed concerns communicated by Fidelity in the process of discussing executive compensation.

3.

Within the last year, and without shareholder approval, a company’s board of directors or compensation committee has either:

a)

Re-priced outstanding options, exchanged outstanding options for equity, or tendered cash for outstanding options; or

b)

Adopted or extended a golden parachute.

?

B.

Executive Severance Agreements

Executive severance compensation and benefit arrangements resulting from a termination following a change in control are known as “golden parachutes.” Fidelity generally will oppose proposals to ratify golden parachutes where the arrangement includes an excise tax gross up provision, single trigger for cash incentives; or may result in a lump sum payment of cash and acceleration of equity that may total more than three times annual compensation (salary and bonus) in the event of a termination following a change in control.

?

V.

Natural and Human Capital Issues

As part of our efforts to maximize long-term shareholder value, we incorporate consideration of human and natural capital issues into our evaluation of a company, if our research has demonstrated an issue is financially material to that company and the investing funds’ investment objectives and strategies.

Fidelity generally considers management’s recommendation and current practice when voting on shareholder proposals concerning human and natural capital issues because it generally believes that management and the board are in the best position to determine how to address these matters. Fidelity, however, also believes that transparency is critical to sound corporate governance. Fidelity evaluates shareholder proposals concerning natural and human capital topics. To engage and vote more effectively on the growing number of submitted proposals on these topics, we developed a four-point decision-making framework. In general, Fidelity will more likely support proposals that:

•

Address a topic that our research has identified as financially material;

•

Provide disclosure of new or additional information to investors without being overly prescriptive;

•

Provide valuable information to the business or investors by improving the landscape of investment-decision relevant information or contributing to our understanding of a company’s processes and governance of the topic in question; and

•

Are realistic or practical for the company to comply with.

?

VI.

Anti-Takeover Provisions and Shareholders Rights Plans

Fidelity generally will oppose a proposal to adopt an anti-takeover provision. Anti-takeover provisions include:

–

classified boards;

–

“blank check” preferred stock (whose terms and conditions may be expressly determined by the company’s board, for example, with differential voting rights);

–

golden parachutes;

–

supermajority provisions (that require a large majority (generally between 67- 90%) of shareholders to approve corporate changes as compared to a majority provision that simply requires more than 50% of shareholders to approve those changes);

–

poison pills;

–

restricting the right to call special meetings;

–

provisions restricting the right of shareholders to set board size;

–

and any other provision that eliminates or limits shareholder rights.

?

A.

Shareholders Rights Plans (“poison pills”)

Poison pills allow shareholders opposed to a takeover offer to purchase stock at discounted prices under certain circumstances and effectively give boards veto power over any takeover offer. While there are advantages and disadvantages to poison pills,

149

they can be detrimental to the creation of shareholder value and can help entrench management by deterring acquisition offers not favored by the board, but that may, in fact, be beneficial to shareholders.

Fidelity generally will support a proposal to adopt or extend a poison pill if the proposal:

1.

Includes a condition in the charter or plan that specifies an expiration date (sunset provision) of no greater than five years;

2.

Is integral to a business strategy that is expected to result in greater value for the shareholders;

3.

Requires shareholder approval to be reinstated upon expiration or if amended;

4.

Contains a mechanism to allow shareholders to consider a bona fide takeover offer for all outstanding shares without triggering the poison pill; and

5.

Allows the Fidelity funds to hold an aggregate position of up to 20% of a company’s total voting securities, where permissible.

Fidelity generally also will support a proposal that is crafted only for the purpose of protecting a specific tax benefit if it also believes the proposal is likely to enhance long-term economic returns or maximize long-term shareholder value.

?

B.

Shareholder Ability to Call a Special Meeting

Fidelity generally will support shareholder proposals regarding shareholders’ right to call special meetings if the threshold required to call the special meeting is no less than 25% of the outstanding stock.

?

C.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Fidelity generally will support proposals regarding shareholders’ right to act by written consent if the proposals include appropriate mechanisms for implementation. This means that proposals must include record date requests from at least 25% of the outstanding stockholders and consents must be solicited from all shareholders.

?

D.

Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement

Fidelity generally will support proposals regarding supermajority provisions if Fidelity believes that the provisions protect minority shareholder interests in companies where there is a substantial or dominant shareholder.

?

VII.

Anti-Takeover Provisions and Director Elections

Fidelity will oppose the election of all directors or directors on responsible committees if the board adopted or extended an anti-takeover provision without shareholder approval.

Fidelity will consider supporting the election of directors with respect to poison pills if:

•

All of the poison pill’s features outlined under the Anti-Takeover Provisions and Shareholders Rights section above are met when a poison pill is adopted or extended.

•

A board is willing to consider seeking shareholder ratification of, or adding the features outlined under the Anti-Takeover Provisions and Shareholders Rights Plans section above to, an existing poison pill. If, however, the company does not take appropriate action prior to the next annual shareholder meeting, Fidelity will oppose the election of all directors at that meeting.

•

It determines that the poison pill was narrowly tailored to protect a specific tax benefit, and subject to an evaluation of its likelihood to enhance long-term economic returns or maximize long-term shareholder value.

?

VIII.

Capital Structure and Incorporation

These guidelines are designed to protect shareholders’ value in the companies in which the Fidelity funds invest. To the extent a company’s management is committed and incentivized to maximize shareholder value, Fidelity generally votes in favor of management proposals; Fidelity may vote contrary to management where a proposal is overly dilutive to shareholders and/or compromises shareholder value or other interests. The guidelines that follow are meant to protect shareholders in these respects.

?

A.

Increases in Common Stock

Fidelity may support reasonable increases in authorized shares for a specific purpose (a stock split or re-capitalization, for example). Fidelity generally will oppose a provision to increase a company’s authorized common stock if such increase will result in a total number of authorized shares greater than three times the current number of outstanding and scheduled to be issued shares, including stock options.

In the case of real estate investment trusts (REITs), however, Fidelity will oppose a provision to increase the REIT’s authorized common stock if the increase will result in a total number of authorized shares greater than five times the current number of outstanding and scheduled to be issued shares.

150

?

B.

Multi-Class Share Structures

Fidelity generally will support proposals to recapitalize multi-class share structures into structures that provide equal voting rights for all shareholders, and generally will oppose proposals to introduce or increase classes of stock with differential voting rights. However, Fidelity will evaluate all such proposals in the context of their likelihood to enhance long-term economic returns or maximize long-term shareholder value.

?

C.

Incorporation or Reincorporation in another State or Country

Fidelity generally will support management proposals calling for, or recommending that, a company reincorporate in another state or country if, on balance, the economic and corporate governance factors in the proposed jurisdiction appear reasonably likely to be better aligned with shareholder interests, taking into account the corporate laws of the current and proposed jurisdictions and any changes to the company’s current and proposed governing documents. Fidelity will consider supporting these shareholder proposals in limited cases if, based upon particular facts and circumstances, remaining incorporated in the current jurisdiction appears misaligned with shareholder interests.

?

IX.

Shares of Fidelity Funds or other non-Fidelity Funds

When a Fidelity fund invests in an underlying Fidelity fund with public shareholders or a non-Fidelity investment company or business development company, Fidelity will generally vote in the same proportion as all other voting shareholders of the underlying fund (this is known as “echo voting”). Fidelity may not vote if “echo voting” is not operationally practical or not permitted under applicable laws and regulations. For Fidelity fund investments in a Fidelity Series Fund, Fidelity generally will vote in a manner consistent with the recommendation of the Fidelity Series Fund’s Board of Trustees on all proposals, except where not permitted under applicable laws and regulations.

?

X.

Foreign Markets

Many Fidelity funds invest in voting securities issued by companies that are domiciled outside the United States and are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange. Corporate governance standards, legal or regulatory requirements and disclosure practices in foreign countries can differ from those in the United States. When voting proxies relating to non-U.S. securities, Fidelity generally will evaluate proposals under these guidelines and where applicable and feasible, take into consideration differing laws, regulations and practices in the relevant foreign market in determining how to vote shares.

In certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, shareholders voting shares of a company may be restricted from trading the shares for a period of time around the shareholder meeting date. Because these trading restrictions can hinder portfolio management and could result in a loss of liquidity for a fund, Fidelity generally will not vote proxies in circumstances where such restrictions apply. In addition, certain non-U.S. jurisdictions require voting shareholders to disclose current share ownership on a fund-by-fund basis. When such disclosure requirements apply, Fidelity generally will not vote proxies in order to safeguard fund holdings information.

?

XI.

Securities on Loan

Securities on loan as of a record date cannot be voted. In certain circumstances, Fidelity may recall a security on loan before record date (for example, in a particular contested director election or a noteworthy merger or acquisition). Generally, however, securities out on loan remain on loan and are not voted because, for example, the income a fund derives from the loan outweighs the benefit the fund receives from voting the security. In addition, Fidelity may not be able to recall and vote loaned securities if Fidelity is unaware of relevant information before record date, or is otherwise unable to timely recall securities on loan.

?

XII.

Avoiding Conflicts of Interest

Voting of shares is conducted in a manner consistent with Fidelity’s fiduciary obligations to the funds and all applicable laws and regulations. In other words, Fidelity votes in a manner consistent with these guidelines and in the best interests of the funds and their shareholders, and without regard to any other Fidelity companies’ business relationships.

Fidelity takes its responsibility to vote shares in the best interests of the funds seriously and has implemented policies and procedures to address actual and potential conflicts of interest.

?

XIII.

Conclusion

Since its founding more than 75 years ago, Fidelity has been driven by two fundamental values: 1) putting the long-term interests of our customers and fund shareholders first; and 2) investing in companies that share our approach to creating value over the long-term. With these fundamental principles as guideposts, the funds are managed to provide the greatest possible return to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment guidelines and objectives of each fund.

Fidelity believes that there is a strong correlation between sound corporate governance and enhancing shareholder value. Fidelity, through the implementation of these guidelines, puts this belief into action through consistent engagement with portfolio companies on matters contained in these guidelines, and, ultimately, through the exercise of voting rights by the funds.

151

FIAM

Proxy Voting Guidelines

January 2024

I.

Introduction

These guidelines are intended to help Fidelity’s customers and the companies in which Fidelity invests understand how Fidelity votes proxies to further the values that have sustained Fidelity for over 75 years. Our core principles sit at the heart of our voting philosophy; putting our customers’ and fund shareholders’ long-term interests first and investing in companies that share our approach to creating value over the long-term guides everything we do. Fidelity generally adheres to these guidelines in voting proxies and our Stewardship Principles serve as the foundation for these guidelines. Our evaluation of proxies reflects information from many sources, including management or shareholders of a company presenting a proposal and proxy voting advisory firms. Fidelity maintains the flexibility to vote individual proxies based on our assessment of each situation.

In evaluating proxies, Fidelity considers factors that are financially material to individual companies and investing funds’ investment objectives and strategies in support of maximizing long-term shareholder value. This includes considering the company’s approach to financial and operational, human, and natural capital and the impact of that approach on the potential future value of the business.

Fidelity will vote on proposals not specifically addressed by these guidelines based on an evaluation of a proposal’s likelihood to enhance the long-term economic returns or profitability of the company or to maximize long-term shareholder value. Fidelity will not be influenced by business relationships or outside perspectives that may conflict with the interests of the funds and their shareholders.

II.

Board of Directors and Corporate Governance

Directors of public companies play a critical role in ensuring that a company and its management team serve the interests of its shareholders. Fidelity believes that through proxy voting, it can help ensure accountability of management teams and boards of directors, align management and shareholder interests, and monitor and assess the degree of transparency and disclosure with respect to executive compensation and board actions affecting shareholders’ rights. The following general guidelines are intended to reflect these proxy voting principles.

A.

Election of Directors

Fidelity will generally support director nominees in elections where all directors are unopposed (uncontested elections), except where board composition raises concerns, and/or where a director clearly appears to have failed to exercise reasonable judgment or otherwise failed to sufficiently protect the interests of shareholders. Fidelity will evaluate board composition and generally will oppose the election of certain or all directors if, by way of example:

1.

Inside or affiliated directors serve on boards that are not composed of a majority of independent directors.

2.

There is no gender diversity on the board or if a board of ten or more members has fewer than two gender diverse directors.

3.

There are no racially or ethnically diverse directors.

4.

The director is a public company CEO who sits on more than two unaffiliated public company boards.

5.

The director, other than a CEO, sits on more than five unaffiliated public company boards.

Fidelity will evaluate board actions and generally will oppose the election of certain or all directors if, by way of example:

1.

The director attended fewer than 75% of the total number of meetings of the board and its committees on which the director served during the company’s prior fiscal year, absent extenuating circumstances.

2.

The company made a commitment to modify a proposal or practice to conform to these guidelines, and failed to act on that commitment.

3.

For reasons described below under the sections entitled Compensation and Anti-Takeover Provisions and Director Elections.

B.

Contested Director Elections

On occasion, directors are forced to compete for election against outside director nominees (contested elections). Fidelity believes that strong management creates long-term shareholder value. As a result, Fidelity generally will vote in support of management of companies in which the funds’ assets are invested. Fidelity will vote its proxy on a case-by-case basis in a contested election, taking into consideration a number of factors, amongst others:

1.

Management’s track record and strategic plan for enhancing shareholder value;

2.

The long-term performance of the company compared to its industry peers; and

152

3.

The qualifications of the shareholder’s and management’s nominees.

Fidelity will vote for the outcome it believes has the best prospects for maximizing shareholder value over the long-term.

C.

Cumulative Voting Rights

Under cumulative voting, each shareholder may exercise the number of votes equal to the number of shares owned multiplied by the number of directors up for election. Shareholders may cast all of their votes for a single nominee (or multiple nominees in varying amounts). With regular (non-cumulative) voting, by contrast, shareholders cannot allocate more than one vote per share to any one director nominee. Fidelity believes that cumulative voting can be detrimental to the overall strength of a board. Generally, therefore, Fidelity will oppose the introduction of, and support the elimination of, cumulative voting rights.

D.

Classified Boards

A classified board is one that elects only a percentage of its members each year (usually one-third of directors are elected to serve a three-year term). This means that at each annual meeting only a subset of directors is up for re-election. Fidelity believes that, in general, classified boards are not as accountable to shareholders as declassified boards. For this and other reasons, Fidelity generally will oppose a board’s adoption of a classified board structure and support declassification of existing boards.

E.

Independent Chairperson

In general, Fidelity believes that boards should have a process and criteria for selecting the board chair, and will oppose shareholder proposals calling for, or recommending the appointment of, a non-executive or independent chairperson. If, however, based on particular facts and circumstances, Fidelity believes that appointment of a non-executive or independent chairperson appears likely to further the interests of shareholders and promote effective oversight of management by the board of directors, Fidelity will consider voting to support a proposal for an independent chairperson under such circumstances.

F.

Majority Voting in Director Elections

In general, Fidelity supports proposals calling for directors to be elected by a majority of votes cast if the proposal permits election by a plurality in the case of contested elections (where, for example, there are more nominees than board seats). Fidelity may oppose a majority voting shareholder proposal where a company’s board has adopted a policy requiring the resignation of an incumbent director who fails to receive the support of a majority of the votes cast in an uncontested election.

G.

Proxy Access

Proxy access proposals generally require a company to amend its by-laws to allow a qualifying shareholder or group of shareholders to nominate directors on a company’s proxy ballot. Fidelity believes that certain safeguards as to ownership threshold and duration of ownership are important to assure that proxy access is not misused by those without a significant economic interest in the company or those driven by short term goals. Fidelity will evaluate proxy access proposals on a case-by-case basis, but generally will support proposals that include ownership of at least 3% (5% in the case of small-cap companies) of the company’s shares outstanding for at least three years; limit the number of directors that eligible shareholders may nominate to 20% of the board; and limit to 20 the number of shareholders that may form a nominating group.

H.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

In many instances there are sound reasons to indemnify officers and directors, so that they may perform their duties without the distraction of unwarranted litigation or other legal process. Fidelity generally supports charter and by-law amendments expanding the indemnification of officers or directors, or limiting their liability for breaches of care unless Fidelity is dissatisfied with their performance or the proposal is accompanied by anti-takeover provisions (see Anti-Takeover Provisions and Shareholders Rights Plans below).

III.

Compensation

Incentive compensation plans can be complicated and many factors are considered when evaluating such plans. Fidelity evaluates such plans based on protecting shareholder interests and our historical knowledge of the company and its management.

A.

Equity Compensation Plans

Fidelity encourages the use of reasonably designed equity compensation plans that align the interest of management with those of shareholders by providing officers and employees with incentives to increase long-term shareholder value. Fidelity considers whether such plans are too dilutive to existing shareholders because dilution reduces the voting power or economic interest of existing shareholders as a result of an increase in shares available for distribution to employees in lieu of cash compensation. Fidelity will generally oppose equity compensation plans or amendments to authorize additional shares under such plans if:

1.

The company grants stock options and equity awards in a given year at a rate higher than a benchmark rate (“burn rate”) considered appropriate by Fidelity and there were no circumstances specific to the company or the compensation plans that leads Fidelity to conclude that the rate of awards is otherwise acceptable.

153

2.

The plan includes an evergreen provision, which is a feature that provides for an automatic increase in the shares available for grant under an equity compensation plan on a regular basis.

3.

The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity compensation even though an actual change in control may not occur.

As to stock option plans, considerations include the following:

1.

Pricing: We believe that options should be priced at 100% of fair market value on the date they are granted. We generally oppose options priced at a discount to the market, although the price may be as low as 85% of fair market value if the discount is expressly granted in lieu of salary or cash bonus.

2.

Re-pricing: An “out-of-the-money” ​(or underwater) option has an exercise price that is higher than the current price of the stock. We generally oppose the re-pricing of underwater options because it is not consistent with a policy of offering options as a form of long-term compensation. Fidelity also generally opposes a stock option plan if the board or compensation committee has re-priced options outstanding in the past two years without shareholder approval.

Fidelity generally will support a management proposal to exchange, re-price or tender for cash, outstanding options if the proposed exchange, re-pricing, or tender offer is consistent with the interests of shareholders, taking into account a variety of factors such as:

1.

Whether the proposal excludes senior management and directors;

2.

Whether the exchange or re-pricing proposal is value neutral to shareholders based upon an acceptable pricing model;

3.

The company’s relative performance compared to other companies within the relevant industry or industries;

4.

Economic and other conditions affecting the relevant industry or industries in which the company competes; and

5.

Any other facts or circumstances relevant to determining whether an exchange or re-pricing proposal is consistent with the interests of shareholders.

B.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

These plans are designed to allow employees to purchase company stock at a discounted price and receive favorable tax treatment when the stock is sold. Fidelity generally will support employee stock purchase plans if the minimum stock purchase price is equal to or greater than 85% (or at least 75% in the case of non-U.S. companies where a lower minimum stock purchase price is equal to the prevailing “best practices” in that market) of the stock’s fair market value and the plan constitutes a reasonable effort to encourage broad based participation in the company’s stock.

IV.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) and Frequency of Say on Pay Vote

Current law requires companies to allow shareholders to cast non-binding votes on the compensation for named executive officers, as well as the frequency of such votes. Fidelity generally will support proposals to ratify executive compensation unless the compensation appears misaligned with shareholder interests or is otherwise problematic, taking into account:

–

The actions taken by the board or compensation committee in the previous year, including whether the company re-priced or exchanged outstanding stock options without shareholder approval; adopted or extended a golden parachute without shareholder approval; or adequately addressed concerns communicated by Fidelity in the process of discussing executive compensation;

–

The alignment of executive compensation and company performance relative to peers; and

–

The structure of the compensation program, including factors such as whether incentive plan metrics are appropriate, rigorous and transparent; whether the long-term element of the compensation program is evaluated over at least a three-year period; the sensitivity of pay to below median performance; the amount and nature of non-performance-based compensation; the justification and rationale behind paying discretionary bonuses; the use of stock ownership guidelines and amount of executive stock ownership; and how well elements of compensation are disclosed.

When presented with a frequency of Say on Pay vote, Fidelity generally will support holding an annual advisory vote on Say on Pay.

A.

Compensation Committee

Directors serving on the compensation committee of the Board have a special responsibility to ensure that management is appropriately compensated and that compensation, among other things, fairly reflects the performance of the company. Fidelity believes that compensation should align with company performance as measured by key business metrics. Compensation policies should align the interests of executives with those of shareholders. Further, the compensation program should be disclosed in a transparent and timely manner.

154

Fidelity will oppose the election of directors on the compensation committee if:

1.

The compensation appears misaligned with shareholder interests or is otherwise problematic and results in concerns with:

a)

The alignment of executive compensation and company performance relative to peers; and

b)

The structure of the compensation program, including factors outlined above under the section entitled Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) and Frequency of Say on Pay Vote.

2.

The company has not adequately addressed concerns communicated by Fidelity in the process of discussing executive compensation.

3.

Within the last year, and without shareholder approval, a company’s board of directors or compensation committee has either:

a)

Re-priced outstanding options, exchanged outstanding options for equity, or tendered cash for outstanding options; or

b)

Adopted or extended a golden parachute.

B.

Executive Severance Agreements

Executive severance compensation and benefit arrangements resulting from a termination following a change in control are known as “golden parachutes.” Fidelity generally will oppose proposals to ratify golden parachutes where the arrangement includes an excise tax gross up provision, single trigger for cash incentives; or may result in a lump sum payment of cash and acceleration of equity that may total more than three times annual compensation (salary and bonus) in the event of a termination following a change in control.

V.

Natural and Human Capital Issues

As part of our efforts to maximize long-term shareholder value, we incorporate consideration of human and natural capital issues into our evaluation of a company, if our research has demonstrated an issue is financially material to that company and the investing funds’ investment objectives and strategies.

Fidelity generally considers management’s recommendation and current practice when voting on shareholder proposals concerning human and natural capital issues because it generally believes that management and the board are in the best position to determine how to address these matters. Fidelity, however, also believes that transparency is critical to sound corporate governance. Fidelity evaluates shareholder proposals concerning natural and human capital topics. To engage and vote more effectively on the growing number of submitted proposals on these topics, we developed a four-point decision-making framework. In general, Fidelity will more likely support proposals that:

•

Address a topic that our research has identified as financially material;

•

Provide disclosure of new or additional information to investors without being overly prescriptive;

•

Provide valuable information to the business or investors by improving the landscape of investment-decision relevant information or contributing to our understanding of a company’s processes and governance of the topic in question; and

•

Are realistic or practical for the company to comply with.

VI.

Anti-Takeover Provisions and Shareholders Rights Plans

Fidelity generally will oppose a proposal to adopt an anti-takeover provision. Anti-takeover provisions include:

–

classified boards;

–

“blank check” preferred stock (whose terms and conditions may be expressly determined by the company’s board, for example, with differential voting rights);

–

golden parachutes;

–

supermajority provisions (that require a large majority (generally between 67- 90%) of shareholders to approve corporate changes as compared to a majority provision that simply requires more than 50% of shareholders to approve those changes);

–

poison pills;

–

restricting the right to call special meetings;

–

provisions restricting the right of shareholders to set board size;

–

and any other provision that eliminates or limits shareholder rights.

A.

Shareholders Rights Plans (“poison pills”)

Poison pills allow shareholders opposed to a takeover offer to purchase stock at discounted prices under certain circumstances and effectively give boards veto power over any takeover offer. While there are advantages and disadvantages to poison pills,

155

they can be detrimental to the creation of shareholder value and can help entrench management by deterring acquisition offers not favored by the board, but that may, in fact, be beneficial to shareholders.

Fidelity generally will support a proposal to adopt or extend a poison pill if the proposal:

1.

Includes a condition in the charter or plan that specifies an expiration date (sunset provision) of no greater than five years;

2.

Is integral to a business strategy that is expected to result in greater value for the shareholders;

3.

Requires shareholder approval to be reinstated upon expiration or if amended;

4.

Contains a mechanism to allow shareholders to consider a bona fide takeover offer for all outstanding shares without triggering the poison pill; and

5.

Allows the Fidelity funds to hold an aggregate position of up to 20% of a company’s total voting securities, where permissible.

Fidelity generally also will support a proposal that is crafted only for the purpose of protecting a specific tax benefit if it also believes the proposal is likely to enhance long-term economic returns or maximize long-term shareholder value.

B.

Shareholder Ability to Call a Special Meeting

Fidelity generally will support shareholder proposals regarding shareholders’ right to call special meetings if the threshold required to call the special meeting is no less than 25% of the outstanding stock.

C.

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Fidelity generally will support proposals regarding shareholders’ right to act by written consent if the proposals include appropriate mechanisms for implementation. This means that proposals must include record date requests from at least 25% of the outstanding stockholders and consents must be solicited from all shareholders.

D.

Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement

Fidelity generally will support proposals regarding supermajority provisions if Fidelity believes that the provisions protect minority shareholder interests in companies where there is a substantial or dominant shareholder.

VII.

Anti-Takeover Provisions and Director Elections

Fidelity will oppose the election of all directors or directors on responsible committees if the board adopted or extended an anti-takeover provision without shareholder approval.

Fidelity will consider supporting the election of directors with respect to poison pills if:

•

All of the poison pill’s features outlined under the Anti-Takeover Provisions and Shareholders Rights section above are met when a poison pill is adopted or extended.

•

A board is willing to consider seeking shareholder ratification of, or adding the features outlined under the Anti-Takeover Provisions and Shareholders Rights Plans section above to, an existing poison pill. If, however, the company does not take appropriate action prior to the next annual shareholder meeting, Fidelity will oppose the election of all directors at that meeting.

•

It determines that the poison pill was narrowly tailored to protect a specific tax benefit, and subject to an evaluation of its likelihood to enhance long-term economic returns or maximize long-term shareholder value.

VIII.

Capital Structure and Incorporation

These guidelines are designed to protect shareholders’ value in the companies in which the Fidelity funds invest. To the extent a company’s management is committed and incentivized to maximize shareholder value, Fidelity generally votes in favor of management proposals; Fidelity may vote contrary to management where a proposal is overly dilutive to shareholders and/or compromises shareholder value or other interests. The guidelines that follow are meant to protect shareholders in these respects.

A.

Increases in Common Stock

Fidelity may support reasonable increases in authorized shares for a specific purpose (a stock split or re-capitalization, for example). Fidelity generally will oppose a provision to increase a company’s authorized common stock if such increase will result in a total number of authorized shares greater than three times the current number of outstanding and scheduled to be issued shares, including stock options.

In the case of real estate investment trusts (REITs), however, Fidelity will oppose a provision to increase the REIT’s authorized common stock if the increase will result in a total number of authorized shares greater than five times the current number of outstanding and scheduled to be issued shares.

156

B.

Multi-Class Share Structures

Fidelity generally will support proposals to recapitalize multi-class share structures into structures that provide equal voting rights for all shareholders, and generally will oppose proposals to introduce or increase classes of stock with differential voting rights. However, Fidelity will evaluate all such proposals in the context of their likelihood to enhance long-term economic returns or maximize long-term shareholder value.

C.

Incorporation or Reincorporation in another State or Country

Fidelity generally will support management proposals calling for, or recommending that, a company reincorporate in another state or country if, on balance, the economic and corporate governance factors in the proposed jurisdiction appear reasonably likely to be better aligned with shareholder interests, taking into account the corporate laws of the current and proposed jurisdictions and any changes to the company’s current and proposed governing documents. Fidelity will consider supporting these shareholder proposals in limited cases if, based upon particular facts and circumstances, remaining incorporated in the current jurisdiction appears misaligned with shareholder interests.

IX.

Shares of Fidelity Funds or other non-Fidelity Funds

When a Fidelity fund invests in an underlying Fidelity fund with public shareholders or a non-Fidelity investment company or business development company, Fidelity will generally vote in the same proportion as all other voting shareholders of the underlying fund (this is known as “echo voting”). Fidelity may not vote if “echo voting” is not operationally practical or not permitted under applicable laws and regulations. For Fidelity fund investments in a Fidelity Series Fund, Fidelity generally will vote in a manner consistent with the recommendation of the Fidelity Series Fund’s Board of Trustees on all proposals, except where not permitted under applicable laws and regulations.

X.

Foreign Markets

Many Fidelity funds invest in voting securities issued by companies that are domiciled outside the United States and are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange. Corporate governance standards, legal or regulatory requirements and disclosure practices in foreign countries can differ from those in the United States. When voting proxies relating to non-U.S. securities, Fidelity generally will evaluate proposals under these guidelines and where applicable and feasible, take into consideration differing laws, regulations and practices in the relevant foreign market in determining how to vote shares.

In certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, shareholders voting shares of a company may be restricted from trading the shares for a period of time around the shareholder meeting date. Because these trading restrictions can hinder portfolio management and could result in a loss of liquidity for a fund, Fidelity generally will not vote proxies in circumstances where such restrictions apply. In addition, certain non-U.S. jurisdictions require voting shareholders to disclose current share ownership on a fund-by-fund basis. When such disclosure requirements apply, Fidelity generally will not vote proxies in order to safeguard fund holdings information.

XI.

Securities on Loan

Securities on loan as of a record date cannot be voted. In certain circumstances, Fidelity may recall a security on loan before record date (for example, in a particular contested director election or a noteworthy merger or acquisition). Generally, however, securities out on loan remain on loan and are not voted because, for example, the income a fund derives from the loan outweighs the benefit the fund receives from voting the security. In addition, Fidelity may not be able to recall and vote loaned securities if Fidelity is unaware of relevant information before record date, or is otherwise unable to timely recall securities on loan.

XII.

Avoiding Conflicts of Interest

Voting of shares is conducted in a manner consistent with Fidelity’s fiduciary obligations to the funds and all applicable laws and regulations. In other words, Fidelity votes in a manner consistent with these guidelines and in the best interests of the funds and their shareholders, and without regard to any other Fidelity companies’ business relationships.

Fidelity takes its responsibility to vote shares in the best interests of the funds seriously and has implemented policies and procedures to address actual and potential conflicts of interest.

XIII.

Conclusion

Since its founding more than 75 years ago, Fidelity has been driven by two fundamental values: 1) putting the long-term interests of our customers and fund shareholders first; and 2) investing in companies that share our approach to creating value over the long-term. With these fundamental principles as guideposts, the funds are managed to provide the greatest possible return to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment guidelines and objectives of each fund.

Fidelity believes that there is a strong correlation between sound corporate governance and enhancing shareholder value. Fidelity, through the implementation of these guidelines, puts this belief into action through consistent engagement with portfolio companies on matters contained in these guidelines, and, ultimately, through the exercise of voting rights by the funds.

157

Franklin

Proxy Voting Policies & ProceduresAn SEC Compliance Rule Policy and Procedures*

(As of March 2023)

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES

Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (hereinafter the “Investment Manager”) has delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies for securities to the Franklin Templeton Proxy Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the “Proxy Group”). Proxy duties consist of disseminating proxy materials and analyses of issuers whose stock is owned by any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts managed by the Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting administrative responsibility to the Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted. The Investment Manager will inform advisory clients that have not delegated the voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about the Investment Manager’s views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these services to other advisory affiliates of the Investment Manager.

The Proxy Group will process proxy votes on behalf of, and the Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the best interests of, separate account clients, the Investment Manager-managed investment company shareholders, or shareholders of funds that have appointed Franklin Templeton International Services S.à. r.l. (“FTIS S.à.r.l.”) as the Management Company, provided such funds or clients have properly delegated such responsibility in writing, or, where employee benefit plan assets subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, are involved (“ERISA accounts”), in the best interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries (collectively, “Advisory Clients”), unless (i) the power to vote has been specifically retained by the named fiduciary in the documents in which the named fiduciary appointed the Investment Manager or (ii) the documents otherwise expressly prohibit the Investment Manager from voting proxies. The Investment Manager recognizes that the exercise of voting rights on securities held by ERISA plans for which the Investment Manager has voting responsibility is a fiduciary duty that must be exercised with care, skill, prudence and diligence.

In certain circumstances, Advisory Clients are permitted to direct their votes in a solicitation pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement. An Advisory Client that wishes to direct its vote shall give reasonable prior written notice to the Investment Manager indicating such intention and provide written instructions directing the Investment Manager or the Proxy Group to vote regarding the solicitation. Where such prior written notice is received, the Proxy Group will vote proxies in accordance with such written notification received from the Advisory Client.

The Investment Manager has adopted and implemented Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Proxy Policies”) that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of Advisory Clients in accordance with its fiduciary duties and rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. To the extent that the Investment Manager has a subadvisory agreement with an affiliated investment manager (the “Affiliated Subadviser”) with respect to a particular Advisory Client, the Investment Manager may delegate proxy voting responsibility to the Affiliated Subadviser. The Investment Manager may also delegate proxy voting responsibility to a subadviser that is not an Affiliated Subadviser in certain limited situations as disclosed to fund shareholders (e.g., where an Investment Manager to a pooled investment vehicle has engaged a subadviser that is not an Affiliated Subadviser to manage all or a portion of the assets).

HOW THE INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES

Proxy Services

All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon the Investment Manager’s instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies of equity securities, the Investment Manager subscribes to Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), an unaffiliated third-party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas and vote recommendations. In addition, the Investment Manager subscribes to ISS’s Proxy Voting Service and Vote Disclosure Service. These services include receipt of proxy ballots, custodian bank relations, account maintenance, vote execution, ballot reconciliation, vote record maintenance, comprehensive reporting capabilities, and vote disclosure services. Also, the Investment Manager subscribes to Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”), an unaffiliated third-party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies, as well as a limited subscription to its international research. Although analyses provided by ISS, Glass Lewis, and/or another independent third-party proxy service provider (each a “Proxy Service”) are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a final voting decision, the Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from a Proxy Service or any third-party to be determinative of the Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. Rather, the Investment Manager exercises its independent judgment in making voting decisions. As a matter of policy, the officers, directors and employees of the Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of Advisory Clients.

For ease of reference, the Proxy Policies often refer to all Advisory Clients. However, our processes and practices seek to ensure that proxy voting decisions are suitable for individual Advisory Clients. In some cases, the Investment Manager’s evaluation may result in an individual Advisory Client or Investment Manager voting differently, depending upon the nature and objective of the fund or account, the composition of its portfolio, whether the Investment Manager has adopted a specialty or custom voting policy, and other factors.

* Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) and Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) (together the “Compliance Rule”) require registered investment companies and registered investment advisers to, among other things, adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of the federal securities laws (“Compliance Rule Policies and Procedures”).

158

Proxy Services

Certain of the Investment Managers’ separate accounts or funds (or a portion thereof) are included under Franklin Templeton Investment Solutions (“FTIS”), a separate investment group within Franklin Templeton, and employ a quantitative strategy. For such accounts, FTIS’s proprietary methodologies rely on a combination of quantitative, qualitative, and behavioral analysis rather than fundamental security research and analyst coverage that an actively-managed portfolio would ordinarily employ. Accordingly, absent client direction, in light of the high number of positions held by such accounts and the considerable time and effort that would be required to review proxy statements and ISS or Glass Lewis recommendations, the Investment Manager may review ISS’s non-US Benchmark guidelines, ISS’s specialty guidelines (in particular, ISS’s Sustainability guidelines), or Glass Lewis’s US guidelines (the “ISS and Glass Lewis Proxy Voting Guidelines”) and determine, consistent with the best interest of its clients, to provide standing instructions to the Proxy Group to vote proxies according to the recommendations of ISS or Glass Lewis.

The Investment Manager, however, retains the ability to vote a proxy differently than ISS or Glass Lewis recommends if the Investment Manager determines that it would be in the best interests of Advisory Clients.

Conflicts of Interest

All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the best interests of the Advisory Clients. The Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to mitigate conflicts of interest. However, as a general matter, the Investment Manager takes the position that relationships between certain affiliates that do not use the “Franklin Templeton” name (“Independent Affiliates”) and an issuer (e.g., an investment management relationship between an issuer and an Independent Affiliate) do not present a conflict of interest for the Investment Manager in voting proxies with respect to such issuer because: (i) the Investment Manager operates as an independent business unit from the Independent Affiliate business units, and (ii) informational barriers exist between the Investment Manager and the Independent Affiliate business units.

Material conflicts of interest could arise in a variety of situations, including as a result of the Investment Manager’s or an affiliate’s (other than an Independent Affiliate as described above): (i) material business relationship with an issuer or proponent, (ii) direct or indirect pecuniary interest in an issuer or proponent; or (iii) significant personal or family relationship with an issuer or proponent.

Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon analyses of client, distributor, broker dealer, and vendor lists, information periodically gathered from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources, including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information on a best-efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.

Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest between the Investment Manager or an affiliate (other than an Independent Affiliate as described above) and an issuer may exist: (1) the Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management even if contrary to the recommendations of a third-party proxy voting research provider; (2) if management has made no recommendations, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting instructions of the Investment Manager; and (3) with respect to shares held by Franklin Resources, Inc. or its affiliates for their own corporate accounts, such shares may be voted without regard to these conflict procedures.

Otherwise, in situations where a material conflict of interest is identified between the Investment Manager or one of its affiliates (other than Independent Affiliates) and an issuer, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the voting recommendation of a Proxy Service or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager’s recommendation regarding the vote for approval. To address certain affiliate conflict situations, the Investment Manager will employ pass-through voting or mirror voting when required pursuant to a fund’s governing documents or applicable law.

Where the Proxy Group refers a matter to an Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees, a committee of the board, or an appointed delegate in the case of a U. S. registered investment company, a conducting officer in the case of a fund that has appointed FTIS S.à.r.l as its Management Company, the Independent Review Committee for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an employee benefit plan. A quorum of the board of directors or trustees or of a committee of the board can be reached by a majority of members, or a majority of non-recused members. The Proxy Group may determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients of the Investment Manager and affiliated Investment Managers (other than Independent Affiliates) in accordance with the instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.

The Investment Manager may also decide whether to vote proxies for securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Investment Manager may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies, including the Investment Manager’s long-term view of the issuer’s securities for investment, or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory Client. The Investment Manager also may be unable to vote, or choose not to vote, a proxy for securities deemed to present a conflict of interest for any of the reasons outlined in the first paragraph of the section of these policies entitled “Proxy Procedures.”

Weight Given Management Recommendations

One of the primary factors the Investment Manager considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of that company’s management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any issue is a factor that the Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies should be voted. However, the Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from management to be determinative of the Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. Each issue is considered on its own merits, and the Investment Manager will base its decision on its own analysis, proxy guidelines, and its judgment as to what is the best interest of the client. The recommendation of management will be an input into this analysis.

159

Engagement with Issuers

The Investment Manager believes that engagement with issuers is important to good corporate governance and to assist in making proxy voting decisions. The Investment Manager may engage with issuers to discuss specific ballot items to be voted on in advance of an annual or special meeting to obtain further information or clarification on the proposals. The Investment Manager may also engage with management on a range of environmental, social or corporate governance (“ESG”) issues throughout the year. We take a proactive approach focusing on long-term, financially material ESG risks and opportunities that may affect a company’s valuation and ability to create value.

The Investment Manager may choose engagement as the preferred route to achieving change over voting for a proposal, which may be poorly written or overly burdensome, but where there is a legitimate issue being raised. In such cases, the Investment Manager will consider management’s response to such engagement in future votes.

THE PROXY GROUP

The Proxy Group is part of Franklin Templeton’s Global Sustainability Strategy Team’s Stewardship Team. Full-time staff members and support staff are devoted to proxy voting administration and oversight and providing support and assistance where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive from a Proxy Service or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a record of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose securities are held by the Investment Manager’s managed funds and accounts. For each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the agenda, analyses of one or more Proxy Services, recommendations and any other information provided to the Proxy Group. Except in situations identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager’s research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s), working with the Investment Manager’s ESG professionals and Chief Investment Officer, are responsible for making the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, analyses of one or more Proxy Services, proxy statements, their knowledge of the company, the investment objectives of the client if known, and any other information publicly available.

In situations where the Investment Manager has not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline date, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the vote recommendations of a Proxy Service. Except in cases where the Proxy Group is voting consistent with the voting recommendation of a Proxy Service, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from the Investment Manager’s research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client prior to submitting the vote. In the event that an account holds a security that the Investment Manager did not purchase on its behalf, and the Investment Manager does not normally consider the security as a potential investment for other accounts, the Proxy Group may vote consistent with the voting recommendations of a Proxy Service or take no action on the meeting.

GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES

The Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory Clients, the Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal (including both management and shareholder proposals) will be considered based on the relevant facts and circumstances on a case-by-case basis. The Investment Manager may deviate from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the best interests of the Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the issues that may arise, nor can the Investment Manager anticipate all future situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and the Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these changes.

THE INVESTMENT MANAGER’S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES

The Investment Manager’s proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of the Investment Manager’s organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and the Investment Manager’s officers. Potential changes to the proxy voting policies are considered on an annual basis, and the Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton’s U.S.-registered investment companies will approve the proxy voting policies and procedures annually.

The following guidelines reflect what the Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior:

Board of Directors: The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. The Investment Manager supports an independent, diverse board of directors, and believes that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees should be comprised of independent directors. The Investment Manager supports boards with strong risk management oversight.

In evaluating its vote for directors, the Investment Manager will consider the individual’s qualifications, their ability to devote sufficient time to the Board, and their independence from management, as well as the overall composition of the Board. As it relates to the composition of a Board, the Investment Manager will consider current local market best practices and governance structures. Consideration will be given to the different qualifications and expertise of each director and the relevance of their experience to the company’s operations, how representative the Board is of the company’s operations, diversity of experience and backgrounds and other factors deemed relevant to that specific situation. Additionally, the Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors chairing or serving on committees which in its view have not been sufficiently responsive to shareholder concerns.

160

The Investment Manager will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. The Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. The Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of separating Chair and CEO positions, although consideration will be given to whether there is a strong Lead Independent Director as well as the company’s corporate governance performance generally. The Investment Manager evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation. In control situations, the Investment Manager will consider the specific circumstances of the situation. In general, the Investment Manager will focus on the protection of minority shareholder rights, and the history of the exercise of control by the controlling shareholder(s). While the general proxy voting guidelines generally apply to control situations as well, the Investment Manager will be mindful of the specifics of the situation in evaluating any matter up for vote.

In the event of a contested election, the Investment Manager will review a number of factors in making a decision including management’s track record, the company’s financial performance, qualifications of candidates on both slates, and the strategic plan of the dissidents and/or shareholder nominees.

Ratification of Auditors: The Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the independence, role, and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, The Investment Manager will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. The Investment Manager will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of a lack of independence, accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors. The Investment Manager may also consider whether the ratification of auditors has been approved by an appropriate audit committee that meets applicable composition and independence requirements.

Management & Director Compensation: A company’s equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders’ long-term interests. The Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. The Investment Manager evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. The Investment Manager reviews the ISS quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis evaluation of the plan. The Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be excessively dilutive and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share replenishment “evergreen” feature. The Investment Manager will generally support employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.

Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although the Investment Manager will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive or include tax gross-ups. The Investment Manager will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors’ compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.

The Investment Manager will generally support holding say-on-pay votes annually. The Investment Manager will review non-binding say-on-pay proposals on a case-by-case basis. The Investment Manager will consider ISS’s and/or Glass Lewis’s analysis of the plan, the alignment of pay and performance, the overall structure of the plan, the metrics used to judge performance and management performance. This will all be considered in light of current best practice for the local market. The Investment Manager will generally seek strong disclosure of the basis and rationale for pay decisions. Any discretionary elements of the compensation plan will be reviewed on the basis of sound judgement. Repricing of compensation awards, retroactive adjustments favoring management, or discretion which is considered poorly exercised will lead to strong consideration of a vote against the compensation decision. The Investment Manager will generally support the inclusion of material, measurable, and clearly disclosed ESG metrics in executive remuneration.

Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: The Investment Manager generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. However, as with all proxy issues, the Investment Manager conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, the Investment Manager may vote with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients’ interests as stockholders. The Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a shareholder vote. The Investment Manager will closely evaluate shareholder rights’ plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. The Investment Manager will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In addition, the Investment Manager generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” The Investment Manager usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting. The Investment Manager will review a company’s proposal to reincorporate to a different state or country on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration financial benefits such as tax treatment as well as comparing corporate governance provisions and general business laws that may result from the change in domicile. The Investment Manager will generally support strong rights for shareholders as it relates to calling special meetings and acting by written consent.

Changes to Capital Structure: The Investment Manager realizes that a company’s financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. The Investment Manager will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. The Investment Manager will generally not vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. The Investment Manager will generally vote

161

in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. The Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.

Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. The Investment Manager will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a case-by-case basis.

Environmental and Social Issues: The Investment Manager believes that environmental and social issues can have significant impact on a company’s performance over time. Companies may face significant financial, legal and reputational risks resulting from poor environmental and social practices, or negligent oversight of environmental and social issues. Appropriate oversight and handling of such issues can benefit corporate culture and performance over time. More information on the Investment Manager’s approach to incorporation of ESG issues into its investments can be found at https://www.franklintempleton.com/investor/our- firm/sustainable-investing.

The Investment Manager believes that corporations have a responsibility to provide strong oversight of ESG issues, both at the Board and management level, and that the oversight process should be explained clearly to shareholders. The Investment Manager also believes that corporations should provide strong disclosures of their performance on relevant ESG metrics, which should be based upon one or more of the available reporting frameworks, such as SASB, TCFD, CDP, CDSB, or GRI, but the Investment Manager will consider the overall quality and level of disclosure provided, as well as that planned to be provided, in considering its support for any proposal advocating a specific type of disclosure or report. It is important that shareholders have sufficient information to assess the ESG-related risks and opportunities of the company, and the management of those risks. The Investment Manager may hold directors accountable in situations where disclosures or business practices are deemed inadequate.

Climate Change/Net Zero: The Investment Manager recognizes the impact of climate change and the need for society to accelerate the transition toward global net zero greenhouse gas emissions (“Net Zero”). The Investment Manager believes that corporations have a responsibility to understand and manage the risks associated with the potential for changing regulatory environments and societal preferences as a result of the efforts to accelerate toward Net Zero. The Investment Manager further believes that corporations should take appropriate steps, consistent with the interests of shareholders, to position their business for a Net Zero future. The Investment Manager also recognizes that a Net Zero future does not require every individual asset type to be Net Zero, and that the path to achieve Net Zero is uncertain. Accordingly, the Investment Manager will consider each proposal relating to carbon emissions or Net Zero on its own merits, in light of the relevant regulatory environment(s) and economic impact on the business. The Investment Manager will consider such proposals on the basis of seeking to ensure that companies are exercising strong oversight, considering and disclosing relevant information, and taking reasonable, economic steps to position the business for a Net Zero future.

Political Lobbying: The Investment Manager believes that companies should have strong oversight of lobbying spending and political contributions, with the oversight process clearly explained to shareholders. The Investment Manager believes such spending and contributions should be thoroughly disclosed and readily accessible. The Investment Manager believes all lobbying spending should be consistent with the company’s stated strategies and policies. The Investment Manager will consider any shareholder proposals related to lobbying and political contributions based on the specifics of the situation, with these guidelines in mind.

Human Capital Management & Diversity: The Investment Manager will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions requesting disclosure of diversity data and targets and disclosure on gender pay gaps within companies, while considering existing policies and procedures of the company, local market norms, and whether the proposed information is useful to shareholders.

Governance Matters: The Investment Manager generally supports the right of shareholders to call special meetings and act by written consent. However, the Investment Manager will review such shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis in an effort to ensure that such proposals do not disrupt the course of business or require a disproportionate or inappropriate use of company resources.

Proxy Access: The Investment Manager will consider shareholder proxy access proposals on a case-by-case basis, taking into account factors such as the size of the company, ownership thresholds and holding periods, nomination limits (e.g., number of candidates that can be nominated), the responsiveness of management, the intentions of the shareholder proponent, company performance, and shareholder base.

Global Corporate Governance: The Investment Manager manages investments in countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above generally apply to the Investment Manager’s proxy voting decisions around the world, subject to local market best practices. Principles of good corporate governance may vary by country, given the constraints of a country’s laws and acceptable practices in the markets. As a result, it is on occasion difficult to apply a consistent set of governance practices to all issuers. As experienced money managers, the Investment Manager’s analysts are skilled in understanding the complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze proxy issues germane to their regions.

PROXY ADMINISTRATION PROCEDURES

Situations Where Proxies Are Not Voted

The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies and maintain proxy records as may be required by relevant rules and regulations. In addition, the Investment Manager understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions

162

may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore, the Investment Manager will generally attempt to process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign securities.

However, there may be situations in which the Investment Manager may be unable to successfully vote a proxy, or may choose not to vote a proxy, such as where: (i) a proxy ballot was not received from the custodian bank; (ii) a meeting notice was received too late; (iii) there are fees imposed upon the exercise of a vote and it is determined that such fees outweigh the benefit of voting; (iv) there are legal encumbrances to voting, including blocking restrictions in certain markets that preclude the ability to dispose of a security if the Investment Manager votes a proxy or where the Investment Manager is prohibited from voting by applicable law, economic or other sanctions, or other regulatory or market requirements, including but not limited to, effective Powers of Attorney; (v) additional documentation or the disclosure of beneficial owner details is required; (vi) the Investment Manager held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date; (vii) the Advisory Client held shares on the record date, but the Advisory Client closed the account prior to the meeting date; (viii) a proxy voting service is not offered by the custodian in the market; (ix) due to either system error or human error, the Investment Manager’s intended vote is not correctly submitted; (x) the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interest of the Advisory Client to vote the proxy for any other reason not enumerated herein; or (xi) a security is subject to a securities lending or similar program that has transferred legal title to the security to another person.

Rejected Votes

Even if the Investment Manager uses reasonable efforts to vote a proxy on behalf of its Advisory Clients, such vote or proxy may be rejected because of (a) operational or procedural issues experienced by one or more third parties involved in voting proxies in such jurisdictions; (b) changes in the process or agenda for the meeting by the issuer for which the Investment Manager does not have sufficient notice; or (c) the exercise by the issuer of its discretion to reject the vote of the Investment Manager. In addition, despite the best efforts of the Proxy Group and its agents, there may be situations where the Investment Manager’s votes are not received, or properly tabulated, by an issuer or the issuer’s agent.

Securities on Loan

The Investment Manager or its affiliates may, on behalf of one or more of the proprietary registered investment companies advised by the Investment Manager or its affiliates, make efforts to recall any security on loan where the Investment Manager or its affiliates (a) learn of a vote on an event that may materially affect a security on loan and (b) determine that it is in the best interests of such proprietary registered investment companies to recall the security for voting purposes. The ability to timely recall shares is not entirely within the control of the Investment Manager. Under certain circumstances, the recall of shares in time for such shares to be voted may not be possible due to applicable proxy voting record dates or other administrative considerations.

Split Voting

There may be instances in certain non-U.S. markets where split voting is not allowed. Split voting occurs when a position held within an account is voted in accordance with two differing instructions. Some markets and/or issuers only allow voting on an entire position and do not accept split voting. In certain cases, when more than one Franklin Templeton Investment Manager has accounts holding shares of an issuer that are held in an omnibus structure, the Proxy Group will seek direction from an appropriate representative of the Advisory Client with multiple Investment Managers (such as a conducting officer of the Management Company in the case of a SICAV), or the Proxy Group will submit the vote based on the voting instructions provided by the Investment Manager with accounts holding the greatest number of shares of the security within the omnibus structure.

Bundled Items

If several issues are bundled together in a single voting item, the Investment Manager will assess the total benefit to shareholders and the extent that such issues should be subject to separate voting proposals.

PROCEDURES FOR MEETINGS INVOLVING FIXED INCOME SECURITIES & PRIVATELY HELD ISSUERS

From time to time, certain custodians may process events for fixed income securities through their proxy voting channels rather than corporate action channels for administrative convenience. In such cases, the Proxy Group will receive ballots for such events on the ISS voting platform. The Proxy Group will solicit voting instructions from the Investment Manager for each account or fund involved. If the Proxy Group does not receive voting instructions from the Investment Manager, the Proxy Group will take no action on the event. The Investment Manager may be unable to vote a proxy for a fixed income security, or may choose not to vote a proxy, for the reasons described under the section entitled “Proxy Procedures.”

In the rare instance where there is a vote for a privately held issuer, the decision will generally be made by the relevant portfolio managers or research analysts.

The Proxy Group will monitor such meetings involving fixed income securities or privately held issuers for conflicts of interest in accordance with these procedures. If a fixed income or privately held issuer is flagged as a potential conflict of interest, the Investment Manager may nonetheless vote as it deems in the best interests of its Advisory Clients. The Investment Manager will report such decisions on an annual basis to Advisory Clients as may be required.

163

Geode

Proxy Voting Policy

February 2024

Geode Authority and Duties to Vote Client and Fund SecuritiesAs an investment adviser, Geode holds discretionary voting authority over a majority of its client accounts. Geode understands its obligations with respect to voting for clients and will apply a voting methodology for clients in a manner that Geode believes represents the best interests of its clients. Except in cases where clients have dictated separate voting guidelines, Geode’s voting methodology is applied in a unified manner across all clients consistent with the proxy voting policies (“Voting Policies”) described in this document. In certain limited instances, Geode clients may request that client-approved proxy voting guidelines are required to be followed. In these rare instances, a third-party proxy provider is engaged to vote proxies in accordance with such client-approved guidelines rather than the Voting Policies as described below. Geode’s Voting Policies are designed to (1) establish a framework for Geode’s decision-making with respect to proxy voting in client accounts and (2) set forth operational procedures for the oversight and execution of Geode’s proxy voting responsibilities. Geode’s Operations Committee oversees the implementation of Geode’s voting authority under these Voting Policies.

Third-Party Proxy Advisory FirmsGeode have retained Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), a third-party proxy advisory firm, to act as Geode’s proxy voting agent (“Proxy Agent”) providing Geode with vote execution and administration services including, operational, recordkeeping and reporting services. Geode uses research and analysis relating to general corporate governance issues and specific proxy items from proxy advisory firms including ISS and Glass Lewis.

Geode’s Stewardship Team conducts monthly oversight of the Proxy Agent’s implementation of the Voting Policies and vote execution. The oversight may include sampling votes cast on behalf of client accounts in an attempt to identify potential inconsistencies between the Proxy Agent’s implementation of the Voting Policies and the actual vote instructions placed on behalf of Geode’s client accounts. The sampling may focus on voting across similar proposals or a company-specific evaluation based on potential conflicts of interest between the proxy advisory firm and the company. Results of the monthly oversight are presented to Geode’s Operations Committee.

Proxy Voting ProcessExcept in cases where clients have dictated separate voting guidelines, Geode retains the responsibility for proxy ballot items in accordance with the Voting Policies herein and does not otherwise reference the Proxy Agent’s voting policies. To help facilitate the vote execution process, the Proxy Agent prepares a written analysis and recommendation of each proxy ballot item based on the Proxy Agent’s application of Geode’s Voting Policies. The Proxy Agent generally pre-populates and submits votes for proxy ballot items in accordance with such recommendations. If the Proxy Agent or Geode becomes aware that an issuer has filed, or will file, additional proxy solicitation materials sufficiently in advance of the voting deadline, the Proxy Agent and Geode will generally endeavor to consider such information where such information is viewed as material in Geode’s discretion when casting votes on behalf of client accounts. In certain instances, this may result in an override or a revised recommendation issued by the Proxy Agent.

In limited circumstances where Geode’s Voting Policies do not address the specific matter, the Proxy Agent will refer the ballot back to Geode. Ballot items that have been referred to Geode for a voting decision are handled on a case-by-case basis.

Geode aims to vote all shareholder meetings; however, when deemed appropriate, Geode reserves the right to refrain from voting certain meetings, for example in cases where:

•

Power of attorney documentation is required.

•

Issuer-specific beneficial owner documentation or certifications are required.

•

Voting is not permissible due to sanctions affecting the company.

•

Voting occurs in certain share blocking markets where shares are subject to lockup periods during shareholder meeting dates.

164

Conflicts of InterestDue to its focused business model and the number of investments that Geode will make for its clients (particularly pursuant to its indexing strategy), Geode does not anticipate that actual or potential conflicts of interest are likely to occur in the ordinary course of its business. However, Geode believes it is essential to avoid having conflicts of interest affect its objective of voting in the best interests of its clients. Therefore, in the event that members of the Operations Committee, the Proxy Agent or any other person involved in the analysis or voting of proxies has knowledge of, or has reason to believe there may exist, any potential relationship, business or otherwise, between the portfolio company subject to the proxy vote and Geode (or any affiliate of Geode) or their respective directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents, such person shall notify the other members of the Operations Committee. Geode will analyze and address such potential conflict of interest, consulting with outside counsel, as appropriate. In the case of an actual conflict of interest, on the advice of counsel, Geode expects that the independent directors of Geode will consider the matter and may (1) determine that there is no conflict of interest (or that reasonable measures have been taken to remedy or avoid any conflict of interest) that would prevent Geode from voting the applicable proxy, (2) abstain, (3) cause authority to be delegated to the Proxy Agent or a similar special fiduciary to vote the applicable proxy or (4) recommend other methodology for mitigating the conflict of interest, if deemed appropriate (e.g., echo voting).

Proxy Voting PoliciesGeode has established the Voting Policies that are summarized below to maximize the value of investments in its clients’ accounts, which it believes will be furthered through (1) accountability of a company’s management and directors to its shareholders, (2) alignment of the interests of management with those of shareholders (including through compensation, benefit, and equity ownership programs), and (3) increased disclosure of a company’s business and operations. Geode reserves the right to override any of its Voting Policies with respect to a particular shareholder vote when such an override is, in Geode’s best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of Geode’s clients.

All proxy votes shall be considered and made in a manner consistent with the best interests of Geode’s clients (as well as shareholders of mutual fund clients) without regard to any other relationship, business or otherwise, between the portfolio company subject to the proxy vote and Geode or its affiliates. As a general matter, (1) proxies will be voted FOR incumbent members of a board of directors and FOR routine management proposals, except as otherwise addressed under these policies; (2) shareholder and non-routine management proposals addressed by these policies will be voted as provided in these policies; and (3) shareholder and non-routine management proposals not addressed by these policies will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. For ballots related to proxy contests, mergers, acquisitions and other organizational transactions, Geode may determine it is appropriate to conduct a company specific evaluation.

Non-US Issuers: Corporate governance standards, legal or regulatory requirements and disclosure practices in foreign countries can differ from those in the United States. When voting the securities of non-US issuers, Geode will evaluate proposals in accordance with these policies to the greatest extent possible but will also take local market standards and best practices into consideration. In the event local market standards and best practices in a non-US jurisdiction differs with (or are not specifically covered by) these policies, Geode will generally vote in accordance with such local market standards and best practices. For example, some jurisdictions have different standards for director independence and a greater tolerance for non-independent directors on boards and Geode will vote in accordance with those standards in those jurisdictions, even if not consistent with the policies below. In addition, Geode will not vote in re-registration markets outside of the US.

Geode’s specific policies are as follows:

I.

Director Elections & Other Board/Governance Matters

A.

Election of Directors:

Geode will generally support director nominees and incumbent members of a board of directors except in certain instances detailed below:

1.

Attendance. The incumbent board member failed to attend at least 75% of meetings in the previous year and does not provide a reasonable explanation (e.g. illness, family emergency, work on behalf of the company or service to the nation); Support may also be withheld from the chair of the nominating/governance committee if the proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75% of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings but fails to provide the names of the directors.

2.

Independent Directors. Geode will vote against a director if (1) the Nominee is non-independent and full board comprises less than a majority of independent directors, or (2)the Nominee is not independent and sits on the audit, compensation or nominating committee (or none of these committees exist). For purposes of this Policy, independence will be assessed based on the company’s relevant listing standard and controlled companies will be exempt from the assessment in line with exemptions from listing standards, where applicable.

3.

Director Responsiveness.

a.

The board failed to act on shareholder proposals that received approval by Geode and a majority of the votes cast in the previous year.

b.

The board failed to act on takeover offers where Geode and a majority of shareholders tendered their shares.

165

c.

Geode will vote against the chair of the nominating/governance committee if at the previous board election, directors opposed by Geode received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote, provided that, if the nominating/governance committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the nominating/governance committee on the ballot.

d.

Geode will vote against the chair of the compensation committee when there is insufficient responsiveness to a say-on-pay vote that received less than 70 percent support at the last annual general meeting, provided that, if the compensation committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the compensation committee on the ballot.

4.

Repriced Options. Geode will vote against the chair of the compensation committee in the concurrent or next following vote if, within the last year and without shareholder approval, the company’s board of directors or compensation committee has repriced underwater options, provided that, if the compensation committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the compensation committee on the ballot.

5.

Golden Parachutes. Geode will vote against the chair of the compensation committee if the compensation committee adopted or renewed an excessive golden parachute within the past year (i.e., since the prior AGM), provided that, if the compensation committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the compensation committee on the ballot.For purposes of these Policies, “excessive” is defined as:

a.

cash severance payment is greater than three times salary and bonus

b.

change-in-control severance payments are not double triggered; or

c.

excise tax gross ups are allowed

6.

Poor Accounting Practices/Material Weaknesses. Geode will vote against the chair of the Audit Committee if poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as fraud, misapplication of GAAP and material weaknesses identified in disclosures; provided that, if the audit committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the audit committee on the ballot, in each case, unless circumstances such as the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, duration, and the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions would render the poor accounting practice moot, immaterial or insignificant.

7.

Compensation Concerns. Geode will vote against the chair of the compensation committee when there are compensation concerns (i.e. the company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required by applicable regulation or the company’s declared policy; there is a pattern of awarding excessive non-employee director compensation without disclosing a compelling rationale or other mitigating factors), and there is no say-on-pay proposal on the ballot, provided that, if the compensation committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the compensation committee on the ballot under such circumstances.

8.

Gender Diversity. Geode will vote against the chair of a Company’s nominating/governance committee if no woman serves on the board and no woman was serving on the board at the previous shareholder meeting, unless Geode determines that the Company has during this period engaged in good faith efforts to search for and consider qualified women candidates to serve on the board, provided that, if the nominating/governance committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the nominating/governance committee on the ballot.

9.

Over boarding. The Director is a CEO and sits on the Board of more than two public companies besides his or her own; or a non-CEO Director who sits on more than five public company boards.

10.

Unequal Voting Rights. Geode will vote against the chair of the nominating/governance committee if the Company maintains a common stock structure with unequal voting rights.Exceptions to the policy may include but aren’t limited to:Newly public companies with a reasonable sunset provision, where the unequal voting rights are considered de minimis; or the company provides sufficient safeguards for minority shareholders, provided that, if the nominating/governance committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the nominating/governance committee on the ballot.

11.

Problematic Board Governance. Vote against the chair of the relevant committee responsible for the problematic governance practices (provided that if the relevant committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the relevant committee on the ballot) when such practices have been identified, including:

a.

Unilateral By-law/Charter Amendments (i.e., allowing the board to make amendments without shareholder consent)

b.

Problematic Audit Practices (i.e., the company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor)

c.

Governance Failures (Bribery, Criminal Activity, regulatory sanctions, legal judgements, etc.)

d.

Adopting or extending an anti-takeover provision that would have been opposed by Geode under this Policy without shareholder approval

166

B.

Majority Election

Unless a company has a director resignation policy, Geode will generally vote in favor of a proposal calling for directors to be elected by a majority of votes cast in a board election provided that the plurality vote applies when there are more nominees than board seats.

C.

Vote FOR charter and by-law amendments expanding the Indemnification of Directors to the maximum extent permitted under Delaware law (regardless of the state of incorporation) and vote AGAINST charter and by-law amendments completely Eliminating Directors’ Liability for Breaches of Care.

D.

Geode will generally vote FOR proposals seeking to establish or amend proxy access which allow a shareholder (or shareholder group) holding at least 3% of the voting power of the company’s outstanding shares continuously for a minimum of 3 years the ability to nominate no more than 25% of the board of directors. Geode will generally vote AGAINST proposals that do not meet the aforementioned criteria.

E.

Board Composition

1.

Geode will vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for a majority of directors to be independent of management.

2.

Geode will generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals calling for a majority of directors on board Nominating, Audit and Compensation Committees to be independent.

3.

Geode will vote AGAINST proposals calling for the separation of the roles of Chairman & CEO, if combined and there is a lead independent director. Proposals will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, If the roles of Chairman & CEO are combined and there is no lead independent director to determine if appointment of an independent Chairman would likely be in shareholders’ best interest in promoting effective oversight of management by the Board.

II.

Executive & Director Compensation and Stock Plans

A.

Vote AGAINST the adoption of or amendment to authorize additional shares under a Stock Option Plan if:

1.

The stock option plan includes evergreen provisions, which provides for an automatic allotment of equity compensation every year.

2.

The company grants annual awards at a rate higher than a benchmark burn rate considered appropriate for the company’s GICS classification and the dilution effect of the shares authorized under the plan (including by virtue of any “evergreen” or replenishment provision), plus the shares reserved for issuance pursuant to all other option or restricted stock plans is greater than 15%, provided that, dilution may be increased to 20% for small capitalization companies, and 25% for micro capitalization companies, respectively.

3.

The exercise price of options is less than 100% of fair market value on the date of grant, except that the offering price may be as low as 85% of fair market value if the discount is expressly granted in lieu of salary or cash bonus, except that a modest number of shares (limited to 5% for a large capitalization company and 10% for a small and micro capitalization companies) may be available for grant to employees and directors under the plan if the grant is made by a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors (the “De Minimis Exception”).

4.

If the directors eligible to receive options under the plan are involved in the administration of the plan or the plan administrator has the discretion over awards.

5.

The plan’s terms allow repricing of underwater options, or the board/committee has repriced options outstanding under the plan in the past two years without shareholder approval.

6.

Acceleration of Vesting: the plan provides that the vesting of equity awards may accelerate before a potential change in control occurs.

B.

Vote AGAINST adoption of or amendments to authorize additional shares for Restricted Stock Awards (“RSA”) if: The dilution effect of the shares authorized under the plan, plus the shares reserved for issuance pursuant to all other option or restricted stock plans, is greater than 15%, provided that, (i) dilution may be increased to 20% for small capitalization companies, and 25% for micro capitalization companies, respectively, and (ii) Geode will also consider whether the company grants annual awards at a rate higher than a benchmark burn rate considered appropriate for the company’s GICS classification.

C.

Vote AGAINST Omnibus Stock Plans if one or more component violates any of the criteria applicable to Stock Option Plans or RSAs under these proxy voting policies. In the case of an omnibus stock plan, the dilution limits applicable to Stock Option Plans or RSAs under these Voting Policies will be measured against the total number of shares under all components of such plan.

D.

Say on Pay (non-binding).

1.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation. Geode will generally vote FOR an advisory vote on executive compensation but will review on a case-by-case basis when: (1) there is a significant misalignment between executive pay and company performance; (2) the company maintains significant problematic pay practices; or (3) the prior advisory vote received less than 70% support and the board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

2.

Frequency Vote. Geode will generally vote FOR having an advisory vote on executive compensation every year.

3.

Advisory Vote on Golden Parachute. Geode will vote AGAINST “excessive” change-in-control severance payments (as defined herein).

167

E.

Vote FOR Stock Repurchase Programs, unless there is clear evidence of past abuse of the authority; the plan contains no safeguards against selective buybacks, or the authority can be used as an anti-takeover mechanism.

F.

Geode will support shareholder proposals seeking to recoup unearned incentive bonuses or other incentive payments made to senior executives if it is later determined that fraud, misconduct, or negligence significantly contributed to a restatement of financial results that led to the awarding of unearned incentive compensation.

G.

Golden Parachute. Geode will vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to submit a severance agreement to a shareholder vote when:

1.

the company maintains an existing policy addressing excessive severance, and

2.

the provisions of the existing policy would not be deemed “excessive” ​(as defined herein).

H.

Holdings Period for Executives. Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals requesting full tenure holding periods for executives on shares acquired through equity compensation programs during their employment.

I.

Vote AGAINST Employee Stock Purchase Plans if the plan violates any of the relevant criteria applicable to Stock Option Plans or RSAs under these proxy voting policies, except that (1) the minimum stock purchase price may be equal to or greater than 85% of the stock’s fair market value if the plan constitutes a reasonable effort to encourage broad based participation in the company’s equity, and (2) in the case of non-U.S. company stock purchase plans, the minimum stock purchase price may be equal to the prevailing market conditions as articulated by the Agent, provided that the minimum stock purchase price must be at least 75% of the stock’s fair market value.

III.

Anti-Takeover Measures

A.

Geode will generally vote as follows on anti-takeover measures:

1.

Against Addition of Special Interest Directors to the board.

2.

Authorization of “Blank Check” Preferred Stock. Geode will vote FOR proposals to require shareholder approval for the distribution of preferred stock except where the blank check preferred stock proposal is proposed in connection with an acquisition or merger.

3.

Classification of Boards, Geode will vote FOR proposals to de-classify boards.

4.

Golden Parachutes, that Geode deems to be excessive (as defined herein) in the event of change-in-control.

5.

Poison Pills. Adoption or extension of a Poison Pill without shareholder approval will result in our voting AGAINST/Withhold the chair of the nomination/governance committee in the concurrent or next following vote on the election of directors, provided that, if the nomination/governance committee chair is not on the ballot or where no chair exists, Geode will vote against the longest tenured member of the nomination/governance committee on the ballot under such circumstances, in each case, unless (a) the board has adopted a Poison Pill with a sunset provision; (b) the term is less than three years; (c) the Pill includes a qualifying offer clause; Or (d) shareholder approval is required to reinstate the expired Pill. Geode will vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring or recommending that shareholders be given an opportunity to vote on the adoption of poison pills.

6.

Against Reduction or Limitation of Shareholder Rights (e.g., action by written consent, ability to call meetings, or remove directors).

7.

Against Reincorporation in another state (when accompanied by Anti-Takeover Provisions, including increased statutory anti-takeover provisions). Geode will vote FOR management proposals to reincorporate in another state when not accompanied by such anti-takeover provisions.

8.

Against Requirements that restrict or expand the board size to prevent outside interests from holding seats.

9.

Against Supermajority Voting Requirements (i.e., typically 2/3 or greater) for boards and shareholders. Geode will vote FOR proposals to eliminate supermajority voting requirements unless there is a controlling shareholder.

10.

Against Transfer of Authority from Shareholders to Directors.

B.

Vote FOR proposed amendments to a company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws that enable the company to Opt Out of the Control Shares Acquisition Statutes.

C.

Vote FOR Anti-Greenmail proposals so long as they are not part of anti-takeover provisions (in which case the vote will be AGAINST).

IV.

Capitalization Issues or Capital Structure

A.

Vote AGAINST the introduction of new classes of Stock with Differential Voting Rights.

B.

Vote FOR elimination of Preemptive Rights.

C.

Vote FOR management proposals to implement a Reverse Stock Split when the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced, or the Reverse Stock Split is necessary to avoid de-listing or there is bankruptcy risk or going concern issues. Vote AGAINST if any evidence that Reverse Stock Split could be used to thwart takeover attempts. Geode will support a proposal resulting in an authorization of up to 300 percent shares outstanding and reserved for legitimate purposes. Geode will vote AGAINST any proposal resulting in an authorization exceeding 300 percent the company’s shares outstanding and reserved for legitimate purposes.

168

D.

Vote FOR management proposals to Reduce the Par Value of common stock. Review case-by-case if the proposal may facilitate an anti-takeover device or other negative corporate governance action.

E.

Vote FOR the Issuance of Large Blocks of Stock if such proposals have a legitimate business purpose and do not result in dilution of greater than 20%. However, a company’s specific circumstances and market practices may be considered in determining whether the proposal is consistent with shareholders’ interests.

F.

Vote AGAINST proposals to Reprice Outstanding Stock Options where the plans (1) do not exclude senior management and directors; or (2) contain a repricing proposal that is not value neutral to shareholders based upon an acceptable options pricing model. Otherwise these proposals will be considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into account: (i) whether the options proposed to be repriced exceeded the dilution thresholds described in these current proxy voting policies when initially granted; (ii) the company’s relative performance compared to other companies within the relevant industry or industries; and (iii) economic and other conditions affecting the relevant industry or industries in which the company competes.

G.

Vote AGAINST Excessive Increases in Common Stock unless there is either bankruptcy risk or going concern issues. Vote AGAINST increases in authorized common stock that would result in authorized capital in excess of three times the company’s shares outstanding and reserved for legitimate purposes. However, requests will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis when there are significant risks of non-approval, including a government rescue program, or other extenuating circumstances.

H.

Generally, vote FOR capitalization proposals tied to a merger/acquisition to give management the ability to finance the transaction. However, Geode will review on a case-by-case basis where it determines that such capitalization items may result in excessive or inappropriate dilution of shareholders’ interests if the requested capitalization is more than is needed to complete the transaction.

V.

Environmental and Social

A.

Evaluate each proposal related to environmental and social issues (excluding political contributions). Generally, Geode expects to vote with management’s recommendation on shareholder proposals concerning environmental or social issues, as Geode believes management and the board are ordinarily in the best position to address these matters. There are instances, however, where Geode may support certain shareholder environmental and social proposals where Geode believes the proposals meet the following conditions (i) request disclosure of new or additional information that is material to investors, and increase or preserve shareholder value by improving transparency into the company’s processes and governance relating to the topic of the proposal, and (ii) would not be impractical or overly burdensome for the company to comply with. Geode may take action against the re-election of board members if there are serious concerns over an issuer’s approach to environmental or social issues.

B.

Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals to disclose company practices related to political contributions, except instances when the company has been flagged for problematic political activity by a regulatory organization will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.

VI.

Other Business

A.

Geode votes AGAINST introduction of cumulative voting rights. Geode will vote FOR elimination of cumulative voting rights.

B.

Vote FOR proposals to adopt Confidential Voting and Independent Vote Tabulation practices.

C.

Shares of Investment Companies For institutional accounts, Geode will generally vote in favor of proposals recommended by the underlying funds’ Board of Trustees, unless voting is not permitted under applicable laws and regulations.

D.

Geode will vote AGAINST proposed auditors where non-audit fees constitute more than half of the total fees paid by the company to the audit firm if the excessive fees are not tied to an IPO, equity raise, bankruptcy service, or other one-off transaction. Absent such issues, Geode will vote FOR selection of proposed auditors.

E.

Geode will generally vote FOR management proposals allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings by electronic means assuming comparable rights and opportunities for shareholder participation are aligned with those available during an in-person event.

F.

Charter and Bylaw Amendments

1.

Geode will vote FOR amendments if they meet the following criteria:

a.

is editorial in nature;

b.

shareholder rights are not harmed;

c.

there is negligible or positive impact on shareholder value;

d.

management provides adequate reasons for the amendments; or

e.

the company is required to do so by law (if applicable).

2.

Vote FOR proposals to amend articles of incorporation that are in connection to mergers/acquisitions, provided that such amendments are otherwise consistent with these Voting Policies.

3.

Vote against proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws. Vote for proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders.

4.

Vote as otherwise set forth in these Voting Policies for amendments that are necessary to effect stock splits, to change a company’s name or to authorize additional shares of common stock.

169

G.

Geode will vote FOR routine agenda items and similar routine management proposals such as changing the company name or procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

H.

Geode will vote AGAINST reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses unless part of a proxy contest, in which case Geode will evaluate in connection with the contest.

I.

Geode will vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking the adoption of a documented CEO succession planning policy.

J.

Adjourn Meeting. Geode will generally support proposals to adjourn meetings where the outcome would be known unless seeking to adjourn a meeting where there is a strategic transaction on the agenda.

K.

Other Business. Geode will vote AGAINST management proposals to approve business matters where such matters are not adequately disclosed in meeting materials.

L.

Proxy Contests/Contested Director Elections. Geode will review contested ballot items on a case-by-case basis (note: all other ballot items will be reviewed under the relevant or applicable guideline(s)).

170

Invesco

Policy Statement on Global Corporate Governance and Proxy Voting

January 2024

I.

Introduction

Invesco Ltd. and its wholly owned investment adviser subsidiaries (collectively, “Invesco”, the “Company”, “our” or “we”) have adopted and implemented this Policy Statement on Global Corporate Governance and Proxy Voting (“Global Proxy Voting Policy” or “Policy”), which we believe describe policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure proxy voting matters are conducted in the best interests of our clients.

A.

Our Approach to Proxy Voting

Invesco understands proxy voting is an integral aspect of the investment management services it provides to clients. As an investment adviser, Invesco has a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of our clients. Where Invesco has been delegated the authority to vote proxies with respect to securities held in client portfolios, we exercise such authority in the manner we believe best serves the interests of our clients and their investment objectives. We recognize that proxy voting is an important tool that enables us to drive shareholder value.

A summary of our global operational procedures and governance structure is included in Part II of this Policy. Invesco’s good governance principles, which are included in Part III of this Policy, and our internal proxy voting guidelines are both principles and rules-based and cover topics that typically appear on voting ballots. Invesco’s portfolio management teams retain ultimate authority to vote proxies. Given the complexity of proxy issues across our clients’ holdings globally, our investment teams consider many factors when determining how to cast votes. We seek to evaluate and make voting decisions that favor proxy proposals and governance practices that, in our view, promote long-term shareholder value.

B.

Applicability of Policy

Invesco’s portfolio management teams vote proxies on behalf of Invesco-sponsored funds and both fund and non-fund advisory clients that have explicitly granted Invesco authority in writing to vote proxies on their behalf. In the case of institutional or sub-advised clients, Invesco will vote the proxies in accordance with this Policy unless the client agreement specifies that the client retains the right to vote or has designated a named fiduciary to direct voting.

This Policy is implemented by all entities listed in Exhibit A, except as noted below. Due to regional or asset class-specific considerations, certain entities may have local proxy voting guidelines or policies and procedures that differ from this Policy. In the event local policies and this Policy differ, the local policy will apply. These entities subject to local policies are listed in Exhibit A and include: Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited, Invesco Asset Management (India) Pvt. Ltd, Invesco Taiwan Ltd, Invesco Real Estate Management S.a.r.l and Invesco Capital Markets, Inc. for Invesco Unit Investment Trusts.

Where our passively managed strategies and certain other client accounts managed in accordance with fixed income, money market and index strategies (including exchange-traded funds) (referred to as “passively managed accounts”) hold the same investments as our actively managed equity funds, voting decisions with respect to those accounts generally follow the voting decisions made by the largest active holder of the equity shares. Invesco refers to this approach as “Majority Voting.” This process of Majority Voting seeks to ensure that our passively managed accounts benefit from the engagement and deep dialogue of our active investment teams, which Invesco believes benefits shareholders in passively managed accounts. Invesco will generally apply the majority holder’s vote instruction to these passively managed accounts. Where securities are held only in passively managed accounts and not owned in our actively managed accounts, the proxy will be generally voted in line with this Policy and internal proxy voting guidelines. Notwithstanding the above, portfolio management teams of our passively managed accounts retain full discretion over proxy voting decisions and may determine it appropriate to individually evaluate a specific proxy proposal or override Majority Voting and vote the shares as they determine to be in the best interest of those accounts, absent certain types of conflicts of interest, which are discussed elsewhere in the Policy. To the extent our portfolio management teams believe a specific proxy proposal requires enhanced analysis or if it is not covered by the Policy or internal guidelines, our portfolio management teams will evaluate such proposal and execute the voting decision.

II.

Global Proxy Voting Operational Procedures

Invesco’s global proxy voting operational procedures (the “Procedures”) are in place to implement the provisions of this Policy. Invesco aims to vote all proxies where we have been granted voting authority in accordance with this Policy, as implemented by the Procedures outlined in this Section II. It is the responsibility of Invesco’s Proxy Voting and Governance team to maintain and facilitate the review of the Procedures annually.

171

A.

Oversight and Governance

Oversight of the proxy voting process is provided by the Proxy Voting and Governance team and the Global Invesco Proxy Advisory Committee (“Global IPAC”). For some clients, third parties (e.g., U.S. fund boards) and internal sub-committees also provide oversight of the proxy voting process.

Guided by its philosophy that investment teams should manage proxy voting, Invesco has created the Global IPAC. The Global IPAC is an investments-driven committee comprised of representatives from various investment management teams globally and Invesco’s Global Head of ESG and is chaired by its Director of Proxy Voting and Governance. Representatives from Invesco’s Legal and Compliance, Risk and Government Affairs departments may also participate in Global IPAC meetings. The Global IPAC provides a forum for investment teams, in accordance with this Policy, to:

•

monitor, understand and discuss key proxy issues and voting trends within the Invesco complex;

•

assist Invesco in meeting regulatory obligations;

•

review votes not aligned with our good governance principles; and

•

consider conflicts of interest in the proxy voting process.

In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Global IPAC meets as necessary, but no less than semi-annually, and has the following responsibilities and functions: (i) acts as a key liaison between the Proxy Voting and Governance team and portfolio management teams to ensure compliance with this Policy; (ii) provides insight on market trends as it relates to stewardship practices; (iii) monitors proxy votes that present potential conflicts of interest; and (iv) reviews and provides input, at least annually, on this Policy and related internal procedures and recommends any changes to the Policy based on, but not limited to, Invesco’s experience, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations. In addition, when necessary, the Global IPAC Conflict of Interest Sub-committee makes voting decisions on proxies that require an override of the Policy due to an actual or perceived conflict of interest; the Global IPAC reviews any such voting decisions.

B.

The Proxy Voting Process

At Invesco, investment teams execute voting decisions through our proprietary voting platform and are supported by the Proxy Voting and Governance team and a dedicated technology team. Invesco’s proprietary voting platform streamlines the proxy voting process by providing our global investment teams with direct access to proxy meeting materials including ballots, Invesco’s internal proxy voting guidelines and recommendations, as well as proxy research and vote recommendations issued by Proxy Service Providers (as such term is defined below). Votes executed on Invesco’s proprietary voting platform are transmitted to our proxy voting agent electronically and are then delivered to the respective designee for tabulation.

Invesco’s Proxy Voting and Governance team monitors whether we have received proxy ballots for shareholder meetings in which we are entitled to vote. This involves coordination among various parties in the proxy voting ecosystem, such as our proxy voting agent, custodians and ballot distributors. If necessary, we may choose to escalate a matter to facilitate our ability to exercise our right to vote.

Our proprietary systems facilitate internal control and oversight of the voting process. To facilitate the casting of votes in an efficient manner, Invesco may choose to pre-populate and leverage the capabilities of these proprietary systems to automatically submit votes based on its internal proxy voting guidelines and in circumstances where Majority Voting, share blocking (as defined below) or proportional voting applies. If necessary, votes may be cast by Invesco or via the Proxy Service Providers Web platform at our direction.

C.

Retention and Oversight of Proxy Service Providers

Invesco has retained two independent third party proxy voting service providers to provide proxy support globally: Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”) and Glass Lewis (“GL”). In addition to ISS and GL, Invesco may retain certain local proxy service providers to access regionally specific research (collectively with ISS and GL, “Proxy Service Providers”). The services may include one or more of the following: providing a comprehensive analysis of each voting item and interpretations of each based on Invesco’s internally developed proxy voting guidelines; and providing assistance with the administration of the proxy process and certain proxy voting-related functions, including, but not limited to, operational, reporting and recordkeeping services.

While Invesco may take into consideration the information and recommendations provided by the Proxy Service Providers, including based upon Invesco’s internal proxy voting guidelines and recommendations provided to such Proxy Service Providers, Invesco’s portfolio management teams retain full and independent discretion with respect to proxy voting decisions.

Updates to previously issued proxy research reports and recommendations may be provided to incorporate newly available information or additional disclosure provided by the issuer regarding a matter to be voted on, or to correct factual errors that may result in the issuance of revised proxy vote recommendations. Invesco’s Proxy Voting and Governance team periodically monitors for these research alerts issued by Proxy Service Providers that are shared with our portfolio management teams.

172

Invesco performs extensive initial and ongoing due diligence on the Proxy Service Providers it engages globally. Invesco conducts annual due diligence meetings as part of its ongoing oversight of Proxy Service Providers. The topics included in these annual due diligence reviews include material changes in service levels, leadership and control, conflicts of interest, methodologies for formulating vote recommendations, operations, and research personnel, among other things. In addition, Invesco monitors and communicates with these firms throughout the year and monitors their compliance with Invesco’s performance and policy standards.

As part of our annual policy development process, Invesco may engage with other external proxy and governance experts to understand market trends and developments. These meetings provide Invesco with an opportunity to assess the Proxy Service Providers’ capabilities, conflicts of interest and service levels, as well as provide investment professionals with direct insight into the Proxy Service Providers’ stances on key corporate governance and proxy topics and their policy framework/methodologies.

Invesco completes a review of the System and Organizational Controls (“SOC”) Reports for Proxy Service Providers to confirm the related controls operated effectively to provide reasonable assurance.

D.

Disclosures and Recordkeeping

Unless otherwise required by local or regional requirements, Invesco maintains voting records for at least seven (7) years. Invesco makes its proxy voting records publicly available in compliance with regulatory requirements and industry best practices in the regions below:

•

In accordance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, Invesco will file a record of all proxy voting activity for the prior 12 months ending June 30th for each U.S. registered fund. In addition, Invesco, as an institutional manager that is required to file Form 13F, will file a record of its votes on certain executive compensation (“say on pay”) matters. These fund proxy voting filings and institutional manager say on pay voting filings will generally be made on or before August 31st of each year. Each year, the proxy voting records for each U.S. registered fund are made available on Invesco’s website. Moreover, and to the extent applicable, the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), including Department of Labor regulations and guidance thereunder, provide that the named fiduciary generally should be able to review not only the investment adviser’s voting procedure with respect to plan-owned stock, but also to review the actions taken in individual proxy voting situations. In the case of institutional and sub-advised clients, clients may contact their client service representative to request information about how Invesco voted proxies on their behalf. Absent specific contractual guidelines, such requests may be made on a semi-annual basis.

•

In the UK and Europe, Invesco publicly discloses our proxy votes monthly in compliance with the UK Stewardship Code and for the European Shareholder Rights Directive annually.

•

In Canada, Invesco publicly discloses our annual proxy votes each year by August 31st, covering the 12-month period ending June 30th in compliance with the National Instrument 81-106 Investment Fund Continuous Disclosure.

•

In Japan, Invesco publicly discloses our proxy votes annually in compliance with the Japan Stewardship Code.

•

In India, Invesco publicly discloses our proxy votes quarterly in compliance with The Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) Circular on stewardship code for all Mutual Funds and all categories of Alternative Investment Funds in relation to their investment in listed equities. SEBI has implemented principles on voting for Mutual Funds through circulars dated March 15, 2010, March 24, 2014, and March 5, 2021, which prescribed detailed mandatory requirements for Mutual Funds in India to disclose their voting policies and actual voting by Mutual Funds on different resolutions of investee companies.

•

In Hong Kong, Invesco Hong Kong Limited will provide proxy voting records upon request in compliance with the Securities and Futures Commission (“SFC”) Principles of Responsible Ownership.

•

In Taiwan, Invesco publicly discloses our proxy voting policy and proxy votes annually in compliance with Taiwan’s Stewardship Principles for Institutional Investors.

•

In Australia, Invesco publicly discloses a summary of its proxy voting record annually.

•

In Singapore, Invesco Asset Management Singapore Ltd. will provide proxy voting records upon request in compliance with the Singapore Stewardship Principles for Responsible Investors.

Invesco may engage Proxy Service Providers to make available or maintain certain required proxy voting records in accordance with the above stated applicable regulations. Separately managed account clients that have authorized Invesco to vote proxies on their behalf will receive proxy voting information with respect to those accounts upon request. Certain other clients may obtain information about how we voted proxies on their behalf by contacting their client service representative or advisor. Invesco does not publicly pre-disclose voting intentions in advance of shareholder meetings.

173

E.

Market and Operational Limitations

In the great majority of instances, Invesco will vote proxies. However, in certain circumstances, Invesco may refrain from voting where the economic or other opportunity costs of voting exceed any benefit to clients. Moreover, ERISA fiduciaries, in voting proxies or exercising other shareholder rights, must not subordinate the economic interests of plan participants and beneficiaries to unrelated objectives. These matters are left to the discretion of the relevant portfolio manager. Such circumstances could include, for example:

•

Certain countries impose temporary trading restrictions, a practice known as “share blocking.” This means that once the shares have been voted, the shareholder does not have the ability to sell the shares for a certain period of time, usually until the day after the conclusion of the shareholder meeting. Invesco generally refrains from voting proxies at companies where share blocking applies. In some instances, Invesco may determine that the benefit to the client(s) of voting a specific proxy outweighs the client’s temporary inability to sell the shares.

•

Some companies require a representative to attend meetings in person to vote a proxy, or submit additional documentation or the disclosure of beneficial owner details to vote. Invesco may determine that the costs of sending a representative or submitting additional documentation or disclosures outweigh the benefit of voting a particular proxy.

•

Invesco may not receive proxy materials from the relevant fund or client custodian with sufficient time and information to make an informed independent voting decision.

•

Invesco held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date.

In some non-U.S. jurisdictions, although Invesco uses reasonable efforts to vote a proxy, proxies may not be accepted or may be rejected due to changes in the agenda for a shareholder meeting for which Invesco does not have sufficient notice, due to a proxy voting service not being offered by the custodian in the local market or due to operational issues experienced by third parties involved in the process or by the issuer or sub-custodian. In addition, despite the best efforts of Invesco and its proxy voting agent, there may be instances where our votes may not be received or properly tabulated by an issuer or the issuer’s agent. Invesco will generally endeavor to vote and maintain any paper ballots received provided they are delivered in a timely manner ahead of the vote deadline.

F.

Securities Lending

Invesco’s funds may participate in a securities lending program. In circumstances where funds’ shares are on loan, the voting rights of those shares are transferred to the borrower. If the security in question is on loan as part of a securities lending program, Invesco may determine that the vote is material to the investment and therefore, the benefit to the client of voting a particular proxy outweighs the economic benefits of securities lending. In those instances, Invesco may determine to recall securities that are on loan prior to the meeting record date, so that we will be entitled to vote those shares. For example, for certain actively managed funds, the lending agent has standing instructions to systematically recall all securities on loan for Invesco to vote the proxies on those previously loaned shares. There may be instances where Invesco may be unable to recall shares or may choose not to recall shares. Such circumstances may include instances when Invesco does not receive timely notice of the meeting, or when Invesco deems the opportunity for a fund to generate securities lending revenue to outweigh the benefits of voting at a specific meeting. The relevant portfolio manager will make these determinations.

G.

Conflicts of Interest

There may be occasions where voting proxies may present a perceived or actual conflict of interest between Invesco, as investment adviser, and one or more of Invesco’s clients or vendors.

Firm-Level Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest may exist if Invesco has a material business relationship with either the company soliciting a proxy or a third party that has a material interest in the outcome of a proxy vote or that is actively lobbying for a particular outcome of a proxy vote. Such relationships may include, among others, a client relationship, serving as a vendor whose products / services are material or significant to Invesco, serving as a distributor of Invesco’s products, or serving as a significant research provider or broker to Invesco.

Invesco identifies potential conflicts of interest based on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the materiality of the relationship between the issuer or its affiliates to Invesco.

Material firm-level conflicts of interests are identified by individuals and groups within Invesco globally based on criteria established by the Proxy Voting and Governance team. These criteria are monitored and updated periodically by the Proxy Voting and Governance team so up-to-date information is available when conducting conflicts checks. Operating procedures and associated governance are designed to seek to ensure conflicts of interest are appropriately considered ahead of voting proxies. The Global IPAC Conflict of Interest Sub-committee maintains oversight of the process. Companies identified as conflicted will be

174

voted in line with the principles below as implemented by Invesco’s internal proxy voting guidelines. To the extent a portfolio manager disagrees with the Policy, our processes and procedures seek to ensure that justifications and rationales are fully documented and presented to the Global IPAC Conflict of Interest Sub-committee for approval by a majority vote.

As an additional safeguard, persons from Invesco’s marketing, distribution and other customer-facing functions may not serve on the Global IPAC. For the avoidance of doubt, Invesco may not consider Invesco Ltd.’s pecuniary interest when voting proxies on behalf of clients. To avoid any appearance of a conflict of interest, Invesco will not vote proxies issued by Invesco Ltd. that are held in client accounts.

Personal Conflicts of Interest

A conflict also may exist where an Invesco employee has a known personal or business relationship with other proponents of proxy proposals, participants in proxy contests, corporate directors, or candidates for directorships. Under Invesco’s Global Code of Conduct, Invesco entities and individuals must act in the best interests of clients and must avoid any situation that gives rise to an actual or perceived conflict of interest.

All Invesco personnel with proxy voting responsibilities are required to report any known personal or business conflicts of interest regarding proxy issues with which they are involved. In such instances, the individual(s) with the conflict will be excluded from the decision-making process relating to such issues.

Voting Fund of Funds

There may be conflicts that arise from Invesco voting on matters when shares of Invesco-sponsored funds are held by other Invesco funds or entities. The scenarios below set out examples of how Invesco votes in these instances:

•

When required by law or regulation, shares of an Invesco fund held by other Invesco funds will be voted in the same proportion as the votes of external shareholders of the underlying fund. If such proportional voting is not operationally possible, Invesco will not vote the shares.

•

When required by law or regulation, shares of an unaffiliated registered fund held by one or more Invesco funds will be voted in the same proportion as the votes of external shareholders of the underlying fund. If such proportional voting is not operationally possible, Invesco will not vote the shares.

•

For U.S. funds of funds where proportional voting is not required by law or regulation, shares of Invesco funds will be voted in the same proportion as the votes of external shareholders of the underlying fund. If such proportional voting is not operationally possible, Invesco will vote in line with our internally developed voting guidelines.

•

Non-U.S. funds of funds will not be voted proportionally. The applicable Invesco entity will vote in line with its local policies, as indicated in Exhibit A. If no local policies exist, Invesco will vote non-U.S. funds of funds in line with the firm level conflicts of interest process described above.

•

Where client accounts are invested directly in shares issued by Invesco affiliates and Invesco has proxy voting authority, shares will be voted proportionally in line with non-affiliated holders. If proportional voting is not possible, the shares will be voted in line with a Proxy Service Provider’s recommendation.

H.

Review of Policy

It is the responsibility of the Global IPAC to review this Policy and the internal proxy voting guidelines annually to consider whether any changes are warranted. This annual review seeks to ensure this Policy and the internal proxy voting guidelines remain consistent with clients’ best interests, regulatory requirements, local market standards and best practices. Further, this Policy and our internal proxy voting guidelines are reviewed at least annually by various departments within Invesco to seek to ensure that they remain consistent with Invesco’s views on best practice in corporate governance and long-term investment stewardship.

III.

Our Good Governance Principles

Invesco’s good governance principles outline our views on best practice in corporate governance and long-term investment stewardship. These principles have been developed by our global investment teams in collaboration with the Proxy Voting and Governance team and various departments internally. The broad philosophy and guiding principles in this section inform our approach to long-term investment stewardship and proxy voting. The principles and positions reflected in this Policy are designed to guide Invesco’s investment professionals in voting proxies; they are not intended to be exhaustive or prescriptive.

Our portfolio management teams retain full discretion on vote execution in the context of our good governance principles and internal proxy voting guidelines, except where otherwise specified in this Policy. The final voting decisions may consider the unique circumstances affecting companies, regional best practices and any dialogue we have had with company management. As a result, different portfolio management teams may vote differently on particular proxy votes for the same company. To the extent portfolio management teams choose to vote a proxy in a way that is not aligned with the principles below, such manager’s rationales are fully documented.

175

When evaluating proxy issues and determining how to cast our votes, Invesco’s portfolio management teams may engage with companies in advance of shareholder meetings, and throughout the year. These meetings can be joint efforts between our global investment professionals.

The following guiding principles apply to proxy voting with respect to operating companies. We apply a separate approach to open-end and closed-end investment companies and unit investment trusts. Where appropriate, these guidelines may be supplemented by additional internal guidance that considers regional variations in best practices, company disclosure and region-specific voting items. Invesco may vote on proposals not specifically addressed by these principles based on an evaluation of a proposal’s likelihood to enhance long-term shareholder value.

Our good governance principles are divided into six key themes that Invesco endorses:

A.

Transparency

We expect companies to provide accurate, timely and complete information that enables investors to make informed investment decisions and effectively carry out their stewardship activities. Invesco supports the highest standards in corporate transparency and believes that these disclosures should be made available ahead of the voting deadlines for the Annual General Meeting or Extraordinary General Meeting to allow for timely review and decision-making.

Financial reporting: Company accounts and reporting must accurately reflect the underlying economic position of a company. Arrangements that may constitute an actual or perceived conflict with this objective should be avoided.

•

We will generally support proposals to accept the annual financial statements, statutory accounts and similar proposals unless these reports are not presented in a timely manner or significant issues are identified regarding the integrity of these disclosures.

•

We will generally vote against the incumbent audit committee chair, or nearest equivalent, where the non-audit fees paid to the independent auditor exceed audit fees for two consecutive years or other problematic accounting practices are identified such as fraud, misapplication of audit standards or persistent material weaknesses/deficiencies in internal controls over financial reporting.

•

We will generally not support the ratification of the independent auditor and/or ratification of their fees payable if non-audit fees exceed audit and audit related fees or if there are significant auditing controversies or questions regarding the independence of the external auditor. We will consider an auditor’s length of service as a company’s independent auditor in applying this policy.

B.

Accountability

Robust shareholder rights and strong board oversight help ensure that management adhere to the highest standards of ethical conduct, are held to account for poor performance and responsibly deliver value creation for stakeholders over the long-term. We therefore encourage companies to adopt governance features that ensure board and management accountability. In particular, we consider the following as key mechanisms for enhancing accountability to investors:

One share one vote: Voting rights are an important tool for investors to hold boards and management teams accountable. Unequal voting rights may limit the ability of investors to exercise their stewardship obligations.

•

We generally do not support proposals that establish or perpetuate dual classes of voting shares, double voting rights or other means of differentiated voting or disproportionate board nomination rights.

•

We generally support proposals to decommission differentiated voting rights.

•

Where unequal voting rights are established, we expect these to be accompanied by reasonable safeguards to protect minority shareholders’ interests.

Anti-takeover devices: Mechanisms designed to prevent or unduly delay takeover attempts may unduly limit the accountability of boards and management teams to shareholders.

•

We generally will not support proposals to adopt antitakeover devices such as poison pills. Exceptions may be warranted at entities without significant operations and to preserve the value of net operating losses carried forward or where the applicability of the pill is limited in scope and duration.

•

In addition, we will generally not support capital authorizations or amendments to corporate articles or bylaws at operating companies that may be utilized for antitakeover purposes, for example, the authorization of classes of shares of preferred stock with unspecified voting, dividend, conversion or other rights (“blank check” authorizations).

176

Shareholder rights: We support the rights of shareholders to hold boards and management teams accountable for company performance. We generally support best practice aligned proposals to enhance shareholder rights, including but not limited to the following:

•

Adoption of proxy access rights

•

Rights to call special meetings

•

Rights to act by written consent

•

Reduce supermajority vote requirements

•

Remove antitakeover provisions

•

Requirement that directors are elected by a majority vote

In addition, we oppose practices that limit shareholders’ ability to express their views at a general meeting such as bundling unrelated proposals or several significant article or bylaw amendments into a single voting item. We will generally vote against these proposals unless we are satisfied that all the underlying components are aligned with our views on best practice. We may make exceptions to this policy for non-operating companies (e.g., open-end and closed-end investment companies).

Director Indemnification: Invesco recognizes that individuals may be reluctant to serve as corporate directors if they are personally liable for all related lawsuits and legal costs. As a result, reasonable limitations on directors’ liability can benefit a company and its shareholders by helping to attract and retain qualified directors while preserving recourse for shareholders in the event of misconduct by directors. Accordingly, unless there is insufficient information to make a decision about the nature of the proposal, Invesco will generally support proposals to limit directors’ liability and provide indemnification and/or exculpation, provided that the arrangements are reasonably limited in scope to directors acting in good faith and, in relation to criminal matters, limited in scope to directors having reasonable grounds for believing the conduct was lawful.

Responsiveness: Boards should respond to investor concerns in a timely fashion, including reasonable requests to engage with company representatives regarding such concerns, and address matters that receive significant voting dissent at general meetings of shareholders.

•

We will generally vote against the incumbent chair of the governance committee, or nearest equivalent, in cases where the board has not adequately responded to items receiving significant voting opposition from shareholders at an annual or extraordinary general meeting.

•

We will generally vote against the incumbent chair of the governance committee, or nearest equivalent, where the board has not adequately responded to a shareholder proposal which has received significant support from shareholders.

•

We will generally vote against the incumbent chair of the compensation committee, or nearest equivalent, if there are significant ongoing concerns with a company’s compensation practices that have not been addressed by the committee or egregious concerns with the company’s compensation practices for two years consecutively.

•

We will generally vote against the incumbent compensation committee chair, or nearest equivalent, where there are ongoing concerns with a company’s compensation practices and there is no opportunity to express dissatisfaction by voting against an advisory vote on executive compensation, remuneration report (or policy) or nearest equivalent.

•

Where a company has not adequately responded to engagement requests from Invesco or satisfactorily addressed issues of concern, we may oppose director nominations, including, but not limited to, nominations for the lead independent director and/or committee chairs.

Virtual shareholder meetings: Companies should hold their annual or special shareholder meetings in a manner that best serves the needs of its shareholders and the company. Shareholders should have an opportunity to participate in such meetings. Shareholder meetings provide an important mechanism by which shareholders provide feedback or raise concerns without undue censorship and hear from the board and management.

•

We will generally support management proposals seeking to allow for the convening of hybrid shareholder meetings (allowing shareholders the option to attend and participate either in person or through a virtual platform).

•

Management or shareholder proposals that seek to authorize the company to hold virtual-only meetings (held entirely through virtual platform with no corresponding in-person physical meeting) will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. Companies have a responsibility to provide strong justification and establish safeguards to preserve comparable rights and opportunities for shareholders to participate virtually as they would have during an in-person meeting. Invesco will consider, among other things, a company’s practices, jurisdiction and disclosure, including the items set forth below:

•

meeting procedures and requirements are disclosed in advance of a meeting detailing the rationale for eliminating the in-person meeting;

177

•

clear and comprehensive description of which shareholders are qualified to participate, how shareholders can join the virtual-only meeting, how and when shareholders submit and ask questions either in advance of or during the meeting;

•

disclosure regarding procedures for questions received during the meeting, but not answered due to time or other restrictions; and

•

description of how shareholder rights will be protected in a virtual-only meeting format including the ability to vote shares during the time the polls are open.

C.

Board Composition and Effectiveness

Director election process: Board members should generally stand for election annually and individually.

•

We will generally support proposals requesting that directors stand for election annually.

•

We will generally vote against the incumbent governance committee chair or nearest equivalent, if a company has a classified board structure that is not being phased out. We may make exceptions to this policy for non-operating companies (e.g., open-end and closed-end investment companies) or in regions where market practice is for directors to stand for election on a staggered basis.

•

When a board is presented for election as a slate (e.g., shareholders are unable to vote against individual nominees and must vote for or against the entire nominated slate of directors) and this approach is not aligned with local market practice, we will generally vote against the slate in cases where we otherwise would vote against an individual nominee.

•

Where market practice is to elect directors as a slate we will generally support the nominated slate unless there are governance concerns with several of the individuals included on the slate or we have broad concerns with the composition of the board such as a lack independence.

Board size: We will generally defer to the board with respect to determining the optimal number of board members given the size of the company and complexity of the business, provided that the proposed board size is sufficiently large to represent shareholder interests and sufficiently limited to remain effective.

Board assessment and succession planning: When evaluating board effectiveness, Invesco considers whether periodic performance reviews and skills assessments are conducted to ensure the board represents the interests of shareholders. In addition, boards should have a robust succession plan in place for key management and board personnel.

Definition of independence: Invesco considers local market definitions of director independence but applies a proprietary standard for assessing director independence considering a director’s status as a current or former employee of the business, any commercial or consulting relationships with the company, the level of shares beneficially owned or represented and familial relationships, among others.

Board and committee independence: The board of directors, board committees and regional equivalents should be sufficiently independent from management, substantial shareholders and conflicts of interest. We consider local market practices in this regard and in general we look for a balance across the board of directors. Above all, we like to see signs of robust challenge and discussion in the boardroom.

•

We will generally vote against one or more non-independent directors when a board is less than majority independent, but we will take into account local market practice with regards to board independence in limited circumstances where this standard is not appropriate.

•

We will generally vote against non-independent directors serving on the audit committee.

•

We will generally vote against non-independent directors serving on the compensation committee.

•

We will generally vote against non-independent directors serving on the nominating committee.

•

In relation to the board, compensation committee and nominating committee we will consider the appropriateness of significant shareholder representation in applying this policy. This exception will generally not apply to the audit committee.

Separation of Chair and CEO roles: We believe that independent board leadership generally enhances management accountability to investors. Companies deviating from this best practice should provide a strong justification and establish safeguards to ensure that there is independent oversight of a board’s activities (e.g., by appointing a lead or senior independent director with clearly defined powers and responsibilities).

•

We will generally vote against the incumbent nominating committee chair, or nearest equivalent, where the board chair is not independent unless a lead independent or senior director is appointed.

•

We will generally support shareholder proposals requesting that the board chair be an independent director.

•

We will generally not vote against a CEO or executive serving as board chair solely on the basis of this issue, however, we may do so in instances where we have significant concerns regarding a company’s corporate governance, capital allocation decisions and/or compensation practices.

178

Attendance and over boarding: Director attendance at board and committee meetings is a fundamental part of their responsibilities and provides efficient oversight for the company and its investors. In addition, directors should not have excessive external board or managerial commitments that may interfere with their ability to execute the duties of a director.

•

We will generally vote against or withhold votes from directors who attend less than 75% of board and committee meetings for two consecutive years. We expect companies to disclose any extenuating circumstances, such as health matters or family emergencies, that would justify a director’s low attendance, in line with good practices.

•

We will generally vote against directors who have more than four total mandates at public operating companies. We apply a lower threshold for directors with significant commitments such as executive positions and chairmanships.

Diversity: We believe an effective board should be comprised of directors with a mix of skills, experience, tenure, and industry expertise together with a diverse profile of individuals of different genders, ethnicities, race, culture, age, perspectives and backgrounds. The board should reflect the diversity of the workforce, customers, and the communities in which the business operates. In our view, greater diversity in the boardroom contributes to robust challenge and debate, avoids groupthink, fosters innovation, and provides competitive advantage to companies. We consider diversity at the board level, within the executive management team and in the succession pipeline.

•

In markets where there are regulatory expectations, listing standards or minimum quotas for board diversity, Invesco will generally apply the same expectations. In all other markets, we will generally vote against the incumbent nominating committee chair of a board, or nearest equivalent, where a company failed to demonstrate improvements are being made to diversity practices for three or more consecutive years, recognizing that building a qualified and diverse board takes time. We may make exceptions to this policy for non-operating companies (e.g., open-end and closed-end investment companies).

•

We generally believe that an individual board’s nominating committee is best positioned to determine whether director term limits would be an appropriate measure to help achieve these goals and, if so, the nature of such limits. Invesco generally opposes proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors through mandatory retirement ages.

D.

Long-Term Stewardship of Capital

Capital allocation: Invesco expects companies to responsibly raise and deploy capital toward the long-term, sustainable success of the business. In addition, we expect capital allocation authorizations and decisions to be made with due regard to shareholder dilution, rights of shareholders to ratify significant corporate actions and pre-emptive rights, where applicable.

Share issuance and repurchase authorizations: We generally support authorizations to issue shares up to 20% of a company’s issued share capital for general corporate purposes. Shares should not be issued at a substantial discount to the market price or be repurchased at a substantial premium to the market price.

Stock splits: We generally support management proposals to implement a forward or reverse stock split, provided that a reverse stock split is not being used to take a company private. In addition, we will generally support requests to increase a company’s common stock authorization if requested to facilitate a stock split.

Increases in authorized share capital: We will generally support proposals to increase a company’s number of authorized common and/or preferred shares, provided we have not identified concerns regarding a company’s historical share issuance activity or the potential to use these authorizations for antitakeover purposes. We will consider the amount of the request in relation to the company’s current authorized share capital, any proposed corporate transactions contingent on approval of these requests and the cumulative impact on a company’s authorized share capital, for example, if a reverse stock split is concurrently submitted for shareholder consideration.

Mergers, acquisitions, proxy contests, disposals and other corporate transactions: Invesco’s investment teams will review proposed corporate transactions including mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, proxy contests, private placements, dissolutions and divestitures based on a proposal’s individual investment merits. In addition, we broadly approach voting on other corporate transactions as follows:

•

We will generally support proposals to approve different types of restructurings that provide the necessary financing to save the company from involuntary bankruptcy.

•

We will generally support proposals to enact corporate name changes and other proposals related to corporate transactions that we believe are in shareholders’ best interests.

•

We will generally support reincorporation proposals, provided that management have provided a compelling rationale for the change in legal jurisdiction and provided further that the proposal will not significantly adversely impact shareholders’ rights.

•

With respect to contested director elections, we consider the following factors, among others, when evaluating the merits of each list of nominees: the long-term performance of the company relative to its industry, management’s track record, any relevant background information related to the contest, the qualifications of the respective lists of director nominees,

179

the strategic merits of the approaches proposed by both sides, including the likelihood that the proposed goals can be met, and positions of stock ownership in the company.

E.

Environmental, Social and Governance Risk Oversight

Director responsibility for risk oversight: The board of directors are ultimately responsible for overseeing management and ensuring that proper governance, oversight and control mechanisms are in place at the companies they oversee. Invesco may take voting action against director nominees in response to material governance or risk oversight failures that adversely affect shareholder value.

Invesco considers the adequacy of a company’s response to material oversight failures when determining whether any voting action is warranted. In addition, Invesco will consider the responsibilities delegated to board sub-committees when determining if it is appropriate to hold the incumbent chair of the relevant committee, or nearest equivalent, accountable for these material failures.

Material governance or risk oversight failures at a company may include, without limitation:

i.

significant bribery, corruption or ethics violations;

ii.

events causing significant climate-related risks;

iii.

significant health and safety incidents; or

iv.

failure to ensure the protection of human rights.

Reporting of financially material ESG information: Companies should report on their environmental, social and governance opportunities and risks where material to their business operations.

•

Climate risk management: We encourage companies to report on material climate-related risks and opportunities and how these are considered within the company’s strategy, financial planning, governance structures and risk management frameworks aligned with applicable regional regulatory requirements. For companies in industries that materially contribute to climate change, we encourage comprehensive disclosure of greenhouse gas emissions and Paris-aligned emissions reduction targets, where appropriate. Invesco may take voting action at companies that fail to adequately address climate-related risks, including opposing director nominations in cases where we view the lack of effective climate transition risk management as potentially detrimental to long-term shareholder value.

Shareholder proposals addressing environmental and social issues: We recognize environmental and social (E&S) shareholder proposals are nuanced and therefore, Invesco will analyze such proposals on a case-by-case basis.

Invesco may support shareholder resolutions requesting that specific actions be taken to address E&S issues or mitigate exposure to material E&S risks, including reputational risk, related to these issues. When considering such proposals, we will consider the following but not limited to: a company’s track record on E&S issues, the efficacy of the proposal’s request, whether the requested action is unduly burdensome, and whether we consider the adoption of such a proposal would promote long-term shareholder value. We will also consider company responsiveness to the proposal and any engagement on the issue when casting votes.

We generally do not support resolutions where insufficient information has been provided in advance of the vote or a lack of disclosure inhibits our ability to make fully informed voting decisions.

Ratification of board and/or management acts: We will generally support proposals to ratify the actions of the board of directors, supervisory board and/or executive decision-making bodies, provided there are no material oversight failures as described above. When such oversight concerns are identified, we will consider a company’s response to any issues raised and may vote against ratification proposals instead of, or in addition to, director nominees.

F.

Executive Compensation and Alignment

Invesco supports compensation polices and equity incentive plans that promote alignment between management incentives and shareholders’ long-term interests. We pay close attention to local market practice and may apply stricter or modified criteria where appropriate.

Advisory votes on executive compensation, remuneration policy and remuneration reports: We will generally not support compensation-related proposals where more than one of the following is present:

i.

there is an unmitigated misalignment between executive pay and company performance for at least two consecutive years;

ii.

there are problematic compensation practices which may include, among others, incentivizing excessive risk taking or circumventing alignment between management and shareholders’ interests via repricing of underwater options;

iii.

vesting periods for long-term incentive awards are less than three years;

iv.

the company “front loads” equity awards;

180

v.

there are inadequate risk mitigating features in the program such as clawback provisions;

vi.

excessive, discretionary one-time equity grants are awarded to executives;

vii.

less than half of variable pay is linked to performance targets, except where prohibited by law.

Invesco will consider company reporting on pay ratios as part of our evaluation of compensation proposals, where relevant.

Equity plans: Invesco generally supports equity compensation plans that promote the proper alignment of incentives with shareholders’ long-term interests, and generally votes against plans that are overly dilutive to existing shareholders, plans that contain objectionable structural features which may include provisions to reprice options without shareholder approval, plans that include evergreen provisions or plans that provide for automatic accelerated vesting upon a change in control.

Employee stock purchase plans: We generally support employee stock purchase plans that are reasonably designed to provide proper incentives to a broad base of employees, provided that the price at which employees may acquire stock represents a reasonable discount from the market price.

Severance Arrangements: Invesco considers proposed severance arrangements (sometimes known as “golden parachute” arrangements) on a case-by-case basis due to the wide variety among their terms. Invesco acknowledges that in some cases such arrangements, if reasonable, may be in shareholders’ best interests as a method of attracting and retaining high-quality executive talent. We generally vote in favor of proposals requiring shareholder ratification of senior executives’ severance agreements where the proposed terms and disclosure align with good market practice.

181

Exhibit A

Harbourview Asset Management Corporation

Invesco Advisers, Inc.

Invesco Asset Management (India) Pvt. Ltd*1

Invesco Asset Management (Japan) Limited*1

Invesco Asset Management (Schweiz) AG

Invesco Asset Management Deutschland GmbH

Invesco Asset Management Limited1

Invesco Asset Management Singapore Ltd

Invesco Australia Ltd

Invesco European RR L.P

Invesco Canada Ltd.1

Invesco Capital Management LLC

Invesco Capital Markets, Inc.*1

Invesco Fund Managers Limited

Invesco Hong Kong Limited

Invesco Investment Advisers LLC

Invesco Investment Management (Shanghai) Limited

Invesco Investment Management Limited

Invesco Loan Manager, LLC

Invesco Managed Accounts, LLC

Invesco Management S.A

Invesco Overseas Investment Fund Management (Shanghai) Limited

Invesco Pensions Limited

Invesco Private Capital, Inc.

Invesco Real Estate Management S.a.r.l1

Invesco RR Fund L.P.

Invesco Senior Secured Management, Inc.

Invesco Taiwan Ltd*1

Invesco Trust Company

Oppenheimer Funds, Inc.

WL Ross & Co. LLC

* Invesco entities with specific proxy voting guidelines

1 Invesco entities with specific conflicts of interest policies

182

Janus

Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

February 2024

1

   Overview

1.1

Policy Statement

Where Janus Henderson Investors has been provided voting discretion, it has a responsibility to vote proxies in the best interest of each client. Janus Henderson Investors has adopted this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients without regard to any relationship that Janus Henderson Investors or any affiliated person of Janus Henderson Investors may have with the issuer or personnel of the issuer. Subject to specific provisions in a client’s account documentation related to exception voting, Janus Henderson Investors will generally only accept direction from a client to vote proxies for that client’s account pursuant to: 1) the JHI Voting Guidelines; 2) the ISS Benchmark Policy; or 3) the ISS Taft-Hartley Voting Guidelines.

1.2

Key principles

•

Janus Henderson Investors will vote proxies in the best interest of each client.

•

Janus Henderson Investors will identify and manage any conflicts of interest which might affect a voting decision.

•

Upon request, Janus Henderson Investors will provide clients with the proxy voting records for their accounts.

•

Janus Henderson Investors will publicly disclose proxy votes on matters no longer pending in line with local market requirements or practices and/or where, in Janus Henderson Investors’ view, it is appropriate.

•

Janus Henderson Investors will maintain records supporting its voting decisions.

1.3

Scope

This Policy applies to Janus Henderson Investors and each of the client accounts for which it has proxy voting responsibilities, other than those advised or sub-advised by Kapstream Capital Pty Ltd.

1.4

Roles and Responsibilities

Portfolio Management.

Portfolio Management is responsible for determining how to vote proxies with respect to securities held in the client accounts they manage with input and support from the Responsible Investment and Governance Team, other representatives of Janus Henderson, and the Proxy Voting Service, as applicable. Where Portfolio Management chooses to vote contrary to the Guidelines and as otherwise specified herein, Portfolio Management is required to provide a written rationale sufficient to show why Portfolio Management reasonably believes the voting instruction is in the best interest of the client.

Asset Servicing.

Asset Servicing is responsible for administering the proxy voting process as set forth in this Policy. Asset Servicing works with the Proxy Voting Service and is responsible for ensuring that all meeting notices are reviewed against the Guidelines, the ISS Benchmark Policy or the Taft-Hartley Guidelines, and proxy matters are communicated to Portfolio Management for consideration pursuant to this Policy.

Proxy Voting Committee.

The Proxy Voting Committee develops Janus Henderson Investors’ positions on all major corporate issues, maintains and updates the Guidelines, manages conflicts of interest related to proxy voting and oversees the voting process generally, including by reviewing results of diligence on the Proxy Voting Service.

Proxy Voting Service.

The Proxy Voting Service provides research services relating to proxy issues. The Proxy Voting Service also assists in certain functions relating to the voting of proxies. Among other things, the Proxy Voting Service is responsible for coordinating with clients’ custodians to ensure that all proxy materials received by the custodians relating to the clients’ portfolio securities are processed in a timely fashion. In addition, the Proxy Voting Service is responsible for submitting Janus Henderson Investors’ votes in accordance with the Guidelines or as otherwise instructed by Janus Henderson Investors and is responsible for maintaining copies of all proxy statements received from issuers and promptly providing such materials to Janus Henderson Investors upon request. The Proxy Voting Service also provides voting disclosure services, including preparing Form N-PX for Janus Henderson Investors and the Proprietary U.S. funds.

1.5

References

Rule 206(4)-7 of the Investment Advisers Act

Rule 30b1-4 of the Investment Company Act

183

Rule 239.15 et seq. of the Investment Company Act

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA)

Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 231/2013, Article 37

Commission Directive 2010/43/EU, Article 21

FCA COLL 6.6A.6

CSSF Regulation 10-04, Article 23

UN Principles for Responsible Investment

IMAS Singapore Stewardship Principles

SFC Principles of Responsible Ownership

FRC UK Stewardship Code

2

   Additional Definitions

Janus Henderson Investors

includes all investment advisory subsidiaries of Janus Henderson Group plc, including, but not limited to, Janus Henderson Investors (Australia) Institutional Funds Management Limited, Janus Henderson Investors (Singapore) Limited, Janus Henderson Investors (Japan) Limited, Janus Henderson Investors (Jersey) Limited, Janus Henderson Investors UK Limited, and Janus Henderson Investors US LLC.1

JHI Proxy Voting Guidelines or the Guidelines

refers to the voting guidelines adopted by Janus Henderson Investors and outlined at Appendix A.

Policy

means this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures.

Portfolio Management

refers to the portfolio managers, assistant portfolio managers, and analysts supporting a given client account.

Proxy Voting Committee or the Committee

refers to the Janus Henderson Investors Proxy Voting Committee. The Committee is comprised of representatives from the Asset Servicing, Compliance, Operational Risk as well as the Responsible Investment and Governance Team and equity portfolio management who provide input on behalf of the investment team. Internal legal counsel serves as a consultant to the Committee and is a non-voting member.

Proprietary U.S Funds

refer to the series of Janus Investment Fund, Janus Aspen Series, Clayton Street Trust, and Janus Detroit Street Trust.

Proxy Voting Service or ISS

refers to Institutional Shareholder Services Inc.

3

   Proxy Voting Procedures

3.1

Voting Generally

Where the Guidelines address the proxy matter being voted on, votes will be cast in accordance with the Guidelines unless directed otherwise. Portfolio Management may vote contrary to the Guidelines at their discretion and with a written rationale sufficient to show why Portfolio Management reasonably believes the voting instruction is in the best interest of the client. Where the (1) Guidelines call for Portfolio Management input and/or (2) the proxy matter being voted on relates to a company and/or issue for which the Proxy Voting Service does not have research, analysis and/or a recommendation available, the Proxy Voting Service will refer proxy questions to portfolio management for further instruction. In the event Portfolio Management is unable to provide input on a referred proxy item, Janus Henderson Investors will vote the proxy item consistent with the ISS Benchmark Policy.

1 Janus Henderson Investors US LLC has been designated by the Boards of Trustees of Janus Investment Fund, Janus Aspen Series, Clayton Street Trust, and Janus Detroit Street Trust to vote proxies for the Proprietary U.S. Funds, as applicable.

184

Notwithstanding the above, with respect to clients who have instructed Janus Henderson Investors to vote proxies in accordance with the Taft-Hartley Guidelines or the ISS Benchmark Policy, the Proxy Voting Service will cast all proxy votes in strict accordance with those policies.

Janus Henderson relies on pre-populated and/or automated voting. That means the Proxy Voting Service will automatically populate the proxy voting system in accordance with the Guidelines, the Taft- Hartley Guidelines or the ISS Benchmark Policy. For those proxy proposals with a default policy position, the votes will be cast as populated in the system by the Proxy Voting Service unless directed otherwise by Janus Henderson Investors.

From time to time, issuers and/or ballot issue sponsors may publicly report additional information that may be relevant to the application of the Guidelines, the Taft-Hartley Guidelines or the ISS Benchmark Policy or the exercise of discretion by Portfolio

Management (“supplemental materials”). To the extent the Proxy Voting Service identifies such supplemental materials, it will review that information and determine whether it has a material effect on the application of the Guidelines, the Taft-Hartley Guidelines, or the ISS Benchmark Policy. The Proxy Voting Service is then responsible for ensuring that any votes pre-populated in the proxy voting system are appropriately updated and Janus Henderson is provided appropriate notice of such changes, including through availability of an updated research report. In all events, the Proxy Voting Service will notify Janus Henderson Investors of any supplemental materials identified so that they can be considered as part of the voting process, including with respect to items requiring Portfolio Management input.

3.2

Abstentions

Janus Henderson Investors recognizes that in certain circumstances the cost to clients associated with casting a proxy vote may exceed the benefits received by clients from doing so. In those situations, Janus Henderson Investors may decide to abstain from voting. For instance, in many countries, shareholders who vote proxies for shares of an issuer are not able to trade in that company’s stock within a given period of time on or around the shareholder meeting date (“share blocking”). In countries where share blocking is practiced, Janus Henderson Investors will only vote proxies if Janus Henderson Investors determines that the benefit of voting the proxies outweighs the risk of not being able to sell the securities. Similarly, in some instances, Janus Henderson Investors may participate in a securities lending program. Generally, if shares of an issuer are on loan, the voting rights are transferred and the lending party cannot vote the shares. In deciding whether to recall securities on loan, Janus Henderson Investors will evaluate whether the benefit of voting the proxies outweighs the cost of recalling them consistent with requirements of applicable securities lending procedures. Furthermore, in circumstances where a client held a security as of record date, but the holdings were sold prior to the shareholder meeting, Janus Henderson Investors may abstain from voting that proxy.

3.3

Funds of Funds

Janus Henderson Investors or its affiliated persons (“underlying funds”). From time to time, a fund of funds may be required to vote proxies for the underlying funds in which it is invested. In those circumstances, there may be a conflict of interest between Janus Henderson Investors and its clients. Except as noted below, to mitigate that conflict, whenever an underlying fund submits a matter to a vote of its shareholders which would otherwise require portfolio manager discretion under the Guidelines, Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote shares in accordance with the recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service. Janus Henderson Investors will generally abstain from voting shares where the Proxy Voting Service does not have a recommendation; although, it may alternatively vote in the same proportion as the votes of the other shareholders in the underlying fund (“echo vote”) in limited cases. Whenever an underlying fund that is a Proprietary U.S. Fund submits a matter to a vote of its shareholders, Janus Henderson Investors will echo vote shares held by a fund-of-funds account or refrain from voting such shares to the extent that cost or other considerations outweigh the benefits of voting such shares.

In addition, certain Proprietary U.S. Funds may invest in exchange-traded funds and other funds advised by unaffiliated persons (“acquired funds,” and each, an “acquired fund”) pursuant to Rule 12d1-4 under the Investment Company Act (“Rule 12d1-4”). To the extent a Proprietary U.S. Fund and its advisory group as defined in Rule 12d1-4 (“advisory group”) individually or in the aggregate become the holders of (i) more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired open- end fund or unit investment trust as a result of a decrease in the outstanding securities of that acquired open-end fund or unit investment trust or (ii) more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired registered closed-end management investment company or business development company, Janus Henderson Investors will ensure that the Proprietary U.S. Fund and other funds and accounts in the advisory group echo vote the shares of the acquired fund; provided, however, that in circumstances where all holders of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired fund are required to echo vote pursuant to Rule 12d1- 4, a Proprietary U.S. Fund and other funds and accounts in the advisory group will. solicit voting instructions from its shareholders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to such acquired fund securities and vote such proxies only in accordance with such instructions.

3.4

Conflicts of Interest

Because the Guidelines, the ISS Benchmark Policy and the Taft-Hartley Guidelines pre-establish voting positions, application of those rules to default positions should, in most cases, adequately address any possible conflicts of interest. For situations where Portfolio Management seeks to exercise discretion when voting proxies, Janus Henderson Investors has implemented additional policies and controls described below to mitigate any conflicts of interest.

185

Portfolio Management is required to disclose any actual or potential conflicts of interest that may affect its exercise of voting discretion. Actual or potential conflicts of interest include but are not limited to the existence of any communications from the issuer, proxy solicitors or others designed to improperly influence Portfolio Management in exercising its discretion or the existence of significant relationships with the issuer.

Janus Henderson Investors also proactively monitors and tests proxy votes for any actual or potential conflicts of interest. Janus Henderson Investors maintains a list of significant relationships for purposes of assessing potential conflicts with respect to proxy voting, which may include significant intermediaries, vendors or service providers, clients, and other relationships. In the event Portfolio Management votes against the Guidelines with respect to an issuer on the significant relationships list, Asset Servicing will notify the Committee which will review the rationale provided by Portfolio Management. In the event Portfolio Management votes contrary to Proxy Voting Service’s recommendations and with management as to an issuer on the significant relationships list, Asset Servicing will notify the Committee, which will review the rationale provided by Portfolio Management. If the Committee determines the rationale is inadequate, the proxy vote will be cast as in accordance with the Guidelines or as instructed by the Committee. In addition, on a quarterly basis, the Committee reviews all votes that deviate from the Guidelines and assesses the adequacy of Portfolio Management’s stated rationale.

Any personal conflict of interest related to a specific proxy vote should be reported to the Committee prior to casting a vote. In the event a personal conflict of interest is disclosed or identified, the Committee will determine whether that person should recuse himself or herself from the voting determination process. In such circumstances, the proxy vote will be cast in accordance with the Guidelines or as instructed by the head of the applicable investment unit or a delegate. Compliance also reviews all refer votes contrary to the ISS recommendations and with management to identify any undisclosed personal conflicts of interest.

If a proxy vote is referred to the head of the applicable investment unit or a delegate or to the Committee, the decision made and basis for the decision will be documented by the Committee.

To mitigate perceived or potential conflicts of interest, in instances where a proxy is for a Janus Henderson managed fund in which seed or other proprietary capital is invested, Janus Henderson Investors will generally instruct that such shares be voted in the same proportion as other shares are voted with respect to a proposal, subject to applicable legal, regulatory and operational requirements.

4

   Reporting, Oversight and Recordkeeping

4.1

Client and Regulatory Reporting

Janus Henderson Investors will provide clients with such information on proxy voting in their accounts as contractually agreed or reasonably requested. Janus Henderson Investors will present this Policy and the Guidelines to the boards of trustees of the Proprietary U.S. Funds at least annually and shall provide such other information and reports requested by such boards to fulfill their oversight function.

Janus Henderson Investors will provide other third parties with such information on proxy voting as set forth herein. Janus Henderson Investors will publicly disclose proxy votes on matters no longer pending in line with local market requirements or practices and/or where, in Janus Henderson Investors’ view, it is appropriate. On an annual basis, Janus Henderson Investors will provide proxy voting records for each Proprietary U.S. Fund for the one-year period ending on June 30th on Janus Henderson Investors’ website at www.janushenderson.com/proxyvoting. Such voting record, on Form N-PX, is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov no later than August 31 of each year.2 Janus Henderson Investors will also provide proxy voting records on say-on-pay issues consistent with requirements of Rule 14Ad-1. Janus Henderson Investors may also privately disclose proxy votes on matters no longer pending where appropriate and consistent with other applicable policy, legal, and regulatory requirements.

Janus Henderson Investors shall present this Policy and the Guidelines to the boards of trustees of the Proprietary U.S. Funds at least annually and shall provide such other information and reports requested by such boards to fulfill their oversight function.

Except as noted in this Policy or required by law, Janus Henderson Investors generally does not provide information to anyone on how it voted or intends to vote on any matters still pending. Unless that information has otherwise been made public, Janus Henderson Investors may only confirm to issuers, their agents or other third parties that votes have been cast but not how or how many votes were cast. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Portfolio Management may indicate to issuers, proxy solicitors and proxy advisory firms how they voted or intend to vote in the context of the engagement and investment analysis process. Portfolio Management also may indicate to other shareholders how they voted or intend to vote subject to applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

A complete copy of the Policy is available at www.janushenderson.com.

4.2

   Proxy Voting and Proxy Voting Service Oversight

The Committee will ensure sufficient oversight of proxy voting through periodic review of voting decisions, operational issues and conflicts of interest as discussed herein. The Committee will review such information as it deems appropriate to discharge these responsibilities.

2 Janus Henderson Investors will also provide proxy voting records on say-on-pay issues consistent with requirements of Rule 14Ad-1.

186

In addition, Janus Henderson Investors will conduct periodic due diligence reviews of the Proxy Voting Service via on-site, video or telephonic meetings and by written questionnaires. As part of this periodic due diligence process, Janus Henderson Investors shall collect information that is reasonably sufficient to support the conclusion that the Proxy Voting Service has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze the matters for which they provide research and voting recommendations. In connection with the periodic due diligence review, Janus Henderson Investors shall consider, among other things, (1) the adequacy and quality of the Proxy Voting Service’s staffing, personnel, and/or technology; (2) disclosure from the Proxy Voting Service regarding its methodologies in formulating voting recommendations; and (3) whether the Proxy Voting Service has adequate policies and procedures to identify, disclose, and address actual and potential conflicts of interest. In further exercise of its oversight responsibility, Janus Henderson Investors shall periodically sample the proxy votes cast on behalf of clients to ensure whether the Guidelines were applied correctly to such votes.

4.3

   Record Retention

Janus Henderson Investors will retain proxy statements received regarding client securities, records of votes cast on behalf of clients, records of client requests for proxy voting information and all documents prepared by Janus Henderson Investors regarding votes cast in contradiction to the Guidelines. In addition, Janus Henderson Investors will retain internally-generated documents that are material to a proxy voting decision, such as the Guidelines, Committee materials and other internal research relating to voting decisions. Proxy statements received from issuers are generally available from the issuer’s, the relevant regulatory authority’s and/or the market place’s websites. They may also be available from the third-party voting service upon request. All materials discussed above will be retained in accordance with any applicable record retention obligations.

5

Amendments

This Policy is subject to review on an annual or more frequent basis by the Committee. In reviewing the Policy, the Committee reviews Janus Henderson Investors’ proxy voting record over the prior year, including exceptions to the Guidelines requested by Portfolio Management to determine whether any adjustments should be made. The Committee also reviews changes to the Guidelines recommended by the Proxy Voting Service, discusses such changes with the Proxy Voting Service, and solicits feedback from Portfolio Management on such changes. Once the Guidelines have been approved by the Committee and clients where required, they are distributed to Asset Servicing and the Proxy Voting Service for implementation.

Appendix A - Proxy Voting Guidelines

Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote all proxies relating to portfolio securities held in client accounts for which it has been delegated voting authority in accordance with the Policy, including these Guidelines, and the implementation instructions provided to the Proxy Voting Service. Nonetheless, because proxy issues and the circumstances of individual companies are varied, there may be instances when Janus Henderson Investors may not vote in strict adherence to the Guidelines. Portfolio Management is responsible for monitoring significant corporate developments, including proxy proposals submitted to shareholders, and instructing votes contrary to the Guidelines where they reasonably believe that is in the best interest of clients.

Janus Henderson Investors recognizes that corporate governance systems vary a great deal between jurisdictions according to factors such as cultural issues, laws and regulations, the extent of shareholder rights, the level of dispersed ownership and the stage of development more generally. In formulating our approach to corporate governance, we are conscious that a “one size fits all” policy is not appropriate. We will therefore seek to vary our voting activities according to the local market and its standards of best practices.

While Janus Henderson Investors has attempted to address the most common issues through the Guidelines, there will be various proxy voting proposals that are not addressed by the Guidelines or that require case-by- case resolution under the Guidelines. In addition, it may not be appropriate to apply certain Guidelines to investment types such as mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, and closed-end funds, in which case Janus Henderson Investors will generally rely on the recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service unless otherwise specified in the Policy. Moreover, there may be various proxy voting proposals as to which the Proxy Voting Service does not have or provide research, analysis and recommendations. For example, the Proxy Voting Service may not provide research, analysis and recommendations for proxy voting proposals of privately-held companies. In such instances, those proposals will be referred to Portfolio Management for resolution. In exercising discretion, Janus Henderson Investors may take into consideration the information and recommendations of the Proxy Voting Service but will vote all proxies based on its own conclusions regarding the best interests of its clients.

In many cases, a security may be held by client accounts managed by multiple portfolio managers. While Janus Henderson Investors generally casts votes consistently across client accounts it manages, different portfolio managers may vote differently on the same matter in the exercise of their discretion. For example, different portfolio managers may reasonably reach different conclusions as to what is in the best interest of their clients based on their independent judgments. In addition, in rare circumstances, an individual portfolio manager may reasonably reach different conclusions as to what is in the best interests of different clients depending on each individual client account’s investment strategy or its objectives.

187

Directors and Boards

Janus Henderson Investors recognizes the diversity of corporate governancemodels across different markets and does not advocate any one form of board structure. However, it also recognizes there are certain key functions which are or should be common across all markets:

•

Reviewing and guiding corporate strategy, major plans of action, risk policy, annual budgets and business plans; setting performance objectives; monitoring implementation and corporate performance; and overseeing major capital expenditures, acquisitions and divestitures;

•

Monitoring the effectiveness of the company’s governance practices and making changes as needed; Selecting, compensating, monitoring and, where necessary, replacing key executives and overseeing succession planning;

•

Aligning key executive and board compensation with the longer-term interests of the company and its shareholders;

•

Ensuring a formal and transparent board nomination and election process;

•

Monitoring and managing potential conflicts of interest of management, board members and shareholders, including misuse of corporate assets and abuse in related party transactions;

•

Ensuring the integrity of the corporation’s accounting and financial reporting systems, including the independent audit, and that appropriate systems of control are in place, in particular, systems for risk management, financial and operational control, and compliance with the law and relevant standards;

•

Monitoring the quality of relationships with key stakeholders; and

•

Overseeing the process of disclosure and communications.

Boards of directors should include the number and types of qualified directors sufficient to ensure effective discharge of these responsibilities, including independent non-executive directors with appropriate skills, experience, and knowledge. The responsibilities of such non-executive directors should include monitoring and contributing effectively to the strategy and performance of management, staffing key committees of the board, and influencing the conduct of the board as a whole. Consistent with this principle of independence, a board of directors should generally have a non-executive chairperson.

The board of directors should establish audit, compensation, and nomination/succession committees. These should be composed wholly or predominantly of independent directors. Companies should publicly disclose the terms of reference of these committees and give an account to shareholders in an annual report or other regulatory filing of how their responsibilities have been discharged. The chairpersons and members of these committees should be appointed by the board as a whole according to a transparent procedure.

Janus Henderson Investors believes the board of directors, or supervisory board, as an entity, and each of its members, as an individual, is a fiduciary for all shareholders, and should be accountable to the shareholder body as a whole. Each director should therefore generally stand for election on an annual basis.

In recognition of these principles, Janus Henderson Investors has adopted the following default policy positions among others:

Board Classification – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote against proposals to classify boards of directors and for proposals to declassify boards of directors.

Board Size – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals to increase the size of a board of directors so long as the board would retain a majority of independent directors. Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote against proposals to decrease the size of a board of directors which are intended as anti-takeover measures.

Director Independence – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals to increase the minimum number of independent directors. Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals to separate the role of the chairman from the role of the CEO.

Director Indemnification – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals regarding director or officer indemnification arrangements provided such provisions are not deemed excessive or inappropriate.

Uncontested Elections –Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of director candidates that result in the board having a majority of independent directors and oppose director candidates that result in the board not having a majority of independent directors. After taking into consideration country-specific practices, Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of individual director candidates unless:

•

they attend less than 75% of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse;

•

they ignore or otherwise fail to respond appropriately to shareholder proposals receiving majority shareholder support;

•

they are not responsive to advisory votes on executive compensation matters;

•

they fail to provide appropriate oversight of company’s risk management practices;

•

they are non-independent directors and sit on the audit, compensation or nominating committees;

188

•

they are non-independent directors and the board does not have an audit, compensation, or nominating committee;

•

they are audit committee members and the non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive;

•

they are audit committee members and poor accounting practices rise to a level of serious concern, or other serious issues surrounding the audit process or arrangement exist;

•

they serve as directors on an excessive number of boards;

•

they are compensation committee members and the company has poor compensation practices;

•

they adopt a long term poison pill without shareholder approval or make material adverse changes to an existing poison pill;

•

they are the chair of the nominating committee, or are otherwise responsible for the nomination process, of a board that does not have a minimum level of female directors, and the company has not provided a sufficient explanation for its lack of gender diversity;

•

they are the chair of the nominating committee, or are otherwise responsible for the nomination process, of a board that does not have any apparent racial/ethnic diversity, and the company has not provided a sufficient explanation for its lack of racial/ethnic diversity;

•

they are the chair of the responsible committee of a company that is a significant greenhouse gas emitter3 Janus Henderson Investors will apply the same definition as used by the Proxy Voting Service. where such company is not taking minimum steps needed to understand, assess, and mitigate risks related to climate change;

•

they amend the company’s bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders’ rights or that could adversely impact shareholders; and/or

•

the company employs a capital structure with unequal voting rights.

Contested Elections – Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate proposals relating to contested director candidates on case-by-case basis.

Cumulative Voting – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals to adopt cumulative voting unless otherwise recommended by the Proxy Voting Service.

Auditors and Accounting Issues

Janus Henderson Investors believes boards of directors should maintain robust structures and processes to ensure sound internal controls and to oversee all aspects of relationships with auditors. Boards of directors should generally have appropriately constituted audit committees with sufficient levels of financial expertise in accordance with prevailing legislation or best practice. The audit committee should ensure that the company gives a balanced and clear presentation of its financial position and prospects and clearly explains its accounting principles and policies. The audit committee should ensure that the independence of the external auditors is not compromised by conflicts of interest (e.g., financial conflicts arising from the award of non- audit assignments). In recognition of these principles, Janus Henderson Investors has adopted the following default policy positions among others:

Uncontested Auditors – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals to approve external or statutory auditors and auditor compensation unless:

•

the auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company and is therefore not independent;

•

fees for non-audit services are excessive;

•

there is reason to believe the auditor has rendered an opinion which may be neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

•

the auditor is being changed without explanation; or

•

the auditor is not identified by name.

Contested Auditors – Janus Henderson Investors will evaluate proposals relating to contested auditors on a case-by-case basis.

Compensation Issues

Janus Henderson Investors believes compensation of executive directors and key executives should be aligned with the interests of shareholders. Performance criteria attached to share-based compensation should be demanding. Requirements for directors and senior executives to acquire and retain company shares that are meaningful in the context of their cash compensation are also appropriate. The design of senior executives’ contracts should not commit companies to ‘payment for failure’. Boards should pay attention to minimizing this risk when drawing up contracts and to resist pressure to concede excessively generous severance conditions. Any share-based compensation should be subject to shareholder approval.

Companies should disclose in each annual report or proxy statement the board’s policies on executive compensation (and preferably the compensation of individual board members and top executives), as well as the composition of such compensation so that investors can judge whether corporate pay policies and practices are appropriately designed.

3 Janus Henderson Investors will apply the same definition as used by the Proxy Voting Service.

189

Broad-based employee share ownership plans or other profit-sharing programs are effective market mechanisms that promote employee participation. When reviewing whether to support proposed new share schemes, we place particular importance on the following factors:

•

The overall potential cost of the scheme, including the level of dilution;

•

The issue price of share options relative to the market price;

•

The use of performance conditions aligning the interests of participants with shareholders;

•

The holding period (i.e., the length of time from the award date to the earliest date of exercise); and

•

The level of disclosure.

In recognition of these principles, Janus Henderson Investors has adopted the following default policy positions among others:

Executive and Director Equity-Based Compensation Plans – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of equity-based compensation plans unless they create an inconsistent relationship between long- term share performance and compensation, do not demonstrate good stewardship of investors’ interests, or contain problematic features. Janus Henderson Investors considers the following, non-exhaustive list of practices to be problematic and generally votes against plans or amendments to plans that:

•

provide for re-pricing of underwater options;

•

provide for automatic replenishment (“evergreen”) or reload options;

•

create an inconsistent relationship between long term share performance and compensation increases; and/or

•

are proposed by management and do not demonstrate good stewardship of investors’ interests regarding executive compensation or are a vehicle for poor compensation practices.

Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote against proposals permitting material amendments to equity- based compensation plans without shareholder approval.

Long-Term Ownership – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals intended to increase long-term stock ownership by executives, officers, and directors. These may include:

•

requiring executive officers and directors to hold a minimum amount of stock in the company;

•

requiring stock acquired through exercised options to be held for a certain period of time; and

•

using restricted stock grants instead of options.

Director and Officer Loans – Janus Henderson Investors will generally oppose proposals requesting approval of loans to officers, executives, and board members of an issuer.

Say-on-Pay – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of annual advisory votes on executive compensation (say-on-pay frequency). Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote with management on advisory votes on executive compensation (say-on-pay) unless Janus Henderson Investors determines problematic pay practices are maintained.

Executive Severance Agreements – Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate proposals to approve or cancel executive severance agreements on a case-by-case basis. Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals to require executive severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder approval unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.

Employee Stock Option Plans (ESOP) and Stock Purchase Plans (ESPP) – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals relating to ESOPs and ESPPs unless the shares purchased through the plans are discounted more than the market norm, the shares allocated to the plans are excessive, and/or the plans contain other problematic features.

Option Expensing and Repricing – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals requiring the expensing of options. Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote against proposals providing for the repricing of options.

Capitalization, Issuances, Transactions, Shareholder Rights, and Other Corporate Matters

Janus Henderson Investors believes all shareholders should be treated equitably. Companies’ ordinary shares should provide one vote for each share, and companies should act to ensure the owners’ rights to vote.

Any major strategic modifications to the core businesses of a company should not be made without prior shareholder approval. Equally, any major corporate changes, which in substance or effect, materially dilute the equity or erode the economic interests or share ownership rights of existing shareholders should not be made without prior shareholder approval of the proposed change. Such changes may include but are not limited to modifications to articles or bylaws and the implementation of shareholder rights plans or so called “poison pills.”

We will not support proposals that have the potential to reduce shareholder rights, such as significant open- ended authorities to issue shares without pre-emption rights or anti-takeover proposals, unless companies provide a compelling rationale for why they are in shareholder interests.

190

In recognition of these principles, Janus Henderson Investors has adopted the following default policy positions among others:

Capital Stock – Subject to local market standards, Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals seeking to increase the number of shares of common or preferred stock authorized for issue unless the company does not adequately justify the need for the additional shares. Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote against proposals to authorize preferred stock whose voting, conversion, dividend, and other rights are determined at the discretion of the board of directors when the stock is issued (“blank check stock”). Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote against proposals for different classes of stock with different voting rights.

Stock Splits – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals to split shares unless they negatively affect the ability to trade shares or the economic value of a share.

Share Issuances - Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals related to share issuances with and without preemptive rights, provided that voting in favor of such proposals is consistent with local market standards, such proposals are not considered excessive in the context of the issuer and such proposals do not provide for different levels of voting rights.

Debt Issuances – Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate proposals regarding the issuance of debt, including convertible debt, on a case- by-case basis.

Mergers, Acquisitions and Other Significant Corporate Transactions – Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate proposals regarding acquisitions, mergers, related party transactions, tender offers, or changes in control on a case-by-case basis, including any related proposals such as share issuances or advisory votes on golden parachutes.

Reorganization, Restructuring and Liquidation – Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate plans of reorganization, restructuring and liquidation on a case-by-case basis.

Shareholder Rights Plans and Other Anti-Takeover Mechanisms – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote against shareholder rights plans or other proposals designed to prevent or obstruct corporate takeovers (includes poison pills), unless such measures are proposed in a transparent and independent fashion and designed primarily as a short-term means to protect a tax benefit, or are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer. This general policy supersedes any other more specific policy to the contrary.

Change in Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization - Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals regarding changes in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of an issuer.

Confidential Voting – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals to provide for confidential voting and independent tabulation of voting results.

Supermajority Voting – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote against proposals to provide for supermajority voting (e.g., to approve acquisitions or mergers).

Special Meetings – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of management proposals to allow shareholders to call special meetings. Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to allow shareholders to call special meetings, unless such right is already provided at a level consistent with local best practice and the shareholder proposal would further reduce the required threshold. Such proposals will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

Written Consents – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of management proposals to allow action by shareholders’ written consent. Where supported by the Proxy Voting Service, Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate shareholder proposals to allow action by shareholders’ written consent on a case-by-case basis; otherwise, Janus Henderson will generally vote against proposals to allow action by shareholders’ written consent.

Proxy Access – Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate proposals related to proxy access on a case-by-case basis.

Environment and Social Issues

Janus Henderson Investors believes that good management of stakeholder relationships contributes to business success and long-term shareholder value. These stakeholders include not only shareholders but also employees, consumers, debtholders, business partners, neighbors, and the wider global community. Janus Henderson Investors also recognizes the importance of environmental issues such as climate change and social issues such as diversity & inclusion to all these stakeholder groups.

As a fiduciary for its clients, Janus Henderson Investors is primarily concerned with the impact of proposals on a company’s performance and economic value. Janus Henderson Investors recognizes that environmental and social issues are associated with risks, costs and benefits which can have a significant impact on company performance over the short and long term. When evaluating the merits of proposals on environmental and social issues, Janus Henderson Investors will weigh the risks, costs, and benefits of supporting the proposals against those presented by alternatives, including potentially seeking similar outcomes through direct engagement activities with management. Janus Henderson Investors will generally support management proposals addressing environmental and social issues unless

191

we identify significant weaknesses relative to market practice or peers. Janus Henderson Investors will generally support shareholder proposals addressing environmental and social issues where we identify significant areas of weakness or deficiency relative to peers and/or industry best practices or feel that management has failed to adequately respond to shareholder concerns.

Miscellaneous, Administrative and Routine Items

Janus Henderson Investors believes that management should generally have discretion to make certain types of decisions, including how to use existing capital. In addition, in certain jurisdictions, shareholder approval of certain routine or administrative matters may be required. On these types of issues, Janus Henderson Investors will generally defer to management unless it believes these decisions are not being made, or these actions are not being taken, in good faith.

In recognition of these principles, Janus Henderson Investors has adopted the following default policy positions among others:

Dividends – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of management proposals relating to the issuance of dividends. Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate shareholder proposals relating to the issuance of dividends on a case-by-case basis.

Share Repurchase Plans - Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of management proposals regarding share repurchases. Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate shareholder proposals relating to share repurchases on a case-by-case basis.

“Other Business” – Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote against proposals to approve “other business” when it appears as a voting item.

Designation of Exclusive Forum - Janus Henderson Investors will generally vote in favor of proposals designating an exclusive forum in federal court or Delaware state court (for companies organized in Delaware). Janus Henderson Investors will generally evaluate proposals designating an exclusive forum in other jurisdictions on a case- by-case basis.

Proposals Outside the Guidelines

For proposals outside the scope of the Guidelines or instructions otherwise provided to the Proxy Voting Service, Janus Henderson Investors will generally rely on the recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service.

192

JPMorgan

(Updated April 1, 2023)

Proxy Voting Guidelines

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (JPMorgan) has been granted the authority to vote the proxies of any voting securities held in the Fund’s portfolio. In voting proxies, JPMorgan’s objective is to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients. To ensure that the proxies of portfolio companies are voted in the best interests of the Fund, the Fund’s Board of Trustees has adopted JPMorgan’s detailed proxy voting procedures (the “Procedures”) that incorporate guidelines (“Guidelines”) for voting proxies on specific types of issues for the Fund.

JPMorgan and its affiliates (“JPMorgan Asset Management”)is part of a global asset management organization with the capability to invest in securities of issuers located around the globe. Because the regulatory framework and the business cultures and practices vary from region to region, the Guidelines are customized for each region to take into account such variations. Separate Guidelines cover the regions of (1) North America, (2) Europe, Middle East, Africa, Central America and South America (“EMEA”), (3) Asia (ex-Japan) and (4) Japan, respectively.

Notwithstanding the variations among the Guidelines, all of the Guidelines have been designed with the uniform objective of encouraging corporate action that enhances shareholder value consistent with the Fund’s objectives and strategies. As a general rule, in voting proxies of a particular security, JPMorgan will apply the Guidelines of the region in which the issuer of such security is organized. Except as noted below, proxy voting decisions will be made in accordance with the Guidelines covering a multitude of both routine and non-routine matters that JPMorgan has encountered globally, based on many years of collective investment management experience.

To oversee and monitor the proxy-voting process, JPMorgan Asset Management has established a proxy committee and appointed a proxy administrator in each global location where proxies are voted. The primary functions of each proxy committee include review and approval of the Guidelines annually and the provision of advice and recommendations on general proxy-voting matters as well as on specific voting issues. The procedures permit an independent voting service to perform certain services otherwise carried out or coordinated by the proxy administrator.

Although for many matters the Guidelines specify the votes to be cast, for many others, the Guidelines contemplate case-by-case determinations. In addition, there will undoubtedly be proxy matters that are not contemplated by the Guidelines. For both of these categories of matters and, in the U.S., to override the Guidelines, the Procedures require a certification and review process to be completed before the vote is cast. That process is designed to identify actual or potential material conflicts of interest (between the Fund on the one hand, and the Fund’s investment JPMorgan, principal underwriter or an affiliate of any of the foregoing, on the other hand) and ensure that the proxy vote is cast in the best interests of the Fund. A conflict is deemed to exist when the proxy is for JPMorgan Chase & Co. stock or for J.P. Morgan Funds, or when the proxy administrator has actual knowledge indicating that a JPMorgan affiliate is an investment banker or rendered a fairness opinion with respect to the matter that is the subject of the proxy vote. When such conflicts are identified, the proxy will be voted by an independent third party using its own guidelines; provided, however, that JPMorgan’s investment professional(s) may request an exception to this process to vote against a proposal rather than referring it to an independent third party (“Exception Request”) where the proxy administrator has actual knowledge indicating that a JPMorgan Chase affiliate is an investment banker or rendered a fairness opinion with respect to the matter that is the subject of the proxy vote. The applicable proxy committee shall review the Exception Request and shall determine whether JPMorgan should vote against the proposal or whether such proxy should still be referred to an independent third party due to the potential for additional conflicts or otherwise.

When other types of potential material conflicts of interest are identified, the applicable proxy administrator and, as necessary and applicable, a legal and/or compliance representative from the applicable proxy committee will evaluate the potential conflict of interest and determine whether such conflict actually exists, and if so, will recommend how JPMorgan will vote the proxy. In addressing any material conflict, JPMorgan may take one or more of the following measures (or other appropriate action): removing certain JPMorgan personnel from the proxy voting process or “walling off” personnel with knowledge of the conflict to ensure that such personnel do not influence the relevant proxy vote, voting in accordance with any applicable Guideline if the application of the Guideline would objectively result in the casting of a proxy vote in a predetermined manner, or deferring the vote to or obtaining a recommendation from an independent third party, in which case the proxy will be voted by, or in accordance with the recommendation of, the independent third party. In the event that the Fund, in the aggregate, holds more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an open-end registered investment company or registered unit investment trust that is not managed by JPMorgan (a “Non-J.P. Morgan Fund”), the Fund will vote its respective securities in a Non-J.P. Morgan Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities.

The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the North America Guidelines:

JPMorgan considers votes on director nominees on a case-by-case basis. Votes generally will be withheld from directors who: (a) attend less than 75% of Board and committee meetings without a valid excuse; (b) adopt or renew a poison pill without shareholder approval; (c) are affiliated outside directors who serve on audit, compensation or nominating committees or are affiliated outside directors and the full Board serves on such committees or the company does not have such committees; (d) ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by

193

a majority of either the shares outstanding or the votes cast based on a review over a consecutive two year time frame; (e) are insiders and affiliated outsiders on Boards that are not at least majority independent except, in the case of controlled companies, vote for non-independent directors who serve on committees other than the audit committee; or (f) are CEOs of publicly-traded companies who serve on more than three public Boards or serve on more than four public company Boards. In addition, votes are generally withheld for directors who serve on committees in certain cases. For example, JPMorgan generally withholds votes from audit committee members in circumstances in which there is evidence that there exists material weaknesses in the company’s internal controls. Votes generally are also withheld from directors when there is a demonstrated history of poor performance or inadequate risk oversight or when the Board adopts changes to the company’s governing documents without shareholder approval if the changes materially diminish shareholder rights. Votes generally will be withheld from Board chair, lead independent directors, or government committee chairs of publicly traded companies where employees have departed for significant violation of code of conduct without claw back of compensation. In addition, JPMorgan generally votes against the chair of the nominating committee if one or more directors remain on the Board after having received less than majority of votes cast in the prior election.

JPMorgan votes proposals to classify Boards on a case-by-case basis, but normally will vote in favor of such proposal if the issuer’s governing documents contain each of eight enumerated safeguards (for example, a majority of the Board is composed of independent directors and the nominating committee is composed solely of such directors).

JPMorgan also considers management poison pill proposals on a case-by-case basis, looking for shareholder-friendly provisions before voting in favor.

JPMorgan votes against proposals for a super-majority vote to approve a merger.

JPMorgan considers proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt restructuring plan on a case-by-case basis, taking into account such factors as the extent of dilution and whether the transaction will result in a change in control.

JPMorgan considers vote proposals with respect to compensation plans on a case-by-case basis. The analysis of compensation plans focuses primarily on the transfer of shareholder wealth (the dollar cost of pay plans to shareholders) and includes an analysis of the structure of the plan and pay practices of other companies in the relevant industry and peer companies. Other matters included in the analysis are the amount of the company’s outstanding stock to be reserved for the award of stock options, whether the exercise price of an option is less than the stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant of the options, and whether the plan provides for the exchange of outstanding options for new ones at lower exercise prices.

JPMorgan also considers on a case-by-case basis proposals to change an issuer’s state of incorporation, mergers and acquisitions and other corporate restructuring proposals and certain social issue proposals.

JPMorgan generally votes for management proposals which seek shareholder approval to make the state of incorporation the exclusive forum for disputes if the company is a Delaware corporation; otherwise, the JPMorgan votes on a case by case basis.

JPMorgan supports Board refreshment, independence, and a diverse skill set for directors. As a matter of principle, JPMorgan expects its investee companies to be committed to diversity and inclusiveness in their general recruitment policies as we believe such diversity contributes to the effectiveness of Boards. JPMorgan will utilize its voting power to bring about change where Boards are lagging in gender and racial/ethnic diversity. JPMorgan will generally vote against the chair of the Nominating Committee when the issuer does not disclose the gender or racial and ethnic composition of the Board, with adequate diversity data considered as adequate in instances where individual directors do not wish to disclose personal identification. JPMorgan will also generally vote against the chair of the Nominating Committee when the issuer lacks any gender diversity or any racial/ethnic diversity unless there are mitigating factors such as recent retirement of relevant directors, a relatively new public company, and an ongoing search for a director.

JPMorgan reviews Say on Pay proposals on a case by case basis with additional review of proposals where the issuer’s previous year’s proposal received a low level of support.

The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of Section 12 Social and Environmental Issues from the North America Guidelines:

JPMorgan generally encourages a level of reporting on environmental matters that is not unduly costly or burdensome and which does not place the company at a competitive disadvantage, but which provides meaningful information to enable shareholders to evaluate the impact of the company’s environmental policies and practices on its financial performance. In general, JPMorgan supports management disclosure practices that are overall consistent with the goals and objective expressed above. Proposals with respect to companies that have been involved in controversies, fines or litigation are expected to be subject to heightened review and consideration.

In evaluating how to vote environmental proposals, key considerations may include, but are not limited to, issuer considerations such as asset profile of the company, including whether it is exposed to potentially declining demand for the company’s products or services due to environmental considerations; cash deployments; cost structure of the company, including its position on the cost curve, expected impact of future carbon tax and exposure to high fixed operating costs; corporate behavior of the company; demonstrated capabilities of

194

the company, its strategic planning process, and past performance; current level of disclosure of the company and consistency of disclosure across its industry; and whether the company incorporates environmental or social issues in a risk assessment or risk reporting framework. JPMorgan may also consider whether peers have received similar proposals and if so, were the responses transparent and insightful; would adoption of the proposal inform and educate shareholders; and have companies that adopted the proposal provided insightful and meaningful information that would allow shareholders to evaluate the long-term risks and performance of the company; does the proposal require disclosure that is already addressed by existing and proposed mandated regulatory requirements or formal guidance at the local, state, or national level or the company’s existing disclosure practices; and does the proposal create the potential for unintended consequences such as a competitive disadvantage.

JPMorgan votes against the chair of the committee responsible for providing oversight of environmental matters and/or risk where JPMorgan believes the company is lagging peers in terms of disclosure, business practices or targets. JPMorgan also votes against committee members, lead independent director and/or Board chair for companies that have lagged over several years.

With regard to social issues, among other factors, JPMorgan considers the company’s labor practices, supply chain, how the company supports and monitors those issues, what types of disclosure the company and its peers currently provide, and whether the proposal would result in a competitive disadvantage for the company.

JPMorgan expects Boards to provide oversight of human capital management which includes the company management of its workforce, use of full time versus part time employees, workforce cost, employee engagement and turnover, talent development, retention and training, compliance record and health and safety. As an engaged and diverse employee base is integral to a company’s ability to innovate, respond to a diverse customer base and engage with diverse communities and deliver shareholder returns, JPMorgan will generally support shareholder resolutions seeking the company to disclose data on workforce demographics including diversity, and release of EEO-1 or comparable data where such disclosure is deemed by JPMorgan as inadequate.

Non-U.S. Guidelines. The following summarizes some of the more noteworthy types of proxy voting policies of the EMEA, Asia (Ex-Japan) and Japan Guidelines (collectively, “Non-U.S. Guidelines”):

Corporate governance procedures differ among the countries. Because of time constraints and local customs, it is not always possible for JPMorgan to receive and review all proxy materials in connection with each item submitted for a vote. Many proxy statements are in foreign languages. Proxy materials are generally mailed by the issuer to the sub-custodian which holds the securities for the client in the country where the portfolio company is organized, and there may not be sufficient time for such materials to be transmitted to JPMorgan in time for a vote to be cast. In some countries, proxy statements are not mailed at all, and in some locations, the deadline for voting is two to four days after the initial announcement that a vote is to be solicited and it may not always be possible to obtain sufficient information to make an informed decision in good time to vote.

Certain markets require that shares being tendered for voting purposes are temporarily immobilized from trading until after the shareholder meeting has taken place. Elsewhere, notably emerging markets, it may not always be possible to obtain sufficient information to make an informed decision in good time to vote. Some markets require a local representative to be hired in order to attend the meeting and vote in person on our behalf, which can result in considerable cost. JPMorgan also considers the cost of voting in light of the expected benefit of the vote. In certain instances, it may sometimes be in the Fund’s best interests to intentionally refrain from voting in certain overseas markets from time to time.

The Non-U.S. Guidelines reflect the applicable region’s corporate governance or stewardship codes with respect to corporate governance and proxy voting. For example, JPMorgan Asset Management is a signatory to the UK Stewardship Code 2020 and believes that its existing stewardship policies meet the standards required under the Code. Additionally, for example, the EMEA Guidelines for UK companies are based on the revised UK Corporate Governance Code. If a portfolio company chooses to deviate from the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, JPMorgan takes the company’s explanation into account as appropriate, based on JPMorgan’s overall assessment of the standards of corporate governance evidenced at the company. For Continental European markets, JPMorgan expects companies to comply with local Corporate Governance Codes, where they exist. In markets where a comparable standard does not exist, we use the EMEA Guidelines as the primary basis for voting, while taking local market practice into consideration where applicable. The Japan Guidelines reflect the 2020 revisions to the Japanese Stewardship Code. Likewise, the Asia (Ex-Japan) Guidelines endorse the stewardship principles promoted by different regulators and industry bodies in the region including the Singapore Stewardship Principles for Responsible Investors supported by Monetary Authority of Singapore and Singapore Exchange, the Principles for Responsible Ownership issued by the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong, and the Principles of Internal Governance and Asset Stewardship issued by the Financial Services Council of Australia.

Where proxy issues concern corporate governance, takeover defense measures, compensation plans, capital structure changes and so forth, JPMorgan pays particular attention to management’s arguments for promoting the prospective change.

The Non-U.S. Guidelines encourage transparency and disclosure with respect to remuneration reporting as well as processes and policies designed to align compensation with the long-term performance of portfolio companies.

195

In particular, the EMEA Guidelines indicate that the remuneration policy as it relates to senior management should ideally be presented to shareholders for approval with such votes normally occurring every third year. In addition, the EMEA Guidelines describe information that JPMorgan expects to be included in remuneration reports including disclosure on amounts paid to executives, alignment between company performance and pay out to executives, disclosure of, among other things, variable incentive targets, levels of achievement and performance awards, information on the ratio of CEO pay to median employee pay.

With respect to the Japan Guidelines, the voting decision will be made taking into account matters such as recent trends in the company’s earnings and performance, with the expectation that companies will have a remuneration system comprised of a reasonable mix of fixed and variable (based on short term and medium to long term incentives) compensation. Such Guidelines also support the introduction of clawback clauses in order to prevent excessive risk taking which can negatively impact shareholder value and excessive pay.

Where shareholders are able to exercise a binding vote on remuneration policies, the Asia (Ex-Japan) Guidelines reflect JPMorgan’s belief that such polices should stand the test of time. The Asia (Ex-Japan) Guidelines further encourage companies to provide information on the ratio of CEO pay to median employee pay and to explain the reasons for changes to the ratio as it unfolds year by year. The Asia (Ex-Japan) Guidelines also highlight information that companies should have with regard to gender pay gaps and indicate how this issue is being addressed.

JPMorgan is in favor of a unitary Board structure of the type found in the United Kingdom as opposed to tiered Board structures. Thus, under the EMEA Guidelines, the JPMorgan will generally vote to encourage the gradual phasing out of tiered Board structures, in favor of unitary Boards. However, since tiered Boards are still very prevalent in markets outside of the United Kingdom, the Non-U.S. Guidelines do not mandate a unitary Board structure and local market practice will always be taken into account.

JPMorgan will use its voting powers to encourage appropriate levels of Board independence and diversity, taking into account local market practice.

In particular, the EMEA Guidelines indicate that JPMorgan expects Boards to have a strategy to improve female representation in particular. The EMEA Guidelines support the target of one-third of Board positions being held by women, as recommended by the UK Government’s Women on Boards Report, the Davies Review and the FTSE Women Leaders Review (formerly the Hampton-Alexander Review).

The Japan Guidelines include provisions on Board diversity and indicate that JPMorgan believes directors with diverse backgrounds should make up a majority of the Board over time. The Japan Guidelines provide that the current policy is to vote against the election of the representative directors, such as the president of the company, if there are no female directors (more than one female director beginning in 2024, and at least 30% gender diversity before 2030).

The Asia ex Japan Guidelines reflect, as a minimum standard for all Asia ex Japan markets, that JPMorgan Asset Management would expect no single-gender Boards and that such Boards would have 25% gender diverse representation before 2025, with 30% gender diverse representation or such higher amounts as reflected by local market practice before 2030.

JPMorgan will usually vote against discharging the Board from responsibility in cases of pending litigation, or if there is evidence of wrongdoing for which the Board must be held accountable.

JPMorgan will vote in favor of increases in capital which enhance a company’s long-term prospects. JPMorgan will also vote in favor of the partial suspension of preemptive rights if they are for purely technical reasons (e.g., rights offers which may not be legally offered to shareholders in certain jurisdictions). However, JPMorgan will vote against increases in capital which would allow the company to adopt “poison pill” takeover defense tactics, or where the increase in authorized capital would dilute shareholder value in the long term.

JPMorgan will vote in favor of proposals which will enhance a company’s long-term prospects. The JPMorgan will vote against an increase in bank borrowing powers which would result in the company reaching an unacceptable level of financial leverage, where such borrowing is expressly intended as part of a takeover defense, or where there is a material reduction in shareholder value.

JPMorgan will generally vote against anti-takeover devices.

JPMorgan considers social or environmental issues on a case-by-case basis under the Non-U.S. Guidelines, keeping in mind at all times the best economic interests of its clients. With respect to environmental proposals, the Non-U.S. Guidelines indicate that good corporate governance policies should consider the impact of company operations on the environment and the costs of compliance with laws and regulations relating to environmental matters, physical damage to the environment (including the costs of clean-ups and repairs), consumer preferences and capital investments related to climate change. The Non-U.S. Guidelines further encourage a level of environmental reporting that is not unduly costly or burdensome and which does not place the company at a competitive disadvantage, but which provides meaningful information to enable shareholders to evaluate the impact of the company’s environmental policies and practices on its financial performance. With regard to social issues, among other factors, JPMorgan considers the company’s labor practices, supply chain, how the company supports and monitors those issues, what types of disclosure the company and its peers currently provided, and whether the proposal would result in a competitive disadvantage for the company.

196

North American and Non-U.S. Guidelines. The North American and Non-U.S. Guidelines reflect JPMorgan’s concerns that there may be restrictions on shareholder participation in a virtual only annual general meeting and believes such meetings should only be held in exceptional circumstances, such as during pandemic, and that companies should explain why it is necessary to hold the meeting in this manner. Under the Guidelines, JPMorgan generally votes for management proposal allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings by electronic means, so long as the governing documents do not prohibit in-person meetings.

Recordkeeping.

JPMorgan is required to maintain in an easily accessible place for all records relating to the proxy voting process, according to the retention requirements set out by the various global regulatory regimes.

Those records include the following:

• a copy of the JPMorgan Proxy Voting Procedures and Guidelines;

• a copy of each proxy statement received on behalf of JPMorgan clients;

• a record of each vote cast on behalf of JPMorgan client holdings;

• a copy of all documents created by JPMorgan personnel that were material to making a decision on the voting of client securities or that memorialize the basis of the decision;

• a copy of the documentation of all dialogue with issuers and JPMorgan personnel created by JPMorgan personnel prior to the voting of client securities; and

• a copy of each written request by a client for information on how JPMorgan voted proxies on behalf of the client, as well as a copy of any written response by JPMorgan to any request by a JPMorgan client for information on how JPMorgan voted proxies on behalf of our client.

It should be noted that JPMorgan reserves the right to use the services of the Independent Voting Service to maintain certain required records in accordance with all applicable regulations.

197

Loomis Sayles

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

As of March 24, 2022

1. GENERAL

Introduction.

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”) will vote proxies of the securities held in its clients’ portfolios on behalf of each client that has delegated proxy voting authority to Loomis Sayles as investment adviser. Loomis Sayles has adopted and implemented these policies and procedures (“Proxy Voting Procedures”) to ensure that, where it has voting authority, proxy matters are handled in the best interests of clients, in accordance with Loomis Sayles’ fiduciary duty, and all applicable law and regulations. The Proxy Voting Procedures, as implemented by the Loomis Sayles Proxy Committee (as described below), are intended to support good corporate governance, including those corporate practices that address environmental and social issues (“ESG Matters”), in all cases with the objective of protecting shareholder interests and maximizing shareholder value.

Loomis Sayles uses the services of third parties (each a “Proxy Voting Service” and collectively the “Proxy Voting Services”), to provide research, analysis and voting recommendations and to administer the process of voting proxies for those clients for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority. Any reference in these Proxy Voting Procedures to a “Proxy Voting Service” is a reference either to the Proxy Voting Service that provides research, analysis and voting recommendations to Loomis Sayles or to the Proxy Voting Service that administers the process of voting proxies for Loomis Sayles or to both, as the context may require. Loomis Sayles will generally follow its express policy with input from the Proxy Voting Service that provides research, analysis and voting recommendations to Loomis Sayles unless the Proxy Committee determines that the client’s best interests are served by voting otherwise.

General Guidelines.

The following guidelines will apply when voting proxies on behalf of accounts for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority.

1. Client’s Best Interests. The Proxy Voting Procedures are designed and implemented in a way that is reasonably expected to ensure that proxy matters are conducted in the best interests of clients. When considering the best interests of clients, Loomis Sayles has determined that this means the best investment interest of its clients as shareholders of the issuer. To protect its clients’ best interests, Loomis Sayles has integrated the consideration of ESG Matters into its investment process. The Proxy Voting Procedures are intended to reflect the impact of these factors in cases where they are material to the growth and sustainability of an issuer. Loomis Sayles has established its Proxy Voting Procedures to assist it in making its proxy voting decisions with a view toward enhancing the value of its clients’ interests in an issuer over the period during which it expects its clients to hold their investments. Loomis Sayles will vote against proposals that it believes could adversely impact the current or future market value of the issuer’s securities during the expected holding period. Loomis Sayles also believes that protecting the best interests of clients requires the consideration of potential material impacts of proxy proposals associated with ESG Matters.

For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding any other provisions of these Proxy Voting Procedures, in all instances in which Loomis Sayles votes proxies on behalf of clients that are employee benefit plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), Loomis Sayles (a) will act solely in accordance with the economic interest of the plan and its participants and beneficiaries, and (b) will not subordinate the interests of the participants and beneficiaries in their retirement income or financial benefits under the plan to any other objective, or promote benefits or goals unrelated to those financial interests of the plan’s participants and beneficiaries.

2. Client Proxy Voting Policies. Rather than delegating proxy voting authority to Loomis Sayles, a client may (a) retain the authority to vote proxies on securities in its account; (b) delegate voting authority to another party; or (c) instruct Loomis Sayles to vote proxies according to a policy that differs from the Proxy Voting Procedures. Loomis Sayles will honor any of these instructions if the instruction is agreed to in writing by Loomis Sayles in its investment management agreement with the client. If Loomis Sayles incurs additional costs or expenses in following any such instruction, it may request payment for such additional costs or expenses from the client.

3. Stated Policies. In the interest of consistency in voting proxies on behalf of its clients where appropriate, Loomis Sayles has adopted policies that identify issues where Loomis Sayles will (a) generally vote in favor of a proposal; (b) generally vote against a proposal; (c) generally vote as recommended by the Proxy Voting Service; and (d) specifically consider its vote for or against a proposal. However, these policies are guidelines and each vote may be cast differently than the stated policy, taking into consideration all relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. In certain cases where the recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service and the recommendation of the issuer’s management are the same, the vote will generally be cast as recommended and will not be reviewed on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee. In cases where the portfolio manager of an account that holds voting securities of an issuer or the analyst covering the issuer or its securities recommends a vote, the proposal(s) will be voted according to these recommendations after a review for any potential conflicts of interest is conducted and will not be reviewed on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee. There may be situations where Loomis Sayles casts split votes despite the stated policies. For example, Loomis Sayles may cast a split vote when

198

different clients may be invested in strategies with different investment objectives, or when different clients may have different economic interests in the outcome of a particular proposal. Loomis Sayles also may cast a split vote on a particular proposal when its investment teams have differing views regarding the impact of the proposal on their clients’ investment interests.

4. Abstentions and Other Exceptions. Loomis Sayles’ general policy is to vote rather than abstain from voting on issues presented, unless the Proxy Committee determines, pursuant to its best judgment, that the client’s best interests require abstention. However, in the following circumstances Loomis Sayles may not vote a client’s proxy:

The Proxy Committee has concluded that voting would have no meaningful, identifiable economic benefit to the client as a shareholder, such as when the security is no longer held in the client’s portfolio or when the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant.

The Proxy Committee has concluded that the costs of or disadvantages resulting from voting outweigh the economic benefits of voting. For example, in some non-US jurisdictions, the sale of securities voted may be legally or practically prohibited or subject to some restrictions for some period of time, usually between the record and meeting dates (“share blocking”). Loomis Sayles believes that the loss of investment flexibility resulting from share blocking generally outweighs the benefit to be gained by voting. Information about share blocking is often incomplete or contradictory. Loomis Sayles relies on the client’s custodian and on its Proxy Voting Service to identify share blocking jurisdictions. To the extent such information is wrong, Loomis Sayles could fail to vote shares that could have been voted without loss of investment flexibility, or could vote shares and then be prevented from engaging in a potentially beneficial portfolio transaction.

Administrative requirements for voting proxies in certain foreign jurisdictions (which may be imposed a single time or may be periodic), such as providing a power of attorney to the client’s local sub-custodian, cannot be fulfilled due to timing of the requirement, or the costs required to fulfill the administrative requirements appear to outweigh the benefits to the client of voting the proxy.

The client, as of the record date, has loaned the securities to which the proxy relates and Loomis Sayles has concluded that it is not in the best interest of the client to recall the loan or is unable to recall the loan in order to vote the securities. 1

The client so directs Loomis Sayles.

The Proxy Committee will generally vote against, rather than abstain from voting on, ballot issues where the issuer does not provide sufficient information to make an informed decision. In addition, there may be instances where Loomis Sayles is not able to vote proxies on a client’s behalf, such as when ballot delivery instructions have not been processed by a client’s custodian, when the Proxy Voting Service has not received a ballot for a client’s account (e.g., in cases where the client’s shares have been loaned to a third party), when proxy materials are not available in English, and under other circumstances beyond Loomis Sayles’ control.

5. Oversight. All issues presented for shareholder vote are subject to the oversight of the Proxy Committee, either directly or by application of this policy. All non-routine issues will generally be considered directly by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the investment professionals responsible for an account holding the security, and will be voted in the best investment interests of the client. All routine “for” and “against” issues will be voted according to this policy unless special factors require that they be considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the investment professionals responsible for an account holding the security.

6. Availability of Procedures. Loomis Sayles publishes these Proxy Voting Procedures, as updated from time to time, on its public website, www.loomissayles.com, and includes a description of its Proxy Voting Procedures in Part 2A of its Form ADV. Upon request, Loomis Sayles also provides clients with a copy of its Proxy Voting Procedures.

7. Disclosure of Vote. Loomis Sayles makes certain disclosures regarding its voting of proxies in the aggregate (not specific as to clients) on its website, www.loomissayles.com. For mutual funds that it manages, Loomis Sayles is required by law to make certain disclosures regarding its voting of proxies annually. This information is also available on the Loomis Sayles website. Additionally, Loomis Sayles will, upon request by a client, provide information about how each proxy was voted with respect to the securities in that client’s account. Loomis Sayles’ policy is not to disclose a client’s proxy voting records to third parties except as required by applicable law and regulations.

Proxy Committee.

1. Proxy Committee. Loomis Sayles has established a Proxy Committee. The Proxy Committee is composed of senior representatives from firm investment teams and members of the Legal and Compliance Department, and other employees of Loomis Sayles as needed. In the event that any member is unable to participate in a meeting of the Proxy Committee, he or she may designate another individual to act on his or her behalf. A vacancy in the Proxy Committee is filled by the prior member’s successor in position at Loomis Sayles or a person of equivalent experience. Each portfolio manager of an account that holds voting securities of an issuer or the analyst covering the issuer or its securities may be an ad hoc member of the Proxy Committee in connection with voting proxies of that issuer. Voting determinations made by the Proxy Committee generally will be memorialized electronically (e.g., by email).

1  Loomis Sayles does not engage in securities lending. However, some clients do opt to lend securities, availing themselves of their custodians’ services.

199

2. Duties. The Proxy Committee’s specific responsibilities include the following:

a) developing, authorizing, implementing and updating the Proxy Voting Procedures, including:

(i) annually reviewing the Proxy Voting Procedures to ensure consistency with internal policies and regulatory agency policies, including determining the continuing adequacy of the Proxy Voting Procedures to confirm that they have been formulated reasonably and implemented effectively, including whether they continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxy votes are cast in clients’ best interest,

(ii) annually reviewing existing voting guidelines and developing of additional voting guidelines to assist in the review of proxy proposals, and

(iii) annually reviewing the proxy voting process and addressing any general issues that relate to proxy voting;

b) overseeing the proxy voting process, including:

(i) overseeing the vote on proposals according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines,

(ii) directing the vote on proposals where there is reason not to vote according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines or where proposals require special consideration,

(iii) consulting with the portfolio managers and analysts for the accounts holding the security when necessary or appropriate, and

(iv) periodically sampling or engaging an outside party to sample proxy votes to ensure they comply with the Proxy Voting Procedures and are cast in accordance with the clients’ best interests;

c) engaging and overseeing third-party vendors that materially assist Loomis Sayles with respect to proxy voting, such as the Proxy Voting Services, including:

(i) determining and periodically reassessing whether, as relevant, the Proxy Voting Service has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues by considering:

(a)  the adequacy and quality of the Proxy Voting Service’s staffing, personnel and technology,

(b) whether the Proxy Voting Service has adequately disclosed its methodologies in formulating voting recommendations, such that Loomis Sayles can understand the factors underlying the Proxy Voting Service’s voting recommendations,

(c) the robustness of the Proxy Voting Service’s policies and procedures regarding its ability to ensure that its recommendations are based on current, materially complete and accurate information, and

(d) the Proxy Voting Service’s policies and procedures regarding how it identifies and addresses conflicts of interest, including whether the Proxy Voting Service’s policies and procedures provide for adequate disclosure of its actual and potential conflicts of interest with respect to the services it provides to Loomis Sayles.

(ii) providing ongoing oversight of the Proxy Voting Services to ensure that proxies continue to be voted in the best interests of clients and in accordance with these Proxy Voting Procedures and the determinations and directions of the Proxy Committee,

(iii) receiving and reviewing updates from the Proxy Voting Services regarding relevant business changes or changes to the Proxy Voting Services’ conflict policies and procedures, and

(iv) in the event that the Proxy Committee becomes aware that a recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service was based on a material factual error (including materially inaccurate or incomplete information): investigating the error, considering the nature of the error and the related recommendation, and determining whether the Proxy Voting Service has taken reasonable steps to reduce the likelihood of similar errors in the future; and

(e) further developing and/or modifying these Proxy Voting Procedures as otherwise appropriate or necessary.

3. Standards.

a) When determining the vote of any proposal for which it has responsibility, the Proxy Committee shall vote in the client’s best interests as described in section 1(B)(1) above. In the event a client believes that its other interests require a different vote, Loomis Sayles shall vote as the client instructs if the instructions are provided as required in section 1(B)(2) above.

b) When determining the vote on any proposal, the Proxy Committee shall not consider any benefit to Loomis Sayles, any of its affiliates, any of its or their clients or service providers, other than benefits to the owner of the securities to be voted.

c) If Loomis Sayles becomes aware of additional information relevant to the voting of a shareholder meeting after a vote has been entered but before the applicable voting deadline has passed, it will consider whether or not such information impacts the vote determination entered, and if necessary, use reasonable efforts to change the vote instruction.

200

Conflicts of Interest.

Loomis Sayles has established policies and procedures to ensure that proxy votes are voted in its clients’ best interests and are not affected by any possible conflicts of interest. First, except in certain limited instances, Loomis Sayles votes in accordance with its pre-determined policies set forth in these Proxy Voting Procedures. Second, where these Proxy Voting Procedures allow for discretion, Loomis Sayles will generally consider the recommendations of the Proxy Voting Service in making its voting decisions. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the Proxy Voting Service’s recommendation is not in the best interests of the firm’s clients, then the Proxy Committee may use its discretion to vote against the Proxy Voting Service’s recommendation, but only after taking the following steps: (1) conducting a review for any material conflict of interest Loomis Sayles may have, and (2) if any material conflict is found to exist, excluding anyone at Loomis Sayles who is subject to that conflict of interest from participating in the voting decision in any way. However, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Proxy Committee after full disclosure of any conflict, that person may provide information, opinions or recommendations on any proposal to the Proxy Committee. In such event, prior to directing any vote, the Proxy Committee will make reasonable efforts to obtain and consider information, opinions and recommendations from or about the opposing position.

Recordkeeping.

Loomis Sayles or the Proxy Voting Service will maintain records of proxies voted pursuant to Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act. The records include: (1) a copy of its Proxy Voting Procedures; (2) proxy statements received regarding client securities; (3) a record of each vote cast; (4) a copy of any document created by Loomis Sayles that is material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; and (5) each written client request for proxy voting records and Loomis Sayles’ written response to any (written or oral) client request for such records.

Proxy voting books and records are maintained in an easily accessible place for a period of five years, the first two in an appropriate office of Loomis Sayles.

201

MFS

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

January 1, 2024

MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY

At MFS Investment Management, our core purpose is to create value responsibly. In serving the long-term economic interests of our clients, we rely on deep fundamental research, risk awareness, engagement, and effective stewardship to generate long-term risk-adjusted returns for our clients. A core component of this approach is our proxy voting activity. We believe that robust ownership practices can help protect and enhance long-term shareholder value. Such ownership practices include diligently exercising our voting rights as well as engaging with our issuers on a variety of proxy voting topics. We recognize that environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) issues may impact the long-term value of an investment, and, therefore, we consider ESG issues in light of our fiduciary obligation to vote proxies in what we believe to be in the best long- term economic interest of our clients.

MFS Investment Management and its subsidiaries that perform discretionary investment activities (collectively, “MFS”) have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures (“MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures”) with respect to securities owned by the clients for which MFS serves as investment adviser and has been delegated the power to vote proxies on behalf of such clients. These clients include pooled investment vehicles sponsored by MFS (an “MFS Fund” or collectively, the “MFS Funds”).

Our approach to proxy voting is guided by the overall principle that proxy voting decisions are made in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of our clients for which we have been delegated with the authority to vote on their behalf, and not in the interests of any other party, including company management, or in MFS’ corporate interests, including interests such as the distribution of MFS Fund shares and institutional client relationships.

The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures include voting guidelines that govern how MFS generally will vote on specific matters as well as how we monitor potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS that could arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. The following is a summary of MFS’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and does not contain these voting guidelines. The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (which includes the proxy voting guidelines) are available on www.mfs.com.

Our approach to proxy voting is guided by the following additional principles:

1.

Consistency in application of the policy across multiple client portfolios: While MFS generally votes consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by multiple client portfolios, MFS may vote differently on the matter for different client portfolios under certain circumstances. For example, we may vote differently for a client portfolio if we have received explicit voting instructions to vote differently from such client for its own account. Likewise, MFS may vote differently if the portfolio management team responsible for a particular client account believes that a different voting instruction is in the best long-term economic interest of such account.

2.

Consistency in application of policy across shareholder meetings in most instances: As a general matter, MFS seeks to vote consistently on similar proxy proposals across all shareholder meetings. However, as many proxy proposals (e.g., mergers, acquisitions, and shareholder proposals) are analyzed on a case-by-case basis in light of the relevant facts and circumstances of the issuer and proposal MFS may vote similar proposals differently at different shareholder meetings. In addition, MFS also reserves the right to override the guidelines with respect to a particular proxy proposal when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients.

3.

Consideration of company specific context and informed by engagement: As noted above MFS will seek to consider a company’s specific context in determining its voting decision. Where there are significant, complex or unusual voting items we may seek to engage with a company before making the vote to further inform our decision. Where sufficient progress has not been made on a particular issue of engagement, MFS may determine a vote against management may be warranted to reflect our concerns and influence for change in the best long-term economic interests of our clients for which MFS has been delegated with the authority to vote on their behalf.

4.

Clear decisions to best support issuer processes and decision making: To best support improved issuer decision making we strive to generally provide clear decisions by voting either For or Against each item. We may however vote to Abstain in certain situations if we believe a vote either For or Against may produce a result not in the best long-term economic interests of our clients.

5.

Transparency in approach and implementation: In addition to the publication of the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures on our website, we are open to communicating our vote intention with companies, including ahead of the annual meeting. We may do this proactively where we wish to make our view or corresponding rationale clearly known to the company. Our voting data is reported to clients upon request and publicly on a quarterly and annual basis on our website (under Proxy Voting Records & Reports). For more information about reporting on our proxy voting activities, please refer to the “Reports” section below.

GOVERNANCE OF PROXY VOTING ACTIVITIES

From time to time, MFS may receive comments on the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from its clients. These comments are carefully considered by MFS when it reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and revises them as appropriate, in MFS’ sole judgment.

202

1.

MFS Proxy Voting Committee

The administration of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is overseen by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, which includes senior personnel from the MFS Legal and Global Investment and Client Support Departments as well as members of the investment team. The Proxy Voting Committee does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee:

1.

Reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures at least annually and recommends any amendments considered to be necessary or advisable;

2.

Determines whether any potential material conflict of interest exists with respect to instances in which MFS (i) seeks to override these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (ii) votes on ballot items not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (iii) evaluates an excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors; or (iv) requests a vote recommendation from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g., mergers and acquisitions);

3.

Considers special proxy issues as they may arise from time to time; and

4.

Determines engagement priorities and strategies with respect to MFS’ proxy voting activities

The day-to-day application of the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are conducted by the MFS stewardship team led by MFS’ Director of Global Stewardship. The stewardship team are members of MFS’ investment team.

2.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

These policies and procedures are intended to address any potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that are likely to arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. If such potential material conflicts of interest do arise, MFS will analyze, document and report on such potential material conflicts of interest (see below) and shall ultimately vote the relevant ballot items in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of its clients. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring and reporting with respect to such potential material conflicts of interest.

The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that could arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. Due to the client focus of our investment management business, we believe that the potential for actual material conflict of interest issues is small. Nonetheless, we have developed precautions to assure that all votes are cast in the best long-term economic interest of its clients.1 Other MFS internal policies require all MFS employees to avoid actual and potential conflicts of interests between personal activities and MFS’ client activities. If an employee (including investment professionals) identifies an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to any voting decision (including the ownership of securities in their individual portfolio), then that employee must recuse himself/herself from participating in the voting process. Any significant attempt by an employee of MFS or its subsidiaries to unduly influence MFS’ voting on a particular proxy matter should also be reported to the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

In cases where ballots are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist. In cases where (i) MFS is considering overriding these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (ii) matters presented for vote are not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (iii) MFS identifies and evaluates a potentially concerning executive compensation issue in relation to an advisory pay or severance package vote, or (iv) a vote recommendation is requested from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst for proposals relating to a merger, an acquisition, a sale of company assets or other similar transactions (collectively, “Non-Standard Votes”); the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will follow these procedures:

Compare the name of the issuer of such ballot or the name of the shareholder (if identified in the proxy materials) making such proposal against a list of significant current (i) distributors of MFS Fund shares, and (ii) MFS institutional clients (the “MFS Significant Distributor and Client List”); If the name of the issuer does not appear on the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, then no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist, and the proxy will be voted as otherwise determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee;

1.

If the name of the issuer appears on the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will be apprised of that fact and each member of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee (with the participation of MFS’ Conflicts Officer) will carefully evaluate the proposed vote in order to ensure that the proxy ultimately is voted in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests; and

2.

For all potential material conflicts of interest identified under clause (c) above, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will document: the name of the issuer, the issuer’s relationship to MFS, the analysis of the matters submitted for proxy vote, the votes as to be cast and the reasons why the MFS Proxy Voting Committee determined that the votes were cast in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests. A copy of the foregoing documentation will be provided to MFS’ Conflicts Officer.

1 For clarification purposes, note that MFS votes in what we believe to be the best, long-term economic interest of our clients entitled to vote at the shareholder meeting, regardless of whether other MFS clients hold “short” positions in the same issuer or whether other MFS clients hold an interest in the company that is not entitled to vote at the shareholder meeting (e.g., bond holder).

203

The members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee are responsible for creating and maintaining the MFS Significant Distributor and Client List, in consultation with MFS’ distribution and institutional business units. The MFS Significant Distributor and Client List will be reviewed and updated periodically, as appropriate.

For instances where MFS is evaluating a director nominee who also serves as a director/trustee of the MFS Funds, then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will adhere to the procedures described in section (c) above regardless of whether the portfolio company appears on our Significant Distributor and Client List. In doing so, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will adhere to such procedures for all Non-Standard Votes at the company’s shareholder meeting at which the director nominee is standing for election.

If an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by Sun Life Financial, Inc. or any of its affiliates (collectively “Sun Life”), MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client as such client instructs or in the event that a client instruction is unavailable pursuant to the recommendations of Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.’s (“ISS”) benchmark policy, or as required by law. Likewise, if an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by a public company for which an MFS Fund director/trustee serves as an executive officer, MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client as such client instructs or in the event that client instruction is unavailable pursuant to the recommendations of ISS or as required by law.

Except as described in the MFS Fund’s Prospectus, from time to time, certain MFS Funds (the “top tier fund”) may own shares of other MFS Funds (the “underlying fund”). If an underlying fund submits a matter to a shareholder vote, the top tier fund will generally vote its shares in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the underlying fund. If there are no other shareholders in the underlying fund, the top tier fund will vote in what MFS believes to be in the top tier fund’s best long-term economic interest. If an MFS client has the right to vote on a matter submitted to shareholders by a pooled investment vehicle advised by MFS (excluding those vehicles for which MFS’ role is primarily portfolio management and is overseen by another investment adviser), MFS will cast a vote on behalf of such MFS client in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the pooled investment vehicle.

3.

Review of Policy

The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are available on www.mfs.com and may be accessed by both MFS’ clients and the companies in which MFS’ clients invest. The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures are reviewed by the Proxy Voting Committee annually. From time to time, MFS may receive comments on the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from its clients. These comments are carefully considered by MFS when it reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and revises them as appropriate, in MFS’ sole judgment.

OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS & USE OF PROXY ADVISORY FIRMS

1.

   Use of Proxy Advisory Firms

MFS, on behalf of itself and certain of its clients (including the MFS Funds) has entered into an agreement with an independent proxy administration firm pursuant to which the proxy administration firm performs various proxy vote related administrative services such as vote processing and recordkeeping functions. Except as noted below, the proxy administration firm for MFS and its clients, including the MFS Funds, is ISS. The proxy administration firm for MFS Development Funds, LLC is Glass, Lewis & Co., Inc. (“Glass Lewis”; Glass Lewis and ISS are each hereinafter referred to as the “Proxy Administrator”).

The Proxy Administrator receives proxy statements and proxy ballots directly or indirectly from various custodians, logs these materials into its database and matches upcoming meetings with MFS Fund and client portfolio holdings, which are inputted into the Proxy Administrator’s system by an MFS holdings data-feed. The Proxy Administrator then reconciles a list of all MFS accounts that hold shares of a company’s stock and the number of shares held on the record date by these accounts with the Proxy Administrator’s list of any upcoming shareholder’s meeting of that company. If a proxy ballot has not been received, the Proxy Administrator and/or MFS may contact the client’s custodian requesting the reason as to why a ballot has not been received. Through the use of the Proxy Administrator system, ballots and proxy material summaries for all upcoming shareholders’ meetings are available on-line to certain MFS employees and members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

MFS also receives research reports and vote recommendations from proxy advisory firms. These reports are only one input among many in our voting analysis, which includes other sources of information such as proxy materials, company engagement discussions, other third-party research and data. MFS has due diligence procedures in place to help ensure that the research we receive from our proxy advisory firms is materially accurate and that we address any material conflicts of interest involving these proxy advisory firms. This due diligence includes an analysis of the adequacy and quality of the advisory firm staff, its conflict of interest policies and procedures and independent audit reports. We also review the proxy policies, methodologies and peer-group-composition methodology of our proxy advisory firms at least annually. Additionally, we also receive reports from our proxy advisory firms regarding any violations or changes to conflict of interest procedures.

2.

Analyzing and Voting Proxies

Proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. The Proxy Administrator, at the prior direction of MFS, automatically votes all proxy matters that do not require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment with respect to these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as determined by MFS. In these circumstances, if the Proxy Administrator, based on MFS’ prior

204

direction, expects to vote against management with respect to a proxy matter and MFS becomes aware that the issuer has filed or will file additional soliciting materials sufficiently in advance of the deadline for casting a vote at the meeting, MFS will consider such information when casting its vote. With respect to proxy matters that require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or its representatives considers and votes on those proxy matters. In analyzing all proxy matters, MFS uses a variety of materials and information, including, but not limited to, the issuer’s proxy statement and other proxy solicitation materials (including supplemental materials), our own internal research and research and recommendations provided by other third parties (including research of the Proxy Administrator). As described herein, MFS may also determine that it is beneficial in analyzing a proxy voting matter for members of the Proxy Voting Committee or its representatives to engage with the company on such matter. MFS also uses its own internal research, the research of Proxy Administrators and/or other third party research tools and vendors to identify (i) circumstances in which a board may have approved an executive compensation plan that is excessive or poorly aligned with the portfolio company’s business or its shareholders, (ii) environmental, social and governance proposals that warrant further consideration, or (iii) circumstances in which a company is not in compliance with local governance or compensation best practices. Representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee review, as appropriate, votes cast to ensure conformity with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

For certain types of votes (e.g., mergers and acquisitions, proxy contests and capitalization matters), MFS’ stewardship team will seek a recommendation from the MFS investment analyst that is responsible for analyzing the company and/or portfolio managers that holds the security in their portfolio.2 For certain other votes that require a case-by-case analysis per these policies (e.g., potentially excessive executive compensation issues, or certain shareholder proposals), the stewardship team will likewise consult with MFS investment analysts and/or portfolio managers.2 However, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will ultimately be responsible for the manner in which all ballots are voted.

As noted above, MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients. Any such override of the guidelines shall be analyzed, documented and reported in accordance with the procedures set forth in these policies.

In accordance with its contract with MFS, the Proxy Administrator also generates a variety of reports for the MFS Proxy Voting Committee and makes available on-line various other types of information so that the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or its representatives may review and monitor the votes cast by the Proxy Administrator on behalf of MFS’ clients.

For those markets that utilize a “record date” to determine which shareholders are eligible to vote, MFS generally will vote all eligible shares pursuant to these guidelines regardless of whether all (or a portion of) the shares held by our clients have been sold prior to the meeting date.

3.

Securities Lending

From time to time, certain MFS Funds may participate in a securities lending program. In the event MFS or its agent receives timely notice of a shareholder meeting for a U.S. security, MFS and its agent will attempt to recall any securities on loan before the meeting’s record date so that MFS will be entitled to vote these shares. However, there may be instances in which MFS is unable to timely recall securities on loan for a U.S. security, in which cases MFS will not be able to vote these shares. MFS will report to the appropriate board of the MFS Funds those instances in which MFS is not able to timely recall the loaned securities. MFS generally does not recall non-U.S. securities on loan because there may be insufficient advance notice of proxy materials, record dates, or vote cut-off dates to allow MFS to timely recall the shares in certain markets on an automated basis. As a result, non-U.S. securities that are on loan will not generally be voted. If MFS receives timely notice of what MFS determines to be an unusual, significant vote for a non-U.S. security whereas MFS shares are on loan and determines that voting is in the best long-term economic interest of shareholders, then MFS will attempt to timely recall the loaned shares.

4.

Potential impediments to voting

In accordance with local law or business practices, some companies or custodians prevent the sale of shares that have been voted for a certain period beginning prior to the shareholder meeting and ending on the day following the meeting (“share blocking”). Depending on the country in which a company is domiciled, the blocking period may begin a stated number of days prior or subsequent to the meeting (e.g., one, three or five days) or on a date established by the company. While practices vary, in many countries the block period can be continued for a longer period if the shareholder meeting is adjourned and postponed to a later date. Similarly, practices vary widely as to the ability of a shareholder to have the “block” restriction lifted early (e.g., in some countries shares generally can be “unblocked” up to two days prior to the meeting whereas in other countries the removal of the block appears to be discretionary with the issuer’s transfer agent). Due to these restrictions, MFS must balance the benefits to its clients of voting proxies against the potentially serious portfolio management consequences of a reduced flexibility to sell the underlying shares at the most advantageous time. For companies in countries

2 From time to time, due to travel schedules and other commitments, an appropriate portfolio manager or research analyst may not be available to provide a vote recommendation. If such a recommendation cannot be obtained within a reasonable time prior to the cut-off date of the shareholder meeting, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee may determine to abstain from voting.

205

with share blocking periods or in markets where some custodians may block shares, the disadvantage of being unable to sell the stock regardless of changing conditions generally outweighs the advantages of voting at the shareholder meeting for routine items. Accordingly, MFS will not vote those proxies in the absence of an unusual, significant vote that outweighs the disadvantage of being unable to sell the stock.

From time to time, governments may impose economic sanctions which may prohibit us from transacting business with certain companies or individuals. These sanctions may also prohibit the voting of proxies at certain companies or on certain individuals. In such instances, MFS will not vote at certain companies or on certain individuals if it determines that doing so is in violation of the sanctions.

In limited circumstances, other market specific impediments to voting shares may limit our ability to cast votes, including, but not limited to, late delivery of proxy materials, untimely vote cut-off dates, power of attorney and share re-registration requirements, or any other unusual voting requirements. In these limited instances, MFS votes securities on a best-efforts basis in the context of the guidelines described above.

ENGAGEMENT

As part of its approach to stewardship MFS engages with companies in which it invests on a range of priority issues. Where sufficient progress has not been made on a particular issue of engagement, MFS may determine a vote against management may be warranted to reflect our concerns and influence for change in the best long-term economic interests of our clients.

MFS may determine that it is appropriate and beneficial to engage in a dialogue or written communication with a company or other shareholders specifically regarding certain matters on the company’s proxy statement that are of concern to shareholders, including environmental, social and governance matters. This may be to discuss and build our understanding of a certain proposal, or to provide further context to the company on our vote decision.

A company or shareholder may also seek to engage with members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee or Stewardship Team in advance of the company’s formal proxy solicitation to review issues more generally or gauge support for certain contemplated proposals. For further information on requesting engagement with MFS on proxy voting issues or information about MFS’ engagement priorities, please contact dlstewardshipteam@mfs.com.

RECORDS RETENTION

MFS will retain copies of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in effect from time to time and will retain all proxy voting reports submitted to the Board of Trustees of the MFS Funds for the period required by applicable law. Proxy solicitation materials, including electronic versions of the proxy ballots completed by representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, together with their respective notes and comments, are maintained in an electronic format by the Proxy Administrator and are accessible on-line by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee and other MFS employees. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation, including records generated by the Proxy Administrator’s system as to proxies processed, including the dates when proxy ballots were received and submitted, and the votes on each company’s proxy issues, are retained as required by applicable law.

REPORTS

U.S. Registered MFS Funds

MFS publicly discloses the proxy voting records of the U.S. registered MFS Funds on a quarterly basis. MFS will also report the results of its voting to the Board of Trustees of the U.S. registered MFS Funds. These reports will include: (i) a summary of how votes were cast (including advisory votes on pay and “golden parachutes”); (ii) a summary of votes against management’s recommendation; (iii) a review of situations where MFS did not vote in accordance with the guidelines and the rationale therefore; (iv) a review of the procedures used by MFS to identify material conflicts of interest and any matters identified as a material conflict of interest; (v) a review of these policies and the guidelines; (vi) a review of our proxy engagement activity; (vii) a report and impact assessment of instances in which the recall of loaned securities of a U.S. issuer was unsuccessful; and (viii) as necessary or appropriate, any proposed modifications thereto to reflect new developments in corporate governance and other issues. Based on these reviews, the Trustees of the U.S. registered MFS Funds will consider possible modifications to these policies to the extent necessary or advisable.

Other MFS Clients

MFS may publicly disclose the proxy voting records of certain other clients (including certain MFS Funds) or the votes it casts with respect to certain matters as required by law. A report can also be printed by MFS for each client who has requested that MFS furnish a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues which have been voted for the client during the year and the position taken with respect to each issue and, upon request, may identify situations where MFS did not vote in accordance with the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

Firm-wide Voting Records

MFS also publicly discloses its firm-wide proxy voting records on a quarterly basis.

206

Except as described above, MFS generally will not divulge actual voting practices to any party other than the client or its representatives because we consider that information to be confidential and proprietary to the client. However, as noted above, MFS may determine that it is appropriate and beneficial to engage in a dialogue with a company regarding certain matters. During such dialogue with the company, MFS may disclose the vote it intends to cast in order to potentially effect positive change at a company in regards to environmental, social or governance issues.

207

PIMCO

Proxy Voting Policies & Procedures

Effective Date:	August 2003
Revised Date:	May 2007
​	May 2010
​	October 2012
​	June 2014
​	November 2017
​	April 2020

The proxy voting policy (“the Policy”) is intended to foster PIMCO’s compliance with its fiduciary obligations and applicable law; the Policy applies to any voting or consent rights with respect to securities held in accounts over which PIMCO has discretionary voting authority.1 PIMCO will vote proxies2 in accordance with this Policy and the relevant procedures related to proxy voting for each of its clients unless expressly directed by a client in writing to refrain from voting that client’s proxies. PIMCO’s authority to vote proxies on behalf of its clients results from its advisory contracts, comparable documents or by an overall delegation of discretionary authority over its client’s assets. PIMCO will adhere to its fiduciary obligations for any proxies it has the authority to vote on behalf of its clients.

A.

   General Policy Statement

The Policy is designed in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests of PIMCO’s clients.

When considering client proxies, PIMCO may determine not to vote a proxy if it has a reasonable belief that: (1) the effect on the client’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is insignificant in relation to the client’s account; (2) the cost of voting the proxy outweighs the possible benefit to the client, including, without limitation, situations where a jurisdiction imposes share blocking restrictions which may affect the ability of the portfolio manager (“PM”) to effect trades in the related security; (3) not taking action or affirmatively filing an abstention is in the best interest of the client account; (4) voting is not in the best interest of the client; or (5) the Legal and Compliance department has determined that it is consistent with PIMCO’s fiduciary obligations not to vote.

B.

   Conflicts of Interest

1.

   Identification of Material Conflicts of Interest

When acting on client proxies, potential conflicts of interest may appear to or can interfere with PIMCO’s ability to evaluate proxies in accordance with PIMCO’s fiduciary standard. Actual or potential conflicts of interest could arise in many ways when PIMCO votes client proxies, such as (i) if PIMCO has a material business relationship with the issuer to which the proxy relates; (ii) if a PM/Analyst responsible for voting a proxy has a material personal3 or business relationship with the issuer; (iii) if PIMCO clients have divergent interests in the proxy vote; and (iv) if the PM/Analyst voting a proxy becomes aware of a material business relationship between the issuer and a PIMCO Affiliate prior to voting.

Furthermore, an independent industry service provider (“ISP”) that PIMCO retains may have its own conflicts of interest in connection with the proxy research and voting recommendations it provides. Before

voting a client proxy, each PM/Analyst will evaluate any conflicts of interest identified by the ISP and escalated to PIMCO. In each case, the determination will be made in the client’s best interest and consistent with PIMCO’s fiduciary duties.

Each PM/Analyst has a duty to disclose to the Legal and Compliance department any known potential or actual conflicts of interest relevant to a proxy vote prior to voting (whether the proxy will be voted by the ISP or PIMCO). If no potential or actual conflict of interest is identified by, or disclosed to, the Legal and Compliance department, the proxy may be voted by the responsible PM/​Analyst in good faith and in the best interests of the client.

PIMCO seeks to prevent conflicts of interest from interfering with its voting of client proxies by identifying such conflicts and resolving them as described in this Policy.

1 Voting or consent rights shall not include matters that are primarily decisions to buy or sell investments, such as tender offers, exchange offers, conversions, put options, redemptions, and Dutch auctions.

2 Proxies generally describe corporate action-consent rights (relative to fixed income securities) and proxy voting ballots (relative to fixed income or equity securities) as determined by the issuer or custodian.

3 Personal relationships include employee and immediate family member interests with an issuer.

208

2.

   Resolution of Potential/Identified Conflicts of Interest

Equity Securities.4   PIMCO has retained ISP5 to provide research and voting recommendations for proxies relating to Equity Securities in accordance with the ISP’s guidelines. By following the guidelines of an independent third party, PIMCO seeks to mitigate potential conflicts of interest PIMCO may have with respect to proxies covered by the ISP.

PIMCO will follow the recommendations of the ISP unless: (i) the ISP does not provide a voting recommendation; or (ii) a PM/​Analyst decides to override the ISP’s voting recommendation. In each case as described above, the Legal and Compliance department will review the proxy to determine whether an actual or potential conflict of interest, exists. When the ISP does not provide a voting recommendation, the relevant PM/Analyst will make a determination regarding how, or if, the proxy will be voted by completing required documentation.

Fixed Income Securities.   Fixed income securities can be processed as proxy ballots or corporate action-consents at the discretion of the issuer/ custodian. When processed as proxy voting ballots, the ISP generally does not provide a voting recommendation and their role is limited to election processing and recordkeeping. In such instances, any elections would follow the standard process discussed above for Equity Securities.

When processed as corporate action-consents, the Legal and Compliance department will review all election forms to determine whether an actual or potential conflict of interest, exists with respect to the PM’s consent election. PIMCO’s Credit Research and Portfolio Management Groups are responsible for issuing recommendations on how to vote proxy ballots and corporate action-consents (collectively referred to herein as proxies) with respect to fixed income securities.

Conflicting Client Interests.   Where the conflict at issue has arisen because PIMCO clients have divergent interests (which may include, but are not limited to, divergent investment strategies or objectives), the applicable PM/Analyst may vote the proxy as follows:

•

If the conflict exists between the accounts of one or more PMs/Analysts on the one hand, and accounts of one or more different PMs/Analysts on the other, each PM/Analyst (if the conflict does not also exist among the PM’s accounts) will vote on behalf of his or her accounts in such accounts’ best interests.

•

If the conflict exists among the accounts of a PM/Analyst, the PM/Analyst shall vote the proxies in the best interest of the relevant client and should be prepared to respond to inquiries regarding proxy decisions. Each PM/Analyst has the discretion to escalate questions regarding divergent interests to the head of the PM’s desk, Operations or the Legal and Compliance department as necessary.

Affiliated Fund Considerations

PIMCO-Affiliated Fund Shares Covered by ISP.   The ISP may make voting recommendations for proxies relating to PIMCO-affiliated fund shares in accordance with the ISP guidelines. PIMCO may determine to resolve a conflict of interest with respect to a PIMCO-managed separate account, fund or other collective investment vehicle holding such PIMCO-affiliated fund shares by following the recommendation of the ISP. When the ISP publishes a voting recommendation with respect to PIMCO-Affiliated Funds, PIMCO may elect to override the ISP when doing so is in the client’s best interest and consistent with PIMCO’s fiduciary duties.

PIMCO Affiliated Fund Shares Not Covered by ISP.   In certain circumstances, conflicts of interest with respect to the voting of proxies may also arise when PIMCO-managed separate accounts (including wrap program accounts advised or managed in whole or in part by PIMCO and other wrap program accounts for which PIMCO has proxy voting authority), funds or other collective investment vehicles are shareholders of PIMCO-affiliated funds that are the subject of proxies. PIMCO will vote client proxies relating to a PIMCO-affiliated fund in accordance with the offering or other disclosure documents or any applicable contract for the PIMCO-managed separate account, fund or other investment vehicle holding shares of the PIMCO-affiliated fund. Where such documents are silent on the issue, PIMCO will vote client proxies relating to a PIMCO-affiliated fund by “echoing” or “mirroring” the vote of the other shareholders in the underlying funds, or by applying other appropriate methods in the Policy.

3.

   Escalation of Conflicts of Interest

Direct Resolution by the Proxy Working Group.   PIMCO may leverage a Working Group to assist in the evaluation and resolution of potential conflicts of interest. When a conflict is brought to the Working Group for resolution, the Working Group will seek to mitigate the actual or potential conflict in the best interest of clients. In considering the manner in which to mitigate a conflict of interest, the Working Group may take into account various factors, including:

•

The extent and nature of the actual or potential conflict of interest;

•

If the client is a fund, whether it has an independent body (such as a board of directors) that is willing to give direction to PIMCO;

4 The term “Equity Securities” means common and preferred stock, including common and preferred shares issued by investment companies; it does not include debt securities convertible into equity securities.

5 The ISP for Equity Securities proxy voting is Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), Inc., 1177 Avenue of the Americas, 2nd Floor, New York, NY 10036.

209

•

The nature of the relationship of the issuer with the PM/Analyst or PIMCO (if any);

•

Whether there has been any attempt to directly or indirectly influence PIMCO’s voting decision or actions; and

•

Whether the direction of the proposed vote would appear to benefit the PM/Analyst (including any personal relationship, PIMCO, a related party or another PIMCO client.

The Working Group Protocol.   To facilitate the efficient resolution of conflicts of interest, the Working Group may establish a protocol (the “Working Group Protocol”) that directs the methods of resolution for specific types of conflicts, provided that such methods are consistent with this Policy. Generally, once a protocol has been established for a certain type of conflict all conflicts of that type will be resolved pursuant to the protocol.

PIMCO Conflicts Committee.   The Working Group in its discretion may escalate potential conflicts of interest to the firm wide Conflicts Committee for review on an as needed basis.

The Legal and Compliance department will record the manner in which each such conflict is resolved.

C.

   ISP Oversight

Consistent with its fiduciary obligations, PIMCO will perform periodic due diligence and oversight of ISP’s engaged to provide PIMCO with proxy voting research and recommendations. PIMCO’s due diligence and oversight process includes, but is not limited to, the evaluation of: the ISP’s capacity and competency to provide proxy voting research and recommendations,6 and the ISP’s compliance program.

D.

   Delegation of Proxy Voting Authority

Sub-Adviser Engagement.   As an investment manager, PIMCO may exercise its discretion to engage a Sub-Adviser to provide portfolio management services to certain PIMCO-affiliated Funds. Consistent with its management responsibilities, the Sub-Adviser will assume the authority for voting proxies on behalf of PIMCO for these funds. Sub-Advisers may utilize third parties to perform certain services related to their portfolio management responsibilities. As a fiduciary, PIMCO will maintain oversight of the investment management responsibilities (which may include proxy voting) performed by the Sub-Adviser and contracted third parties.

E.

Reporting and Disclosure Requirements and the Availability of Proxy Voting Records7

For each U.S. registered investment company (“fund”) that PIMCO sponsors and manages, PIMCO will ensure that the proxy voting record for the twelve-month period ending June 30 is properly reported on Form N-PX, which is filed with the SEC no later than August 31 of each year. PIMCO will also ensure that each fund states in its Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) (or, with respect to Private Account Portfolio Series of PIMCO Funds (“PAPS Portfolios”), the Offering Memorandum Supplement) and its annual and semiannual report to shareholders that information concerning how the fund voted proxies relating to its portfolio securities for the most recent twelve-month period ending June 30 is available without charge through the fund’s website and on the SEC’s website. PIMCO’s Funds Business Group is responsible for ensuring that this information is posted on each fund’s website. PIMCO will ensure that proper disclosure is made in each fund’s SAI (or, with respect to the PAPS Portfolios, the Offering Memorandum Supplement) and annual and semiannual reports describing (or, in the case of annual and semiannual reports, regarding the availability of a description of) the policies and procedures used to determine how to vote proxies relating to such fund’s portfolio securities. PIMCO will also ensure that proper disclosure is made in each closed-end fund’s Form N-CSR filing for an annual report describing the policies and procedures used to determine how to vote proxies relating to such fund’s portfolio securities.

Except to the extent required by applicable law (including with respect to the filing of any Form N-PX) or otherwise approved by PIMCO, PIMCO or its agents will not disclose to third parties its voting intentions or how it voted a proxy on behalf of a client in order to reduce the occurrence of actual or potential conflicts of interest. However, upon request from an appropriately authorized individual, PIMCO will disclose to PIMCO-named affiliates, its clients or an entity delegating voting authority to PIMCO for such clients (e.g., trustees or consultants retained by the client), how PIMCO voted such client’s proxy. In addition, PIMCO provides its clients with a copy of these Policies and Procedures or a summary thereof: (i) in PIMCO’s Part 2 of Form ADV; or (ii) any other means as determined by PIMCO. The summary will state that these Policies and Procedures are available upon request and will inform clients that information about how PIMCO voted that client’s proxies is available upon request.

Records

PIMCO or its agent (e.g., IMS West or the ISP) will maintain proxy voting records in accordance with applicable law.

6 This includes the adequacy and quality of the ISP’s operational infrastructure as it relates to its process for seeking timely input from issuers and its voting methodologies.

7 For each Canadian mutual fund under NI 81-102 (“fund”) that PIMCO Canada sponsors and manages, PIMCO will ensure that the proxy voting record for the twelve-month period ending June 30 is properly disclosed on the PIMCO Canada website no later than August 31 of each year.

210

PLFA

PROXY VOTING POLICY

Policy Summary:

PLFA must take reasonable care to ensure proxy voting rights are properly and timely exercised. PLFA retains proxy voting authority with respect to all voting securities purchased for its clients, including the funds it directly manages. This Proxy Voting Policy is designed to ensure that all proxies received are voted in the best interest of clients and in accordance with its duties and the requirements of all applicable regulations.

Legal Summary:

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires an investment adviser that exercises voting authority over client proxies to adopt proxy voting policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of clients, describes how the advisor addresses material conflicts of interest when voting, discloses to clients how they can obtain information on how securities were voted, and describes proxy voting policies and procedures to clients.

Policies and Procedures:

This Policy addresses proxy voting for voting securities held by Funds of Pacific Select Fund (“Funds”) that: (i) are directly managed by PLFA (the “Direct Funds”)1 or (ii) are operated by PLFA as fund-of-funds (the “Fund of Funds”). Because most of the Funds for which PLFA serves as investment adviser utilize sub-advisers that are contractually responsible for proxy voting, PLFA does not typically vote proxies on behalf of its Fund clients. However, as there is the possibility that a Direct Fund or a Fund of Funds could hold instruments with potential proxy voting (such as cash sweep vehicles2 and Exchange Traded Funds) and underlying funds in which the Fund of Funds invest are expected to solicit proxies from time to time, this Policy has been implemented to address those instances.

1 There are currently no Direct Funds managed by PLFA.

2 For Pacific Select Fund, PLFA utilizes overnight repurchase agreements (non-voting securities) for cash positions.

Process for Voting:

Proxies are generally received by PLFA Compliance for holdings of the Direct Funds and Fund of Funds, either through electronic notifications using the custodian’s proxy management system or pursuant to a proxy ballot received (electronically or physically) from the issuer, the custodian or others. PLFA Compliance will review the proxy materials received and for each individual ballot item contained in a proxy determine whether to:

•

vote in accordance with the Proxy Guidelines of this Policy;

•

abstain from voting;

•

seek the advice of others for their recommendation;

•

forward the proxy to the Conflicts Review Committee for review due to an identified conflict; or

•

take such other actions as deemed necessary.

Proxy Guidelines:

A.

Direct Funds

In determining how to vote proxy issues for any Direct Fund, PLFA Compliance will review the following Proxy Guidelines in an attempt to vote proxies in a manner intended to protect and enhance the economic value of the securities held in the Direct Funds so that proxies are voted in the best interests of its clients.

Proxy proposals generally fall into one of the following three categories, as determined by PLFA Compliance: routine matters, Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) matters, and business proposals.

•

PLFA will generally vote in-line with the recommendations of management on routine, standard or non-controversial items unless otherwise warranted following a review of the issues involved. Routine matters are defined as those which do not change the structure, by-laws, or operations of the corporation.

•

For ESG matters — PLFA will generally support the recommendations of management on ESG issues where acceptable efforts are made by the issuers and those efforts are not financially detrimental to clients. PLFA believes the burden of environmental, social and governance responsibilities rests with the issuer’s management and not PLFA. Examples of ESG matters that appear in proxy proposals could be issuer adopting a policy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, on climate change or a policy on human rights.

211

•

PLFA will generally vote in favor of business proposals as long as the client position or value is either preserved or enhanced, as determined by PLFA Compliance in consultation with the PLFA Investment Committee in connection with their assessment of particular facts and circumstances. Business proposals are resolutions that change the status of the corporation, its individual securities, or the ownership status of those securities. Examples include stock splits/increases, amending by-laws/articles of incorporation, and mergers.

B.

Fund of Funds

In determining how to vote proxies for any Fund of Fund, PLFA will adhere to the Fund of Fund Guidelines listed in Exhibit A of the Funds’ Proxy Voting Policy, as in effect at that time. PLFA Compliance will apply those guidelines to proxy matters presented by underlying funds so that proxies are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

• For ESG fund of funds – If requested by an ESG Underlying Fund, the PLFA Investment Committee will consider environmental, social and governance issues on a case-by-case basis, keeping in mind the best long term interest of clients.

C.

All Funds to which this Policy Applies

If PLFA Compliance determines that it is not clear how the Proxy Guidelines apply to a specific proxy vote, or believes it is in the best interest of clients to vote contrary to a guideline, the ballot will be escalated to the PLFA Investment Committee for review and final voting determination.

Potential Conflicts of Interest:

The Conflicts Review Committee (the “Committee”) consists of senior management of PLFA, including the General Counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer. The Committee reviews and addresses proxies brought to its attention that raise a potential conflict of interest, taking reasonable measures to determine the materiality of the conflict and to attempt to resolve the conflict in the best interest of clients.

A potential conflict of interest may exist when PLFA is presented with a proxy for an issuer with whom PLFA (or its affiliates) also maintains a material business relationship, or where the issuer (or its senior management) has a personal or business relationship with PLFA Compliance or PLFA Investment Committee members. Conflicts based on business relationships or dealings with affiliates of PLFA will only be considered to the extent that PLFA has actual knowledge of such business relationships. PLFA employees are periodically reminded of their obligation to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest with respect to voting proxies both as a result of their personal relationships or business relationships, and to report potential conflicts of interest to the attention of senior management of PLFA (who, in turn, will discuss with the Committee when applicable to proxy voting).

The Committee will determine whether an identified conflict of interest is considered to be material or non-material. A conflict of interest will generally be considered to be material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appears to influence, PLFA’s decision-making in voting that proxy. All materiality determinations will be based on an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. A record of all determinations of materiality made by the Committee will be maintained.

Conflicts that have been identified by the Committee as non-material conflicts will be voted in accordance with the Policy Guidelines contained in this Policy. When a conflict is determined by the Committee to be material, the Committee will propose to PLFA the following non-exclusive list of options to consider to ensure that the proxy voting decision is based upon the best interest of clients and that the final voting decision is not a product of the material conflict:

1.

vote strictly in accordance with the Proxy Guidelines of this Policy, if doing so involves little or no discretion;

2.

if possible, erect information barriers around the impacted person or persons sufficient to insulate the voting determination from the conflict;

3.

seek a voting recommendation from an independent third party;

4.

abstain from voting; or

5.

resolve the conflict in such other manner as the Committee believes is appropriate.

Abstaining from Voting:

In the majority of instances, PLFA will be able to vote proxies successful and timely. However, in certain circumstances PLFA may choose to not vote a ballot (or cast a vote of “Abstain”) where it is unable or unwilling to vote because of legal or operational difficulties, timing issues, or because PLFA believes the administrative burden and/or associated costs with voting exceed any anticipated benefits of voting. In making this determination, PLFA will consider various factors, including but not limited to:

•

When the cost of voting the proxies outweighs the benefits or is otherwise impractical;

•

When voting would give rise to a material conflict that cannot be timely resolved;

•

When securities are on loan, to the extent that it is not feasible and practical to recall the securities for voting under the circumstances and where the expected benefit to voting such shares outweighs the detriment (including lost revenue) of recalling such shares;

212

•

When proxy materials are not received with sufficient time and/or with enough information to make an informed voting decision;

•

Where in-person attendance is required in order to vote;

•

Where there are international constraints for timing and meeting voting deadlines, including translation costs or retaining local powers of attorney; or

•

Where voting restrictions are imposed upon foreign securities, including those in “share-blocking” countries (share-blocking imposes a temporary suspension of the ability to trade a security, usually for a period of time in proximity to its shareholder meeting).

While all such proxies will attempt to be voted on a best efforts basis, any proxies that PLFA intentionally chooses to abstain from voting will be documented along with the rationale.

Effective Date:

April 17, 2023

Revision History:

May 1, 2022

January 1, 2021

April 1, 2020

Adopted November 28, 2017

213

PGI and PRINCIPAL REI

Proxy Voting Policy

Effective August 2023

Introduction

Principal Global Investors, LLC1 (doing business as Principal Asset Management) is an investment adviser registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”). As a registered investment adviser, Principal Asset Management has a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of its clients. Principal Asset Management recognizes that this duty requires it to vote client securities, for which it has voting power on the applicable record date, in a timely manner and make voting decisions that are in the best interests of its clients. This document, the Principal Asset Management Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Policy”), is intended to comply with the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 applicable to the voting of the proxies of both US and non- US issuers on behalf of clients of Principal Asset Management who have delegated such authority and discretion.

Relationship between Investment Strategy, Sustainable Investing and Proxy Voting

Principal Asset Management has a fiduciary duty to make investment decisions that are in its clients’ best interests by maximizing the value of their shares. Proxy voting is an important part of this process through which Principal Asset Management can support strong corporate governance structures, shareholder rights and transparency. Principal Asset Management also believes a company’s positive environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices may influence the value of the company, leading to long-term shareholder value. Principal Asset Management may take these factors into considerations when voting proxies in its effort to seek the best outcome for its clients. Principal Asset Management believes that the integration of consideration of sustainable investment practices in its helps identify sources of risk that could erode the long-term investment results it seeks on behalf of its clients. From time to time, Principal Asset Management may work with various sustainability-related organizations to engage issuers or advocate for greater levels of disclosure.

Roles and Responsibilities

Role of the Proxy Voting Committee

Principal Asset Management Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Voting Committee”) shall (i) oversee the voting of proxies and the Proxy Advisory Firm, (ii) where necessary, make determinations as to how to instruct the vote on certain specific proxies, (iii) verify ongoing compliance with the Policy, (iv) review the business practices of the Proxy Advisory Firm and (v) evaluate, maintain, and review the Policy on an annual basis. The Proxy Voting Committee is comprised of representatives of each investment team and a representative from Principal Asset Management Risk, Legal, Operations, and Compliance will be available to advise the Proxy Voting Committee but are non-voting members. The Proxy Voting Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to the Policy and may designate personnel to instruct the vote on proxies on behalf the Principal Asset Management clients (collectively, “Authorized Persons”). The Proxy Voting Committee shall meet at least four times per year, and as necessary to address special situations.

Role of Portfolio Management

While the Proxy Voting Committee establishes the Guidelines and Procedures, the Proxy Voting Committee does not direct votes for any client except in certain cases where a conflict of interest exists. Each investment team is responsible for determining how to vote proxies for those securities held in the portfolios their team manages. While investment teams generally vote consistently with the Guidelines, there may be instances where their vote deviates from the Guidelines. In those circumstances, the investment team will work within the Exception Process. In some instances, the same security may be held by more than one investment team. In these cases, Principal Asset Management may vote differently on the same matter for different accounts as determined by each investment team.

Proxy Voting Guidelines

The Proxy Voting Committee, on an annual basis, or more frequently as needed, will direct each investment team to review draft proxy voting guidelines recommended by the Committee (“Draft Guidelines”). The Proxy Voting Committee will collect the reviews of the Draft Guidelines to determine whether any investment teams have positions on issues that deviate from the Draft Guidelines. Based on this review, Principal Asset Management will adopt proxy voting guidelines. Where an investment team has a position which deviates from the Draft Guidelines, an alternative set of guidelines for that investment team may be created. Collectively, these guidelines will constitute the current Proxy Voting Guidelines of Principal Asset Management and may change from time to time (the “Guidelines”). The Proxy Voting Committee has the obligation to determine that, in general, voting proxies pursuant to the Guidelines is in the best interests of clients.

There may be instances where proxy votes will not be in accordance with the Guidelines. Clients may instruct Principal Asset Management to utilize a different set of guidelines, request specific deviations, or directly assume responsibility for the voting of proxies. In addition, Principal Asset Management may deviate from the Guidelines on an exception basis if the investment team or Principal Asset Management

1 These policies and procedures apply to Principal Global Investors, LLC, Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC, Principal Global Investors (Hong Kong) Limited and any affiliates which have entered into participating affiliate agreements with the aforementioned managers.

214

has determined that it is the best interest of clients in a particular strategy to do so, or where the Guidelines do not direct a particular response and instead list relevant factors. Any such a deviation will comply with the Exception Process which shall include a written record setting out the rationale for the deviation.

The subject of the proxy vote may not be covered in the Guidelines. In situations where the Guidelines do not provide a position, Principal Asset Management will consider the relevant facts and circumstances of a particular vote and then vote in a manner Principal Asset Management believes to be in the clients’ bests interests. In such circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Proxy Voting Committee. To the extent that the Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, Principal Asset Management may consider the spirit of the Guidelines and instruct the vote on such issues believed to be in the best interests of the client.

Use of Proxy Advisory Firms

Principal Asset Management has retained one or more third-party proxy service provider(s) (the “Proxy Advisory Firm”) to provide recommendations for proxy voting guidelines, information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials, translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language, provide research on proxy proposals, operationally process votes in accordance with the Guidelines on behalf of the clients for whom Principal Asset Management has proxy voting responsibility, and provide reports concerning the proxies voted (“Proxy Voting Services”). Although Principal Asset Management has retained the Proxy Advisory Firm for Proxy Voting Services, the entity remains responsible for proxy voting decisions. Principal Asset Management has designed the Policy to oversee and evaluate the Proxy Advisory Firm, including with respect to the matters described below, to support its voting in accordance with this Policy.

Oversight of Proxy Advisory Firms

Prior to the selection of any new Proxy Advisory Firm and annually thereafter or more frequently if deemed necessary by Principal Asset Management, the Proxy Voting Committee will consider whether the Proxy Advisory Firm: (a) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues and provide the Proxy Voting Services the Proxy Advisory Firm has been engaged to provide and (b) can make its recommendations in an impartial manner, in consideration of the best interests of Principal Asset Management’s clients, and consistent with its voting policies. Such considerations may include, depending on the Proxy Voting Services provided, the following: (i) periodic sampling of votes pre-populated by the Proxy Advisory Firm’s systems as well as votes cast by the Proxy Advisory Firm to review that the Guidelines adopted by Principal Asset Management are being followed; (ii) onsite visits to the Proxy Advisory Firm office and/or discussions with the Proxy Advisory Firm to determine whether the Proxy Advisory Firm continues to have the capacity and competency to carry out its proxy obligations to Principal Asset Management; (iii) a review of those aspects of the Proxy Advisory Firm’s policies, procedures, and methodologies for formulating voting recommendations that Principal Asset Management considers material to Proxy Voting Services, including factors considered, with a particular focus on those relating to identifying, addressing and disclosing potential conflicts of interest (including potential conflicts related to the provision of Proxy Voting Services, activities other than Proxy Voting Services, and those presented by affiliation such as a controlling shareholder of the Proxy Advisory Firm) and monitoring that materially current, accurate, and complete information is used in creating recommendations and research; (iv) requiring the Proxy Advisory Firm to notify Principal Asset Management if there is a substantive change in the Proxy Advisory Firm’s policies and procedures or otherwise to business practices, including with respect to conflicts, information gathering and creating voting recommendations and research, and reviewing any such change(s); (v) a review of how and when the Proxy Advisory Firm engages with, and receives and incorporates input from, issuers, the Proxy Advisory Firm’s clients and other third-party information sources; (vi) assessing how the Proxy Advisory Firm considers factors unique to a specific issuer or proposal when evaluating a matter subject to a shareholder vote; (vii) in case of an error made by the Proxy Advisory Firm, discussing the error with the Proxy Advisory Firm and determining whether appropriate corrective and preventive action is being taken; and (viii) assessing whether the Proxy Advisory Firm appropriately updates its methodologies, guidelines, and voting recommendations on an ongoing basis and incorporates input from issuers and Proxy Advisory Firm clients in the update process. In evaluating the Proxy Advisory Firm, Principal Asset Management may also consider the adequacy and quality of the Proxy Advisory Firm’s staffing, personnel, and/or technology.

Procedures for Voting Proxies

To increase the efficiency of the voting process, Principal Asset Management utilizes the Proxy Advisory Firm to act as its voting agent for its clients’ holdings. Issuers initially send proxy information to the clients’ custodians. Principal Asset Management instructs these custodians to direct proxy related materials to the Proxy Advisory Firm. The Proxy Advisory Firm provides Principal Asset Management with research related to each resolution. Principal Asset Management analyzes relevant proxy materials on behalf of their clients and seek to instruct the vote (or refrain from voting) proxies in accordance with the Guidelines. A client may direct Principal Asset Management to vote for such client’s account differently than what would occur in applying the Policy and the Guidelines. Principal Asset Management may also agree to follow a client’s individualized proxy voting guidelines or otherwise agree with a client on particular voting considerations. Principal Asset Management seeks to vote (or refrain from voting) proxies for its clients in a manner determined to be in their best interests, which may include both considering both the effect on the value of the client’s investments and ESG factors. In some cases, Principal Asset Management may determine that it is in the best interests of clients to refrain from exercising the clients’ proxy voting rights. Principal Asset Management may determine that voting is not in the best interests of a client and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of Principal Asset Management, exceed the expected benefits of voting to the client.

215

Procedures for Proxy Issues within the Guidelines

Where the Guidelines address the proxy matter being voted on, the Proxy Advisor Firm will generally process all proxy votes in accordance with the Guidelines. The applicable investment team may provide instructions to vote contrary to the Guidelines in their discretion and with sufficient rationale documented in writing to seek to maximize the value of the client’s investments or is otherwise in the client’s best interest. This rationale will be submitted to Principal Asset Management Compliance to approve and once approved administered by Principal Asset Management Operations. This process will follow the Exception Process. The Proxy Voting Committee will receive and review a quarterly report summarizing all proxy votes for securities for which Principal Asset Management exercises voting authority. In certain cases, a client may have elected to have Principal Asset Management administer a custom policy which is unique to the Client. If Principal Asset Management is also responsible for the administration of such a policy, in general, except for the specific policy differences, the procedures documented here will also be applicable, excluding reporting and disclosure procedures.

Procedures for Proxy Issues Outside the Guidelines

To the extent that the Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, the Proxy Advisory Firm will seek direction from Principal Asset Management. Principal Asset Management may consider the spirit of the Guidelines and instruct the vote on such issues in a manner believed to be in the best interests of the client. Although this not an exception to the Guidelines, this process will also follow the Exception Process. The Proxy Voting Committee will receive and review a quarterly report summarizing all proxy votes for securities for which Principal Asset Management exercises voting discretion, which shall include instances where issues fall outside the Guidelines.

Securities Lending

Some clients may have entered into securities lending arrangements with agent lenders to generate additional revenue. If a client participates in such lending, the client will need to inform Principal Asset Management as part of their contract with Principal Asset Management if they require Principal Asset Management to take actions in regard to voting securities that have been lent. If not commemorated in such agreement, Principal Asset Management will not recall securities and as such, they will not have an obligation to direct the proxy voting of lent securities.

In the case of lending, Principal Asset Management maintains one share for each company security out on loan by the client. Principal Asset Management will vote the remaining share in these circumstances.

In cases where Principal Asset Management does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by Principal Asset Management) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, Principal Asset Management or the Proxy Advisory Firm may be unable to vote.

Regional Variances in Proxy Voting

Principal Asset Management utilizes the Policy and Guidelines for both US and non-US clients, and there are some significant differences between voting U.S. company proxies and voting non-U.S. company proxies. For U.S. companies, it is usually relatively easy to vote proxies, as the proxies are typically received automatically and may be voted by mail or electronically. In most cases, the officers of a U.S. company soliciting a proxy act as proxies for the company’s shareholders.

With respect to non-U.S. companies, we make reasonable efforts to vote most proxies and follow a similar process to those in the U.S. However, in some cases it may be both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs or other requirements or restrictions, and such circumstances and expected costs may outweigh any anticipated economic benefit of voting. The major difficulties and costs may include: (i) appointing a proxy; (ii) obtaining reliable information about the time and location of a meeting; (iii) obtaining relevant information about voting procedures for foreign shareholders; (iv) restrictions on trading securities that are subject to proxy votes (share-blocking periods); (v) arranging for a proxy to vote locally in person; (vi) fees charged by custody banks for providing certain services with regard to voting proxies; and (vii) foregone income from securities lending programs. In certain instances, it may be determined by Principal Asset Management that the anticipated economic benefit outweighs the expected cost of voting. Principal Asset Management intends to make their determination on whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a case-by-case basis. In doing so, Principal Asset Management shall evaluate market requirements and impediments, including the difficulties set forth above, for voting proxies of companies in each country. Principal Asset Management periodically reviews voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a client by client and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect Principal Asset Management’s determinations and procedures.

Conflicts of Interest

Principal Asset Management recognizes that, from time to time, potential conflicts of interest may exist. In order to avoid any perceived or actual conflict of interest, the procedures set forth below have been established for use when Principal Asset Management encounters a potential conflict to ensure that its voting decisions are based on maximizing shareholder value and are not the product of a conflict.

Addressing Conflicts of Interest – Exception Process

Prior to voting contrary to the Guidelines, the relevant investment team must complete and submit a report to Principal Asset Management Compliance setting out the name of the security, the issue up for vote, a summary of the Guidelines’ recommendation, the vote changes

216

requested and the rational for voting against the Guidelines’ recommendation. The member of the investment team requesting the exception must attest to compliance with Principal’s Code of Conduct and the has an affirmative obligation to disclose any known personal or business relationship that could affect the voting of the applicable proxy. Principal Asset Management Compliance will approve or deny the exception in consultation, if deemed necessary, with the Legal.

If Principal Asset Management Compliance determines that there is no potential material conflict exists, the Guidelines may be overridden. If Principal Asset Management Compliance determines that there exists or may exist a material conflict, it will refer the issue to the Proxy Voting Committee. The Proxy Voting Committee will consider the facts and circumstances of the pending proxy vote and the potential or actual material conflict and decide by a majority vote as to how to vote the proxy – i.e., whether to permit or deny the exception.

In considering the proxy vote and potential material conflict of interest, the Proxy Voting Committee may review the following factors:

•

The percentage of outstanding securities of the issuer held on behalf of clients by Principal Asset Management;

•

The nature of the relationship of the issuer with the Principal Asset Management, its affiliates or its executive officers;

•

Whether there has been any attempt to directly or indirectly influence the investment team’s decision;

•

Whether the direction of the proposed vote would appear to benefit Principal Asset Management or a related party; and/or

•

Whether an objective decision to vote in a certain way will still create a strong appearance of a conflict.

To further address potential conflicts of interest for any proxy votes specific to Principal Financial Group common stock, the exception process is not applicable. In the case of any proprietary electronically traded funds (“ETF”s) and/or affiliated mutual funds, PGI will vote in the same proportion as all other voting shareholders of the underlying fund, which is referred to as echo voting, and the exception process is not applicable If echo voting is not available or operationally feasible, PGI may abstain from voting.

In the event that the Proxy Advisor Firm itself has a conflict and thus is unable to provide a recommendation, the investment team may vote in accordance with the recommendation of another independent service provider, if available. If a recommendation from an independent service provider other than the Proxy Advisor Firm is not available, the investment team will follow the Exception Process. Principal Asset Management Compliance will review the form and if it determines that there is no potential material conflict mandating a voting recommendation from the Proxy Voting Committee, the investment team may instruct the Proxy Advisory Firm to vote the proxy issue as it determines is in the best interest of clients. If Principal Asset Management Compliance determines that there exists or may exist a material conflict, it will refer the issue to the Proxy Voting Committee for consideration as outlined above.

Availability of Proxy Voting Information and Recordkeeping

Disclosure

On a quarterly basis, Principal Asset Management publicly discloses on our website https://www.principalglobal.com/eu/about-
us/responsible-investing a voting report setting forth the manner in which votes were cast, including details related to (i) votes against management, and (ii) abstentions. For more information, Clients may contact Principal Asset Management for more information related to how Principal Asset Management has voted with respect to securities held in the Client’s account. On request, Principal Asset Management will provide clients with a summary of Principal Asset Management’s proxy voting guidelines, process and policies and will inform the clients how they can obtain a copy of the complete Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures upon request. Principal Asset Management will also include such information described in the preceding two sentences in Part 2A of its Form ADV.

Recordkeeping

Principal Asset Management will keep records of the following items: (i) the Guidelines, (ii) the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (iii) proxy statements received regarding client securities (unless such statements are available on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system); (iv) records of votes they cast on behalf of clients, which may be maintained by a Proxy Advisory Firm if it undertakes to provide copies of those records promptly upon request; (v) records of written client requests for proxy voting information and responses from Principal Asset Management (whether a client’s request was oral or in writing); (vi) any documents prepared by Principal Asset Management that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision; (vii) a record of any testing conducted on any Proxy Advisory Firm’s votes; (viii) materials collected and reviewed by Principal Asset Management as part of its due diligence of the Proxy Advisory Firm; (ix) a copy of each version of the Proxy Advisory Firm’s policies and procedures provided to Principal Asset Management; and (x) the minutes of the Proxy Voting Committee meetings. All of the records referenced above will be kept in an easily accessible place for at least the length of time required by local regulation and custom, and, if such local regulation requires that records are kept for less than six years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, we will follow the US rule of six years. If the local regulation requires that records are kept for more than six years, we will comply with the local regulation. We maintain the vast majority of these records electronically.

217

SSGA FM

Effective March 2024:

Introduction

At State Street Global Advisors (or “SSGA FM”), we take our fiduciary duties as an asset manager very seriously. Our primary fiduciary obligation to our clients is to maximize the long-term value of their investments. State Street Global Advisors focuses on risks and opportunities that may impact long-term value creation for our clients. We rely on the elected representatives of the companies in which we invest — the board of directors — to oversee these firms’ strategies. We expect effective independent board oversight of the material risks and opportunities to its business and operations. We believe that appropriate consideration of these risks and opportunities is an essential component of a firm’s long-term business strategy, and expect boards to actively oversee the management of this strategy.

Our Asset Stewardship Program

State Street Global Advisors’ Asset Stewardship Team is responsible for developing and implementing this Global Proxy Voting and Engagement Policy (the “Policy”), the implementation of third-party proxy voting guidelines where applicable, case-by- case voting items, issuer engagement activities, and research and analysis of corporate governance issues and proxy voting items. The Asset Stewardship Team’s activities are overseen by our internal governance body, State Street Global Advisors’ ESG Committee (the “ESG Committee”). The ESG Committee is responsible for reviewing State Street Global Advisors’ stewardship strategy, engagement priorities, the Policy, and for monitoring the delivery of voting objectives.

In order to facilitate our proxy voting process, we retain Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), a firm with expertise in proxy voting and corporate governance. We utilize ISS to: (1) act as our proxy voting agent (providing State Street Global Advisors with vote execution and administration services), (2) assist in applying the Policy, and (3) provide research and analysis relating to general corporate governance issues and specific proxy items.

All voting decisions and engagement activities for which State Street Global Advisors has been given voting discretion are undertaken in accordance with this Policy, ensuring that the interests of our clients remain the sole consideration when discharging our stewardship responsibilities. Exceptions to this policy is the use of an independent third party to vote on State Street Corporation (“State Street”) stock and the stock of other State Street affiliated entities, to mitigate a conflict of interest of voting on our parent company or affiliated entities, and other situations where we believe we may be conflicted from voting (for example, stock of a public company for which a State Street director also serves as a director, or due to an outside business interest). In such cases, delegated third parties exercise vote decisions based upon their independent voting policy.

We aim to vote at all shareholder meetings where our clients have given us the authority to vote their shares and where it is feasible to do so. However, when we deem appropriate, we could refrain from voting at meetings in cases where:

•

Power of attorney documentation is required.

•

Voting will have a material impact on our ability to trade the security.

•

Voting is not permissible due to sanctions affecting a company or individual.

•

Issuer-specific special documentation is required or various market or issuer certifications are required.

•

Unless a client directs otherwise, in so-called “share blocking” markets (markets where proxy voters have their securities blocked from trading during the period of the annual meeting).

Additionally, we are unable to vote proxies when certain custodians, used by our clients, do not offer proxy voting in a jurisdiction or when they charge a meeting-specific fee in excess of the typical custody service agreement.

Voting authority attached to certain securities held by State Street Global Advisors pooled funds may be delegated to an independent third party as required by regulatory or other requirements. Under such arrangements, voting will be conducted by the independent third party pursuant to its proxy voting policy and not pursuant to this Policy.

The State Street Global Advisors Proxy Voting Program

In addition to the option of delegating proxy voting authority to State Street Global Advisors pursuant to this Policy, clients may alternatively choose to participate in the State Street Global Advisors Proxy Voting Program (the “Proxy Voting Program”) which empowers clients to direct the proxy voting of shares held by the eligible fund or segregated account1 they own. Clients that participate in the Proxy Voting Program have the option of selecting a third-party proxy voting guideline from among policies included in the Proxy Voting Program to apply to the vote of the client’s pro rata share of the securities held by the eligible fund or segregated account they own. This Policy does not apply to shares voted under the Proxy Voting Program.

Securities Not Voted Pursuant to the Policy

Where State Street Global Advisors’ clients have asked it to vote their shares on the client’s behalf, including where a pooled fund fiduciary has delegated the responsibility to vote the fund’s securities to State Street Global Advisors, State Street Global Advisors votes those securities in a unified manner, consistent with the principles described in this Policy. Exceptions to this unified voting policy are: (1)

1 “Eligible funds and segregated accounts” include all fund and client accounts managed by State Street Global Advisors that employ an equity index strategy and which have granted, or are able to grant, proxy voting authority to State Street Global Advisors.

218

where State Street Global Advisors has made its Proxy Voting Program available to its separately managed account clients and investors within a fund managed by State Street Global Advisors, in which case a pro rata portion of shares held by the fund or segregated account attributable to clients who choose to participate in the Proxy Voting Program will be voted consistent with the third-party proxy voting guidelines selected by the clients, (2) where a pooled investment vehicle managed by State Street Global Advisors utilizes a third party proxy voting guideline as set forth in that fund’s organizational and/or offering documents, and (3) where voting authority with respect to certain securities held by State Street Global Advisors pooled funds may be delegated to an independent third party as required by regulatory or other requirements. With respect to such funds and separately managed accounts utilizing third-party proxy voting guidelines, the terms of the applicable third-party proxy voting guidelines shall apply in place of the Policy described herein and the proxy votes implemented with respect to such a fund or account may differ from and be contrary to the votes implemented for other portfolios managed by State Street Global Advisors pursuant to this Policy.

Regional Nuances

When voting and engaging with companies, we may consider market-specific nuances that may be relevant to that company. We expect companies to observe the relevant laws and regulations of their respective markets, as well as country specific best practice guidelines and corporate governance codes and to publicly disclose their level of compliance with the applicable provisions and requirements. Except where specified, this Policy applies globally.

Our Proxy Voting and Engagement Principles

We have organized our proxy voting and engagement program around three five broad principles:

Effective Board Oversight

We believe that well-governed companies can protect and pursue shareholder interests better and withstand the challenges of an uncertain economic environment. As such, we seek to vote director elections in a way that we believe will maximize long-term value. Principally, a board acts on behalf of shareholders by protecting their interests and preserving their rights. In order to carry out their primary responsibilities, directors undertake activities that include setting strategy and providing guidance on strategic matters, selecting the CEO and other senior executives, overseeing executive management, creating a succession plan for the board and management, and providing effective oversight of material risks and opportunities relevant to their business. Further, good corporate governance necessitates the existence of effective internal controls and risk management systems, which should be governed by the board.

We view board quality as a measure of director independence, director succession planning, board diversity, evaluations and refreshment, and company governance practices. We believe independent directors are crucial to good corporate governance; they help management establish sound corporate governance policies and practices. We believe a sufficiently independent board is key to effectively monitoring management, maintaining appropriate governance practices, and performing oversight functions necessary to protect shareholder interests. We also believe the right mix of skills, independence, diversity, and qualifications among directors provides boards with the knowledge and direct experience to manage risks and operating structures that are often complex and industry-specific. We vote for the (re-)election of directors on a case-by-case basis after considering various factors set forth in this Policy, including, but not limited to, board quality, general market practice, and availability of information on director skills and expertise. When voting in director elections, we do so on behalf of and in the best interest of the funds and client accounts we manage and do not seek to change or influence control of the company.

Shareholder Proposals

When voting our clients’ proxies, we may be presented with shareholder proposals at portfolio companies that must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and in accordance with the principles set forth above. For proposals related to commonly requested disclosure topics, we have also developed the criteria to assess the effectiveness of disclosure on such topics in connection with these types of proposals.

Engagement

State Street Global Advisors’ engagement activities provides a meaningful shareholder tool that we believe protects and enhances the long-term economic value of the holdings in our clients’ accounts. We conduct issuer-specific engagements with companies to discuss the principles set forth in this Policy, including sustainability-related risks and opportunities. In addition, we encourage issuers to increase the amount of direct communication board members have with shareholders. We believe direct communication with executive board members and independent non-executive directors is critical to helping companies understand shareholder concerns.

Other Matters

Securities on Loan

As a responsible investor and fiduciary, we recognize the importance of balancing the benefits of voting shares and the incremental lending revenue for the pooled funds that participate in State Street Global Advisors’ securities lending program (the “Funds”). Our objective is to recall securities on loan and restrict future lending until after the record date for the respective vote in instances where we believe that a particular vote could have a material impact on the Funds’ long-term financial performance and the benefit of voting shares will outweigh the forgone lending income.

219

Accordingly, we have set systematic recall and lending restriction criteria for shareholder meetings involving situations with the highest potential financial implications (such as proxy contests and strategic transactions including mergers and acquisitions, going dark transactions, change of corporate form, or bankruptcy and liquidation).

Generally, these criteria for recall and restriction for lending only apply to certain large cap indices in developed markets.

State Street Global Advisors monitors the forgone lending revenue associated with each recall to determine if the impact on the Funds’ long-term financial performance and the benefit of voting shares will outweigh the forgone lending income.

Although our objective is to systematically recall securities based on the aforementioned criteria, we must receive notice of the vote in sufficient time to recall the shares on or before the record date. When we do not receive timely notice, we may be unable to recall the shares on or before the record date.

Reporting

We provide transparency for our stewardship activities through our regular client reports and relevant information reported online. We publish an annual stewardship report that provides details of our stewardship approach, engagement and voting policies, and activities during the year. The annual stewardship report is complemented by quarterly stewardship activity reports as well as the publication of thought leadership on governance and sustainability on our website. Our voting record information is available on Vote View, an interactive platform that provides relevant company details, proposal types, resolution descriptions, and records of our votes cast.

220

T. ROWE PRICE

Updated: February 2024

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

RESPONSIBILITY TO VOTE PROXIES

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and certain of its investment adviser affiliates1 (collectively, “T. Rowe Price”) have adopted these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Policies and Procedures”) for the purpose of establishing formal policies and procedures for performing and documenting their fiduciary duty with regard to the voting of client proxies. This document is reviewed at least annually and updated as necessary.

T. Rowe Price recognizes and adheres to the principle that one of the privileges of owning stock in a company is the right to vote in the election of the company’s directors and on matters affecting certain important aspects of the company’s structure and operations that are submitted to shareholder vote. The U.S.-registered investment companies which T. Rowe Price sponsors and serves as investment adviser (the “Price Funds”) as well as other investment advisory clients have delegated to T. Rowe Price certain proxy voting powers. As an investment adviser, T. Rowe Price has a fiduciary responsibility to such clients when exercising its voting authority with respect to securities held in their portfolios. T. Rowe Price reserves the right to decline to vote proxies in accordance with client-specific voting guidelines.

Fiduciary Considerations. It is the policy of T. Rowe Price that decisions with respect to proxy issues will be made in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the portfolio company from the viewpoint of the particular advisory client or Price Fund. Proxies are voted solely in the interests of the client, Price Fund shareholders or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries. Our intent has always been to vote proxies, where possible to do so, in a manner consistent with our fiduciary obligations and responsibilities.

One of the primary factors T. Rowe Price considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of its management. We recognize that a company’s management is entrusted with the day-to-day operations of the company, as well as its long-term direction and strategic planning, subject to the oversight of the company’s board of directors. Accordingly, our proxy voting guidelines are not intended to substitute our judgment for management’s with respect to the company’s day-to-day operations. Rather, our proxy voting guidelines are designed to promote accountability of a company’s management and board of directors to its shareholders; to align the interests of management with those of shareholders; and to encourage companies to adopt best practices in terms of their corporate governance and disclosure. In addition to our proxy voting guidelines, we rely on a company’s public filings, its board recommendations, its track record, country-specific best practices codes, our research providers and — most importantly — our investment professionals’ views in making voting decisions. T. Rowe Price investment personnel do not coordinate with investment personnel of its affiliated investment adviser, TRPIM, with respect to proxy voting decisions.

T. Rowe Price seeks to vote all of its clients’ proxies. In certain circumstances, T. Rowe Price may determine that refraining from voting a proxy is in a client’s best interest, such as when the cost of voting outweighs the expected benefit to the client. For example, the practicalities and costs involved with international investing may make it impossible at times, and at other times disadvantageous, to vote proxies in every instance.

ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Committee. T. Rowe Price’s Environmental, Social and Governance Investing Committee (“TRPA ESG Investing Committee” or the “Committee”) is responsible for establishing positions with respect to corporate governance and other proxy issues. Certain delegated members of the Committee also review questions and respond to inquiries from clients and mutual fund shareholders pertaining to proxy issues. While the Committee sets voting guidelines and serves as a resource for T. Rowe Price portfolio management, it does not have proxy voting authority for any Price Fund or advisory client. Rather, voting authority and responsibility is held by the Chairperson of the Price Fund’s Investment Advisory Committee or the advisory client’s portfolio manager. The Committee is also responsible for the oversight of third-party proxy services firms that T. Rowe Price engages to facilitate the proxy voting process.

Global Proxy Operations Team. The Global Proxy Operations team is responsible for administering the proxy voting process as set forth in the Policies and Procedures.

Governance Team. Our Governance team is responsible for reviewing the proxy agendas for all upcoming meetings and making company-specific recommendations to our global industry analysts and portfolio managers with regard to the voting decisions in their portfolios.

Responsible Investment Team. Our Responsible Investment team oversees the integration of environmental and social factors into our investment processes across asset classes. In formulating vote recommendations for matters of an environmental or social nature, the Governance team frequently consults with the appropriate sector analyst from the Responsible Investment team.

1 This document is not applicable to T. Rowe Price Investment Management, Inc. (“TRPIM”). TRPIM votes proxies independently from the other T. Rowe Price-related investment advisers and has adopted its own proxy voting policy.

221

HOW PROXIES ARE REVIEWED, PROCESSED AND VOTED

In order to facilitate the proxy voting process, T. Rowe Price has retained Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. ISS specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy advisory and voting services. These services include custom vote recommendations, research, vote execution, and reporting. Services provided by ISS do not include automated processing of votes on our behalf using the ISS Benchmark Policy recommendations. Instead, in order to reflect T. Rowe Price’s issue-by-issue voting guidelines as approved each year by the TRPA ESG Investing Committee, ISS maintains and implements custom voting policies for the Price Funds and other advisory client accounts.

Meeting Notification

T. Rowe Price utilizes ISS’ voting agent services to notify us of upcoming shareholder meetings for portfolio companies held in client accounts and to transmit votes to the various custodian banks of our clients. ISS tracks and reconciles our clients’ holdings against incoming proxy ballots. If ballots do not arrive on time, ISS procures them from the appropriate custodian or proxy distribution agent. Meeting and record date information is updated daily and transmitted to T. Rowe Price through ProxyExchange, an ISS application.

Vote Determination

Each day, ISS delivers into T. Rowe Price’s customized ProxyExchange environment a comprehensive summary of upcoming meetings, proxy proposals, publications discussing key proxy voting issues, and custom vote recommendations to assist us with proxy research and processing. For meetings with complex ballot items in certain international markets, research may be consulted from local domestic proxy research providers. The final authority and responsibility for proxy voting decisions remains with T. Rowe Price. Decisions with respect to proxy matters are made primarily in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the company from the perspective of our clients.

Portfolio managers execute their responsibility to vote proxies in different ways. Some have decided to vote their proxies generally in line with the guidelines as set by the TRPA ESG Investing Committee. Others review the customized vote recommendations and approve them before the votes are cast. Portfolio managers have access to current reports summarizing all proxy votes in their client accounts. Portfolio managers who vote their proxies inconsistent with T. Rowe Price guidelines are required to document the rationale for their votes. The Global Proxy Operations team is responsible for maintaining this documentation and assuring that it adequately reflects the basis for any vote which is contrary to our proxy voting guidelines.

T. Rowe Price Voting Guidelines

Specific proxy voting guidelines have been adopted by the TRPA ESG Investing Committee for all regularly occurring categories of management and shareholder proposals. The guidelines include regional voting guidelines as well as the guidelines for investment strategies with objectives other than purely financial returns, such as Impact and Net Zero. A detailed set of proxy voting guidelines is available on the T. Rowe Price website, www.troweprice.com/esg.

Global Portfolio Companies

The TRPA ESG Investing Committee has developed custom international proxy voting guidelines based on our proxy advisor’s general global policies, regional codes of corporate governance, and our own views as investors in these markets. We apply a two-tier approach to determining and applying global proxy voting policies. The first tier establishes baseline policy guidelines for the most fundamental issues, which span the corporate governance spectrum without regard to a company’s domicile. The second tier takes into account various idiosyncrasies of different countries, making allowances for standard market practices, as long as they do not violate the fundamental goals of good corporate governance. The goal is to enhance shareholder value through effective use of the shareholder franchise, recognizing that application of a single set of policies is not appropriate for all markets.

Fixed Income and Passively Managed Strategies

Proxy voting for our fixed income and indexed portfolios is administered by the Global Proxy Operations team using T. Rowe Price’s guidelines as set by the TRPA ESG Investing Committee. Indexed strategies generally vote in line with the T. Rowe Price guidelines. Fixed income strategies generally follow the proxy vote determinations on security holdings held by our equity accounts unless the matter is specific to a particular fixed income security such as consents, restructurings, or reorganization proposals.

Shareblocking

Shareblocking is the practice in certain countries of “freezing” shares for trading purposes in order to vote proxies relating to those shares. In markets where shareblocking applies, the custodian or sub-custodian automatically freezes shares prior to a shareholder meeting once a proxy has been voted. T. Rowe Price’s policy is generally to refrain from voting shares in shareblocking countries unless the matter has compelling economic consequences that outweigh the temporary loss of liquidity in the blocked shares.

Securities on Loan

The Price Funds and our institutional clients may participate in securities lending programs to generate income for their portfolios. Generally, the voting rights pass with the securities on loan; however, lending agreements give the lender the right to terminate the loan and pull back the loaned shares provided sufficient notice is given to the custodian bank in advance of the applicable deadline. T. Rowe

222

Price’s policy is generally not to vote securities on loan unless we determine there is a material voting event that could affect the value of the loaned securities. In this event, we have the discretion to pull back the loaned securities for the Price Funds in order to cast a vote at an upcoming shareholder meeting. A monthly monitoring process is in place to review securities on loan for the Price Funds and how they may affect proxy voting.

Monitoring and Resolving Conflicts of Interest

The TRPA ESG Investing Committee is also responsible for monitoring and resolving potential material conflicts between the interests of T. Rowe Price and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. We have adopted safeguards to ensure that our proxy voting is not influenced by interests other than those of our fund shareholders and other investment advisory clients. While membership on the Committee is diverse, it does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. Since T. Rowe Price’s voting guidelines are predetermined by the Committee, application of the guidelines by portfolio managers to vote client proxies should in most instances adequately address any potential conflicts of interest. However, consistent with the terms of the Policies and Procedures, which allow portfolio managers to vote proxies opposite our general voting guidelines, the Committee regularly reviews all such proxy votes that are inconsistent with the proxy voting guidelines to determine whether the portfolio manager’s voting rationale appears reasonable. The Committee also assesses whether any business or other material relationships between T. Rowe Price and a portfolio company (unrelated to the ownership of the portfolio company’s securities) could have influenced an inconsistent vote on that company’s proxy. Issues raising potential conflicts of interest are referred to designated members of the Committee for immediate resolution prior to the time T. Rowe Price casts its vote.

With respect to personal conflicts of interest, T. Rowe Price’s Global Code of Conduct requires all employees to avoid placing themselves in a “compromising position” in which their interests may conflict with those of our clients and restrict their ability to engage in certain outside business activities. Portfolio managers or Committee members with a personal conflict of interest regarding a particular proxy vote must recuse themselves and not participate in the voting decisions with respect to that proxy.

Specific Conflict of Interest Situations —Voting of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. common stock (sym: TROW) by certain T. Rowe Price Index Funds will be done in all instances in accordance with T. Rowe Price voting guidelines and votes inconsistent with the guidelines will not be permitted. In the event that there is no previously established guideline for a specific voting issue appearing on the T. Rowe Price Group proxy, the Price Funds will abstain on that voting item.

In addition, T. Rowe Price has voting authority for proxies of the holdings of certain Price Funds that invest in other Price Funds. Shares of the Price Funds that are held by other Price Funds will generally be voted in the same proportion as shares for which voting instructions from other shareholders are timely received. If voting instructions from other shareholders are not received, or if a T. Rowe Price Fund is only held by other T. Rowe Price Funds or other accounts for which T. Rowe Price has proxy voting authority, the fund will vote in accordance with its Board’s instruction.

For shares of the Price Funds that are series of T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc., and T. Rowe Price International Series, Inc. (collectively, the “Variable Insurance Portfolios”) held by insurance company separate accounts for which the insurance company has not received timely voting instructions, as well as shares the insurance company owns, those shares shall be voted in the same proportion as shares for which voting instructions from contract holders are timely received.

Limitations on Voting Proxies of Banks

T. Rowe Price has obtained relief from the U.S. Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB Relief”) which permits, subject to a number of conditions, T. Rowe Price to acquire in the aggregate on behalf of its clients, 10% or more of the total voting stock of a bank, bank holding company, savings and loan holding company or savings association (each a “Bank”), not to exceed a 15% aggregate beneficial ownership maximum in such Bank. One such condition affects the manner in which T. Rowe Price will vote its clients’ shares of a Bank in excess of 10% of the Bank’s total voting stock (“Excess Shares”). The FRB Relief requires that T. Rowe Price use its best efforts to vote the Excess Shares in the same proportion as all other shares voted, a practice generally referred to as “mirror voting,” or in the event that such efforts to mirror vote are unsuccessful, Excess Shares will not be voted. With respect to a shareholder vote for a Bank of which T. Rowe Price has aggregate beneficial ownership of greater than 10% on behalf of its clients, T. Rowe Price will determine which of its clients’ shares are Excess Shares on a pro rata basis across all of its clients’ portfolios for which T. Rowe Price has the power to vote proxies.2

REPORTING, RECORD RETENTION AND OVERSIGHT

The TRPA ESG Investing Committee, and certain personnel under the direction of the Committee, perform the following oversight and assurance functions, among others, over T. Rowe Price’s proxy voting: (1) periodically samples proxy votes to ensure that they were cast in compliance with T. Rowe Price’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) reviews, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of the Policies and Procedures to make sure that they have been implemented effectively, including whether they continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of our clients; (3) performs due diligence on whether a retained proxy advisory firm has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues, including the adequacy and quality of the proxy advisory firm’s staffing and personnel and its policies; and (4) oversees any retained proxy advisory firms and their procedures regarding their capabilities to (i) produce proxy research that is based on current and accurate information and (ii) identify and address any conflicts of interest and any other considerations that we believe would be appropriate in considering the nature and quality of the services provided by the proxy advisory firm.

2 The FRB Relief and the process for voting of Excess Shares described herein apply to the aggregate beneficial ownership of T. Rowe Price and TRPIM.

223

T. Rowe Price will furnish Vote Summary Reports, upon request, to its institutional clients that have delegated proxy voting authority. The report specifies the portfolio companies, meeting dates, proxy proposals, and votes which have been cast for the client during the period and the position taken with respect to each issue. Reports normally cover quarterly or annual periods and are provided to such clients upon request.

T. Rowe Price retains proxy solicitation materials, memoranda regarding votes cast in opposition to the position of a company’s management, and documentation on shares voted differently. In addition, any document which is material to a proxy voting decision such as the T. Rowe Price proxy voting guidelines, Committee meeting materials, and other internal research relating to voting decisions are maintained in accordance with applicable requirements.

224

Wellington

Global Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures

As of September 15, 2023

Introduction

Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of clients for which it exercises proxy-voting discretion.

The purpose of this document is to outline Wellington Management’s approach to executing proxy voting. Wellington Management’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), which are contained in a separate document, set forth broad guidelines and positions on common issues that Wellington Management uses for voting proxies. The Guidelines set out our general expectations on how we vote rather than rigid rules that we apply without consideration of the particular facts and circumstances.

Statement of Policy

Wellington Management:

1.

Votes client proxies for clients that have affirmatively delegated proxy voting authority, in writing, unless we have arranged in advance with a particular client to limit the circumstances in which the client would exercise voting authority, or we determine that it is in the best interest of one or more clients to refrain from voting a given proxy.

2.

Seeks to vote proxies in the best financial interests of the clients for which we are voting.

3.

Identifies and resolves all material proxy-related conflicts of interest between the firm and our clients in the best interests of the client.

Responsibility and Oversight

The Proxy Voting Team monitors regulatory requirements with respect to proxy voting and works with the firm’s Legal and Compliance Group and the Investment Stewardship Committee to develop practices that implement those requirements.The Proxy Voting Team also acts as a resource for portfolio managers and investment research analysts on proxy matters as needed. Day-to-day administration of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of the Proxy Voting Team. The Investment Stewardship Committee a senior, cross-functional group of experienced professionals, is responsible for oversight of the implementation of the Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, review and approval of the Guidelines, and identification and resolution of conflicts of interest. The Investment Stewardship Committee reviews the Guidelines as well as the Global Proxy Policy and Procedures annually.

Procedures

Use of Third-Party Voting Agent

Wellington Management uses the services of a third-party voting agent for research and to manage the administrative aspects of proxy voting. We view third-party research as an input to our process. Wellington Management complements the research provided by its primary voting agent with research from other firms.

Our primary voting agent processes proxies for client accounts and maintains records of proxies voted. For certain routine issues, as detailed below, votes may be instructed according to standing instructions given to our primary voting agent, which are based on the Guidelines.

We manually review instances where our primary voting agent discloses a material conflict of interest of its own, potentially impacting its research outputs. We perform oversight of our primary voting agent, which involves regular service calls and an annual due diligence exercise, as well as regular touchpoints in the normal course of business.

Receipt of Proxy

If a client requests that Wellington Management vote proxies on its behalf, the client must instruct its custodian bank to deliver all relevant voting materials to Wellington Management or its designated voting agent in a timely manner.

Reconciliation

Proxies for public equity securities received by electronic means are matched to the securities eligible to be voted, and a reminder is sent to custodians/trustees that have not forwarded the proxies due. This reconciliation is performed at the ballot level. Although proxies received for private equity securities, as well as those received in non-electronic format for any securities, are voted as received, Wellington Management is not able to reconcile these ballots and does not notify custodians of non-receipt; Wellington Management is only able to reconcile ballots where clients have consented to providing holdings information with its provider for this purpose.

225

Proxy Voting Process

Our approach to voting is investment-led and serves as an influential component of our engagement and escalation strategy. The Investment Stewardship Committee, a cross-functional group of experienced professionals, oversees Wellington Management’s activities with regards to proxy voting practices.

Routine issues that can be addressed by the proxy voting guidance below are voted by means of standing instructions communicated to our primary voting agent. Some votes warrant analysis of specific facts and circumstances and therefore are reviewed individually. We examine such vote sources including internal research notes, third-party voting research and company engagement. While manual votes are often resolved by investment research teams, each portfolio manager is empowered to make a final decision for their relevant client portfolio(s), absent a material conflict of interest. Proactive portfolio manager input is sought under certain circumstances, which may include consideration of position size and proposal subject matter and nature. Where portfolio manager input is proactively sought, deliberation across the firm may occur. This collaboration does not prioritize consensus across the firm above all other interests but rather seeks to inform portfolio managers’ decisions by allowing them to consider multiple perspectives. Portfolio managers may occasionally arrive at different voting conclusions for their clients, resulting in different decisions for the same vote. Voting procedures and the deliberation that occurs before a vote decision are aligned with our role as active owners and fiduciaries for our clients.

Material Conflict of Interest Identification and Resolution Processes

Further detail on our management of conflicts of interest can be found in our Stewardship Conflicts of Interest Policy below.

Other Considerations

In certain instances, Wellington Management may be unable to vote or may determine not to vote a proxy on behalf of one or more clients. While not exhaustive, the following are potential instances in which a proxy vote might not be entered.

Securities Lending

Clients may elect to participate in securities lending Such lending may impact their ability to have their shares voted. Under certain circumstances, and where practical considerations allow, Wellington Management may determine that the anticipated value of voting could outweigh the benefit to the client resulting from use of securities for lending and recommend that a client attempt to have its custodian recall the security to permit voting of related proxies. We do not borrow shares for the sole purpose of exercising voting rights.

Share Blocking and Re-Registration

Certain countries impose trading restrictions or requirements regarding re-registration of securities held in omnibus accounts in order for shareholders to vote a proxy. The potential impact of such requirements is evaluated when determining whether to vote such proxies.

Lack of Adequate Information, Untimely Receipt of Proxy Materials, or Excessive Costs

Wellington Management may abstain from voting a proxy when the proxy statement or other available information is inadequate to allow for an informed vote; the proxy materials are not delivered in a timely fashion; or, in Wellington Management’s judgment, the costs of voting exceed the expected benefits to clients (included but not limited to instances such as when powers of attorney or consularization or the disclosure of client confidential information are required).

Additional Information

Wellington Management maintains records related to proxies pursuant to Rule 204-2 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and other applicable laws. In addition, Wellington Management discloses voting decisions through its website, including the rationale for votes against management.

Wellington Management provides clients with a copy of its Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, as well as the Voting Guidelines, upon written request. In addition, Wellington Management will provide specific client information relating to proxy voting to a client upon written request.

Wellington Management Stewardship Conflicts of Interest Policy

INTRODUCTION

As a fiduciary, we seek to place the interests of our clients first and avoid conflicts of interest. Some conflicts are inherent in any large, global investment management business, while others are a result of our business model. We have adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to manage conflicts of interests that arise from our stewardship activities and seek to mitigate adverse impacts of such conflicts on our clients.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS IN RELATION TO STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

We have identified three categories of conflicts of interest relating to our fiduciary activities:

•

conflicts between and among the interest of our clients;

226

•

conflicts between the interests of our clients and those of the firm; and

•

conflicts between the interests of our clients and the interests of our personnel as individuals.

Examples of situations where potential conflicts of interest could arise as part of our stewardship activities include:

•

an investee company is a significant client, lender, or vendor of Wellington Management;

•

there may be personal contacts and connections at an investee company; and

•

the views of internal portfolio managers may differ between each other.

MANAGEMENT OF CONFLICTS

Annually, the Investment Stewardship Committee (‘ISC’) sets standards for identifying material conflicts based on client, vendor, and lender relationships, and publishes those standards to individuals involved in the proxy voting process.

Potential conflicts may be resolved by voting in accordance with our published Global Proxy Voting Guidelines. Where the published voting guideline is case by case, where no published guideline exists, or where the proposed voting position is contrary to a published guideline, the matter must be reviewed by three disinterested ombudsmen from the ISC, who will resolve the conflict and direct the vote. In certain circumstances, the ombudsmen may determine that the full ISC should convene. The role of the ombudsmen is to review the recommendations of the ESG Research Team, oversee any discussion or debate with respect to the proposed votes, and ensure that votes are executed solely in the best interest of our clients.

Where a material, self-disclosed personal conflict is identified in relation to proxy voting, the conflict may be mitigated by assigning voting responsibility to another investment professional or directing it to three disinterested ombudsmen from the ISC.

Wellington Management’s commitment to stewardship and active ownership means that we have regular engagement with companies and our investment teams are not constrained when engaging on issues with companies.

As a community of investment boutiques, each of Wellington Management’s portfolio teams acts as a fiduciary for its clients. Differences in investment philosophy and process across teams mean that the way in which stewardship activities are incorporated into the investment decision-making process may vary across investment approaches. We believe that this structure best enables us to meet the investment objectives of our diverse client base and encourages individual responsibility for investment performance. It does, however, result in situations where actions taken for one client account directly contradict those taken for others.

ANNUAL REVIEW

The ISC is responsible for reviewing and updating this policy at least annually and otherwise as appropriate to ensure it adequately reflects the types of conflicts that may arise and to take measures to remove or mitigate any adverse impacts of these conflicts in an appropriate manner.

Dated: June 2022
Last reviewed: December 2022

227

?

Form No.

[15-17595-45]

[484-24A]

228

PACIFIC SELECT FUND

Part C: OTHER INFORMATION

Item 28. Exhibits

(a)(1)	Agreement and Declaration of Trust. Previously filed as Exhibit (a)(1) on October 19, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(a)(2)	Certificate of Trust. Previously filed as Exhibit (a)(2) on January 31, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein.
(b)	By-Laws. Previously filed as Exhibit (b) on April 28, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(c)	Instruments Defining Rights of Holders of Securities - Certificates for Shares will not be issued. Articles II, VI and VII of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust define the rights of holders of the Shares (see Exhibit (a)(1))
(d)(1)(i)	Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(23) on January 26, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(1)(ii)	Addendum to Advisory Agreement — Small-Cap Equity. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(38) on April 28, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(1)(iii)	Consent to Transfer Advisory Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(a)(5) on January 18, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(1)(iv)	Amendment and Novation to Advisory Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(a)(18) on February 1, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(1)(v)	Schedule A to Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement (2024 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(1)(v) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(1)(vi)	Schedule A to Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement (PBA Portfolios), to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(d)(2)(i)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Large-Cap Growth. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(2)(i) on April 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(2)(ii)	No Longer Applicable.
(d)(3)(i)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Value Portfolio. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(3)(i) on January 20, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(4)(i)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Small-Cap Equity. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(b)(14) on January 22, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(4)(ii)	Amendment to Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Small-Cap Equity. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(b)(14)(b) on April 27, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(5)(i)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Mid-Cap Growth. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(b)(17) on October 15, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(5)(ii)	Amendment to Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Mid-Cap Growth. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(b)(17)(a) on January 20, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(5)(iii)	Amendment and Novation to Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Mid-Cap Growth. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(b)(17)(b) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(5)(iv)	Amendment to Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Mid-Cap Growth. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(5)(iv) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.

(d)(6)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Emerging Markets Debt. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(6) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(7)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Floating Rate Income. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(b)(21) on February 1, 2019 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(8)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Real Estate. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(b)(22) on February 1, 2019 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(9)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Managed Bond. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(9) on January 20, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — International Large-Cap. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10) on January 20, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)(i)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — PD Emerging Markets Index. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(i) on April 29, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)(ii)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — PD International Large-Cap Index. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(ii) on April 29, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)(iii)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — International Small-Cap. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(iii) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)(iv)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement— Dividend Growth. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(iv) on February 3, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)(v)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement— PSF Avantis Balanced Allocation. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(v) on February 3, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)(vi)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Mid-Cap Equity. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(vi) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)(vii)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Value Advantage. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(vii) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10(viii)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Small-Cap Value. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(viii) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)(ix)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Technology. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(ix) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(10)(x)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement —Bond Plus Portfolio, to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(d)(10)(xi)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Small-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(d)(10)(xii)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — QQQ Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(d)(10)(xiii)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — International Equity Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(d)(10)(xiv)	Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement — Large-Cap Plus Bond Alpha Portfolio, to be filed by subsequent amendment.

(d)(11)(i)	Portfolio Management Agreement — BlackRock. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(11)(i) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(11)(ii)	PSF Interim Management Agreement — BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (BlackRock) for Large-Cap Growth. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(h)(6) on January 22, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(11)(iii)	Amendment No. 2 to Portfolio Management Agreement – BlackRock . Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(h)(7) on April 30, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(11)(iv)	Amendment No. 3 to Portfolio Management Agreement – BlackRock . Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(h)(8) on January 17, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(11)(v)	Amendment and Novation to Portfolio Management Agreement — BlackRock. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(h)(9) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(11)(vi)	Amendment No. 4 to Portfolio Management Agreement — BlackRock. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(h)(10) on February 1, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(11)(vii)	Amendment No. 5 to Portfolio Management Agreement —BlackRock. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(10)(w) on October 22, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(11)(viii)	Amendment No. 6 to Portfolio Management Agreement — BlackRock. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(11)(viii) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(i)	Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(n)(A) on April 29, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(ii)	Amendment No. 2 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(n)(A)(2) on February 9, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(iii)	Amendment No. 3 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(n)(A)(3) on January 18, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(iv)	Amendment No. 4 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(n)(a)(4) on January 22, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(v)	Amendment No. 5 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(n)(A)(5) on January 22, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(vi)	Amendment No. 6 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(n)(A)(6) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(vii)	Amendment No. 7 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(n)(A)(7) on April 27, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(viii)	Amendment No. 8 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(n)(A)(8) on February 1, 2019 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(ix)	Amendment No. 9 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(12)(x) on October 22, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(x)	Amendment No. 10 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(12)(x) on April 29, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(xi)	Amendment No. 11 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P. Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(12)(xi) on April 28, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(12)(xii)	Amendment No. 12 to the Portfolio Management Agreement — J.P.Morgan. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(12)(xii) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.

(d)(13)	Subadvisory Agreement — Janus Henderson Investors US LLC (formerly Janus Capital Management LLC (Janus). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(13) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(14)(i)	Amended and Restated Portfolio Management Agreement —MFS Investment Management (MFS). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(s) on February 1, 2019 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(14)(ii)	Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Portfolio Management Agreement — MFS. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(s)(2) on February 1, 2019 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(14)(iii)	Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Portfolio Management Agreement — MFS. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(14)(iii) on April 28, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(14)(iv)	Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Portfolio Management Agreement — MFS. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(13)(iv) on January 20, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(i)	Portfolio Management Agreement — Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(6) on October 3, 2003 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(ii)	Amendment to Portfolio Management Agreement — PIMCO. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(13) on January 26, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(iii)	Amendment No.3 to Portfolio Management Agreement — PIMCO. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(52) on January 24, 2006 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(iv)	Consent to Transfer Portfolio Management Agreement — PIMCO. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(v)(3) on January 18, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(v)	Amendment No. 5 to Portfolio Management Agreement — PIMCO. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(v)(4) on April 29, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(vi)	Amendment No. 6 to Portfolio Management Agreement — PIMCO. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(v)(5) on August 2, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(vii)	Amendment No. 7 to Portfolio Management Agreement — PIMCO. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(v)(6) on January 22, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(viii)	Amendment No. 9 to Portfolio Management Agreement — PIMCO. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(v)(8) on April 24, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(ix)	Amendment and Novation to Portfolio Management Agreement — PIMCO. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(v)(9) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(15)(x)	Amendment No. 10 to Subadvisory Agreement — PIMCO. Previously filed as Exhibit (15)(x) on January 20, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(16)(i)	No Longer Applicable.
(d)(17)(i)	Subadvisory Agreement – Aristotle Pacific Capital LLC (Aristotle Pacific). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(17)(i) on April 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(18)(i)	Portfolio Management Agreement — SSGA Fund Management, Inc. (SSGA). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(dd) on February 9, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(18)(ii)	Amendment No. 1 to Portfolio Management Agreement — SSGA. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(dd)(1) on January 17, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(18)(iii)	Amendment No. 2 to Portfolio Management Agreement — SSGA. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(dd)(2) on August 5, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

(d)(18)(iv)	Amendment and Novation to Portfolio Management Agreement — SSGA. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(dd)(3) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(19)	No Longer Applicable.
(d)(20)	Subadvisory Agreement — Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (Franklin). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(gg)(2) on February 1, 2019 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(20)(i)	Amendment No. 1 to the Subadvisory Agreement — Franklin. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(20)(i) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(21)(i)	Portfolio Management Agreement — T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (T. Rowe). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(hh) on January 18, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(21)(ii)	Amendment No. 1 to the Subadvisory Agreement — T. Rowe. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(hh)(1) on April 27, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(21)(iii)	Amendment No. 2 to the Subadvisory Agreement — T. Rowe. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(hh)(2) on January 22, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(21)(iv)	Amendment and Novation to Subadvisory Agreement — T. Rowe. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(hh)(3) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(21)(v)	Amendment No. 3 to the Subadvisory Agreement — T. Rowe. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(21)(v) on February 3, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(22)(i)	Portfolio Management Agreement — Invesco Advisers, Inc. (Invesco). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(ii) on January 18, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(22)(ii)	Amendment No. 1 to Portfolio Management Agreement — Invesco. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(ii)(1) on April 27, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(22)(iii)	Amendment and Novation to Portfolio Management Agreement — Invesco. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(ii)(2) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(22)(iv)	Amendment No. 2 to Portfolio Management Agreement — Invesco. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(ii)(3) on February 1, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(22)(v)	Amendment No. 3 to Portfolio Management Agreement — Invesco. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(22)(v) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(23)(i)	No Longer Applicable.
(d)(24)(i)	No Longer Applicable.
(d)(24)(ii)	No Longer Applicable.
(d)(24)(iii)	No Longer Applicable.
(d)(25)(i)	No Longer Applicable.
(d)(26)(i)	No Longer Applicable.
(d)(27)(i)	Subadvisory Agreement — Robeco Investment Management, Inc., d/b/a Boston Partners. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(ss) on April 24, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(27)(ii)	Amendment and Novation to Subadvisory Agreement — Robeco Investment Management, Inc., d/b/a Boston Partners. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(ss)(1) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.

(d)(27)(iii)	Amendment No. 2 to Subadvisory Agreement — Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc. (Boston Partners) Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(ss)(2) on February 1, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(28)	Subadvisory Agreement — Wellington Management Company LLP (Wellington). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(uu) on April 27, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(29)	Subadvisory Agreement – Principal Real Estate Investors LLC (Principal REI). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(ww) on April 27, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(30)	No Longer Applicable
(d)(31)	Subadvisory Agreement – American Century Investment Management, Inc. (American Century).Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(31) on January 20, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(31)(i)	Amendment No. 1 to Subadvisory Agreement — American Century. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(31)(1) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(32)	Subadvisory Agreement – ClearBridge Investments, LLC (ClearBridge). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(32) on January 20, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(32)(i)	Amendment No. 1 to Subadvisory Agreement — ClearBridge. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(32)(i) on October 19, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(33)	Subadvisory Agreement – Principal Global Investors, LLC (PGI). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(33) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(34)	Subadvisory Agreement – FIAM, LLC (FIAM). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(34) on April 29, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(34)(i)	Amendment No. 1 to Subadvisory Agreement – FIAM. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(34)(i) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(34)(ii)	Amendment No. 2 to Subadvisory Agreement – FIAM. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(34)(ii) on April 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(34)(iii)	Amendment No. 3 to Subadvisory Agreement — FIAM. Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(34)(iii) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(35)	Subadvisory Agreement – Delaware Investments Fund Advisers (DIFA). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(35) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(36)	Subadvisory Agreement — Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P. (Loomis). Previously filed as Exhibit (d)(36) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(d)(37)	Subadvisory Agreement — Fidelity Diversifying Solutions (FDS), to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(e)(1)	Distribution Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (e)(1) on January 18, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.
(e)(2)	Amendment to Distribution Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (e)(23) on October 16, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.
(e)(3)	Amendment and Novation to Distribution Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (e)(25) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(e)(4)	Amendment to the Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (e)(27) on April 29, 2019 and incorporated by reference herein.
(e)(5)	Exhibit A to Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement (2024 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (e)(5) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.

(e)(5)(i)	Exhibit A to Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement (PBA Portfolios), to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(e)(6)	No Longer Applicable.
(f)(1)(i)	Pacific Select Fund Trustees’ Deferred Compensation Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit (f)(1)(i) on February 3, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.
(f)(1)(ii)	Exhibits to Pacific Select Fund Trustees’ Deferred Compensation Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit (f)(1)(ii) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(g)(1)	Custody and Investment Accounting Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (g)(1) on December 18, 2002 and incorporated by reference herein.
(g)(2)	Exhibit A to Custody and Investment Accounting Agreement — Equity Income and Research. Previously filed as Exhibit (g)(2) on October 7, 2002 and incorporated by reference herein.
(g)(3)(i)	Amendment to Custody and Investment Accounting Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (g)(3) on October 3, 2003 and incorporated by reference herein.
(g)(3)(ii)	Third Amendment to Custody and Investment Accounting Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (g)(3)(a) on April 28, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein.
(g)(3)(iii)	Fourth Amendment to Custody and Investment Accounting Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (g)(3)(b) on April 27, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein.
(g)(3)(iv)	Custody and Investment Accounting Agreement Portfolio Optimization Portfolios and Inflation Protected. Previously filed as Exhibit (g)(3)(c) on January 6, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.
(g)(3)(v)	Amendment to Custody and Investment Accounting Agreement (2024 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (g)(3)(v) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(g)(3)(vi)	Amendment to Custody and Investment Accounting Agreement (PBA Portfolios), to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(g)(4)	Form of Financial Services Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (g)(4) on February 7, 2003 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(1)(i)	Amended and Restated Transfer Agency Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(a)(17) on October 1, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(1)(ii)	Transfer Agency and Service Agreement (Class P Shares). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(a)(19) on April 27, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(1)(iii)	Amendment and Novation to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(a)(29) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(1)(iv)	Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement (2024 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(1)(iv) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(1)(v)	Amendment to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement (PBA Portfolios), to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(h)(2)(i)	Fund Participation Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(2) on April 26, 2000 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(2)(ii)	Exhibit A to Fund Participation Agreement-Addition of Separate Account. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(37) on January 26, 2005 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(2)(iii)	Exhibit B to Fund Participation Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(2)(iii) on October 22, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.

(h)(2)(v)	Amendment and Novation to Fund Participation Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(b)(20) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(3)(a)(i)	Expense Limitation Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(d) on April 27, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(3)(a)(ii)	Amendment to the Expense Limitation Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(d)(3) on April 27, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(3)(a)(iii)	Schedule A to the Expense Limitation Agreement (2024 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(3)(a)(iii) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(3)(a)(iv)	Schedule A to the Expense Limitation Agreement (PBA Portfolios), to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(h)(3)(b)(i)	Expense Limitation Agreement for Pacific Dynamix. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(d)(1) on April 30, 2017 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(3)(b)(ii)	Schedule A to Expense Limitation Agreement for Pacific Dynamix (2024 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(3)(b)(ii) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(4)(i)	Administration and Support Services Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(4)(i) on April 28, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(5)(i)	Service Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(f) on April 29, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(5)(ii)	Amendment and Novation to Service Agreement. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(f)(11) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(5)(iii)	Amendment to Service Agreement (Intermediate Bond Portfolio and PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(5)(iii) on October 22, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(5)(iv)	Amendment to Service Agreement (International Growth Portfolio and ESG Diversified Growth Portfolio). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(5)(iv) on October 19, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(5)(v)	Amendment to Service Agreement (2024 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(5)(v) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(5)(vi)	Amendment to Service Agreement (PBA Portfolios), to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(h)(6)	Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement – Trustees. Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(g) on April 27, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(7)(i)	Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (Calvert). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(7)(i) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(7)(ii)	No Longer Applicable.
(h)(7)(iii)	Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (Fidelity). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(7)(iii) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(7)(iv)	Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (Goldman Sachs). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(7)(iii) on April 28, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(7)(v)	Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (PIMCO). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(7)(v) on February 4, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(7)(vi)	No Longer Applicable.
(h)(7)(vii)	Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (BlackRock). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(7)(vii) on February 3, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.

(h)(7)(viii)	Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (American Century). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(7)(viii) on February 3, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(7)(ix)	Amendment No. 1 to the Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (American Century). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(7)(ix) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(7)(x)	Amendment No. 2 to the Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (American Century/Avantis). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(7)(x) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(8)(x)	Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (Aristotle). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(7)(ix) on April 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(h)(9)	Fund of Funds Investment Agreement (Vanguard). Previously filed as Exhibit (h)(9) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(i)(1)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel. Previously filed as Exhibit (10) on November 22, 1995 and incorporated by reference herein.
(i)(2)	Legal Opinion (International Equity Income Portfolio). Previously filed as Exhibit (i)(2) on December 19, 2019 and incorporated by reference herein.
(i)(3)	Legal Opinion (Intermediate Bond Portfolio and PD Mid-Cap Index Portfolio) Previously filed as Exhibit (i)(3) on October 22, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.
(i)(4)	Legal Opinion (ESG Diversified Portfolio and Hedged Equity Portfolio). Previously filed as Exhibit (i)(4) on April 29, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(i)(5)	Legal Opinion (International Growth Portfolio and ESG Diversified Growth Portfolio). Previously filed as Exhibit (i)(5) on October 19, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(i)(6)	Legal Opinion (Pacific Dynamix —Aggressive Growth Portfolio). Previously filed as Exhibit (i)(6) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(i)(7)	Legal Opinion (PBA Portfolios), to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(j)	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Previously filed as Exhibit (j) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(k)	Not applicable.
(l)	Not applicable.
(m)(1)(i)	Service Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit (m) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(m)(1)(ii)	Schedule A to Service Plan – Class I (2024 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (m)(1)(ii) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(m)(1)(iii)	Schedule A to Service Plan – Class I (PBA Portfolios), to be filed by subsequent amendment.
(m)(2)(i)	Pacific Select Fund Class D Distribution and Service Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit (m)(A) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(m)(2)(ii)	Schedule A to Pacific Select Fund Class D Distribution and Service Plan (November 2022 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (m)(2)(ii) on February 3, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(n)(1)	Pacific Select Fund Multi-Class Plan. Previously filed as Exhibit (n) on June 30, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.
(n)(2)	Amendment to the Amended and Restated Multi-Class Plan (Class P) with Schedule A. Previously filed as Exhibit (n)(3) on April 29, 2019 and incorporated by reference herein.

(n)(3)	Schedule A to the Amended and Restated Multi-Class Plan (2024 updates). Previously filed as Exhibit (n)(3) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(n)(3)(i)	Schedule A to the Amended and Restated Multi-Class Plan (PBA Portfolios), to be filed by subsequent amendment..
(o)	Reserved.
(p)(1)	Code of Ethics — Pacific Select Fund. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(1) on January 31, 2018 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(2)	Code of Ethics — Janus Henderson Investors US, LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(2) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(3)	Code of Ethics — BlackRock Investment Management LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(3) on April 28, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein
(p)(4)	Code of Ethics — Pacific Investment Management Company LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(4) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(5)	Code of Ethics — ClearBridge Investments, LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(5) on October 19, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(6)	Code of Ethics — Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(6) on January 19, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(7)	Code of Ethics — MFS Investment Management. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(7) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(8)	Code of Ethics — Pacific Select Fund Independent Trustees. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(8) on July 19, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(9)	No Longer Applicable.
(p)(10)	Code of Ethics — J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(10) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(11)	No Longer Applicable.
(p)(12)	No Longer Applicable.
(p)(13)	Code of Ethics – SSGA. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)13) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(14)	No Longer Applicable.
(p)(15)	Code of Ethics — Franklin Advisory Services. LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(15) on April 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(16)	Code of Ethics — T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(16) on April 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(17)	Code of Ethics — Invesco Advisers, Inc. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(17) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(18)	Code of Ethics — Loomis. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(18) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(19)	No Longer Applicable.
(p)(20)	No Longer Applicable.
(p)(21)	No Longer Applicable.

(p)(22)	No Longer Applicable
(p)(23)	Code of Ethics — Pacific Select Distributors, LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(23) on January 20, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(24)	Code of Ethics — Delaware Investment Fund Advisers (DIFA). Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(24) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(25)	Code of Ethics — Boston Partners. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(25) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(26)	Code of Ethics — Principal Global Investors, LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(26) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(27)	Code of Ethics — Wellington. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(27) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(28)	No Longer Applicable.
(p)(29)	Code of Ethics – Principal Real Estate Investors LLC. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(29) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(30)	No Longer Applicable.
(p)(31)	No Longer Applicable.
(p)(32)	Code of Ethics – Aristotle Pacific. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(32) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(33)	Code of Ethics – American Century Investment Management Inc.. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(33) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(34)	Code of Ethics – FIAM. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(34) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(p)(35)	Code of Ethics – Geode. Previously filed as Exhibit (p)(35) on April 26, 2024 and incorporated by reference herein.
(99)	Power of Attorney dated April 1, 2023. Previously filed as Exhibit (99) on April 27, 2023 and incorporated by reference herein.

Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund

Pacific Life Insurance Company (“Pacific Life”), on its own behalf and on behalf of its Separate Account I, Separate Account A, Separate Account B, Pacific Select Variable Annuity Separate Account, Pacific Corinthian Variable Separate Account, Pacific Select Exec Separate Account, Pacific COLI Separate Account, Pacific COLI Separate Account II, Pacific COLI Separate Account III, Pacific COLI Separate Account IV, Pacific COLI Separate Account V, Pacific COLI Separate Account VI, Pacific COLI Separate Account X, Pacific COLI Separate Account XI, Pacific Select Separate Account, and Pacific Life & Annuity Company (“PL&A”), on its own behalf and on behalf of its Separate Account A, Pacific Select Exec Separate Account, and Separate Account I, (collectively referred to as “Separate Accounts”), owns of record the outstanding shares of the Series of Registrant. Pacific Life and PL&A will vote fund shares in accordance with instructions received from Policy Owners having interests in the Variable Accounts of its Separate Accounts.

Item 30. Indemnification

Reference is made to Article VIII of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust.

Title 12, Chapter 38, Section 3817 of the Delaware Code and Article VIII of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust filed as Exhibit (a)(1) to the Registrant’s registration statement, provide for indemnification of the Registrant’s trustees and/or officers for certain liabilities. Certain agreements to which the Registrant is a party filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s registration

statement provide for indemnification for certain liabilities for the trustees, officers and/or certain affiliated persons of the Registrant. The Registrant has also entered into Indemnification Agreements with each of its trustees which provide that the Registrant shall advance expenses and indemnify and hold harmless each trustee in certain circumstances against any expenses incurred by a trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the trustee’s service to the Registrant, to the fullest extent permitted by the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and which provide for certain procedures in connection with such advancement of expenses and indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Act”) may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant by the Registrant pursuant to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust or otherwise, the Registrant is aware that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and, therefore, is unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by trustees, officers or controlling persons of the Registrant in connection with the successful defense of any act, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustees, officers or controlling persons in connection with the shares being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issues.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser

Any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the investment adviser (which includes each sub-adviser) and each director, officer or partner of any such investment adviser, is or has been, at any time during the past two fiscal years, engaged for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee is described in Schedule A (as updated by Schedule C to the extent it relates to Schedule A) of each investment adviser’s Form ADV as currently on file with the SEC, and the text of such Schedule(s) is hereby incorporated by reference.

INVESTMENT ADVISER	PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ADDRESS	SEC FILE NO.
Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC	700 Newport Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660	801-15057
American Century Investment Management, Inc.	4500 Main Street Kansas City, MO 64111	801-8174
Aristotle Pacific Capital, LLC	840 Newport Center Drive 7th Floor Newport Beach, CA 92660	801-117402
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC	1 University Square Drive Princeton, NJ 08540	801-56972
Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc.	One Beacon Street 30th Floor Boston, MA 02108	801-61786
ClearBridge Investments, LLC	620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	801-64710
Delaware Investments Fund Advisers	610 Market St. Philadelphia, PA 19106	801-32108

INVESTMENT ADVISER	PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ADDRESS	SEC FILE NO.
Fidelity Diversifying Solutions LLC	245 Summer St. Boston, MA 02110	801-122572
FIAM LLC	900 Salem Street Smithfield, RI 02917	801-63658
Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC	101 John F. Kennedy Parkway Short Hills, NJ 07078	801-53068
Geode Capital Management, LLC	100 Summer Street 12th Floor Boston, MA 02110	801-61117
Invesco Advisers, Inc.	1331 Spring Street NW Suite 2500 Atlanta, GA 30309	801-33949
Janus Henderson Investors US LLC	151 Detroit Street Denver, CO 80206	801-13991
J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.	383 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10179	801-21011
Loomis Sayles & Company, L.P.	One Financial Center Boston, MA 02111	801-170
Massachusetts Financial Services Company, d/b/a MFS Investment Management	111 Huntington Avenue Boston, MA 02199	801-17352
Pacific Investment Management Company LLC	650 Newport Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660	801-48187
Principal Global Investors, LLC	801 Grand Avenue Des Moines, IA 50392	801-55959
Principal Real Estate Investors, LLC	801 Grand Avenue Des Moines, IA 50392	801-55618
SSGA Funds Management, Inc.	1 Iron Street Boston, MA 02210	801-60103

INVESTMENT ADVISER	PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ADDRESS	SEC FILE NO.
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.	100 East Pratt Street Baltimore, MD 21202	801-856
Wellington Management Company LLP	280 Congress Street Boston, MA 02210	801-15908

Item 32. Principal Underwriters

(a)	Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (“PSD”), member FINRA & SIPC, serves as underwriter and distributor of shares of Pacific Select Fund. PSD is a subsidiary of Pacific Life Insurance Company (“Pacific Life”), an affiliate of Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (“PLFA”).
(b)

Name and Principal Business Address (1)	Positions and Offices with Underwriter	Positions and Offices with Registrant
Barbara A. Dare	Chief Executive Officer	None
Trevor T. Smith	Assistant Vice President, Principal Financial Officer & Principal Operations Officer	Assistance Vice President & Treasurer
Thomas Gibbons	Senior Vice President,  Development & Tax	None
Benjamin D. Wiesenfeld	Vice President & Chief Compliance Officer	Vice President & Chief Compliance Officer
Frank J. Boynton	Vice President	None
Starla C. Yamauchi	Vice President & Secretary	Vice President & Secretary
Amie H. Chen	Assistant Vice President, Tax	None
Dominic P. Faso	Assistant Vice President & Treasurer	None
Michael T. Lietzow	Assistant Vice President	None
Erica A. Puckett	Assistant Secretary	None

⁽¹⁾ Principal business address for all individuals listed is 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records

The accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Registrant pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules under that section will be maintained at PLFA at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660 or State Street Bank and Trust Company at One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2016. Other documents, as applicable, may be primarily maintained at the individual offices of each sub-adviser at their principal business address as listed above in Item 31.

With regard to the Registrant’s 17a-7 transactions and pursuant to Rule 17a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the identity of the counterparty required to be maintained by Registrant will be maintained by PLFA, as noted above, other than portfolios managed by American Century Investment Management, Inc., FIAM LLC, MFS Investment Management, Pacific

Investment Management Company LLC, T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and Wellington Management Company LLP. For these portfolios, the subadvisers will maintain this information at their offices at their principal business address as listed above in Item 31.

Item 34. Management Services

Not applicable

Item 35. Undertakings

Not applicable

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant, Pacific Select Fund, certifies that it has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 169 to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Newport Beach in the State of California on this 10^th day of July 2024.

PACIFIC SELECT FUND
By:	/s/ Mark Karpe
	Mark Karpe
	Assistant Vice President and Assistant Secretary Pacific Select Fund

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 169 to the Registration Statement of Pacific Select Fund has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

SIGNATURE	TITLE	DATE
Adrian S. Griggs*	Chief Executive Officer, President and Trustee (Principal Executive Officer	July 10, 2024
Trevor T. Smith*	Assistant Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	July 10, 2024
Nooruddin Veerjee*	Chairman of the Board and Trustee	July 10, 2024
Gale K. Caruso*	Trustee	July 10, 2024
Andrew J. Iseman*	Trustee	July 10, 2024
Paul A. Keller*	Trustee	July 10, 2024
Lucie H. Moore*	Trustee	July 10, 2024
*By: /s/ Mark Karpe		July 10, 2024
Mark Karpe
as attorney-in-fact pursuant to power of attorney filed herewith.

Pacific Select Fund

Power of Attorney

The undersigned Trustees and officers of Pacific Select Fund (the “Trust”) hereby appoint Jason Orlandi, Anthony Zacharski, Megan C. Johnson, Greg Larson, Mark Karpe, Audrey L. Cheng, Laurene E. MacElwee, Howard T. Hirakawa and Carleton J. Muench each individually as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact (“attorneys”), in all capacities, to execute in their name and file any and all registration statements, including registration statements on Form N-14, proxy statements, exemptive applications, no-action letter requests, shareholder reports and other regulatory filings made applicable to the Trust and each series of the Trust, and any amendments, exhibits, or supplements thereto, and any instruments necessary or desirable in connection therewith as are required to enable the Trust to comply with provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and all requirements and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in connection with the offer of the shares of beneficial interest of the Trust and each series of the Trust, and to file the same, with other documents in connection herewith, with the SEC, any state securities regulator, any self-regulatory organization or any other governmental or official body (including, without limitation, agencies, commissions and authorities). The undersigned grant to said attorneys full authority to do every act necessary to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully, to all intents and purposes, as he or she could do if personally present, thereby ratifying all that said attorneys may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This Power of Attorney hereby terminates and replaces all other previously executed Power of Attorneys for the Trust related to the above.

The undersigned Trustees and officers of the Trust hereby execute this Power of Attorney effective the 1^st day of April 2023.

NAME	TITLE
/s/ Adrian S. Griggs	Chief Executive Officer, President, and Trustee
Adrian S. Griggs
/s/ Nooruddin Veerjee	Chairman and Trustee
Nooruddin Veerjee
/s/ Gale K. Caruso	Trustee
Gale K. Caruso
/s/ Andrew J. Iseman	Trustee
Andrew J. Iseman
/s/ Paul A. Keller	Trustee
Paul A. Keller
/s/ Lucie H. Moore	Trustee
Lucie H. Moore
/s/ Trevor T. Smith	Assistant Vice President and Treasurer
Trevor T. Smith